Workshop 96 Proceedings: Math, Physics, Chemistry
Workshop 96 Proceedings: Math, Physics, Chemistry
WORKSHOP 96
BRNO, JANUARY 22-24,1996
PART I.
Mathematics - Physics - Chemistry - Engineering Informatics and Cybernetics
- Computers - Fluid Mechanics
VOL 2 7 J B 1 9
TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY IN BRNO
WORKSHOP 96
BRNO, JANUARY 22-24,1996
PART I.
Mathematics-Physics-Chemistry-Engineering Informatics and Cybernetics
- Computers - Fluid Mechanics
These arc the Proceeding of the Fifth Annual [Link] wmliinr WOItKHlIUI* 00
which will take place at tlio Technical University in Urflo from 22-24 January, 1990.
Ths aim of the scr/iln/ir Is to ptctumt ami d'nr-tm tb«? M ^ t result* oliUlfiwl \y tmcMdwtn
rnjirrinlly i\t llw Czech Teclinlul Uillvcnlly In PfAfjue, Tccliiilcfll University in Drno nriil At
collaborAtlrrg Institutions'
The organizing committee IIM iclccted A tot*l of 49t ««iitrifiiillotm divided Into 22 different
arcM of Interest.
IVit t IIM contributions In llifl «rcM of:
tnatlictiiAtlcs
clicmlstiy
engineering Informatics and cybernetics
computer!
fluid mechanics
Organizing committee:
Chairman! P, Climcla
Co-ehftlrmAn; M. KAUI
J, H«/-(Wt V. /Jr*i>«<;, M. JJ«diU, R )J«Z*JM, W, JJobza, J, Ja;i, M, KrAl,
J, MalOTfc*, J, Mi«n, P, Ondraika, h, Viiby), 1. lluller, A. Strejc,
M. 'AlifA-IWA, D. ZatrakrttU
This book WM prepared with WTyC from the Input files supplied by the author*. All partial
article* were prepared with WOO - a ipccial-purpoM t>Tj.;X-b*wd environment. Program-
ming W96, general ityle, typographic corrections and the final composition of this book is
by A. Streje (CTU Computing Centre).
Published by the Ciech Technical University In Prague. Printed by CTU Publishing House.
WORKSHOP 90 CONTENTS
CONTENTS
I. M A T H E M A T I C S
3
WORKSHOP 90 ™_____B_________ CONTENTS
2. PHYSICS
4
WORKSHOP 00 CONTENTS
S O U N D E N E R G Y T R A N S F E R IN A T R A N S I E N T S O U N D F I E L D , , , . . , . . . . . « . . . . . . 8 5
Z. Kynd
3. CHEMISTRY
4. E N G I N E E R I N G I N F O R M A T I C S & C Y B E R N E T I C S
GENETIC ALGORITHMS AND INVESTIGATION OK TIIKIIl
PERFORMANCE .,,...,103
J, Ulamkv, J, /Malik, V, Mafik, 0, SlfpdnlioviS, SI, Dcmtovd, 'A, h'nvbn,
T. Vlttk, J. Kophte
GNOST/CAL NEURAL NETWORKS 105
/'. 1'nlntka
8
WORKSHOP 00 CONTENTS
9
WORKSHOP 00 CONTKNTg
6. COMPUTERS
COPERNICUS COPHODESs PROJECT INFORMATION 229
A/. Servtt, J. Schmidt
ON EMBEDDING K-ARY COMPLETE TREES INTO OPTIMAL
HYPERCUUES„ 231
J. TrdUika, P. Tvrdlk
PARALLEL TRANSFORMATION OF RASTER DATA IN GEODETIC
APPLICATIONS 233
M. M&btk
INFORMATION SYSTEMS SECURITY CENTRE OF THE CZECH
TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY IN PRAGUE 235
I Pftbyl
MULTIMEDIA SUPPORT OF MARKETING 237
P. DarboHk
PC-UASED DRIDC1E-ROUTER MANAGED BY SNMP 239
tit. Cervtnj/, P, Vandrovtc
BLACK HOLE IN THE MIDDLE CASE TOOLS 211
A'. Ilichta
EXPERIMENTAL MULTIMEDIA AND HYPERMEDIA SYSTEM EMUS 1.0 213
P. lhllay, S. Ihtlomki, I. Jtlintk, M. Snonk
IMPLEMENTATION OF A GENERAL-PURPOSE PROCESSOR MACRO 2«
J. DanUik, F. Dixtpat, A. Pkhditk, M. Strvlt
EUROCODES1 SURFING TOOL 247
F. Walt, J, Demi, J. Filipovd, V. Ihra, J. Kos, J. Ptrtald, J. Prochatka,
M. Pullar
VIRTUAL REALITY IN THE DESIGN PROCESS 249
/ Btta, I. Jtlintk
DISTRIBUTED INFORMATION SYSTEM ON WORLD WIDE WEU 251
M. Urachtt
TOWARDS KNOWLEDGE DASED SEGMENTATION OF BRAIN
STRUCTURES 253
P. Ftlktl, J. 2ira, /». Mrittk
PARALLEL DATABASE OPERATIONS WITH SATELLITE IMAGE DATA 255
P, farnitwk
10
CONTENTS
A SIMPLE DATAHASESYSTEM WITH WWW USER INTERFACE 257
/,. StiUUtk
OLOHAL VISIBILITY.,,.,.,, ,,,„„.. „„,„,„„ „„„,„,,„ 289
J. liUtntr, A. Holthk
02 « OnJECT-ORIENTED DATABASESYSTEM..- Ifll
T. llrulkn
DESIGN OF INFORMATION SUBSYSTEM FORTHETUURNO.,.,. 2G3
E. SnlpkthiovA. J. Cihldt, St. Vtmttyth, M. Chattil
MULTIMEDIA AND COMPUTER ASSISTED TEACHING .,,265
/', Zemdli, J. Stdiit, 1L SllpAntk
FLEDGE; A FLEXIHLE DIGITAL COMPUTER ARCHITEOTUItE 207
0. f'udtk
'ME EXPERIENCE WITH THE WWW SYSTEM 269
/', Inmpn, IK I'tikryl
HYPERTEXT INFORMATION SYSTEMS OF THE FACULTY OF CIVIL
EtfCJ. Mil) tAOiLtYOV rMCttUCM KXG. AND COMPUTER mKNCIZ
TUBRNO............................................... ...271
St. Ihtka, I'. Umpt, I', h'riihf, P. ftikryl
DE HttUIJN AND KAUT7, IIISECTIONS 273
/'. Ttrdlk, J. TntUlka, I, Vrto, J. Itolim
APPROXIMATE STRING MATCHING WITH It MISMATCHES 275
0. Mtlithar
FORM GENERATION THROUGH CASE DICTIONARY ORACLE 277
SI. Vtknlt
THE LAHYRtNTH PROJECT 279
P. Ut)U, J. 2in
PARALLEL PARSING OF STRONG LR(I) LANGUAGES 2*1
S
SWtrCIIINO - AN ALTERNATIVE FOR HIGH SPEED COMPUTER
NETWORKS 2*1
II
CONTENTS
6. F L U I D M E C H A N I C S
ADVANCED-MODEL SIMILARITY SOLUTIONS OF DASIC TUHDULENT
SHEAR FLOWS 305
V. Tunt
SUMIARMONICS EVOLUTION IN TRANSITIONAL DOMAIN 307
M. F. Stiiilia, J. Lain, P. Stfafik
UNSTEADY FLOW MEASUREMENT 309
J, Noliikn, J. Aiamie
FREQUENCY DEPENDENCE OF EFFECTIVE TURBULENCE LENGTH
SCALE IN A JET. 3tl
J. Strboth, V. Ttut
EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION OP FRICTION AND MINOR LOSSES IN
UNSTEADY FLOW IN PIPES 313
J. Jtkk, J. Adtmu, V. SoUik
THE AERODYNAMIC OPTIMIZATION OF THE AXIALLY SYMMETRIC
FLOW CHANNEL 3I5
P. Zima, P. SafaKk, J. Noii(ta
EXPERIMENTAL FLOW RESEARCH INSIDE TliESPWAL CASE 31T
5. JttkS, J. IMtfk, V.
12
CONTENTS
RESEARCH OF A SINGLE-STROKE COPMPRESSION .....310
M. Mick, V. Tunf, l>. lldtehbaeh, M TnUct, V. Sl/pAntk
COMPUTATION OF PLOW VW,\M IN A CYLINDER OK ICE 321
/ h'oul, L Souttk, J. Ktactlt, t(. Haul
H O W PATTERNS INSIDE THE CYLINUKIl OF ICE 323
/'. ttaumruk, P. llatuhbach, J. Mnctlt
UOUNDARY CONDITIONS OF COMI'llESSIULE FLUID FLOWS IN ENGINE
MANIFOLDS USED FOIt FINITE VOLUME METHOD 325
/ hhttk
FUEL JET MOTION AND VAI'OItlZATION IN THE COMUUSTION
CHAMllEllOFADIFmENOINB 327
/'. Dotiiln
MIXING OF SUSPENSIONS IIYDIIODYNAMICAL ASPECTS 329
F. nttgtr, I, Pott
NONSTANDAUD MIXING EQUIPMENT WITH HIGH-SPEED IMPELIEK8 331
/ Mdtkt L Foft
DYNAMIC EFFECT OF MACHO INSTAD1LJT1E3 IN AGITATED 8 VST EM S .333
O. liriha, 1. Foft, f, Srnolka
LAMINAR FLOW 1NVEUTOHS 335
P. Slfaitk, II, 2ilnj, J, SeMk
MATHEMATICAL MODELLING OF TRANSPOItT-DIFFUSION EQUATION 337
/'. lngtdutd, J. VofoU
DRAG-REDUCING SURFACTANTS IMPLEMENTED IN RECIRCULATING
LOOP WITH WATERGLYCOLSOLUTION 339
Af. barlik, St. Obtiht
RIIEOLOG1CAL UEftAVfOUIt OF HIGH CONCENTRATION
HOMOGENEOUS SLURRIES 341
V. Itavtik, J. Vyillal
ELECTRORIIEOLOGICAL UEIIAVIOUR OF CERAMIC POWDER
SUSPENSIONS M
V. PttUntk, J. 7V/i<4, /'. Siha, 0. Quadtit
SELECTING THERMOPLASTIC HINDER SYSTEMS FOR CERAMIC
INJECTION MOULDING 3-15
M.
ECOLOGICAL AERODYNAMICS 317
/ Adanut, J, Nolilk*
HYDRODYNAMIC LOADS ACTLNG OM A SLIDE GATE JW
t. 5*le, M. Haluia, F. Poehffl
13
WORKSHOP OG
14
Section 1
MATHEMATICS
NEXT PAOE(S)
left BLANK
WOUKailOl'PO MATHEMATICS
MATHEMATICAL MODELLING
OF ENGINEERING PROBLEMS
J. I-VfltieCi, A. 2en(6ek,J, D&Uk*,
1. N«tlomn, II. llASlfkovA, D. SkabrntiovA**
17
WORKSHOP 00 MATHEMATICS
In [7| the problem of tlie two-dimensional nonlincAr <|iliwisUtion/iry magnetic field was
discretion! In space by tfm finite elcftient method with linear polynomials wi triangles and
In tltnfl by the Kilter backward method, A strong convergence of the approximate nolutlons
tra prr/vrd without /my ;^>ilwlty /uisumplloii for tlic exact rotation. Tlie Initial condition
WM qilitfl general; however, the Diriclilet boundary condition wn» only liomogciU'oUS. [a
the ptacnlKtl paper |6] the considerations ate tfiitetnttml to the ense of a iiuiihoinogcncoin
Dirichlct condition. For n greater simplicity jxiiygonnl domains nrc coimldi-ird.
In (8| the finite element method for a ntfoiiflly elliptic mixed Lotindnry vnluc problem
W unftlyzcd In the domain fl whose boundary Oil Is formed by two circle* l'i, Pj with the
iRtnc center So und rndil //i, /rj » /f| 4 ^, where g < 7/|. O/i one circle the homogeneous
LJIflcldet boundary condition in prescribed Atnl on the rcniAlnlnj; one the tionhoinogcncoua
Neumann boundary condition, [loth possibilities for u « 0 Arc connldcrcd bccmisc the
analyslit I) different. The nUndnrd finite elements ifttisfying the rniniirinrii AII^IC condition
are In thin CMO inconvenient) thua trlanglci obeying only the maximum angle condition
And narrow quadrilaterals are Used. The restrictions of (cat function* 011 triangles are
linear functions and on quadrilaterals four-node isoparametric function*, Uotli the effect
of numerical Integration and Approximation of the boundary arc analyzed, '[lie rate of
convergence O(h) in tho norm of the Sobolcv space i/'(flj,) is proved under the following
conditions; (I) the dat* are aufflclently smooth; (2) the lengths I>M and Ini of the smallest
and largest sides, respectively) of every ele/neril M (M « T, K) sutlafy the relations C\h\t <
&/if <. Ca'ijf whero T stands hr it trlanglfl and K for a rjuadrilatcral.
[1} DALlK, J, - FlO?,lCKOVA, H.: An explicit modified mtlhod of characteristics far the
/>ne-rllmen*!onnl nonatattonrry convtcllon-tiilJunion problem with dominating convec
lion, To appear In Applications of Mathematics.
(2| FRANCO, J,! Modelling of Ctochmhki flow, Preprint. [Link] Math. TU »rno.
|J) FIIANCO, J.! Solvability of operator equation*. Survey dirtettd to differential equa-
tion*. Proceedings of Workshop In Non-Linear Operator Theory, Ahuja, 1095.
(4) FRANCO, J.: NemytM} eptraton. Lecture Notes for Diploma Cournwi in Mathemat-
ics, International Centre for Theoretical Physics, Trieste, April 1995,10 pages.
(1] Nr'DOMA, J.i An algorithm for bilinear degenerate finite $hcll element*. Report.
[Link] Matli. TU Dtiio.
(6) SKABIlAIIOVA, D. - ZKNlSEK, A.: Tm-dimentionat nonlintar quatutationary mag-
tittie fi/IJ with nonhomogtntout boundary condition*. Preprint. [Link] Math. TU.
(7| 7EN1SKK, A.: Finite element variational crime* in parabolic-elliptic problem*. Numcr,
Math. «5 (1083), 313-376.
(8) £KNlSEK, A.: Finite tlemenl variational crime* in (Ac «ut of temirrgular element*.
Preprint. t)ept. of Math. TU Ilrno, 1995, 26 pages.
This research hat bten conducted 01 the Deportment of Mathematics a* part of the
ttseanh project "Mathematical Modelling of Engineering Problem*" and has been supported
it/ TU grant No. FV 350008 and FME grant No. FP 3591U.
18
WORKSHOP 06 MATHEMATICS
Key words) fititer equations, NAvlor-Stokes equations, TV1) scheme, ENO scheme, coin-
preitslble How*, incompressible flows, boundary layer
Till* work CI«AII with tiuirifrical solution of transonic flow* (described tiy nyntctn of
Euler equations) through A 2D channel (\.r%\ ca«c) by four Inodcffl nchctncs (three TVD type
schernm and ENO ichemc). One enn comp«re accuracy of method, rdlciency, convergence
to atcady dale and entropy production of the icliernca.
In the >ccond pirt we deal with problem of numerical solution of flows In atmospheric
boundary layer described liy two iruMlcln; model of full lyatcin of Ineoiiipresalbte Nftvlcr-
Stoke* cqitationi and model of equations of houndary layer.
We present comparison of several 21) results of transonic Hows In Hon-llo-NI channel
(A/a, «• 0,075) an<l «)»o first numerical results Achieved for the second problem.
I. Numerical Solution. We considered the following numerical methods solving the 21)
problem of transonic flows In a channel:
To solve the problem of 2D atmospheric boundary layer one considered the following
models;
u, + v, - 0 (1)
UK, + till, B VUn
U, + Vt m 0 (2)
("' + P). + ("•>), « *(«li + » W )
with appropriate boundary conditions. The problem 1 was ntimcriraly solvnl by Crank-
Nidiolson method (second equation) and u was found by intet^atiou from first f<|uatiou.
Tiw »y»tem ot Nkvicr-StoliCT d)MkVions n soWtii \>y lulifital tompiosibilily anil finUc \o\nme
method by multistage Runge-Kutta scheme.
19
WORKSHOP 00 MATHEMATICS
Fig. l! Caiuon'a TVD Mac Corrnack Fig. 2: Full TVI) Mac Corrnatk
Fig. 3; C«uron'» TVD Mac Cbrninck Fig, 4; Full TVD Mac Cormack
Reference*;
(1) FUftST, J. - KOZEL, K.: TVD Schtmts for ID and Multidimensional Problems. Ap-
plication* for tht Can oflhe Eukr Equation*. Proceedings of International Workshop
on Numerical Modelling In Continuum Mechanic*, 1'rngur W)\
[2] YEB, II. C ; A Clan of Ilijh-Rtiohlion Etplicit and Implicit Shock-Capturing Mtihod*
NASA Technical Memorandum 101088,1089
[3] JACOBS, P. A.: Sinjlt-Ulock tfavier-Stoket Integrator. NASA Contractor Report
187013
[4] OSIIEIt, S. - SHU, C. W.: Efficient Implementation of Essentially Non-Oiciltatory
Shock Capturing Scheme* ICASE Report No. 87-33
|5) FF.1STAUER, M. - KNOBLOCH, P.: Optrator Splitting Method for t'ompttmiblt Eu.
ler and Navicr-Stoke* Equations Proceedings of International Workshop on Numerical
Method* for the Navier-Stokei Equations, Prague 1994
TliU work was ipontored by grant* of Ctech republic No. 101/93/0^61 and grant of TU
Prague No. 10028247.
20
WOHKailOPOO MATHEMATICS
MATHEMATICAL MODELLING
OF POROUS MEDIA FLOW
AND TRANSPORT OF CHEMICALS
IN UNDERGROUND WATER
M. Sty"blo, J. Mnryskn*, J. MuUk*, J . Skoknn,
M. 'Iftmn**, J. Drkoiovrf**, M, Hossloinfk**, 55, Strnkos1**,
J. Novnk***, P . Mnreifck***, V. Wiwgerbnuer***
where c* is the concentration of ^th substance, if' is it's injection concentration, r' Is it's
production rate due to chemical reactions, D(u) denotes the diffusivity-dispcrsivity tensor
and q* a max(9,0), q" <=> min(i;,0). The boundary conditions are c* a 0 on the inflow
boundary and 1' = 0 on the remaining part of boundary.
Dalance of \L,\ species in the rock can be written as the system of differential equation)
21
WOKKSHOI'iK) MATHEMATICS
Fur both flow Ami transport models, tlic primal, mixed ntid mixed-hybrid forttidlallonn
we considered, Tlic time dlscetlzatlon of transport equation Is done by Hollm method,
In order lo describe the character of strati/led scdlmcnlnl layers Mid complicated hori-
zontal profile, trilateral prismatic elements with vert!™! turn ami grn<?r»l nonpntsiM bnw»
Aro lined, For prinml and rnixnl models, emw element was developed to ensure tlio continuity
of base functions in c/isc of noiijinrnlfcl element upper and lower (narn, For mixed-hybrid
mo(M», Havlart-Thoiiia/i elements lire used.
Fully <liscrctl/.cd models Irnd to large sparse tyntmns of linear equations (I01 - 10^
unknowns), Tlicrcfore the development of efficient spAmc tymmctric nnd iiotinymtiwlrk.
solvers Is An Important pnrtof this r<wnrc\>,
At present time, the prlitml How model with new clement nnd niixcd-liyltritl How model
coupled with flnitc-volumc trnnsporl model M<; lined in practical npplirntions, The rnixrd-
hylirid trAntport model rms been sucrrasfully vnlidntoil on test problems,
For the simulation of long-time CIICUIICAI situntion development, the influence of gravity
is considered, The further development of iii/itiifiimticM models will Include the solution of
unsteady porous media (lu!d /low problem,
References!
[1] ARNOLD, D. N, - IIRKZ/I, [•',! Miicil and nnnconforming finite clement mtlhodn
implementation, poilproctBiimj and error utiinattt. Mathematical Modelling nnd Nu-
merical Analysis, 10:7-32( 1085.
[2] MARRCRK, I'. - NOVAK, J, - WASSRIUIAUKII, V.: Mathematical motkUimj of the
influtnett of the Slrdl mill waste pound on (he graunttwaUr, IAEA Technical (Uitnmil-
tee Meeting on Computer Application In Uranium Exploration and Production, Vienna,
16-18 Nov. 1991,
[3| MAItYSKA, J. - MU?,A"K, J.! Hybrid mind model of the transport of chemical tub-
stance/. In Proceedings of Numerical Modelling in Continuum Mechanics, vol. II,
1994.
(1] MARYSKA, J. - MUZAK, .!.: Mathematical modelling of the transport of chemical
species in the contaminated underground water. In proceedings of Congrcs Milieux
Poreux, St. Eticnnc, 1995.
(5] MAKYSKA, J, - ROZLOZNlK, M. - TOMA, M.: Mixed-hybrid finite element approx-
imation at the potrntUI flow problem. To appear in J. Comput. Appl. Mnth., G3,
1995.
[C) MAUYSKA, J. « HOZLOZNlK, M. - TOM A, M.: The potential fluid flow problem and
the convergence rate of the minimal residual method. Submitted to Num. I/in. Alg.
Appl., 1905.
(7j RAVIART, P. J. - THOMAS, J. M.: A miied finite element method for S-nd order
elliptic problems.. Lecture Notes in Mathematics, volume COG, Springer-Vcrlag, 1977.
[8] SKOKAN, J.: MelSda konelnych prtkov v problemalike pridenia podtemmjeh tod v sc-
vcrny'ch Cechich. Master thesis, CTU FNSPE, 1995.
This research has been performed in the Department of Mathematics as part of the
research project "Mathematical Model* of Underground Water Flow and of Transport of
Dissolved Substances for the Purpose of Remediation of Consequences of Uranium Mining
in the Northern Bohemia" and has been supported by GA Cll grant No. SO 1/93/0067.
22
WORKSHOP flfl MATHEMATICS
In tills contribution, wo present the result of tfic existence theorem for tho system of tlic
periodical Nnvlcr-Stokcii equations nnd the continuity equation with tlifl mixed boundary
conditions and for sufficiently small data,
1. Definition! We tuppote tint fl C tl", where n m 'I or n m 3, (I la open, bounded and
connected domain, (1 € O " And we suppose tfiat
on = i'i urJ(i'j
mca* l'j > (l,( = 1,2,8,4, mcfu
{u e Vo'''i there exists / 6 /A> and for every v 6 Vj'1 ((u,w))i,, = ((/.t/flo.a)
tvit/i (iie norm
Mo-l/lii..
By the symbols ((.,0)i.J> ((.i-Bo.i we mean the ictlar product In (W"'a(n)]", [/.'(fl)]" rcspcc-
Let T > 0, Q «• H x (0,T) and n ii external normal vector. The motion of fluid is
described by the system of equation!
°"i A • 0ut OP . _ . .
•'+ U ^ 5 U +
^ =
* ittQ
' tBl
"•
divu 3 0 in Q,
u m o inr, x(o,r),
-V • nt + v • •— a oi in Tj x (0,T),
on
u(r,0) = u(r,T) infl
iio = 0 in r,.
23
WORKSHOP DC MATHEMATICS
4, Notntlom For u,v,w^ V^*1 via menu )iy the nymbol b(u,v,w) tli« cxprcmlon
and
u(0) B Ua
Tor u, F «nti every v € V^1'1 fc h the consttnt viscosity),
0. Remark: It is obviousthc function u ii A weak Holution of the Navicr-Stokcs cquationa
with the right side / if and only if Afn[u) = / .
7. Theorem: There exist neighbourhood U of zero in Xu nntl neighbourhood V otvero
in Yn and Afir is one-to-one from U to V.
This ntearch has been conducted at the Dtpartment of Mathematics as part of the rt-
search project "Solution of Partial Difftrtnlial Equation) with Special Boundary conditions"
and has been supported by CTU grant No. 10110.
21
WOltKSHOI' 00 MA't'HKMATKM
WELL-POSEDNESS ANALYSIS OF
NONHYDROSTATIC TWO-LAYER
MODELS OF INCOMPRESSIBLE FLOW
II. Mskn, L, Mnrgolin*. U. Wendrolf*
Several reduced dimension two layer models of incompressible (low, which arc of the
interest* for e.g. global ocean rnodelling, arc developed and their wcll-po!iedticss analysis Is
performed, Tlic models arc derived liy verticnl * integration of Navler Stokes equations fur
invlscld fluid with constant density p, velocity (u,w) In the (/, t) direction respectively and
pressure ;>
uf + wf«*0, (I)
f>(u, + uu, + urn,) a - / ) , + /"•', (2)
f(Mt + UUI, + Wit,) « -fl, - Dfl. (I)
Tim two layer models assume constant density in each layer. The variable bottom of
the height * o ( i ) ' ' Allowed. The variable thickne««rs Are li){z,t) for the bottom layer and
hi(x, t) for the top layer, The bottom layer Is between surface* zg and t| a > 0 | U\ and the
top layer is between surfaces x\ and rj a *i + hj. The boundary condi'.ions (DCs) are either
free surface with zero pressure at i} or rigid lid with constant tj and continuous pressure
at the laycn Interface i | h assumed,
The equations (1), (2), (3) are formulated for each layer independently with different
densities pt, velocities (u(, wt) and pressures p,, • = 1,2 for bottom and top layer respectively.
Models (lifter in assumptions how the velocities depend on vertical coordinate t. Using these
assumptions and [ICs the mass conservation equations are derived from (I) (for rigid lid
HCs one mass equation is icptaccd by ft jump condition). Further (3) is vertically integrated
and solved for pressures p,(i) which arc substituted into (2) together with the assumed
form of velocities. Then these equations are vertically integrated over corresponding layer
resulting in momentum equations. For free surface DCs the vertical integration of (3)
expressing p,(i) goes down from it to i < n and finally we obtain a system of four nonlinear
partial differential equations (PDEs) for A|,A),U|,U] depending on t,i) only. For rigid lid
DCs the vertical integration of (3) expressing p,{t) goes from J| to i in both layers and
finally we obtain a system of four nonlinear I'DKs for /i|,U|,Uj and the interfacial pressure
pi(ti) a ;>](*|). The same procedure can be used to reduce 3D problem to 2D.
After linearization the wcll-posedncss analyiis it done by standard dispersion analysis
by replacing partial derivatives of all unknown functions v by
25
W6ftKSH6P 66 MATHEMATICS
Till* tfntiUi In l))« line/if aytlem t{utk) v s O . t h e roots uj{k) of (let t.(u,k) = 0 In (l>«
\\tn\h ff -t i » /»)W t>» *» »M«m\nn If. the otl|(ln*] system In well- of Ill-posed, 'f lie «yitcm Is
well-JM>se<l If je^l^'l Is bounded M \k\ -* oo tor nil roots, distrait of w we (nltwfuce a now
v/tftobleA »w/it *fM calculate the: polynomial/'(A, i ) id del L(AJM). As we tire Interns ted
only In the limit \k] -* eo, In each rtwfFlrtent of A' wn keep only the lerm» with the Mgli*»l
degree in A and gel * new polynomial /'i(A,{j. (n most tdsrs k ran be fntltifcd out of tliU
polynomUi g,Mtt& ihe c/|iMt!o(i >'3(A) ^ 0, In inch * cue tlir* otiglnnl system In well-j><w<l
iff *ll tuo\» Ay tie foil <tnd III p w d ilf llirtc exists» Kwt Aj with hotixrro Ima^lnnry part,
A* (of tmwt of the (Kmlyzpil fntxIcU tiiotnofituin ci)ii/illofii tttc (|tiltc coitiplltfllcd {e.g.
fo* medium rtitti|>lital*tl model o( pf«t«?wl!K) lltimf w wild ftec miffntd HC'rf tin? l/oltofn
frKjffH-ritiifii t(|ii/iliofi Is N turn of 69 lertna) nm\ (fir (li«ppf«iofi Afmlysf* Involve Irdioin /tl^cbfa
the wrll-fHwvlnMi anxlysls l i « l«vn tlofie l»y the cbinpiiiet «l^ebrji nystrm l(Kt)UCB |l),
TfK fiMt «n»lyi"v| iitwlrl li »lisll(jw wAlcf inotlcl with hydrostatic Aptifuxltnallon (act'
tlrij! If/I liitnd Me o( (3) to teto) and Is Includnl for completeness. '1 he ahxllow wntcf frre
Kirface model \» well-|Hraed only In mime regions of parameter*. The iliallow wntcr rigid lid
model li well'pf«etl iff (ui - iij)1 ^ g(p\ -/>j)(A|//i| + AJ//>J). The next moilel Msiirnei
the vertical component of velocity w being t'lectrwlse linrnf in t and is p-Mta\\/.a\\<m of one
layer Greeti-Nagfirli [2], ThN rikxlel U unfoftditlon/illy ill |>050il iot both frr« mirf/irc and
flgM l/d MC# l i w w f «*» (/# frguUfi/eil hy fmttlh vtdct tll«*l|>atloit In the rigid lid cow;,
Flifllicf generalization allows w in be plrrmvi** t|iii«ilritlie lit J utul IN, foe ftoo lutfucti t)Ca,
weil-pimii tor wnall AJ/AJ *tii| fli/flj. Th« fgi'in d{ llin wp|l.|><»vilfteM (or tli« liwt ttuxlcl
can be enlarged by Intnxliiring a <)[Link] potitive wci^fit into ifif vertirai «yrragfng <>{
motnenturn c]tiations or rrpluing the lnU^f»U by point Values.
We have verified ?he results of well-poitedneis analysis origina'ly performed bj- hand
(1,4/)| for six tux* by using tomptilet algebra and analysed two otlnf new » » « , Most of
th«? model* are nwnlUlly M-pmed, More detailed prenenlallon can be found In (Gj.
ttcfc renewal
H) HfiAUN, A. O.i IIKDVCV. lhtr'» Monuat. Vtnion 3.3. IIANO Publication CP "8
(Itry. 10/93), ItAND.S^U Monica, 1991.
|2j C5HK.F.N, A.E. - LAWS, N. - NAGIJDf, [Link].: On Iht Thrary of Wattr Watts. Vtuc.
It. Serf. lemd. A, 33«, 4153, 1974.
(3j WKNDFOFF, O.f Compete Hota,. Phy*\e» D, 60,20^212,1992.
[i] WKNOFOFF, H.: IVrHra/ Attraginj in Oetan Dynamic*. LAUI19^723 (revised),
In AUmo* National LaWalofy |{ppnrl, 1991.
|3J WENDFOFF, «.i Mr/ira/ /Ipfnijtnfl «n OrruN (*V«m<«, It. LA-UR-9J-2200, Lo.
Alamo* [Link] Laboratory Iteport, 1991.
|6j LISKA, R. - MAtlGOUN, 1. - WENDtlOFF, II.: SonhyHwIalie Tvo-Uytr MoiiU
of lntompn»*AU Ho*. Computers and Math, with Applic, 29, 9,2V37,1995.
TfiU ttuittxh hat httn tonimttti In part at iht fitpartmtnl of thpieat Liitttonie OJ
part of Iht ttnanh projul 'SfrnMit Jirintien, an*ty>it itn4 pngrammfaf of Jifftrtntt
trh'mut *nJ nlgihraic algorithm*" and Kan ittn uppttitd in part iy iSt Cttch Grant Aftnty
ft*Ht iVo. S0I/9I/H09. TAu rttrarxh h<u i»fn tt>n4*<(r<l In pitt tt Iht Lea AUtnoi Nt-
tional Uiortlort and ka* inn *npp«ritd in part (y (At CltAMMP I'mtrtm fj the U.S.
WOHKWIOt'flfi MATHEMATICS
TESTING STABILITY
BY QUANTIFIER ELIMINATION
II, Hong, K. Makn*. S. Steinberg"
Key words! stability analysis, Inltlnl value, problem, boundary value problem, quantifier
elimination
27
WtfflKSIIOI' m MATIIKMATlca
To dliow how these method* work we present here one particular example, In |0| bound'
My conditions for compact higher order finite difference schemes that flpprixlirmte the scalar
onc-<iiiuR»Hiui)at (tnii»pu[t i>t|iiati6a using ttiesemfiliiercCrzatlcfi approach are studied. The
fourth=order sefnlillacrcllzfttlon (only space |g dUctrtlml) for tlm Inflow problem h defined
by
£*i + *Ji, + l'm.t + 3(/«t, - /.-.)/A/ • 0
in the Interior point" (here / ' Is (lie time derivative of / a/id /m(t) « f(l,tnbi)). The
combined first* ami aecondorder bonndary condition l»
(4(1 + 3/>) - 1) /,' + (1 + 2/IJ/J + |-2(1 + W/i + 3(1 + %fi)Jt\ / A * « 0.
The trial solution In the acmldintrcte c « e IIM the form f*(t) => f J 'w M . S'ulntitiitlrig thin
trial solution Into the above difference achctna we obtain the tlmriicterlsllc polytiomlnl of
the Interior icheme C(S,w) a (I + 4U> + HJ*)A+.1(U)* - 1 ) , where A «= AA/, and Hid »ymbol
oi* the boundary conrlition W(A,w) » | 4 ( l + 2 ^ ) - 1 +(1 +2/J)(«)A-2(I+^)+3(i + 2/>)u),
The existence of the unstable solution* (l.e, IOIUIIOIII Vrhich »rc botmded in »|>nee but are
cxponrnllally glowing in time) l« te«trd by the QK ptoblern
3A € <?3i« € C{SA > 0 A \w\ < I A C{\,w) » 0 A Z/(A,t«) « 0},
where (7 are comptfrX nutnberi and H denote* real jm<t, Till* QK problctn <nti be ulrnpllfied
by lolvlnK 0 & 0 for A and thawing (hat Imaginary part of w la zero. The simplified QB
problem HM bwn solved 1^ QKI'CAI) prwlndng the answer ••// + 1 < 0 A 20 1 - 20 - l < 0.
So if this totirfiti'on is true then (lie Ltmndnry condition h twittbi'',
The olgarlttnlc method for symbolic clieckln^ of slnbllily properllco of dlffV-rentlal and
difference et|uat!ona ha* been ptvachlni (l|. Huwever ihis method IIM one scrioun limita-
tion because the time complexity of Qr> method la extremely high (double exponential for
QEPCAD which Is the beit general QF. package). So the method can be applied only to
relatively simple problem* on the other hand it haa already produced several new result*.
Referenced
|l] MONO, II. - LUSKA, It. - STEINHKKG, S.: Utinj <}«anlif,er tlimlnatfon to lot tta-
bllity. i. Symbolic Computation, 1996, mbtnitlftl.
12] AI1DALLAII, C, - DOKATO, P. - YANQ, W. - MSKA, It. - STKINHEUO, S.: Appli-
taliont of qvenltjitr elimination theory to controllytttm dtiign. 1FAC World Canpni,
19%. iubmittr.1,
[3| IIONO, II.: Imptvttmtnti in CAUbnird Quantifier ttimiwttion. Ph.D. Dissertation,
The Ohio State University, 1090,
(4] COLLINS, O.E. - IIONCJ, II.: Pirtht Ci/tindrhcl Atgibraie Decomposition for Qvnn-
lifiir [Link]. J, Symb. Cbtnp. 1J(3), 299-328, 1991.
[S] CAHI'KNTKIt, M. - [Link], 0. - ADAKEIANEL, S.: Stable end accurntt bound-
ary trtatmtntt for compart, Mghtr-orJer finit<-differtnce nhemtt. Applied Numerical
M»l!icmatk», 12, 6-V-87, 1993.
Thit rtiearrfi has bttn conducted in part at Iht Utpurtmtnt of I'hyiical Eltctronlt at
part of the mrtnh pnrj'el "Symbolic dtritatian, analyiU and programming of Jifftrtnet
ithime* and ejjttnie al)<irithmt" and ho* been i»pparttd in part by the Cttch Grant Agtncy
frant So. £0l/9f/l!09anJ tht SationatSdtnct Foundation International Programs Grant
US
STABILITY OF STEADY SOLUTIONS
OF PARABOLIC EQUATIONS
IN HILBERT SPACES
J. Netiitupn
J « lu + N(t,u) (I)
where // in A linear operator And N(t,,) is a nonlinear operator in A rent Ililbert ipAcc //.
We assume that the spectrum of A symmetric port of L IIAJI A nonempty intersection with
th/> Inlrrv/il (0,+eo), whlrb mr«ns thxt thffoprr/it/ir A In not fllMlpitllvn, Tlio sscro tolntlon
of equation (1) CAN bo ttAblc If A ikcw-nyrriinetflc part of (lie oprmtor A IIM AM «ji]iroptlfttc
»tatjl]J/Iu^ Itiflii'.'iiw. ')'M» Ju/lufiicB)« usually ejrprfatwJ by t)j« jusiijiiptlo/j tlutt JteX < "-6
for Kinc j > 0 »ri'l All A € <r(/<>)i where o(L) drnotra the xpectrnrn of I, However, this
Assumption Is not satijlinl tf o(L) IIJU An riucntl/il part which touchrs the Imaginary AXIJ,
Such A cAse l.t typical for problems In exterior domains. We formulate sufficient conditions
for itAbility which tan bo fulfilled even In this CASC And which nre A substitution for the
condition "1UX $ -S for all A € o{L)".
Let (., ,)o be A scAlar prwluct And ||.||i> \m An AssocUlcd norm In //. Suppose that
L ** A + U, + !)„ where A Is a aclfadjolnl operator in // which docs not have 0 at
iti eigenvalue and o(A) C (-<x>,0). I), and I), arc linear operators in // such that their
domain* D(U,) *ml P(l>.) contAin D(A), U, Is tytntiftrk and II, is skew-tyrmtietrlc.
N(t,.) is for each ( € (0,+oo) a nonlinear operator in // with the domain D(N) which docs
not depend on / and D(A) C D(N). We put
for 4
We use the following assumptions about the operators [I, and II,'.
(I) 3d, > 0 : \\ll,ih < ^ \\t\\\ tot <t> € It,,
(II) 3 a e | i , i ) 3cuet20 : ||AW||o S c , | | ( - / l ) ^ | | 0 + c,||^|, for i «= D({-A)").
It follows from condition (i) that the operator A + O, I) •elfadjoinl. Let us denote by £(A)
Its resolution of Identity. Put I* * f0*" </£(A), r ^ I - t ' , II'* I*It, ;/" = /'"//.
The next condition we nerd Is:
(ill) 3<^>o s ((/l + r g ^ s - e « D * D i fo'i»6wnD(A).
If <•< € (0,1) then the operator A + 1/(1 - r<)//, it alw sclfadjoint. U t f,'i(A) be Its
* = / , • • • J£,(A) miiJ WJ = /»
WORKSHOP (16 MATtlKMA'lTO
(Iv) 36 > 0 «o f/i«( /^^ € //'«/;«»I'1 HK(IJ)<J> enn bo cxlviiiktl (In ilepeiulena) an \) (mm
(A to art lla-vnlurd minlyllc funrtlun In g{l) U {* 6 Cj lie t > -6),
,l) 37 2 : 2 - / ^ 3 r « > 0 ;
wluliuiM the pijutttlon (1) hi n tlnic liitrrvM |0,V) (wlierrr '/' «i (0,+oo]), wo
functions u met) tlial
&) if J Is a tompact Interval In (0,'/') then u e /^(Jj W(/l)) Tl /,'(./; //) «nd
</u/(/( € L\J; II),
b) u latisfies a given equation a.e, In (0,7'),
Theorem 1, M condition;) (I), (ii), (Hi), (iv) and (v) he Mthfml. Then to any gfrcti
t > 0, there cxitti K > 0 in tint If u M a •o/iif/on of etfiintlon (I) in the Interval (0,7'),
|lu(0)|jo + ||u(0)I|i < K thrn ||»(OI|o + ll«'(')lli 5 « tor*.*, t € |0,T). Moreover, if
T a -f oo thru lim^tno ||u(<)||| a 0.
If we study •taljilily of a iteady nolution U of the Navirr-Stoknt rr|iiation« In an exterior
domain it then we can t ransform this problem to the (|UMllon of liability of the zero solution
of an equation of the type (I). We fan ffiow that if U \n "mnooth rtidiifh" Ihrn tohAiliun*
(I), (II) and (v) arc intiified. Thin, we (an formulate a th«ircm where the only cotiditioni
for liability are (iii) and (Iv). Moreover, the solution* which are "»nuilJ enough* at the limp
t B 0 rxi«t rm thr whole lirrwr Inlrrval (0,+oo) ami they have some ilrtny propcttirs ttir
n«fcrencc«!
(1) [Link]'A, J.: Stnbiliiintf influmcc of o iktv-tymmitric optntor in trmilinear
parabolic tqvation*, preprint 1995
This rtttarth hn$ iten supported by the Grant Agtncy o/ the Cttch hepublie, grant
So. S0I/93/8I11.
30
WORKSHOP 06 MATHEMATICS
A geometric model of four-axial milling machine will lie presented .The considered
milling process la A composition of five elementary motion), two translation* and three
rotations, tec Fig. 1, The surface of (lie culled body I* given by Iti section* in planes
i m count. These flections CAII he expressed !iy parametric equation*
y •* -x(l
Tfiii toot can rotate around vrrtioil nm wild equation* x « /', t •» t, (he angle of
rotation bo 0, The rotated point [I'Iy',11] of the tool is given by parametric expressions
i' a l>~ [[• - (X + [Link] o)| coo/?, i/' a [Link],*'«»» + [/'- (^ + r,cos a)] sin/?.
Theac two milling conditions mean that the cutter and the cutlet! body have common
tangrnt plane at the point of [Link] improve* the aeur&cy and smoothness of the
milling process as the result of effective use of the lut degree of freedom.
Using this two milling conditions we obtain equation* for all necessary parameters of
the milling. They arc
I'-(P-X -r,coso)eo»/),
[Link],
0,
31
WORKSHOP MATHEMATICS
Tlicso equation* rnn lio explicitly HUIVTII nn<l the solution tli'MiWii'n tin; geometry of the
milling |if(»ce»9 cotiiplrtdy/rim rCTilttliij; fortnuln* »ri* too coiii|)Hcntf(l to In; (lls|iliiyeil hute.
V .-.i
o| —
a u
—
References:
(1) KAItfJKHOVA, M.i C'romtlry of tnittiny. Sfmrtifk Sedmiliorky 1995
7Vit.i rttrttrth hna brtn conducted nt Ihe Dcpartmtnt of Technical Mnlhematicn a« part
o/f/it rtunrth projrct Mathematical Mtthuiii in Kinematic* of Machines and Koboln and
has bnn lupporttdby GA fit ID 1-930^1.
WORKSHOP 06 MATHEMATICS
Key words) oscillatory screw motion, envelope, contact line, cylindrical earn
Oscillatory screw motion Is created by the composition of tlic screw motion and the har-
monic oscillation in the direction of the axis of the screw motion. Length of (he displacement
Is given by tc function
v. Is the parameter of the icrcw motion, A is the amplitude and rt is the frequence of the
harmonic oscillation.
Tl»* surface / by the oscillatory screw motion creates l-parameler family of surfaces
which can bo given In the parametric form i u r « r(u,i/,y>) where y Is the parameter of the
family, 'I'lie point of tho itirfoee T laying on tlic contact linu satisfies the equation
33
wonKsnop oo MATHEMATICS
*t\ " a
Tim results of the work may lie selected into two parts, First prcient* ttio mo of tho
software Mathcmallca fur educating mathematical subjects, The second is «u individual
work with talented students or llic ones wlio Arc Interested in advanced methods of solving
riiAtlicrnntlcAl problems in nn cxlrnordlnnry stntidnrd. The mnlii nttcntioii wan focused to
geometry both in to the lining of graphical Abilities of the MathcrnAtlcn and the nxploltritlon
of the possibilities of symbolical calculatloni,
One of the output* was to provide A collection of particular problems in the concrete
which in A demo way would show to students the powcrfiilnras of the soflwnrc particularly in
kinemntlcAl creating of curves. A collection of useful routines was worked out to demonstrate
various types of plnne curves. It concerned, for example, the cottclioidal curves (in pnrticulur
conchoid of Nlcornrdrs), prrlnl curve* (lernfilnr»t<r of Jlrrnoulllf Irrniilsrntff of Gnrnmw), On
aiinplo examples of the involute of n circle and tlic cvolutc of AM ellipse there Is demonstrated
the principle of creating lnvo\nli:i) and cvuluLea. Tin; cydold curve* teprcMHit, a dim»k
matter. There is significant the creating of a parabola of the higher order by means of
parabolas of lower orders.
Issues submitted supply patterns for an Analogous treatment of other types of the plane
nnd space curves and students may perform them as An exercise themselves. In progrAintrtrs
there is Also used (lie animation which Is often highly instructive to view dynamic effects with
A sequence of graphics. There is made good use of the commands for animation supplied In
the package Grapliics'Aniniatlmi' auch as
Animatr[Pht\f[i,t\,{x,tt,Xi)],{t,li,ti,&t)],
and others. To show tlic true proportions of the Image and to ensure that all images have
the same icalc there arc given options AaptclRatio and I'lotliange. The programmes Are
supplied in a general form when A student can by choosing of parameters watch changes of
the shape of the curves In dependence on the values of these parameters.
Let us present now some results of tingle problem* that was established within the work
with talented students. It concerns the creating not so frequently presented examples of the
plane curves (skew pedals, counter-pedals) and spAce analogies of the plane curves (space
involutes and space pedals etc.).
On the following figures there arc four examples of plane and space curves. On Fig. 1
there Is a countcr-pcdal of an asteroid?, Fig. 2 presents the orthogonal projection of a skew
pedal of a space astcroidc. On Fig. 3 there is shown a Viviani's curve And its pedal and on
the last figure there are ^resented in addition their orthogonal projections onto coordinate
planes.
35
WoitkSiibt* MATHEMATICS
Fig. Is
Fig. 3: Fig. 4:
References:
[11 DOYLAND, J. ct al.: Guide to Standard Mathcmatica Packages Wolfram Ilcncarch,
Inc., 1091
[2] OKAY, A.: Modern Differential Geometry of Cunt* and Surfaces CKC Pros, Inc.,
1903
[3] CERNY, J..' Darsteltung der Kurven an/ FlSchtn mit der Software Mathematica in
Proceedings [ngcnicurp&lagogik 95, p. 223-231, 1995
This rtieareh has been conducted at the Department of Mathematics as part of the
research project "Education of Talents in Mathematics on Technical Universities" and ft«J
been supported by FR No. 32011010 and "Application of Software Mathematica'', grant
FCE CTU No. 1048.
36
WORKSHOP 00 MATHEMATICS
EXPERIENCE IN MATHEMATICALLY
ORIENTATED SOFTWARE
IN TEACHING
V, UcncS, 0, Zlntnfk
1. These systems were used also in usually recommended mathematical subject*, whose
structure originally docs not suppose the use of computers (Mathematical Seminar in
the 2nd term, Applications of Mathematics in Hie 4th term).
2. 3-5 lectures, eg. 25-40% of the whole time in the term were devoted to individual
students' work in specially equipped laboratories.
3. It is useful to divide a lecture in the computer laboratory into two parts. At the
beginning of the lecture, a teacher works with students and In the second part students
work independently.
5. When working with the computer we have opportunity for pedagogical activity. It can
be expected that students will apptcciatc mathematical soRwaic because it tibctatcn
them from non-creative activities.
37
WORKSHOPS) MATHKMATICfl
• YoAfly tlicrc nrc at tlia faculty acvcrnl tentlin of (itiidcntn \mnf, acqiininlvd with m/tlli-
cmatlcnl software dtio to inclilioiiwl liiicintive, which in oidy n few percent from tlie
total, Required extension (while atiidvnta linppcncd to uliow ^rvnl inturenl) h limited
dun to economical nnd organization ren«oii», Cvrtaln positive orgnnlxatloii nnprct l«
tlie aystcm of recommended inntlicinalical niibjectn witli more free curriculum, Wo
lire confident that condition* will gradually improve,
• Authors of the contribution alito arrangm! tavnrtti tt'in'mnnt for dep/irtiiientfi lecturers
wliicli shown Intcrpst about (inch wrnnn,
• 'Die maUiemnticnl software we start to use to solve certain technical proldom* ([Link]
Fourier trnnnfornmtioii, npplicntioii of function of complex vnriabic),
• As per our experiences commercially programmed procedures nro not millMent nnd it
appears necessity to make own proredurrs. In tlio nydtem Faitmlu* we linve created
several tenths of procedure anil more te»ctier« of our department were involved. Till*
our remark has indicated Hint bfuricn of programming »)IOMI<I he known to an imgim-or
- an lumie which fa recently greatly discussed.
Reference*'
(1| KOLEK, I. - VAVRA, S. - ZI,ATNlK, C: Communication in Ihman-Computcr-
Sytittm. Today's Trends In Education, Kava-I'cch, DobFicliovicc (I'ralia), 1995, pg.
100-111,
(2) UENBS, V. - VAVIIA, S. - ZLATNlK, C: Two Conception) of the Didactic Uting of
Computer* in Technical Mathcmniicii. Workshop 05, J'art. I. CTU iti Prague, 1095,
pg. 53-51
13] HENES, V. - CERNA, R. - VAVftlNCOVA, M. - ZLATNlK, C : Vyuka mnttmatiky
pomoci Famutn. Workshop Famulus, CTU in 1'rogne, 1!W3.
|4] ZLATNlK, C : Druhi ttrdnka poiitaiu v inlcmjrtkc matemalict. Rfzcnf osvojovacfho
procesu XII. VVS I'V Vyikov, 1991, s. 23-27.
[5] DOCKAL, J.: SysHmy "PoMa/ovi poJpory matcmaliky" a student, ftfzenf osvojo-
vaclho proccsu XIII. VVS I'V VySkov, 1995, s.72-75.
[C] SlKULOVA, I).: Zmlny obiahu maitmatkkiho uliva vlivtm poiitati. TamteJ, 8,36-44,
This rtntorch hat been comliiclrd at the Department of Technical Mathetnntic» as part
of tin research project "Theoretical analysis and Numerical Solution of Dynamic Inter-
action of Elastic Uoiy with Ihr Flowing Fluid" and has been tupportcd by CTU grant
No. I0t/9t/0280.
WORKSHOP 00 MATHEMATICS
APPLICATIONS OP ALGEBRA
IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
M. Dcmlovn, J, Adlimok, D. Pomlclfcck
Key words: subdlrect product, variety of algebras, category, functor, fixed point, semiring,
grftph
39
Arty tout Me examples, We »fiow that cotintalifc srli «(nl filiitll'iiis, eoilfilalily-ilSriu'rultjiial
yrf (/;» upturn mid Hrwir dlfictiiifin a»e r«atfi|>lr>i of talrgorirs wild llip additional properly
Ihal Die W i t fixrd point of every rnrfnfimctnr is nmstructidfe.
.1 Cnlt-pitif* n\tfilt)i»h]i by finhaty skcUlics WOIB liitfutlucttl In |0j, A full dmrnftpr-
iMllon of Mich entrnoilrs \iy inrnrn of fir«'.-or<ler lo^ic ha» li<t*l JilMCfiln! lio«r III (5ji it Is
prbvtnt tli*t (I) flnllMy and Stay skeithm «kttc fi tli^ Mrif f utrgitt (M wliPtipypf ti« c<if>(ift/il
< A U tiK'iniifnlilo mill (2) tfiffpfufr, fifiitnry tketthatifatalfffitirii Me (>lFthr)y l)\mr wlikh
tun t/e <lr«cf)t/rd t/y TiMt-Wilrf logic willi fliiilfl tolijiititliolu, routiUlilr di^Jimtllofn, dtul
i
\. A urinillliff l<i ( n I H intttut If it »A(i<fir* llif following: (t) Us *<Mitivr sriiu'efdiio I*
Invrfv kfiil tdtiittuiUlivo, *nil (2) « mm of r Iclitive MrmititrftU f|i<»l< Ilirif pfwliict. In
(7) netemkty «n»J mifririfhl tofiililioin afe JJ'.VPH fot lliP lattice of rongfiifmr* of »n ih
•*tn!(it<j51« I * MMxIulaf, o( tt'ulfiWivp, or lioolcfin,
T. Kfjika ilioweil that cvr»y fin)! w h w a'Milivr eniUimitphUtit* «(r
l AMocfallve. In (fl) mi mi»l(ipnn tmrrlion I* (»f<rt«l f«r
ttefereticcil
(I) l)KMLOVA,M.-KOl)IIHK,V,: Subitiintly ilnminalnl ttmiyoup tarklitt,
lot fmMlratlnn
[l\ AOAMKK, J.! A ttmnrk <m fi-tfj poinh of fiinelam in lupvlitgirnl rnlrgnrirn, i\pp\M
V*t, Mwrtw*, Vm.$M-'J<l
[.Ij AlMMIiK, J.; llteur»ire data lyptt in n\gtbt«kn\\yt4>tnmpUlt rnlfgnrirn. Information
ami Compulation*, IW*, H«. 1-10
It) ADAVIKK, J, - KOUIIKK, V.! On Ihr krg,,l JinA point of it tit funttor, TlirorHknl
Coinp. Sdrntr,!!».'», 15, 1-19
|5J ADAMKK,J.-JOIISTONK.I'.-MAKOWSKV,J.- HOSICKV,J.: frniinty»ktUht»,
acrrptr'l fcif pntiliralion In Journal lit .SyinMic I/»i|(ic
[f.J ADAMKK, J. - HOSICK^, J-: Finilary nkilrhn and fnitary pmtHlaHt. tnUiotitt.
mrrjilnl fnf |iiil>lkAllot) In MatliriiMtical Stliicltirn of Computer .S(ivn«>
|7) I'[Link].K, II.! Inrmr utminngi and Ihrir titllirr ttf (ongfHtntt*. Cictli. Math,
Journal, to apprar
(^) I'[Link], II.! Inrrmt atmiringi «A<K>« Hrtiiitirt tniamarphhmr an mutliplieit'
lift. S
This n*tnnh Am bttn tonr/ifffi/ nt thr IhpMtmtnt pf Stathimttitt o/M« I'd rutty ef
Hrrtrirnl f'npttftrih^ ««a purl oftht rutarrh pm/rrl 'Application* rfAlftkttt in Compiler
Seintrr* amlhn* brm mpporhd by CTV grnnl So. 1003*1 tl.
MATHEMATICS
The paper iummarlw* Kim* recent result* of the author concerning mate* on operator
algebra* and their «(t[ilkatiotm In (lie algebraic quantum field theory, The theory of jUtea
(I.e. normalize, positive, functlon/ils) on operator*, sometime* wiled the non-commutative
mrasutc Uieoty, owe* It*fttlfllnto tlm i!i*[Link] (oumUllon of f|tt&n\unt phy»k» MtAlt-tl
by J, von Neumann, F.J. Murray, I1, Jordan, I, E. Segal, K, I', Wlgner, «nd M. Id Stone
(19'W-IOIO). tldng ft natural '|H?iitum counlctparl of the traditional tneaaure, intrgrntlon,
AM'I prohahilily tlirory l»ulll on rl/Milral ll'mlean ftinrliirrn, tlir non-commutatlvR inrMtirK
theory hw becotne essential far the structure theory of operator algebra* and related (iel«l»
of functional uialyals and ouaiitunt pli>'ilc»- It haa a^gulrnd iiiomciitudi)» GO'* a;id 70'*
when [Link]. Mackey (0) retonnizrd it» importance for axiomatic quantum physics anil when
discovery of "noti-fock" reprevntatlons lead to an interplay of modern phyniai »nd Tomita-
Tnkesaki theory of von Neumann algebras. Contemporary, the theory develops rapidly and
ha.t application* In many fields of analysis,
Motivated by sonic fecenl problems of independence in the axiomatic quantum field
theory and by our previous reiwarth on extensions of ulates, we have focused on application*
of general extension principles to the relativistlc quantum field theory. In the *equel we
iiiltimarize A hw biutlr. reaidl of am research effort.
In Accordance with the usual convention [3] the relativistic quantum Held is described
[>y Ml intlutlWe Km'rt A of » i»t of openloi aigrtitu A\O), wheie O run* llitmijli the
wt of «ll bounded Open fegiotu ill the Mlnkuwskl ipjuc-llmc (principle of loCAlily), The
•ubalgebru A(0t),A{0>) "r IA ' ( ' t o '* >t*li'tically independent if for every itatc i^t and
V»i of» iiihalgebrft A(O\) and A{0i), respetttvrly, there is A itate <f of the whole algebra A
extending both v»i *nd I,>J. We have proved in |7| that (general) C'-algebra* A and // are
statistically Independent if and only if for any pair of positive norm-one element* n g A,
b(- H (taken In ihr tin!vers»l representation) there is a common eigenvector corresponding to
eigenvalue I. This natural condition can be viewed a* a weakened version of the well known
principle of strict locality [1,IO,II|. This result also provide* an equivalence of autistic
independence and ttricl locality in the case of C'-algebra*. Moreover, we have itiown that
logical Independence of Commuting von Neumann algebra* an introduced In [11] is equivalent
to logical independence of their center*. In addition, we iticceeded in extending classical
result on equivalence of [Link] independence and logical independence from commuting
C*- algebra* to both the non-commutative case and the C«LV of Jordan algebra*. (The proof
of Jordan ea*e require* new method avoiding ipalial lenmr product construction used in
(10).) l i m e tnuita toottibut* to lt>« i t w i y o( op»r»loe »J»»tr»* ami U I I I M wove linpotlaat
open question of relativistic quantum, theory (formulated e.g in [II]).
41
WORKSHOP fffl MATHEMATICS
'the method* of proof* of the above reaulls Imvo been developed in fm|i<?t« (2, 4-fi). tn
the work [C] global ana!y«l» of tletermltiaey of pure »IHIP» on Jordnn-tlmiAcli algebras )IM
been conducted. Tlic main result s&yg that any pure «t«(e «? » *"p*f*l>f« Jf) a^br/i I*
unl(|ii«ly determined by Its puro restriction to mitiM singly gftirralf)! MIUCUUVC lubslgcbra.
l^itllier extension rrtdlt* lot UAHA*li-i|)flcC'V«!ue(l rnrsmirw tm ojwr/itw (ilgpbriw MI<1 gniiemi
itftlctiKM IIM IHTII oliUirinl In (1), Till* |>«rt of t)ie fpwnttli iirognitiitric conlribtitea to
general theory of iibsUMt operator «lgebrM,
Hefcrenceii
(I) AVALLONE, A. - JIAMIIALTKIt, it i'tltniinii thtonmt (vtctor mtaavrtu on quantum
logic*). Czechoslovak MMIJ. J>, to Ajiponr.
(2| tJtiNCK, L.J. - IIAMIIALTEH, J.i Etttntlon* oj Jnuch-l'iron »Mt» on Jordan atgc
brni. Mnili. I'coc. CMHIHURC I'liil. Hoc, to appear.
|3) IIAAO, H. - KASTLEIl, D,l An algebraic approach la quantum JitM lhtor\). Cominun.
Mftlli. I'liyalcs, 10, 1970,2M-21G,
\\\ IIAMIIALTEH, J,i Oltaton property and etltntion* of ilnltt on projection lagio. Mull,
London M«tli. Soc, 199J, 20, 307-372.
(5| HAMIIALTEtl, J,: HiUmlon propertlt* of itntti on optrator algebras, Int, J. Tliror,
f'liyolor, 103ft, 04, MI-MI.
(C) I1AM1IALTEII, J.i t'urt ttatti on Jordan algebra*, to appear.
(7| HAMHAWEK, J.: Iwirprndrnte t>f optmlor alyebrat. to appear
[8] HAMIfALTEK, J. - NAVAUA, M. - 1'TAK, P,! , 9 / ^ " on nrthonlffrbra,, Int. J. Theot.
f'hyalca, IMS, »t, H39-HM.
[9] MACKKY, 0 . W.: The Malhtmatlcat Foundation* of Quantum Mtchankt. IlcnJ/iniin,
N«w York, 1903.
(10) IIOOS, II,! Indeptndtnee of local atgtbrat (n quantum fit Id thtory. Cortitrmn. Math,
PhyilM, 16,1070, 238-210.
(II] UKDKI, M.: Logically indtptndtnt ron Neumann hltiet*. Int. J. T h w . f'liyiiei, 31,
I«I9.>, 1711-1718.
Thit rtitatth hat Ittn conducted at the Dtpartmtnt of SttlhtmaUti of the faculty of
Ettctricnl t.'nginttring <u a part of iht rtteanh project "Algebraic Quantum FitU Theory"
and hat been tupported iy CTU grant No. I0038S66.
WOliKSHOPOO _____ MATHEMATICS
QUANTUM SYMMETRIES:
MATHEMAICAL MODELS
AND PHYSICAL APPLICATIONS
M. HnvlUck, L, Hlnvfttf •, E. rdnntovfl,
V. Sfovfcek, J. Tolnr*
Key words! quantum theory, I illegible inutM*, quAiitum groups, contraction of Lie Alge-
bras, gradings of Me algebras, qtuicryitali
References:
[I] TOLA II, J.: Quantum itnttturti in tht Ititbtrt ipaet of finite dimnnion Nonlinear,
Di»*ipatiw, Irreversible Quantum Syttenw (eds. II. D. Docbncr et al.) World Scientific,
Singapore 1905
(2] CHADZITASKOS, G. - TOLA It, J.: Finilfdmumiontl •• prndutt and matrix nlgt.
inn Quantliation, Coherent State* and Complex Structures (ed.«. J. I'. Antoine et al.)
Plenum Press, New York, 1995
-13
WORKSHOP 00 MATHEMATICS
This rttearth hat been conducted at the Department* of Mathematics and I'hysict of
FNSPE •»« part of the rtMearch project "Quantum lymmtlriei; mathematical models and
physical applications" and hat been supported by CTU grant No. 815(
i\
WOltKSHOl' W_ MATHEMATICS
Key word*: orthomodtilnr ponct (OMP), (|iiAiitiuti logic, nrl-rcprc^rutahlf OMI', coupling
of OMIN, states on OMI's
Tlio theory of orthomodular posets wns initiated liy Hirkliolf unit von Neumann (10.10).
Tlirir intention was to provide a Mathematical model of quantum experiments, Though
this theory began to live relatively independently of it* source — A phenomenon which I*
typical for moat brnnclica of Applied mathematics — the problems inspired by phyiiicn arc
atill Intensively pursued by mathematicians AM! theoretical physicists, Tlic present note
contribute* to tills line of research, It la observed tlmt certain llooleaii (sdistribntivc)
conatrui:ta help resolve problem* In urlbnnioiliiUr (=iir»ii-rlliitrll)iillvn) ntnicturm,
Tim first exampli in III* renearcli carrlwl on In |3-7). The departure point U tlm notion
of a, kernel OMI' which comes into existence &a a null set of a gtuup-valued measure on
& MiKjIeiiii algelirii. It l» sliowii ttiAt kernel OMI'K enjoy [nletoniiiig propcttles both In llic
algebraic and meaKilre-theorrtic setine, In particular, OMI'fl enn be cotislrtictcil the state
spaces of which consist of subaddilivc iiieMiirea. This has previously been unknown.
The second example la an application of A Mootcnn power in the realm of orthornodiilar
structures Jl], It is proved that a tensor product of A classical Ami a tpinntitm structure can
be reasonably defined. This contributes to quantum axiomatics.
The third example is an analysis of two-valued states on OMI'i [2j. This research brings
some novelty to the hidden variable hypothesis. A technique is developed which allows us
to construct orthotnodular pewcts with a given set of two-valued states.
Reference*;:
(1| KOULIS, D. - ('TAW, I'.: On the Unsor product of a llooltan algebra and an orthoal-
gtbm. Czechoslovak Math. J., 1095, 45, 117-126
[2[ FOULIS, D. - PTAK, P.: On absolute compatibility and Iwldin variable* in quantum
logics. To appear in Hiccrchcdi Mathematics, IMC
[3j MAYCT, II. - NAVARA, M.s Ctamei of logics rtpntentablc as kernel* of mta»urt$.
Contributions to General Algebra, G.I'il* (ed.), Tcubner, Stuttgart/Wien, 1905, 9,
211-218
[4] NAVAHA, M.: Quantum logic* reprtientabk a> kernels of mcaiurri. To appear In
C«cchoslov»k Math. J.. 1995
[5J I ' T A K , P.: A note on inbadditive ttalts. Preprint, Dcpt. of Mathematics CTU, Prague
[6j PTAK, P . - NAVARA, N.: On ring-valued measures on crthomoJular posets. Preprint,
Dept. of Mathematics, CTU, Prague
45
WORKSHOP 00 MATHEMATICS
(7j t'TAK, I'.I States on orthamoduhr patch (rtcciit retails on tmntommulntivt mennurc
theory), Proceeding* of the conference "HMII Aimlyscn nml Meiuinr« 'rii«.firyHt Clrwlo
(Italy), 1093, 27-45
ThU rtienrch hat been eomlucltil til the Department of Mathematics of the Faculty
of Electrical fingtnecrlng at a part of Hie n»torch project "C'oitiblniitortnl Method* in the
Theory of Orthostructurtt'' ami hat betn tupportal by CTU grant No. 10038SB7.
16
wortKgiiopoo MATHEMATICS
Key words) Ordered act, Ideal, 2'psciidodimcnsion, order blue, complete ring of sets,
weight of A complete ring of sell, denso subset, separability of an ordered
set.
The classical concept of the dimension of an ordered sot ((3|) CAn be modified B* follows,
Let 2 be n two-clcmcnt chain {0,1; 0 < 1} and G be on ordered set. A system (/<;'€ T) of
mapping* of 0 Into 2 is called a 2-realher of 0 ill
(1) Tor any ( g T there exists a mapping f,:O-*2 such that (/j;c € 71) is a 2-rcAlizcrof
<7,
(2) There exists an isomorphic embedding of G into 2 T .
A subset /t of an ordered act G Is an icfeaf i(T y € /I,I C (V,i < J/ =* I G /I. A system
(A,;t € T) of ideals in G is called an order base of G ([5]) iff x,y € G,x £ y <$ there
exists t0 6 T such that y £ <4(,,x £ A,,. If (/,;i € T) is a 2-rcalizcr of G, then, trivially,
(/i*'(0); J S T) is an order base in G. Conversely, if (/I,; I € T) is an order base in G and
/, i G ~> 2 is defined by f(A,) a 0,/(G - /!,) = 1, then (/,;< € T) is a 2-rcalizcr of G.
Thus, the following cardinals arc equal:
(i) 2-pdim(7
(ii) the Icaxt cardinal m such that there is an embedding of G into 2 m
(iii) the least cardinal n euch that 0 contains an order base of cardinality n.
47
WORKSHOP 00 MATHEMATICS
(I) 'i-iuWmO
(II) the Inmt cnnlitwl m ntirli Hint tdcrn Is nn cmherUtiiig bl 0 Into 'lM
(ill) the !CAH cnrdintil n nnch llntl 6'coiilnini AII order \mnn of ctirdirrnlity n
(Iv) toA wlipre / t 1* tli« «;ii)|)ktc ting of lilcnla In fl.
2,1/ G O,x < v s* there cxiitt «,tr € // mtrli tlinl x <u < v<y
(I) 2-|>r«in<7
(il) the leant cnrdiriftl m mich tlmt G tun Jic embrtlitrd into 2 m
(iii) tint l«?(«t cardinal n mith tlmi O «mtain» an order luwc of enrdinsility n
(iv) tw^ wtirrc A i* td" conipMc ring of all Meat* in 6'
(v) »rp6'.
Kcfcrcnceii:
(I) HlltKHOFF, 0.: Gentralitut arilhmttiu, Duk<r M»lli. Journ. 9 (1312), 283-302.
{2j UiKKHOFF, 0.: Lattiet throw, PtovKIcncc, Rhode Island l'JG7.
(3) OUSHNJK, H, - MILLKK, E, W,: Partialls onkmiHlt, Am. Journ. Matli. C3 (10H),
COO-CIO.
(•J| NOVAK, V,; On the pucudndimtnuion of ordend tctiiy Czech. Mutli. Joiirn. 13(88)
{5J NOVOTN^, M.: lltmerkunn Cber die Drmttllunq Ititwtist geortlntttr Mtngcn, Spi»y
pfif. fak. MM. Univ. IlrnoSCS (1955), 1-8.
TAi* rcttanh has been eondtttltd at the Department of Mutlttmalies a# part of the
ixxcrth project "Mathematical Slruthrtu for Computer Science* and has i « n supported
by TUgmni No. FU35MHL
•18
WORKSHOP DO MATHEMATICS
DISTINGUISHING SUBSETS
ON LATTICES
J. ZnploUil
Key words: kitten, Join nticl mect-lrreduciblc elements, irreducible circle, distinguishing
subnet, beta-lattice
III trie present work, we prove betides other results the necessary And sufficient condition
for tlic existence of n distinguishing subnet on a finite lattice. Some results CAII be immedi-
ately generalized for semi-discrete lattices, i.e. for the case, where between nil comparable
elements there Is A finite maximal chain, and for lattices satisfying the maximum chain
condition. Tlio questions of an existence of distinguishing subsets of semigroups, monoids,
groups and icmilattkcs were studied in [0-8]. The construction of the distinguishing aubaels
of join-Bcmlliittice* wns given by J. Niemlnlon, ice [2], the starting point for which was [7).
Let S a (S',A,V,0,l) be a lattice with rncct and join operations A, V nnd the least
and greatest elements 0,1. It is said to be it finite lattice, If S la a finite set. An element
(x,y) 6 5 s in mild to bo nn edge of S if i < y and {u 6 S;x < « < y) » 0. Wo also
write x -< y. Furtlicrmorc, let // denote the set of of all edges of S. An clement z of a
lattice S is said to be mcct-roducihli!, if there ura dements i,y 6 S satisfying * =* x A y
(x,y > x). If some * € S him no decomposition of the upper form, it is said to be mcct-
irrcduciblc. Dually, some clement z of S is said to be join-rcduciblo or join-irreducible,
depending on whether or not it can be represented in the form ; = i V f , ( i , | / < z). I<ct
I,Up denote the set of nil join-irreducible elements of S, and Analogously /(„/ denote the set of
all meet-irreducible elements of 5. If we put J = {(x,y) € lf,y 6 /,„,,} and A/ = {(x,y) G
II,V € hnt), we can define an irreducible circle in S as follows: Let ut £ S, i = 0,1,..,rn,
Vj 6 S, j a 0 , l , . . . n and ut 4 Vi f°r • = l«..»n - U j = l . . . n - I, Furthermore, tct
x = uo •< U| - < . . . - < tim_i •< um = y, (u(,U(+i) G J U M for i = 0 , l , . . . m - 1 and
x = t»o -< i)| - < . . . - < w n .| -i vn = y, (VJ,V/>I) € J U M tat j = 0 , l , . . n — 1. Then
C = {(II,,I/H.I);0 < i < m - 1) U {(«/, vy+i)',0 < j J n - I ) is said to be an irreducible
circle in S of the length m -f n.
Now we define a distingishing subset of S. A subset L C S la said to be a distinguishing
subset According to suprcrnum (inflmum) of S, if it has the following property. For any
two elements x,y 6 5, x / y there is u € 5, (v € S) such that xVu £ y V u and
card({xVu,yVu)r\L) •= I , ( I A D / J/Auand card({x Av,j/ A i i j n t ) = 1). A subset M s
said to be a distinguishing subset of S, if it is a distinguishing subset according to suprcmum
as well as a distinguishing subset according to inlimum. Now we present the main theorem.
Let S be a finite lattice, L C S, L <fi S. Then the following assertions arc equivalent:
(A) L is ft distinguishing subset on S
\0)card({x,y) D L) = 1 holds for every edge (i,y) eJUM.
This theorem implies many corrolarics, for example, the following one: Let S be a finite
lattice with a distinguishing subset L. Then every irreducible circle of S is of the evea
length.
49
WORKSHOP 00_ MATHEMATICS
The definition of /7-scmilaUicc vrnn givrn i/i [!)J. VV« remind this dellnlllon, A lattice B
I* said to bo A lower /3-lnttlco If for any two elements i , | / G S , ! • / J I , I A J / ^ O tlicro is
V 6 5, which natlnflca cither v < * nii'l ti||]/ of w < (/ find t)||x. Dually, S in *nl<l to lie tipper
/J-lnttlco If for any x,y G S, x j> y, / V y -/• 1 there Is u e A'( which imtisfics cither x < u
And y\\u or y <n nod T\\U, A MUre, whlrii li l>oth A lower /(-latlice mid upper /MnUlcc la
Bald to IM) A /7-lAltla1. For a /3-lntticc, vvcobtnin thu following rwnlU,
(1) livery joln-itrediiclhlo (mecl-irrcducllilc) cleiricnl of S Is Atomic (diml-fltomle),
(2) Tim set (0) ({1}) 1» n (lifltlngiilnliirig act of S According to tnflmum (nupn-tniirn).
(3) The net {0,1} l» ft (lintinguliililng suhsct of S.
In the liut part of thin paper we aupposc 0 •/• 0 to bo n finite net. We put G C2a And
tliAt O satisfies Ilia fullowi/ig conditions.
(I) { i j GO for every * € 0
(I!) /I n W € O whenever / I , / / g O
(III) 0 € G
We define /lfc/V = D{A/M U « C M, M C G}, Wo prove, that »(G\G) =
(G,n,6/V0,O) Is the lower /Mtittlcc mid tlint for nrliitrnry lower /Mntticc S there exist
O And G C 2 such that S And O((7,G) Arc isomarphic structure*.
Reference*!
[1] JURCJENSEN, II. t llaltigruppcn und Spracltcn. Dericlit dnt hint, fur Thcor. Inform.
Tecliu. Iloctinchule DAruntadt, Tl 2/7!),
[2{ NIBM/NINKN, J. I Remark* on Distinguishing Sublets oj Joinsemilatlicc, Dcnionslra-
tio Matticmatlca Vol. IX, No. 2, 1970, 239-242.
[3] NOVOTNt, M.: Algtbraical Structures of Mathematical Lhguiitics. Hullctin Math.
dc 1A SOC. des Sciences Math, dc In Ilep. soc. dc Koiiinnnlc, N. S. 12, 19G8, 80-101.
(4) NOVOTNt, M.: On Some Relation* defined by Languages. 1'rague Studies in Mathe-
nwticJil Linguistics 4 (1972) 157-170.
[5] SCHEIN,B. M.! llomomorphumt and Subdinct Decompositions of Semigroups. Pacific
Jour. Math. 17 (19CG), 529-547.
(6j ZAPLETAL, J.: Distinguishing subsets of Semigroup) and Groups. Arehlvum Math.
Brno, 4,(1908), 211-252.
|7) ZAPLETAL, J.: Distinguishing Subsets in Semilattices. Arcivum Math. Drno, 2, IX:
(1973) 73-82.
(8| ZAPLETAL, J.: On the Characterization of Semilattices ... Archlvnm Math. Brno, 2,
X:(1974) 123-128.
[9] ZAPLETAL, J.: O relaci tolerance na spccidMm typa svazi. Kniznice odb. a vid.
spUfl VUT v Urnc, 1970, A-12, ij5-19G.
[10] ZAPLETAL, J.: Konstrukce rozlihjlckh podmnolin na beta-polosvazech. KniJnicc
odb. a vM. »pi»fi VUT, 1991, B-131, 5-19.
This research has been conducted at the Department o} Malhetnatitt as part of tht
research project "Afatematicke' struklury pro computer science" and has been supported by
TU of lino grant No.
50
WORKSHOP 00 MATHEMATICS
EXPONENTIALITY IN CATEGORIES
OF PARTIAL ALGEBRAS
J. Slnpnl
It is well known that concrete categories having well-behaved function spaces, l.c, being
initially structured mid cartesian closed, play an important role in application) to many
branches of mathematics, It in therefore worthwile to look for such categories also among
categories of general algebraic system). In this note we focus our interest onto categories of
partial algebras.
Definition 1. Let K be a category with finite products and S,T be full isomorphism
closed subcatcgorics of K, Lot T be finitely productive in K. We nay that, T is exponential
for S inK provided that for any two objects A e S and I) € T there exists an object A" € K
wllh |/» w | = M(»7f(W,/t) wieh thai
(jM
(ii) the pair {A",e),wlicrc e : D x An -* A is the evaluation map (given by e(y,f) = /(y)),
is a co-universal map for A with reaped to the functor U x - ! T -» K.
If A category T is exponential for K in K, then T will be called an exponential suhcal-
egory of K. If K is an exponential subcak-gory of itself, then K is cartesian cloned, i.e. the
functor D x - : K -• K has a right adjoint for each object B € K.
We shall use sonic fundamental concepts concerning partial algebras. Throughout the
paper, fi will designate an arbitrary, but fixed set, and r will designate an arbitrary, but
fixed family of sets r = (K\; A 6 fi). The family r will be called a type. Dy a partial
algebra of type r we understand a pair (A", (px; A e (1)) where X is a set and />> is a partial
Kx-uy operation on X (i.e. a partial map p\ : XKi -* X) for each A 6 fl. For any
A € fl we denote by Dfk the domain of the operation p\, i.e. the subset of XK* having the
property that px(xk,k € Kx) Is defined iff (i*;fe 6 K\) € Dn. If G = (X,(px;\ 6 fl)> and
II a (V, (7»; A € 0)) arc partial algebras of type r, then by a homomorphitm of G into //
we mean any map / iX -*Y such that px(xk\ k 6 K\) = x =*• q(f(xi,); k € K\) — f(x) for
each A 6 fl. The set of all homomorphlsms from G into H will be denoted by IIorn(G', / / ) .
We denote by Pal, the category of all partial algebra* of type r with homomorphisms an
morphisms.
Dcllnitlon 2. For any pair of objects G = {X,(p\\ A € fl)),// = (V,(<;A; A € fi)) €
Pal, we put G" = {Hom(;/,O),(rAjA e fl)) where, for each A € fl, m is the tfvary
partial operation on IIom(//,Gf) given by rx(fk\ k € Kx) = / iff / € IIom(//,C7) is a unique
homomorphism with the property that qx(Vk',k € Kx) = y *> px(Sk(Vk)\k € Kx) = /(»).
The objects G" will be called the powers of G and //.
A partial algebra (X, (p»; A € 0)) of type r is called idcmpotcnl if for any z 6 X and
any A € ft the family (it; it € Kx) given by Xk = z for each k € A\ fulfils ( i t ; it- e A'A) € £>„
51
WORKSHOP 00 MATHEMATICS
and pi(xnk G K\) m x. Wo denote by Il'al, the full subcalegory of Pal, wltoso objects
aro precisely the Idcinpotcnt partial algebra* of typu t.
Theorem 1. lPal, is un exponential tubcategory of Pal,,
Corollary 1. Wai, in a carleiian cloicit category.
Definition 3. Let G =» (X,(j»Ai A € fi}) b« & partial algebra of type r.
a) O la mid to fulfil tlio interchange law if for any pnir of elements A,/i <= fl from {tu\{ G
# , ) G />,„ for each k G Kx,{l>A*uii G W 6 ft) G 4 . , and (unit G A'A) € Dfi for
each / G K,, it follow* that (PA(*MI* € A*);/ G / ^ ) G D,, and ;»AM**<'.' € #„);* €
A**) a pM(*ui* G AA);/ G / ^ ) .
b) 0 \t called diagonal If for any clement A 6 fl from (xt/i / G A'A) G Z)pt for ench k G A'A
ami (p\(xu;l€ Kx)',k € A'A) € Dn It follow* tliat ( / « ; * G A'A) g £»„ and px[n{*H'A G
) )
We denote by Ct'ai, or DPulr the full suljcatcgory of /'a/r wliosc objects arc precisely
tlio pnrtUI nlgcbrM of type r fulfilling llie Intcrchang'j law or the diagonal partial algebras of
typo r, respectively, Next, wo put CDl'at, => CPal, D DPat, and CD!PatT = CDPal, 0
IPal,.
HcmArk If For total algebras the notion of interchange law coincides with the notion
of commutativity studied in [2j. On the other hand, the notion of dingonality in the case of
total algebras Is more general than the notion of diagonality defined and studied In [3] (the
dlagonality in [3] means both diagonality and idernpotency),
The following assertion is a generalization of a result which Is well known for total
algebras («ec e.g. (2j)i
Lemma. Ul G = (X,(PA)A G fl)) G CPal, and II = (Y,(<ix\X G fi)) G Pal, be
objects. Then there ciists a auMgcha of tht dirtel product O'"l uihoit underlying ni it
[ , )
We denote by [lf,G\ the subalgcbra of G''"' from Lemma.
Propoaitlon. Lei G = (X,(pAiA G 0)) € CDPal, and II a (V,( ? A;A € (I)) € I Pat,
beuhjecls. ThtnG" »[U,O].
Theorem 2. The category IPal, it exponential for CDPal, in Pal,.
Corollary 2. CDIPuU it a cartesian closed category.
Remark 2. a) The Theorem 2, in contrast to Theorem 1, remains valid also when
restricting our considerations to ' >tal algebras. The Corollary 2 then coincides with a
statement from [4],
b) If K Is a set with card A' = 2, then the mono-A'-ary total algebras fulfilling the
Interchange law arc nothing else than ttic known medial groupoids (sec e.g. [1]).
References:
[1] JE2EK, J. - KEPKA.T.: Medial groupoids, Rozpravy CSAV 93/1 (1993), Prague.
[2J KLUKOVITS, L.: On commutative algebras, Acta Sci. Math. 34 (1973), 171-174,
[3] PLONKA, J.: Diagonal algebras, Fund. Math. 58 (1906), 309-321.
[4] SLAPAL, J.: A cartesian dosed category of universal algebras, Acta Sci. Math. 58
(1993), 93-97.
Tins research has been conducted at the Department of Mathematics as part of the
research project "Mathematical Structures for Computer Science" and has bren tvpported
by TU grant No. FU3500fl.
52
Section 2
PHYSICS
NEXT PAGE(S)
left BLANK
WOHKflTICtl^Pft _ I'DVBlCfl
MEASUREMENT OF NONLINEAR
WAVES IN HARD-WALLED DUCTS
M, UednaKk, O, SifUek
Thl» work I* tcitifffinl with An jfivetllgalion tit the nonlinear behavior of ulnusoldal
plane progressive acoustic waves of finite amplitude In tin alrflllcd lube at a frequency of
about 70 kit*. The aim of this Work MM to compile applicability of the. [Link] Ilurgefi
equation ((lilt,) (2j with reaped to experimental data. Kxperlment* were done In * tube
10 in long anil 8 mm internal diameter with an absorbing termination, A* an aeomlle
source waa u*t<l ultrasonic Ifan^ltKCf, [Link] of pAlr of pic«oclcctrle ceramic rings, with
ojipfnite (ifilatltatiortt Inwrtrd liclwcrn twu itlei-tlcal itepl pi«r», 'the wtoml part of the
irafudiicrr, the vihrallun amplifier, wa« a ateppetl horn In lonj(ltudlnal Imlf-wave (motmnte,
(t consisted of twu parallel cylindrical soclloiis odcgtli A/I' The amplitude Irofisfuniintloii
I* ft|ital to Urn ration of tlm atrM of two Mvtlon«, The horn lit rtia<l« of the alloy "Dutat"
w'rth «rt'tntttHrt o( 28 tnttt ai iU l«rgrr «rc< Ion, ^ mm at i<f smalfer tedkm «nJ « te(af fmg<n.
of 132 mm, The small end of th!§ amplifier w « the piston that produced thehlgh-amplitudd
motion Inside the tube. Dili source KM (apablc to generate a sinusoidal wave at nonntl
pressure level* up to abotit ISM dIJ (re: 0.0002 //bar). In order to keep the level of the
till!asfinie [Link] atatiiliitetl, the clecttonle generator o n provided with a motional feedback
•yitem. The u*e of high frequencies allowed the itudy of all the propagation regions of a
finite-amplitude wave using a relatively short length tube. The sound pressure levels were
itw-M'if"! with » HXtK mod»-l 4IM (I/S In,) mkropbone mmintml with It* diaphragm flush
with the tube wall. The OIIK for plane wavm is v, -f A(v) - [P/tl)vvt *> 0 where v is
parlkle velocity, t Is distance, r a t - */r 0 Is retatdnl lime, < Is actual lime, fo Is small-
lignal sound ipeed and 0 Is the copffitient cf nonlinearily. The term A(v) Is the linear
time operator which represents absorption and dispersion mechanisms due lo the vlicotity
and heat coducllon, the rtlaxatkn, the boundary layer or their combination. If we put the
operator A{v) equal to Mo then the ODE describm* plane waves in non-dlsslpalive fluids.
A* distance Incrraaes, the effect* of dispersion, which Is caused by the lube>w&tl bound*
ary layrer ami the molecular vibrali<m*l rfU**tion, g»ow itrotigef, steepening Is weakmwl
and! brcomea Increasingly less able to lentst the evrf growing development of dispersion. In
addition, for small d i i l n i ' v nonlinearily is more Itnportant than ordinary absorption along
the lube length or the lube-wall absorption.
Amplitude response curves for fundamental, second, third and fourth harmonica were
obtained al different, fi*ed distance* from about O.I lo 4.5 in (see Fig' I). The figure shows,
that there is the excellent agreement between measured and computed results.
This research has h(tn eonttnclftl ttt the fbparttmnt nf t'htj'lr* n* putt of IU*.
projtct "OrncHpUnit and (hnrtathn aflHgh'Intcntllu Sou ml FiehW awl hn* btcn tvpportrii
hfi CTU grant So. I00J8S0S.
18 20
PHYSICS
PROPAGATION OF PLANE
NONLINEAR WAVES
M.
wlietc v U the particle velocity, f => t - xjt<i li the rctArded lime, ( I) time, t \* distance
from A source, pa Is density, b «s 4r; 3 + ( + «(l/r> - l/f.) Is ilisslp»tlvc coefficient, fj, ( are
the ihear and diUllonal viscosity coeflicients, * is the lirAt-condnclivity cortficlrnt, tf *nd
cv Mtt I lie flpecific heats at constant pressure and volume, 0 *> 0.5(ir 4 I) in the coefficient
of noniinearity for gaiKu, i a c,/ry, II m fiif!f>nrl<l{\ + (7 - l/s/? 1 ?), Pr « i)f,/« !»
the I'randl number, A Is the inner diameter of the duct. The ludlx "0* li used to Indicate
equilibrium value» and O't'/Dt1'1 U the h»lf-dctlv»l« operator.
In/H'fllri^ the v»lue» V =» v/vn, * » flMtycft,, y w fttf/t,, Go p
Do " tti%Jz',lvm0 we obtain the convenient nonditnmtiorial form of ¥A\, (1):
(3)
57
WORKSHOP on PHYSICS
where
lly inmenlinn Kt). (3) after a finite number of terms S, V^i,]/) can bo cx|»fcs«ed M
follows:
»m.)N \m.-N )
where VH(») w 0 fof |f»| > N.
ftp. (3) AIKI (1) In 1>|. (2) given
It Is clear from Inspection of t>|, (4) thkl by cxprcwing ^([Link]) M tlic Fourier »crlc» In
the ]/ domain, Kq, (Z) JIM been rcpfuccd by w-t of ordinary Hautiiiem tYiftttwnlfa) n|ual)on«
which can be stcpwls« nntiicrlcAlly |n(rgrat«d by the tlmi^c-Ktitta mctliod to obtain the
Amplitude* of the harmonics nt progressively Increasing IIMAIKW. Kcnulti of cxt>«rimcnt
which confirm the validy of the GH12 are presented in the pnper |Hj In this proceeding.
References!
(1) DLACKSTOCK, I>, T.i 6'enchi/W Umytn tyuilton. JA9A 77(0), p. 2050-2053,
1985.
(2| OCifMAN'y, M. - MAKAKOV, S.: [Link] of the Abtorption of Nonlhtitr
Wavti by [YaeUQnal DtrivaUvu. JA3A 91(0), p, 3392-3399,1993,
|3j tlEDNAftlK, M. - JlftlCKK, O.: Mtaiunmtnt of A'onlinrar Want In Hard Waited
Vueli. WO»KSHOP'!W.
Th(» nttnrth ha* bun conducted at the Dtpnrtmtnl of I'liysict an part of the nitarth
projtct 'Dc$criptlon and Gtntratlon of Iligh-lnlennily Sound t'itldi" and hat bctn lupporlnt
by CTU grant No. 10038268.
WORKSHOP W !'[IY3tC3
Palladium Ilka many other transition metals (Au.l't) occupies both iubslttutlonnl and
Interstitial »lt«t In ulllcoii crystal* and it can also create complexes with other Impurities,
It in usually accepted [I-'I] that the ctcctricnlly Active palladium exhibit* two deep energy
levetj tu be located; the first Acceptor level within 0,18-0.22cV below the conduction band
And the second donor level within [Link] nbovc the valence band and both may be
associated with siibstltutional I'd. IlcnWlcM these two level* several other deep level* where
reportcfl to he iwwicinlcd with the both Interstitial palladium and complexes of I'd with
other impurite* ami defect* »nd their origin depend* on the sample fabrlratlon technology
use.
I;j thn IIIIMI aiifit vwn>studied aaaiplfl* wiicre was iltlcun doped with pallfuJlutj] at twu-
pcratnrm above lOOO'C and the long dilTiiiiion time WM UJCI), The Pd clilfiuion coefficient
in SI, D a 2.05 • 10' 1 cxp(-0.22/kT), found in |0) t* very high, to that At the temperature
8G0'C only about 30 ficcond* is ticcemry for nearly hotnogenou* distribution. In our exper-
iment* we focused on the origin of the levels connected with short time I'd diffusion. Our
work wa* undertaken to access the electronic properties of active I'd centers In SI with a
view toward evaluating Its effect in controlling minority carrier lifetime,
We atarted our experiment on n-typc phosphorus doped and (1,1,1) oriented Si wafer*
with a thickness of 'UJO/im and resistivity about 600cm. The wafers were cleaned with
standard technology and after this process a thin layer (below lOnm) of I'd waa evaporated
on one side of the wafer*. Pd diffusion WAS performed at temperature 800'C for 4 And 20
minutes. After diffusion the lurplu* film w u laped off from the front aide of the wafer.
After that the samples were etched in CI'G to remove the damage surface layer, rinsed nd
cleaned and than were samples divided Into two group*. Schottky diodes with an arcs of
3.67mm1 were prepared by evaporating Au at the first group on the front itirf<K« and at
the second group on the back surface of the wafer*. Ohmie contact of the opposite aide of
the samples waai performed by rubbing gallium-Aluminium alloy.
The energy levels were determined by the conventional DLTS method using the I'olaron
S4G0O DLTS spectrometer. The DLTS ipectru were measured at reverse bias excitation
pulses of 2V and 10V to Indicate surface levels created during contact fabrication.
The measured DLTS spectra aerlously differ at samples diffused for 4 and 'JO minutes,
aathown In Fig. I, 2. At the (ample* diffused for 20 minute*, in Fig. 1, a dominant level Et
corresponding E,-0.2l7eV was determined. This level can be associated with institutional
Pd. The leveb E< and E» have the character of * surface layer. At the samples diffused
for 4 minutes, in Fig. 2, the level Ej « K, - 0.3toeV became very important. This level
59
WORKSHOP 00 PHYSICS
can bo connected with hitcrstltinl I'd or Intcratltlal I'd related cowplexeii, aimilnr level WAS
pilbllahrd [i, 4] M V,t - 0,37oV. We cnn note Ihal concentration of eiibslitutlotittl IM la
much higher nt aurfacc from which IM wm dlffuwd, while tlio difference In concentration of
lnl<7st!tl«l JM \» not to n]^niDrnnL TM» »gr»» with th« Miwmptfon that * M/{h dllfinloii
coefficient Ijcfon^ to tfi« Intcratlttal Pd (tlffuiion and that interstitial Pel tranntormB in
(iihutltutloiml pwiltlom by the kirk-out itificlmninintti (&j. Our px|icrlinc[itnl result* allow
Hint this process 1« very fut. For the short dilTiulori time iiitcr»titlnl IM rdntcd deep
Icvcia enn be more atablc than In the CM« nii|)Cf»AturAlloti reached In very (|iilckly <|uenclicd
lamplca [4| becanao tbia level enn be Idcntlfled ftlno in Si diodes after Alloying to molybdenum
dlnca wltli AISI at 700'C |7|.
l)L't'S apectrti of the tinrnpicn dilfini'd at 800*0, back fiurffiro, reverse blua 1U Vi
Fig. l! The dilTusion llrno Is 20 minutes. Fig. 2i Tlio dilFusion time la \ mliiiilrit
tlcfcrenccs;
It] WOOnUVllY, 11. H. - LUDW10, G, IV.; Phpleal Rtvkm, vol. 12/5, pp. 4GO-470, J0C2.
(2] I'ALS, J. A.: Solid State Electronics, vol. 17, pp, 1139-1140,1077.
[3| CZAf'UTA, R.; Applied Physic* A, Vol. 49, pp. 431-430, 1088.
[4| OILIi, A. A. ct al.; Stmkond. Sci. Technology, vol. 8, pp. 075-681, 1993.
(5) V1NCKNTB, J. ct al.: Journal of EUclrochtm. Soc, vol. HO, pp. 808-870, 1993.
[0] FRANK, W.i Deftcl and Uiffufon Forum, vol. 75, pp, 121-148, 1988.
|7j HENDA, V. et al: Proceedings ej Iht ISSE'95, pp, 172-177,1095.
This rttearch hat bun conducted al Iht Department of Elcetrolcthnotogy at part of the
niearch project "Recombination in power $emiconductor dtvictt" and hits tctn $upported
by GACil srant No. 108/0^1363.
CO
WOKKSHOPJM
PHYSICS OF INFORMATION
AT THE FRONTIERS WITH
INFORMATICS AND CYBERNETICS
J. Jclcn
Physics lntrodiic«M fundamental concepts fur all (lie selcncM, It traditionally ntudlcn
characteristics and interactions of fundamental dementi of matter (subnuclenr particles,
Atoms, molecules,..) nnd various properties nf structures composed of them. It provides
hardware components inch M microchips, memories etc. for modern brandies of technology
tuch M informatics, cybernetics ele. However, this is not the only contact with these sciences
it has. Physics can offer mute, Oven at technical uiilvcrsltkn when teaching engineers,
physics should not bo given the role of a service only.
Contemporary phynles bring* Its own contribution to the study of complex systems,
furiiiJiitrin of structures, evolutionary processes, etc. Tho key role hero Is plnycd by tho
notion vf information. This concept docs not belong only to informatics, computer ncicncc,
cybernetics etc. It also belongs to the new physics,
The concept of entropy, inherently connected with the concept of information, has been
applied to Information theory from statistical physics and thermodynamics. The amount
of one lilt of information appeared, implicitly, for the first time in Szilnrd's analysis of
Maxwell's demon activity In the one-particle heat engine in 1929, Today it Is possible to
interpret statistical thermodynamics in the framework of the information theory.
Computation Is nut an intellectual performance only. It is also a physical process.
"Informational" and "physical" arc only two complementary sides of a total natural event.
Flows of information arc linked together with flows of energy. Action of a computer is
accompanied by a dissipation of previously "ordered" energy (at least when cleaning mem-
ories). Dissipation of energy (entropy increase) is closely connected with time asymmetry
observed at macroscopic level. An energy dissipation is also an essential feature of open
dynamical systems in which syncrgctic processes of cooperation, ttructurc formation and
evolution may develop,
Let us briefly mention some other connected problems such as deterministic chaos,
limited predictability of timccvotution in somedynamical systems and interrelated questions
of provability In formal loglral systems, algorithmic processes in computation, theory of
algorithmic randomness, etc.
The concept of information is very important also in interpretations of quantum me-
chanic*, particularly in quantum measurement and in understanding of "reality" of quan-
tum objects. At the very frontier of physics a number of scientific speculations about the
toU of information appeared. Some of them deal with the phenomenon of consciousness
(Penrosc... J, some others try to establish the "physical reality" and "existence" of objects
just on the concept of information (WeizsXcker, Wheeler: It from tot).
61
WORKSHOP 00 PHYSICS
It In poaalblo to conclude tlint In tlm nrcn of cominun frontier* between phyalca, Infor-
matics And eybernetlca there arc tunny attractive and promising problems containing Ilia
notion of Information. Solutions will probably help considerably to n development of IJIJMIIYII
knowledge, tcbnccantl technology b i H on It,
It I* certainly iMcful ftiid, maybe, even desirable In pltysics departments of Die faculties
of electrical ami Infer million engineering thai some attention be devoted In them; problems,
Research in these field) should be connected with teaching A suitably deaigned elective
course, which enn even help to Increase the popularity of physics among students of certain
specialisations.
At the faculty of electrical engineering of CTU aiich n course ollcrcd to senior and PhD
atudenta covcra the following toplca:
• Problems At the contact between physics, conipiitnlloiii nnd cybernetics. « Dynamical
systems. Conacrvativc and dissfpatlvc systems. Kxnniples from physics, arlencc and technol-
ogy, • Deterministic CIIIUM and Ita description, Kxamplca of chnolie belihvloiir, Malheinatl-
cu) tools, • Chaotic attractora of dlssipatlvc ayatema, • Nun-Integer dlmenalon*, • I'mctnls
In mathcinatlca and In nature, Computer picture* of fractals. • Dctermlniain. Algorithmic
randomncaa, Provable and unprovahlc. • Fundamentala of (|iiHiitnm meclinnlcSi Quantum
phyaica aa the very physics of the 20"' century, * Quantum structure of matter and atom*,
Some Application! of the Schrttdiriger equation. * Quantum theory of measurement and ita
information aspects, Problem* of interpretation. • Macroscopic irrcversihility of tiftturnl
procesaea, [Link] in thermodynamics and in [Link] physics, • Mntropy in the theory
of information. Various kinds of entropy conccpti. • "Maxwell's demon11 and hla timtatlona
in the uiie-liuiidrtul-yeiu* old liistory, Computing la not an iiitclJectual performance, but A
phyaical proccaa, • Flows of information and Hows of energy. Information a» a physical no-
tion. • Open systems. Self-organization, Dissipativc structures, • Iliologicnl connections,
Expansion of the universe and the possibility of life on Earth. • "Complexity" and physics.
Synergetics, Chaos and information processing. Simulation* of "life". Evolution. • Open
questions. Unsolved probferna, Peripectives of phyaica.
References;
[1] JELEN,J.: Some connections of ittttrministic chaon. CTU Seminar 94, Part A, p. 119,
CTU Prague 1931
[2] JELEN, J.; Informational aspects of physical entropy. CTU Seminar 91, Part U, p, 89,
C'f U Prague 1M4.
[3] JELEN, J.: Compulation and Physic*. Proceedings of FEI 25 Conference on electrical
computers and informatics, p. 2C2, September 1991, TU KoJicc 1991, (in Czech).
(1) JELEN, J,: Order and chann in nature, llealismus vc v5il5 a filosofii, p. 152, Filosofia,
FU AV CR, 1005, (in Czech),
This research ha» been conducted at the Department of Pkytiet, CTU Prague, and has
been partly supported by TU ttmo.
02
WORKSHOP Oft PHV91C3
MOLECULAR DYNAMICS
SIMULATIONS OF REFRIGERANTS
AND MODEL FLUIDS
V. Vacok, M, Lhal*. R, Diidlnnky
References:
[I] LlSAL, M. - VACEK, V.: Molecular dynamics studies for the new refrigerant IIFC-32
u>i!h titt-tite effecliet pairpetenliat, Proceedings lVaoUhe I ' M International Congress
of Refrigeration, The Hague, The Netherlands, August 1995, pp. 383-390
63
WOIlKSIIOI* 00 PHYSICS
|2] LlSAL, M. - VACEK, V,: Effective potential* of liquid itmuIMm nflhr. alUrnuttue. re-
[rigenmh UFC'l3Jai CF3C1I%F and lIFC-IBUi CF3CIIF,, Proweiliiign of tlin Fourth
Anlflii Tlicfinopliynicdl I'ropnrtlM Conference, Tokyo, Japan, September 1095, pp. GOB-
G08
(3) I;fSAI/, M< - VACBK» V,; Dirrr.l rvnhntlnn of vnpnvr-HiiuU tijulliliria by molecular
dynamic* lining Oibh-Duliem integration, Motcculnr Simulation, 1UU5 (in prcsn)
1,10
3.60
1.40
1,30
2.00
1.10
0.00 0,10 0.10 ".JO 0.40 0,50
This rtstarch has bttn conducted at the Department of Pliytict and 11. llala Lab. of
Thermodynamics. The research in a part of the research project 'Engineering Thermody-
namics-Experiment and Simulation" and han been supported via co-opcratio with Cornell,
Keio and Kyoto Universites, and via financial support of the Ministry of Education and
Culture of Japan (Monhutho),
Cl
WOKKSHOP 0G
. • -M •• .[Link] iiii.i..lliliiiMl.l.l-..-i..,^..[Link].,w.» „ ,
PHYSICS
.iiiM_i4i.ii»M.4iii|^j,^jjii-Jl.j^i^.q
HYDRODYMAMICS MODEL OF
INTERACTIONS OF SUBPICOSECOND
LASER PULSES WITH SOLID TARGETS
J. Llmpoucli, L. DrSkn, M. Vtigvlnihviil
Key words: ultrashort laser pulse*, resonance absorption, ponrlc-roiiiotivo force, loiilzallon
AIKI recombination kinetics, radiation processes
Plasmas produced mid heated by interne sul<p!cosccotul laser pulses Arc at present, be-
ing studied very actively, both experimentally and theoretically. Various types of plasma
description, including PIC, Vlnsov, Fokkcr-Planck and hydrodynamics approaches, Arc used
in numerical simulations of llic Interactions, Tliis paper In devoted to extensions of our hy-
drodynamics code [1], no M to tic capalilc to model realistically tiltroshort pulse interactions.
Two new parts of tlio code arc described here. Firstly, wo present a detailed description
of resonance absorption and of the laser impact on the target dynamics via pondcromotivc
force. Obliquely incident p-polftrizud loser radiation Is used In many experiments to enhance
laser absorption and x-ray yield, and thus an adequate model Is essential for comparison
with experiment. Secondly, a detailed description of atomic kinetics is considered, because
previous models are inappropriate for subpicosccond laser pulseB, As characteristic times of
the processes involved arc longer or comparable to the laser pulse duration, locnl therino-
dynatnic equilibrium (LTE) is not reached during the laser pulse and thus LTE assumption
must be avoided. We have previously employed average atom approximation, but it is also
unable to describe the distribution of ion charge states, and thus it cannot account for a
detailed description of line emission, that is now desirable to compare with measurements
of high precision x-ray spectroscopy [2].
Absorption of laser radiation in plasma has been studied for a long time in connection
with inertial fusion. However, the conventional results {or absorption efficiency have to be
modified in the case of plasma produced by aubpicosccond laser pulses [3], as the typical
density scale lengths arc here considerably less than the laser wavelengths. While absorption
efficiencies and spatial profiled of electromagnetic fields arc calculated in a straightforward
way for normally Incident radiation and for obliquely Incident s-polarizcd radiation, the
description of p-polarized wave is more difficult.
A substantial part of energy of p-polarizcd laser wave is absorbed by resonance absorp-
tion, i.e. transformation of incident transverse wave to longitudinal electron plasma wave
in the vicinity of critical surface. The electron plasma wave propagating to undcrdense
plasma is then absorbed due to Landau damping by a group of electrons, that arc acceler-
ated to suprathcrmal energies. A significant enhancement of X-ray emission due to these
fast electrons has been demonstrated [1|. Pondcromotivc force induced reduction m corona
expansion is shown.
In order to implement a description of atomic processes (ionization, excitation, radia-
tion) in the code, we have to consider the following facts: (1) Non-stationary ionization and
C5
WORKSHOP W , HIVMICS
excitation mechanisms; stationary rate equations usimily uncd for ttamUrd \mtr-pttu\uan\
plasma arc not applicable, (2) lonlzntlon And excitation processes both by electrons and
photons; systems to bo studied arc not usually optically tiiin nnd radiation trapping effects
could bo important, (3) Optical-field ionizntlon should be accounted in systems driven by
extremely fritensc beam*, it could be « tlomintml prom* in thn /ir»t phase of tlie interac-
tion, (-1) Effects of non-Maxwclllan electron spectra has to bo studied and respected; in situ
calculations baaed on cross section data rnnst be performed for strongly distorted distribu-
tion*. (G) The effects of plasma non-Ideality, resulting in pressure lonizntion and energy
levels shift) haa to be analyzed and eventually Included In high-density target*.
A careful evaluation of tlic Items of this list has to be done and nn optimum version of
their Implementation in the aimulation code must bo found to manage this complicated and
Intensive-computing challenge. The study of tho tasks (1), (2) and (4) IIM been carried out
in the period of the work, referred In this contribution, A detailed analysis and selection
of available^ atomic data is an important part of this, study. Also some related codes for
estimation of these data were implemented (5] and tested, Detailed calculations of radiative
characteristics of dense systems, realized as a part of the international project, described
' " (G]i Ify may provide a starling point, which could allow to attack tho problem (S). A
simplified description of atomic processes bused exclusively on collislonal ionization from the
ground state and three-body recombination has been accepted in the first complete model
of short-pulse irradiated target.
"Reference*:
[I] MROZ W. - DIT5SAN, I1. - DItSKA, L. - LIMPOUCII, J, ct al.s Energy Tramport
through Aluminium Foils in loiter Target Experiment*. Laser an I Particle Beams f
(1089), 3-14.
[2) RENNER, O. - KOPECK? M.i Theoretical Analysis of Double Crystal Spectngraph
for Iligh-Rctolutlon Speclroscopy of Later-Generated X-rays. Laser and Particle Beams
10 (1992), 841-8-18.
[3] ANDREEV, A.A, - LIMPOUCH, J. - SEMAKII1N, A.N.: Absorption of Energy of
Short Laser Pulse at Oblique Incidence on Strongly Non-Uniform Plasma (in Russian).
Izvestija Akademii Nauk, seria fizkheskaya, 58 (1995), 167-174
[4] ANDREEV, A.A. - LIMPOUCII, J.: Theoretical Model of X-ray Emission in Ultrashort
Pulse Laser Target Interactions. Proceedings SPIE, SPIE, DcIIingham 1095 (in print)
[5] COWAN, R.D.: The Theory of Atomic Structure and Spectra. University of California
Press, [Link], 1981.
(6j DRSKA, L. - SINOR, M,: RACHEL Opacity Code. In : WorkOp-JII;94. Third In-
ternational Workshop k Code Comparison Study, Garching, March 7-11, 1994. Final
Report. MPQ 204. Max-Planck-Institutc fur Quantcnoptik, Garching 1095.
[7) DRSKA, L. - SINOR, M.: Opacity Calculations for Eilremt Phytical Systems: Code
RACHEL. Computer Physics Communications (submitted).
This research has been conducted at the Deparlmtnl of Physical Electronics as part
of the research project "Detailed Investigation of X-ray Spectral Line Profiles Emitted by
Highly Ionized Atoms' and has been supported by grant No. 202/9^/0110 of Grant Agency
of Czech Republic. Scientific visit of dr. Tagviashvili to CW has ken sponsored in part by
the Office of Foreign Relations ofCTU.
66
WOUKSHOP 00 PHYSICS
Czech Technical University in Prague 8",|iporU a project to establish a new Laser Spcc-
troscopy Laboratory at the Department of Physical Electronics in order to combine an
existing potential of the Department in advanced laser technologist with new research ar-
cas of molecular pholophyslci being Introduced to the Department. Initial stage (1995) of
this project was supported by CTU grant No, 35041004 (without Instrumental money yet),
support from NlSMT C'R and GA Oil is expected during next two years.
Presentation at WOIIKSIIOP 9G will summarize so-far activities, e.g. concept of the
laboratory; utilization and cxtcntion of existing experimental facilities for apectroscopyj In-
troduction of laser molecular speclroscopies to both, undergraduate and postgraduate study;
International collaborations and new research programme devrlopcment for the laboratory.
Following paragraphs illustrate two research topics already elaborated!
67
WORKSHOP 00 PHYSICS
References:
|1) 1'KAItOK, K. H. - HOP, M. - LENTZ, U. R. - THOMPSON, N. L.: Comparison of the
membrane binding kinetics of bovinr, prolhrambin nnit Us fragment 1. J. liiol. C'hcm.
28G, 22984,(1993)
|2J HOF, M. - FLEMING, 0 . R. - FIDLEIt, V.: Timonsohcd fluorescence ttntly of a
calcium-induced conformation^ change In prolhromtin fragment 1, Proteins: Struc-
ture, Functions and Cenctics, In press (190G)
[3] SCHOLES, G. D. - GHIGGINO, II. P. - OLIVER, A. M. - PADDON-ROW, M. N.s In-
tramolecular ttcctronic energy transfer between rigidly linked naphtakne and anthracene
chrornophom. J. Phys. Chcm. 97, 11871-11876, (1003)
14] KAPUSTA, P. - F1DLER, V. - MACHAL1CK"?, 0 . - NEPRAS, M.: SoMe-sohent
interactions and photophysics of N-subslitutcd aminobemanthrones. XVIltli Interna-
tional Conference On Photochemistry, London, England, July 30th - August •1th 1995,
Hook of Abstracts, p. O50
This research has been conducted at the Department of Physical Electronics as a part of
the research project "FH CVUT1S95: Laborahf laserovych spektroskopll" and has been sup-
ported by CTU Prague grant No, 350-flOO^ and partially supported by Czech Grant Agency,
grant No, 203/95/0155.
68
WWHWW *W
COMPARISON OP EFFIC1BNCES
OF NEUTRON SHIELDS CONTAINING
BORON AND LITHIUM
J, KUIJRUA, 9, t'twpflil, I, Stekl
Tin* propowtl j|ilrldin)( dgalrnt hit nefitfr>n« Imlflf IIH* AT I. A.4 sji)>i<Atiii It
lKrf«lp»l poljrdlijrlpnc (III'KT) [l|. Hydrogen fonUihrd In polyethylene (I'fcT) I* responsible
tat tirnlfift Blowing il<rwd wliilf Iwrun U I'l'lrtl lo cnplure stownl fjfiilfcm*. TMi nvoi'li
lf«ft»t«rtl (>f frr«lf>m« nh'l <hrif riuJtnltw tupliife In atirfonfi'lintt m»lrfUI ([Link], In IV, Cu,
Si) t" In l'KI'll»r|f (itidliil/iliifUi tlit 'll(M,'>)tr»rlkm, A,, -'M\ kt.V), thin aiipprrMittj
siftdlfinuiUy tlio tiAcbgrourifl cnvifonriii'iil. Tli« (lUiuIv«,tti((o of kifurt lnucil slilcld comoii
from the p{(imfrm-t«y ptodmtl'in In Ihc truction w ll(n,n) f l.l*, K, =» 478 ArV, whlth In
R»l»l, nfoir neutron ftnt ttjitntm fiik (ml*} llofofl |^*li [rnlsj
" 'i til* 0
1*1
IWli IM? 0
7Softl 0.3T 973 0
3 ft of 1.1 DM 0
oilli II,O «olnli<XM
1'llVSICS
From these figures It \* evident UiAt both shWtls, with liuron and with lithium, nrc
ghly ••'itilvfcliFMi with tMfjctt t o ncutton atis'jrpt\<m. (*[Link]«teIy, In the case of boron
nhfofdi, iherc Is no reduction of intercity " tannr*r*-yii \utn\ucvi\ li/sldtf tlie shield
ft>mp*fif)g- in ih* nh'fUi f«jflUtiiln< "°'y lfl"J«"e*ir ''''''.T. wftifr), only a tliange of ^Aiiiifiv
My energy from 222-1 keV to 478V^V Wkr* p|iv<r. [Link]- o : w n . •> one can etearfy we, tdat
frxfritn«-r«y (inxliiclIn/1 in litlilutii diifwd ililfld ;t iM'Aiit<uJ< f,, • -- 'uslon il Is pfupauuj to
t/iltc this AdVAntAge of litlihim I x w d nculron ffoirMing (v.$, !•'<••'>»] i'l<-'l I'KT) inU>
In [Link] tlttcctof design.
m
D
«•'!«. li Setup with I'ET (Jll'KT) bricks Fig, Z; 8etii{» with ilii(tr»n
,H, I • #«!
I «
w m
ll=!
<V4Wk».ji
J . -- r
. , . -J_- < i ••
I tin tin mi
(I) ATLAS Tithnieal I'rnponal for H GintrnUVnrpou pp tUptrimtnt at the l,atyt Matron
ColtiJtr at CHUN. CEH.V/MICtV9M.1, tHCC/M, fVc 15 l » l , u. 18-1.
Thi* rtttttrth han lew tondnthi at the Dtpnrtmrnt of 1'hyie*, FNSl% CTU t* part
eftht rtstnrth prvjrtt 'tkttttion Str*etnn$ far ATtAS Inner Dtltelor at Cl'HN* and has
it en mpparttj Iji CTU grant Ho. 100(8238 anif hat iten nt'O svpporirit by Iht Ministry of
tndvlry anJ Ttajr of the Cueh Itrputtie.
70
WORKSHOP 06 PHYSICS
References;
[1) POSI'lSlL, S. et al.: IMioaklitita a iivcM pntlrtdit. 9, 6 (1986), 313.
(2) JKCII, C, - KONICEK, J. - POSPlSlL, S. - SlSOIl, M.: Dtttlopmtnl of tttctnitatic
Collation MtthoAt for Union Decay PwJath. CTU Seminar 93, p. 71.
This ntianh ha* inn eonJaeitJ at the Department of t'hyaict, FS'SfK, CTU inrf Han
iVrtt lopporlUit GA CR ynmi So. 202/93/0393 "Ntm S(ttfiod»/or Mtatunintnt of Hadon
oi<f ill /'rojtny in tht Air".
71
WORKSllOi' 9(i 1'HYSICS
corona points
•{H || dofocfor
Q blower
7
filf tlOW
mylar foil 0
Fig. I: Illnck tthtmt. of ttutmtatic pncipitatar
Key wordm colncldnicc trtlinl(|iic, energy ipvctroxcopy, tinio upectroficopy, Q»A» dclcc
torn, clinr^c collection, nuclcnr reaction Annlyais, Co detector', NIM modules,
l
A itiultlpArAMictric Hyatein for coiticidcnre apectrotiietrlc mcfutirctncnta IIM been built,
'Die Annlog purt h biued on NIM ttttndiird inodiilea, For dnta acquiaitiuri and processing
llic VMK Utu »y«tcni l» utilized, 'i'lic whole tyitetn l« flexllilo enough to cover« quite wide
g p
VVllli the nim of Investigating clmrgc collection efficiency of GnAa or Si detector*, we
built up M i * » t - * W aAnd<\riK» *ynUm with A pLwlJe wlnililidJH n» * lityjpr (»**• Y)fr I ) ,
which rnnhlf* two dinv-nniotiM mp(wnrpm''nt of rtoth tharg" rollrrtion time «n<l eollrrtfid
cliAfge|l),
The nccund aetup displayed in Fig. 2 ii designed fur gnrnnia-gnmtnn coincidence precise
sprelrodcopy with two Itl'CJe dct«tor». Three purnmetern (etiergy-etiergy-tline) enn be
rncMtircd in this cane. Such A technique Is nn innovative «ppronch to INAA.
73
WORKSHOP 00 PHYSICS
Furthermore, the VMB part of tlie system l» planned to bo used lot readout signal from
pixel detectors [2|. Development of software hi llil« piirpow It In progress.
At present the NIM bused analog part of tlifl system ha* been completed nnd its time
tcnottitiou lias tieeri optimized. Bohr/arc far cnnltoftfag WiJw»r« configuration ami data
ncr|ulalllon of up to ) parameter* (04 )>iU per event) Including user interface (ace the. block
scheme In Pig. 3) has l/ccn developed nnti twlcd,
IVrfor»n*rie«of tlio wliolo lyotcjn l« demormtruled In Fig. 4, where the following spectra
arc depleted: tlic ipcctrum of a set of gRiniim noiirtes (hitliidlng " N s , mCu, I3'C* and
IM
Ku) meMuteA \>y A »!;igle III'Oo detector, the coincidence •pcctrimi of the «Bine net of
(oiirccit uwmutcd \>y llin untric detector In coincldenco with the nccond llt'Clw detector in
tlic COO n» time window, and the Appropriate time *pertrmu, One rnti find tlic coincidence
ipcetriJM »lgi)lfic«iitly nlmpler containing only fill kcV, 1275 keV, 1173 keV nnd 13,'JU kcV
coincidinff gamma lines,
€flPfpilWfJftow ffff^fn
V ii:
ILL
VMB M BVMK
Controller
(tKllU)
B
D
210
UVMU
i:i i .1.
MUM4 0AIJ U
Mtewt 210
(AilLlUW S Ml
./>«.*m*uft>iifAUG'
[Link]
| Vtfi'i )m*rf»?# « m«n» (y**«n wttli * MWfMI
fi«a ********
| EVMM daflntfkJfi. dMa cHlttflcw. )-
| fttefc W l a M t m i t M n out AllCa
1
| W X h w m fur BVMCixta.
| mw«. w m cm m VM in.
1
1
Fig. .1: Block schemes of VMB based »AQ Fig. \: Onrnma-ray spectra (»inglc mode,
system and DAQ software coincidence mode, time spectrum)
Heferenccs:
(1) Statiu llepoH ofllD-8 CoKnbonUon. The GaA» Collaboration, CEHN/LHCC 95-87,
LDUII Status fleport/KD8 Nov 7,1D95.
|2J IIEIJNE, E. II. - JAK0DEK, J. - KUUASTA, J. - t'OSI'ISiL, S. ct nlt 3 Year Jltporl
on HD19 Dcvclopmtnt of Hybrid and Monolithic Silicon Micrepattern Detectors, CEHN
OtlDC/91-yy, Oct 20,1994.
This mearch ha> bttn conducted at the Department o] Physio, Faculty oj Nuclear
Science* and Physical Enginterinj as part of the research project "Ftetible System Jar Fast
Data Acquisition" pismena vclka and hat been supported by CTU grants No. 10048287 and
No. t00j8S88, and hat been also supported by the grants of GA CH No. S0S/9i/0901 and
No. 203/95/0260 and by the Ministry "f Industry and Tradt of the Czech Republic,
74
WORKSHOP 00
Testing of loiiliintluti chamber for incMurcuienlii of radon in air ftnd it* results arc pre-
sented, The ionization chamber, which I mi been used for alpha spectromctry of radon and
Its daughter products I* of cylindrical shape with Inner diameter of 118 nun And height of
180 mm. Thn centra! electrode with diameter of fl trim lit connected to n positive potential of
MOO V, The cliamhrr m fllk'd by mlxtnroof radon anil nir panning through a deoxitlnting
apparatus which had to remove elcctroAlltnc molecules of oxygen, for tlic imwiurcinvntii
pure i]Uroi',cii was added to reach pressure of 1 a1 in. The ch/iinber was connected to a «po-
cinlly developed portable regislrAtion »y»ti!in with Ugh voltage power supply, preamplifier,
amplifier, discriminator, pulse counter and timer. The tignal from spcctronielric out put of
the amplifier was used for Amplitude analysis by a multichannel analyzer SILKNA,
In order to determine the UAH'IC properties (resolution niul charge collection efficiency),
the alpha, spectra of'^I'li and w Am sources placed on the aurfacooftlic chamber WAII were
measured. The influence of the concentration of oxygen in the chamber on the height of
the pulses and on the shape of alpha spectra was studied. Scries of spectra measured with
different amount of air added to the nitrogen atmosphere is presented id Pig, 1, One can
c c , that even a smull addition of clcctroam'nc molecules of oxygen result* in a remarkable
lower amplitude of output pulses.
Furthermore, & direct measurement on an air-radon tainplc was performed. Radon wan
taken from a dry radon source based on A piece of uranium ore. Amplitude spectra of Kn
and its daughter products IlaA and IUC arc shown in Fig. 2. Three peaks from alpha
decay of the above mentioned nuclei arc seen in the left figure. The central and the right
figures show spectra of daughter nuclei which were deposited on the chamber wall and had
remained in the chamber after this lind been refilled by pure nitrogen. The spectrum on
the central figure exhibits two lines from IUA and RaC. The spectrum on the right figure
was taken 13 minute* after radon removal. There are no alphas from HaA which completely
decayed, Further testing of the ionization chamber as well as Investigation of radon volume
activity determination techniques are In progress.
Tliis rtstanh has been conducted at the Department of Physict, Faculty of Nuclear
Science/ and Physical Engineering, CTU and has been lupportctl by a grnnt of the Grant
Agency of the Cicch Republic No. 202/93/0392 "New Methods for McofunmentM ofRadon
and it» Progeny in the Air".
75
WORKSHOP 00 PHYSICS
[Link]
[Link]
A MO MO
U'/.ofnlr
0
I0O JVl lorj w> HJO
IcnM) r « -
(—«-_^.-
Kig. 1: The influence of added air on alpha apectruin of T ' u and J</Arn
Fig. 2: Alpha spectra of radon and it* progeny obtained by formation chamber
76
WORKSHOP !lf.
Key words! learning And leaching materials, iltnulittion And animation software, software
Famulus, UNESCO, SW TherniodytiiiiHic package, SW Mechanical package,
physics
Introduction, 'flili article presents short nummary of a part of UNKSCO project con-
cerning creation of learning ami teaching materials in physics for Engineering education,
meant especially for Africa and oilier developing countries. The learning noftware covering
two parts; Tlictmodyiiflfiiits and Engineering Mechanic*,
Main tflskn. UNKSCO initiated In 1990 tho timjor project Scries of Unrnifig
in Hrigi'fiwrlng Science*, The main otjatSye fn the fkvchymenl of the leafnlng package* is
the prrwliictjon of xuStithin comhlniitlon of learning 'noduloi that iitiliw recent advancpii id
information technology to facilitate self-tutoring Ly pc»lgfn<luatc »tii<(ent» *n«l practicing
engineer*. The format for the learning package consist of a combination of some or ail of
following:
Two cootracW (in years 1991 and 1995) between UNESCO and Csiech Technical Univer-
sity (contractor 1GSC) were signed for the production of computer software on two learning
modules: Thermodynamics and Engineering Mechanics. Two otlicr modules, Principles of
Electrical Engineering and Strength of Materials will he probably add in 19%. At present
time, the two first parts (Thermodynamics and Engineering Mechanics) were finished and
UNESCO itartcd to disseminate them into African, Caribbean find other developing coun-
tries. EMII pstt <on«i»t(t of approximately 20 models wh«e also animation and simulation
of the solved example with & wide possibility of change of all parameters is introduced. The
scope and philosophy of the software is shown on the next example describing both the
function and physical background of model of the Carsot cycle.
The next activity between UNESCO and !CSC has ju»t been agreed by the General
Conference of UNESCO (Paris, November 1995). ICSC waa asked to organize an inter-
national workshop of the learning software for the teachers from engineering universities,
especially from Africa and other developing countries,
77
WORKSHOP 00 ^ PHYSICS
Thi» work hat been conducted at the Ptpnrtmint o} Vhysict and ICSC- VC
78
W0KK3H0P 00 P11Y31O8
COMPUTATIONAL PHYSICS:
NUMERICS FOR PEDESTRIANS
L. DrSkn
CTU, I'M. of Nucl. Sci. & Phys. Eng., Dcpt. of Physical Electronics
V IIolcSovlcMch 2, 160 00 Praha 8
Key words! numerical methods, introductoiy physic* courses, computer aided education
References:
[1] DE JONG, M. L.: Introduction to Computational Physics. Addison-Wcsley, Heading
1091.
[2] FAMULUS ETC.: Famulus 3.5. Utcr's Guide. Rtftnncc Guide. Basic Application
LibraritB. Famulus Etc., Prague 1993.
|3] DRSKA, L, - SINOR, M.: Pilot Program Package) for Introductory Physio Teaching.
In: WORKSHOP 00. Abstracts. CTU Prague / TU Drno 1990 (these proceedings).
This research has been conducted at the Department of Physical Electronics and has
not been supported by any grant.
79
WORKSHOP I'HVSICH
80
WORKSHOP oo PHYSICS
The complementary pliyslcn course "Introductory I'hyaics Using the Computer" (1|, [2]
taught in the second and fourth semester should l>c characterized by the followig features:
The structure of the course in both semesters consists of four teaching modules and one
evaluation seminar;
As a part of the software support of ttie course until now three pilot program packages
based on the simulation and graphics system FAMULUS 3.5 were developed: (1) Numerics
for Pedestrians. (2) Motions and Heal. (3) I'rcludium to Quantum Physics. Each package
consists approximately of twenty codes. More detailed information about two of these
packages is presented in TAB. 1 and TAD. 2 (next page).
Some programs developed for the course use symbolic computing; integrated computing
systems DERIVE / MAPLE arc applied. Examples of these codes: TA13.3 (next page).
An illustrative selection of the programs mentioned above is available; please con-
tact sinor<Olilil,[Link]. The plans for future include the package "Electrodynamics and
Light"; also the development of & series of programs "Mkroworld Physics" for college/high
school physics courses is considered.
81
WORKSHOP 06 PHYSICS
References:
|1) DIISKA, L. - LISKA, R. - SINOR, M. - VONDRASEK, J.: Development Project* in
Computer-Supported Education of Physical Engineering. In: WORKSHOP 95. Ab-
stract!. CTU Prague/TU Brno 11195, p. 891.
(2) DRSKA, L. - SINOR, M.: Introductory Physics Course Based on the Coordinated
System of Programs (in Citch). In: HYPERSEM: Proceedings. Military Technical
Institute of Ground Forces, Vyskov 1995, p. 95.
This research has been conducted ot the Department of Physical Electronics and has
not teen supported by any grant.
82
GEODYNAMIC INFORMATION
PROM THE RESULTS
OF GEODETIC OBSERVATIONS
A. Z«m«n, 1.
M
WORKSHOP00 FUVSICS
"WA.H Activities In tlie Czech Republic" on KIIIIF1' »ytipo«|iim In I'IIIUIHI (May 1995),
which WM presented there by Ai Zeman,
Further aim of research wa/i achieved l»y the renulta of adjtialirir'nl (if heights on the
toritofy of Czech Republic nt very nVnw nrt*m%, b«r»J <m lh* **»«lt# of I'VPIIIO/, carried
out At 70tic* «nd their fotn|iarliion with original IICIKTIIA And »)*o wltli those obtained by
adjustment In frame of (lie whole1 ttmifitw^M tiHwotk, Variant tul'piitimrhl* #i<te Matte hi
different limiting condition (poltiU or gtotitn of poltils with H<«'<J liclfthtg), Tlm<ie tnuht
«re oiilstAnding <UU for grnrral gnHlyniimic conrltn'ioin on (lit- CVi li j(c(>(llilk tfffitofy in
vettlc/il ditrcllofi, Aftff f!hlithlnf( the lrwn(i«-tl[»t of tlic (i«pvr (he rrmilt* will t l l l l
In joiirnxl (Jffxlftlcky «Imrtogfaflck^ ohzor At the first fmlf el 1 '*:>'>.
1, One of oilier ftlmiof the prujret WM the cimtrilruilon toi-nUMi'liing the f
network for gTOtlyn*fnle» on lh« trrtltoty of the C/.wh ttr-jMiLIic; whitU will h
alrttetwl hy Gl'3. OwJynnmle nctwofk In tnninly l)*vii on levelling [nAhlt which
tills network slmnlUtieomly to putopran gtHxIynnnilc ti'twurk *n<l to UI'LN, The
(if t*kln){ p u t on thii proj«t and uit rrelilslfcrti of the fi'twwk *it coUhoratlon with
Survey Office it th«- pirt of |2),
4, Activity At nrgotUtiut)* on future tlalutc? of tin tritrtnationnl Center on Iterrnt
Cruatal Mdvrnientii (ICItCM) WM h\vi Inchided to the »iftn of t»rnj>c'. At present we can
drily «t»t*« ttiAt after cliKU-isinn on luUitc tonerplUm on I'lena/y Mrctih^ of 1A(I (Intcrna'
tlonal AnvicUtldO of ( W l c s , ) In July of thii* year at llotjlder (U.9.A.), the proMcm vt*»
poatponecl la further meeting of l\w V,xrnil\yn )tnntt\ in n ^ l y a f (IMfi),
5, I'roljfein of eoritiPttln|{ the optical and radio feferencf frameji, particularly- iSnkltif!
Ik? tfdrtn id U^" HippurvH rAlA/Jt> to «« Inwtla) tium, ivptemtln] by lim ejslr«g»l(i*;l|f
tA'Vm ttrtlirf, hm\ raiivd • nemaitjr nt intmiive ulnrrvation* of r*ilio utars, ifx- onl b
oliwfvaltlc dy tneana of the optical and radio aatrometry,
l'o«itlon» *n<J proper inntlons of sewnttet' radio alar) were lni|itoved ffom
tiofi.i by the methrwl of etju/il altitudn a.i performed by cireutturnithaU in I'rmtue, IVcnf
and llrallstava durih* |980-t!WI, Aver*?,? accurary of rinhf axcemions, declination* nm\
their proprr motion* li [Link]', 0.01", 0 . 0 0 ) V 1 and 0.01 V , rwj^clively. Uniittf will Iw
subtn'ittwl for puljtirAlUin in the Aitrttftfrttiy and A>lrophyil(a Siippl'ltifnl Serie* [i|.
Reftrencess
(I) ZKMAN, A. - Srli'KK, f. - [Link], I: I'fipmtn pfipojtrl tytkorf till nit
uttnit Cuk( ttpMky da trropik/ tilt. {Uvl * ValU^t. uhlut 41 (19M), N'o- 6, pp,
119-129
(2| ZKMAN, A. - BRNKS, V.S VELS atlirilitt in th Cttrh IttpMie. I'irsenietl on
KUHI.K Sytrpfwinni. lintand, May 3-6, I Ml.
p\ VVtoK, 1. - l l t f T Y , 1. - SKOUI't, V.! Op!irnt pi,«lim» nf MtrnUm tnJio War.
from cirttm :««•(««/ «tHrrnttan» hy tht mrl/toJ of f f W nllilnrl't. (lo b« »dbfriHed to
and Aslrophyt S<ipl Sef.)
pti* ttttntth fin* inn tnnJnrttJ »t the Urptrlmtnl ef AJntnttJ Gtoitty i« part of
tht rrttnnh pnjxt 'Gtotpuitnie Information from tht limit* of (jtoJtlit Oi
d httn **ppnriU h CIV %n*\ Ve. 100192((.
Si
SOUND ENERGY TRANSFER
IN A TRANSIENT SOUND FIELD
V,. Kyucl
Otif effoft to investigate the. noiind energy Irantfrr in A transient sound field IIM liecn
stimulated l/y tlif dillicullle* which have fared us In • nieanureinenl of the iound adsorption
coefficient liy (lie impulse method lis.«rd on n acaUr nnalyiii of (tie Imnilrnt response of A
incMutnl siiifpicc | l ) . This intllunJ wirtlis i|iiili? well If a liomogrnroii* )»lnn«r Mirfatc Is inrii-
Kiirrd; lint, It gives faltc rrault* wlirti applied Ui hhomogfltrvun und/of tlirec-ditncnsioniil
«f>v)rl>rM, 'llir diffimllin urc (Allied l/y dilfractlon of llic reflrcloi Impulse wave lircmne
tlin acalar AnalyaU of the ilKfrnetpd mm ml field dura nut ylrlil « »iilllflrnl Infuriimtlon AIKIIII
rellcrtrd noiin'l f u r r y . This pflp'-r i* (onccrnnl willi Introdurio/t tin; pUy»kn\ (|iMtitil|r,i
A^lillhliU* tu iiwAKttttitvftil «>f Miuml rttt<r|ty Uhtt^ffir tvctk tn ft liilfWUii trntnlftit mw\<\
M,\.
ff Ah i m p u t e s.o\ittJ Wave L« t Initial flom 4 tuwUe in ft flc- »t>AtC then the full in-
i nliout tiitiiid ('Wtgy ifniufcf li A£i|iiir(<d liy only lliu iinlaf Aiinlyuls of the nomul
(2|. An *onu m we pUre «it olnturtc in lli*! path of I lie WAVF, M It oeeurei for
p I ; Unit sound nlnotjilion c<x?IRclrnl l>y AD impiiUc inrtlrod (I), llirn the
inirnl Mittnd field Utnmrti motec«tnpllrAtc«l lieratiwiof ililfmtlloti l>y llicolnlncli", Then
not only the uMiind pressure li^t) hut *\v> the ((jjlklc velorlty f^(r, () iliottld lie kiiowrl fur
Arr|iiirlng A VAliiililr In for in A linn AIKKII mninel enrrny Irnmfrr in A tr/iniimt field.
If wr mtnAgtr tr» drtrt mine a gradient of tlir MJIIII'I prnwure, »p can evaluate the particle
vrkxily l/y intrgiukin Mcording tu tli<< i'jtUt «<|iiAtion
fvitt)Ar (I)
C««iwf|rii«illyr the Sound Yjnvtfj Transfrf Density V',(f) Ihruiigltout iff Mther. point r"ln
• noftn*t 'litrftion during " " rntltr tfAnsirnl rvrnl ran IH* olitnlneil t>y linir integration of
thr Instantanrou* Intensity [l|
If the rWwt ttstisfwin / ' ( / , / ) «nd Vm[t,l) <>f pji'.l) uti.t f . ( r , l ) , rrsprttWely, Is
determined then the »pectr*l rxprcasion of wiund energy transfer In » transient field can
by lining lh« lUyleigKI'afsev*! thei>»eifl. Th<* »ptlt*l density of lh# »p»eifi«
rti'tfjr IfAnsfer tan li« rxprnsnl u
83
WOKKSHOP (t(i PHYSICS
Tlio fre^uency-baml vnlue of the specific notiml energy trAfisfrr K«(f) ««<i l'« Aeijiilrrd liy
integration of Stn(f,f) flcrusn tlm specified frequency Imrtd
/ .»Md*. (5)
lit)
Lei llic itnpulsc loiiml wave l>n einltled l«y A dotirfc In « fr"* *\>nrv. 'Died ilic «|>rdfal
f ir ipeclflc nviuiil energy ttftntfer in tlic ritdlnl dlrcclloti li
gc
Fr<*'|i)ency>lMnd value of (lie njtrrific lumnil rnrrgy lr«infer in A rmlinl direction is
|'d/, (7)
ill'.'
Is given by a simple formttlA
/i«, = 4 » r J F , f l . (8)
The tnetliodoflnrMtireitientofiWiiilid etirtfj itiniitit i* btwtiati l\irtnirf'irtil p
ut the two channel record of the noiind prcmtire |1), (1),
(I) KINTSL, Z. (Kyncl); tntnlttjitlfon of the Sound Ab*<>n>linn of the Wall Stctian fry n
/W»f Ttchnipir. iwiv. I'hys. Acoiut.,2l(l), |>. 30-32, I!)7.'F.
[2| KYNCL, Z.: ffrw Conctpl of impiiUt. Stathtic* An*ly*i» of Hnntn Arontlltn. Acoml.
Lellm, 3(11), 200-207,1980.
(.1) FAIIY, V. U Sound InttwHy. Klwvier Ap|»l. He, ID89.
()) JlftlCKK, 0 . - KYNCL, Z. - KASt'Alt, l-,s Crni/ifnl /tnd/y«(/» nf Tnniitnt Soumt
t'irUn. I'rrK. of the 3t»t Confrrmee on Acwmllci, p. 1II-1U, Prague, 1991.
Thit nitanh hnt htm eondutttd at Iht Dtjnrtmtnt of I'hytir* of Iht faculty nf Eire-
trie al Enginnrlnf CTU Prague.
WORKSIIOPDO PHVSICS
ULTRASONIC INVESTIGATION IN
GEOPHYSICAL RESEARCH
K, MrtlJtiik^, J- Ploeek
Tlifl use of active ultriuouiid (< mnn<holo ultriuionlc sounding) la A purl of complex
geotechnle rcstnrcli in the Kladrio-M«yr*it mine, Having passed tlirotigh the rockmnss,
the ultriuortis wave* bear Information About the rockmass. We nave developed a complete
[Link] method and system for the study of the transmission of ultrasound through the
rock In mines and for long-term Investigation of the change* In the dumping coefficient And
in the velocity of the WAVC propagation.
The nrranginent of the measuring act is elenr from Fig. 1. The ttaiiamitting nnd re-
ceiving transducers are Imbedded In rock, in boreholes filled with water which serve M a
natural coupling medium. The transmitting transducer l» supplied from the transmitter by
A conllniiPtii iliio WM<« (C\V), which can bo amplitude-modulated. The ultrasound signals
irnnxniiUml through the rock nro fed from Hie receiving traiimluccr, mipiillcd with a pream-
plifier to the iiicMufing teccivcr. ft o(fcr» analogue information alwut the level (A <f«? tignul
rctelv«i, lt» pliA.i«! itilfi and Hie phaac shift of modulation. The reference ilgnnl ujed for tliln
purpose la fed from the transmitter to the receiver by use of A cable. The analogue ilgnala
are fed by three current loopa constructed from two pair* of telephone cables to the turface
of the mine, where the remaining parti of the measuring act arc placed, tly use of an A/D
converter, the signnU are transferred into the computer. The computer Is equipped with
•pedal software which takes the filtration and data recording for the subsequent data pro-
cessing. This software allows1 us to determine thr eomlition.i for recording of measured data
(the magnitude of changes in the measured value, timing of readings} and to use a simple
low-pass filter with tuneable constants. The obtained data include a time Information. For
a more accurate measurement of the trMftge* in the velocity of wavc propagation mid the
phfain shift between received and emitted signals, a direct [Link] was u«cd. To determine
the absolute value of the Velocity of the wave propagation, A to*-frequency amplitude modu-
lation of the signal was used; and the phase shift of the modulation was measured. Including
the output of the amplitude of the received signal, which can be used after prior calibration
to determine the damping In the rock, the mraaiiring receiver has three analogue outputs.
The receiver and receiving transducer are supported by circuits which allow testing of the
receiving path and presence of water In the borehole. Special waterproof transducers with
a cylindrical piezotlements were developed for this apparatus. The frequency of the C\V
signal was chosen as a compromise between I lie phase sensitivity of the method, damping
in the rock, the diameters of the boreholes, and the construction of ultrasonic transducers.
The working frequency, 48.&SklIx, is the resonance frequency of the transducers depending
on tbelr inanufMlure.
The described device has brcn in progress in the M.a>rcu mine, Kladno, since March
31,1991. At the same place, hjrdrogrological and convcrgotnctrical meamrement* ate made.
87
WOilKSIIOl' 00 I'JIYHICS
Htfrrrrtrr
Hcfcri'ttccs:
[1] MALfNSK^, K. - I'[Link], J.S Active ullrunnund in grofogiral rtirarch in liltldnti
Act/i Mimtans, Scrlra A, No. 7(06), |». 7.V8I
[2\ M A M N S K f , K.: Ultrnaonir inwiligalion in a rnnl mint The lClli UltfMonic lntrrn.\-
IIOIIAI coriferrucr, lv>lirit>urp;li, .1 -7 July I!)'J"
(.1) [Link], J,! Equipment /"<" ullnununH intetligulion in mints The I6tli Ultra-tonic
intrrnatiotial confrrriuf, lvliiiimrgli, 5 7 July 1995
Thin rtteatrh lm» bttn tontluetrd at the thpartmtnl of t'hysit* u.i a part of Ihr re-
tturch projtct "Inductd Ctodijnamicnl EJJect in Mining' and /in* kern nupportrd by grant
So. 530330.11.
WOltKSIIOl'OO PHYSICS
Altliogh the first sound cmicclatlon pntcnt was awarded to 1'[Link] Lucg In tho ltCO'n,
the Active noise control (ANC) li'ui been an area of intensive research during the last two
decades. Tin1 cftncol/ition of noiittd wnvi'n in ducts Is OIK* of the inont important practical
application of ANC, since the physics of KOUIKI propagation Is very straightforward under
the Assumption tliat thctc »te only plane waves pfopa^ntiii^. Tliis Msitmptlon l§ valid if the
maximum frequency is below the first cut-oft frequency of the duct, t'or A circular duct It
can lie expressed In the form A > 1,7/), where D la the diameter of the duct. In tills paper
we ill li-iffly review the theoretical basla and practlc*! possibilities for active control in
duct, iislii//, one «nd morn dwomlnry Iwidnpr/ikrr/i,
The simple geometry of one dimension allows to control the sound by using only one
m.'[Link] tourcv. Following N'.'IMII and lilliolt |]J vm am*\i\t<t a duct &* nhow/i \n l')fr I.
Let us nnsiimc that we have a primary rnonopolc wiurcc of complex strenghta qF at i a 0 and
secondary plane i.-ionopole source of strength q, At / a L. The primary tource generates a
wave characterized by complex pressure
vM •» §^p(-iH*|), (I)
where poCo U the acoustic impedance of the medium, S h the duct cross-section, and k is
the wave number. The secondary source introduces the pressure
;>.(*)-'gW-W'-JI). (2)
The condition for zero downstream radiation is
i.e. the secondary source itrenglit must be identical to the primary nourcc strength but of
opposite sign and delayed by a time which Is taken by the sound to travel from the primary
source to the secondary source.
With one single secondary source, a Urge change of impedance Is realized at Us location
to that the incident wave is reflected back into the upulrcam direction. However, a real duct
ba» some reflecting termination at llm upsttMm end. Ttwrrfor* th* trflrrtii waves will
8D
WOItKSHOl' 06 1'liYSICS
interfere to act up ft standing wave, iind the sound pramurc in tliio region e«n severely
increase. This sound can break out of tlic duct wall M turn;, Tlin nolutlon of this problem
wa* proposed by Swlnbanks, Ho developed a unl-dlrcctlonal source, consisting of an array
of two sources (loudspeakers), spaced apart by tfw distance (/ («cc Fig, 2),
TIic soUiid pressures produced by Cher secondary sower* arc;
fJ ^ j t | * - L - ./|). (5)
The condition for veto up«trc«n> rndlfttion />,( 4 /;,, H 0 for x <, L results In cxprcnloii
<l,\ o -'/ijcxp(-jW), (0)
wliidi Is similar to c<|n, (4). The downstream prcusure, fur * > L + tl, U
From the equation (7) follows tiial the downstream pressure of lite Stvliibanks source Is
frequency dependent, I.e., there arc jorne frequencies whom the downstream radiation Is
zero, This results in bandwidth limitation. Several authors recognized that this limitation
could be extended by adding further monopolc sources.
jr-0
Upiuiim
If
Pnmi/y icurci
Fig. li
i-O ft.
1,1 If}
Stcendtry wircn
Fig. 1:
Referencei:
(Ij NELSON, P. A. - ELLIOTT, S. J.: Active Control of Sound, Academic I'rcsi, London
1993.
|2) WINKLEIl,J.-ELLIOTT, S.J.: Adaptive Control of llivntthandSound in D<.ctt Using
a Pair of Loudspeakers. Acuslica 81(6), p. 475-488, S. Hirzcl Vcrlag - Stuttgart, 1995.
|3J GUICKINO, D. - FIIE1ENSTKIN, II.: Broadband Active Sound Absorption in Ducts
with Thinned Loudnpraktr Arnyi. Proc. of ACTIVE'95, p. 371-382, Newport Ucaeh
(USA), 1095.
90
WOKKSHUI1 90
The first part of the project is devoted to the completing of the fracture theory bnscd
on classical inieromcdmriics M Well M to the preparation of a necessary software <tf|uipmcnt
for electron structure calculations.
Clnssieal physics and mlcromo-
ch.-riics of fracture; Is bund on the
Kclly-Tyson-Cottrell (KTC) or the
llicc-Thomson (ItT) approach |l,!2].
Extended comparison of Ilia Inlrinnlc
brittle-ductile behaviour of tracked
crystals using the K'l'C concept and
the related overview of theoretical i
tcnsili; nud shear strength values
were published elsewhere (.'I, A\, Cat- 8 ,
culations of intrinsic response, how-
ever, were made under the assump-
tions of simplest possible state of locoo tsooo jooa
stress and the easy slip condition f.t number of conftgurilloni n
the crack tip. Therefore, tfic fllftt'dti- Fig. 1: Brittle and ductile crack-slip
cal analysis including the evaluation configurations in bec lattice
of the crystallographicnl crack orien-
tation effect was performed on the bases of a A'/conlrolled crack tip stress state. This
computer modelling of intrinsic brittle-ductile response gives, in terms of averaged values,
results well comparable to those obtained previously. However, the analysis of orientation
effect provides an rather unexpected result shown in Fig. 1. Here, values of the calibration
coefficient N arc plotted in ordered sequence for the nearly 2.10* crystallographic crack-slip
• jnfigtirntions in bec lattice. If the ratio of theoretical tensile strength <ru to clastic shear
modulus /(for the given bec crystal is lower than JV, the related crystallographic configura-
tion leads to the brittle response. In Fig. 1, values otoufii for K, Nb and Fc arc marked.
It is clear that in all thoac crystals many brittle as well u ductile configurations exists
although the averaged respond of potassium, e.g., is definitely ductile (3).
To make the brittle-ductile calibration more precise, the quantum mechanical calcu-
lations of theoretical strengths are to be performed. Probably first attempt was done by
91
WORKSHOP 00 PHYSICS
Pnxlon ct nl [5] for fee And bcc cm™ on the I>MI» of density functional theory, The
arc close to tlw CIMAICAI Krcnkcl value*, Thin la In agreement with our result* ban«d on
improved Mackenzie Analytical npiiwnth siiupurtcd by computer modelling lining nnniiMii-
piricnl interatomic potential* [1],
Nowadays, tticr most effrctive rne-
tliod for the electron strucliiri! calcula-
tions seems to be the LMTO method
|fi). Tliis method I* charncterisa'd by
Using fixed basis functioriH constructed
from pnrlinl wnve;i find their first energy
dcrivativex obtained within the iniif[lii-
tin npi>roxiiiintioii to the potentinl, It
ICMIH to ncculnr c(|imtioiis wliicli tiro lin-
CM in energy, thnt \n to well known
eigenvalue conations. Itmidu tliu irmffiii-
tln nplitre, the potential is assumed to
be upliericnlly ayinuietric nnd the wnve
Fig. 2: Charge density in Si (diam. structure) fuiictioiiB Eire cxpntxled in the pnrtial-
wave Holutiona IIHCII by Wigncr nnd
Soil?,. Outnide of tli« »t>licr<:H llic potential is mwumcil to l>e flat or slowly varying, and
In thin no-called Interstitial region ft plniiR wnvc ox|mn«i«n I* lined. In Fig, 2, the chnrgo
drim'ity at tin; (l!0) pUuu In Wi Utxk'forinud diiuiioitd structure of Si cryntnl in tiliiiwn enlcn-
latod using llic LMTO rnrthod. In order to determine the theoretical strength of crystals,
the dependence of charge density function on tlic drain pararnpO^rs Hit; U> )/<! 'wUWJuhud.
TIIIH will bu tliu goal of our next work.
References;
|1| KKLLY, A, - TYSON, [Link]. - COTTHKM., [Link],: Ductile and Urittk Crystals. Philo-
sophical Magazine 15, 1367, 5G7.
[2] RICH, J.R, - THOMSON, It,: Ductile vcniu flrittlc Itcuponsc oj Cryxlalii. Philosoph-
ical Magazine 29, 1974,73.
[3] POKLUDA, J. - SANDERA, P.: On iht Mrintic Ductility ami Ilritlkntia of Crystals
Physica Status Solidi (b) 107, 1091, 'M.
[4] SANDERA, P. - 1'OKLUDA, J.: Improvement of the Mackenzie Theory tm hhalShtar
Strength. Scripta Metallurgies ct Mntcrialia29, 1903, 1-H5.
[5) PAXTON, A.T, - GUMHSCH, P. - METIIFESSEL, M.: A Quantum Mechanical Cal-
culation oftht Theoretical Strength of Metals. Philosophical Magazine Letters C3,1991,
267.
(C) SKUIVEIt, II. L: The LMTO Method. Springer Verlag, Ilcrlin Kcidclbcrg New York
Tokyo 1984.
Thi» research hat ttnu conducted at the liutitvte of Engineering Pliynies aa part of
the ntiarch project "Quantum Mechanical Modelling of Crystals fracture* and hat been
supported by TV grant No. FU 350039.
92
WORKSHOP 00 PHYSICS
COMPUTER SIMULATION
OF POLYEDRIC STRUCTURES
J . PokliKln, I \ PonfJiii*, I'. Snmlcrn
93
WORKSHOP 90 MIYSfOS
10 too 1000
Ql/'ldnf villkoil irna ri [wml
Fig. 2: Dependence of Ktt "" ''
References:
[1] POKLUDA, J. -SANDERA, P. -ZEMAN, J.: Effect of Inkrnramilar Crack Branching
on Fracture Toughness Evaluation. ASTM STP 1131, 1992, C53.
[2] POKLUDA, J. - SrtNDEIlA, P.: Pofitadovy model metikrystatovc'ho vttveni (tU
trhtiny pfi ikouice lomovd houievnntosti. C«. las. tyz. 40A, 1990, 470.
[3] PONfZIL, P. - PELIKAN, K.: Crack Growth Modelling in Simulated Structures.
In: "International Conference on Fractography '91", c<l. L. ParilAk, Polygrafia SAV
1994, p. 334,
This research has been conducted at the Institute oj Engineering Physics as part of the
research project "Computer Simulation of Polytdric Structures" and has been supported by
TV grant No. FU 3500^.
9t
W0nK9I10P 90 PHYSICS
Key words! Noncqiiilibrlum statistical operator, Cibbs entropy, Excess entropy produc-
tion, (llaiisdorff-Prigogino stability criterion, Infonnntlon gain
I'rigoglno's stability criterion In expressed by mean* of the information gain depending
on two noncquilibriurn coarse-grniiicd statistical operators.
The form of the noncquilibriuin statistical operator can be derived using tho Jayncs
vMinlionut principle (1,2|, Uio nuuutnmn tnltopy formalism (MEF), including memoty ef-
fects, nonlocality arid Prigogine'a dynamic condition for disslpativity [3-C],
According to tlie MEF we obtain the best choice for the NSO g{t) by rnaking extremal
(rnnxiirjuin) Gibbs entropy
(
with u(l) duduud In the Interval (/„,() and normalized at ail tiniua, mibjcclud to the con-
straintit imposed by equations
/;<0)|nj((',i'-o) , (3)
where
The NSO ?„,(/) and i(t,0) express the same macroscopic state but differ in detail due to the
microscopic processes developing in the media. The auxiliary NSO <?((, 0) is a coarse-grained
nondissipntivc term that defines the mean values of the quantities /'; [5],
We define the coarse-grained entropy [3]
S(0 = - r r [ M 0 ! n ? ( i , 0 ) ] . (5)
Glansdorff-Prigoginc stability criterion [3] for steady stales can be expressed by means
of the quantity excess entropy production Apf = ^j(\S1S(i)) , for which the relation
holds [3]
P(t)-£j
95
W O K K M H O j M K ) I ' H V H I C H
«\tvt« SQt(l>,t) a Qj{f>,I) - Q>j(?), hl',(?il) * IW,I) - f ? ( O i Index S>.rro re fern t o tlie
Vnliles of the <|1l«ntitlr» in ihc dtrnily sUlc.
Wrtoinlilrf tliflllifoft/mtluliKnlii(KI) furtwdciiatsngrnltird NSO J(((,(J),5j(/,O), Tlic
gcncrnlfantton of Ki li> <|\ii\ntmii mi-rhfiiiica U [?j
Jly time-diirflfPiitintlufi uf 10 A'(5(<,0), f), wlirrr j " i» tlip roiirj<vgrnl!iril NSO for n »tpady
aUte of Uifl ii|i«'ii nyjlciti, we oMnitt
(Joifi|inriMg K<|, (8) with K<|, (0) we derive for the time tlerivnllvc of 10 the relation
~ « -AW'C) • (0)
From t>|, (0) it follow* tlmt the f|imntity -dlifilt run lie Intrrprrlcl M exce« entropy
firorltictiun. We now rxprraa Uie (ItnrmlorfM'rigngiiie uliiliility critrrlnn Using KI |Hj:
I'or the givrli conittrnlnit, if
References:
(I) JAVNKS, E. X: /'/.(/». lit*. lOfi {mi) 620
[i] JAYNK.S, VJ. T.: My*. Ikv. 106 (1951) IV.
|1) IM'M, tt. - [Link], A. It.: t'nrtichrillt <Ur I'hyiik 38 (1090) 881.
[4| LAUC'K, L - VASCONCmOS, A. It. - IWM, II.: /'Ay./<ra /I /tfS (1930) 189.
[r,\ VASCONCKLOSS, A. It. - LUZZI, It. - CJAIlCIA-COMN, L. S.: /'Aj«. /fre. A W
(t99l) 6622.
|C] VASCONCELLOS, A. It. - I.U/,/1, It.: l'hv»ica A ISO (193!) 182.
|7| [Link], ¥.: H. I'hyiik Stf (1911) 301
|«1 [Link], M.: Cirrh. J. I'hyi. U (I39i) 8.
This ttntatth hat bttn comlurtnt at the Drpartment of Physics an part of the rtttarth
prtijrti "Application uf irrtvtrnAU thrnnoiltjtinmic* anil Information ttalutirnl phytici
mtthoitu nl tht ntudy of tcnhitinn of ntlfargnnitation lytrmt" and ha* btrn mppnrtti iy
W Ml
W0HK8II0J' 00 __ I'HVfltCH
IN-SITU INTERFEROMETRIC
THICKNESS MEASUREMENT
OF DEPOSITED THIN FILMS
1, tipoutith, W. Uejrnek, '£• Ifnrna,
A. Neliojgn*, T, Slkoln, M. J/ikl
97
WOUKflllOlVDO PHYSICS
deposition) Are known, th« method makes It possible (o provide absolute values of Ilia flltn
thlcknea* during deposition,
At th" p?mjr>o«. H)m* *!»*• eotnpact, modular equipment for inbtiHotUtg tlie lliln fllin
lllltkness development in being dcvclopcdi ilio wiwln nystcin will l>« allncticii to tliL' fldflgfi
of Hie de|ioslfion apparatus equipped witli a tvl/iJotv, To Mliiliolw the sl/o of the equipment,
lli« semiconductor laser with wavelength G70 nm «» a light noiifce will be used. A |j||<jlo<l!od«
or n (X'U cAtnetA, pfdcrd Alodg (lie main axil of tlie rriolpmrtit, |»rrpc:i'll<"uUf to tlm imnple
•ntfftce, can be cliMen, To ernure (lie normal Incidents of the bentn (in tlic KAirijilR diirfnce,
the laser diode must he \t\wc<\ Into * perpendicular directioti ti/wnrdi tlie tualn axis and It*
ficatn redected by A wmitranspflfeiit f'e«'» spJIUcf Into tliU axk '1'lia splitter together with
otlier optical clerneritf will hn mounted Into one module leparntcd ftcm tlmt eonlalficd the
detector,
'J'Jic modular »et-up of the equipment tnniirnn a lilgli (lcxH)ltity of the syitcm witli
respect to lU pwuil)le (ifiijrading, On« of tlio promising method, whl< h the function of the
•ystetrt could be extended la, i) u*ing a potyctirornatic light hrnin of the target dlarneteri
(100 on) with a apectromcter in one optical branch and a C('l) enrnera In another branch.
Thin Miembly would be able to monitor a mrfarc homogeneity of tlie growing film tlitrkneim
and to find the index of refraction of the thin film*.
Reference!)
|l) SlKOLA, T» el al.i An in-niiM Sluij/ oj I'rocemtt tnkinD I'ktt on u gltiem Surface
Durttt'j Ihmbardmtnt by Cl'j/Ar• Etching vt, I'olumrrifatinn, SAfit'ttl, HlntermooK,
[Link] March 1001.
(2) KMTTL, Z.i Optin oj thin Film*, J. Wiley and Sons, Undon 107C.
(3) SIKOLA, T, et a).: Dun/ ton than Dtpmilion of Thin Fitmi, 9th Int. GW, on Sur-
fare Modification of Metal* by Ion Uesnu IM5, accepted for publication in Surface k
Coating* Technology.
[I] [Link], L: I'hytiet of Thin Film*, Plenum Pre»«, New York, 1986.
This rcteitth hai bttn tonducltd at Iht Intlitute of Physical t-'nginttring as part oflht
wealth projtel "In-tilu Inttrjtromtiric Thieknim Sttniurtintnl of Depotiltd Thin Filmi*
dh bttn tupporltd hy the grant of Fac. of Mtehanieal Eng., TU, [Link]'3505SS.
WOjtKHIIOI'M 1MIYB1CH
In this ittldy tlircirrllrnl annlysis of the problems related to Urn detection of Atomic
hiacd. forces in scanning force microscopy (St'M\ tit* been frthrtmrrl,
In principle, similarly to STM the scanning force rnlcroncope CM be opcratml both
In mnbictit ulr mid In ultriililgli VAcuiirn. However) until now n nmjorlty of cotnmrrciftl
•canning force tntcroicopcn were drjiignCTl for the nlmonpherlc operation only. The renron
for tliflt In that the optical detection aystctn (OI)S), apptirtl preferentially In the slalc-of-
thc-att mlcroticopeii, inimt be act up very precisely almott Ix-fofi" each measuring cycle to aim
properly the optical beam at a tiny cantilever and position icnxitlvc detector a* well. Hence,
a special technique must be chourn to perform this procedure without breaking iiltrahlgh
vacuum In the analytical chamber.
One of (he reasons for the frequent realignment of the ODS in the conventional contact
SFM in a utiort lifetime of the cantilever due to mechanical contact of the tip with an in-
vestigated iiufftcc. Changing the cantilever is, as a rule, followed by new adjustment of the
ODS. Recently a noncontact dynamic force detection mode in SPM ha* been improved (1],
In thl» method, the tip Interact* with surface atoms by means of long-range attractive forces
and li not In a direct contact with the surface. Thus the lifetime of the cantilever Is substan-
tially increased and the alignment of the ODS need not fro performed no often. The term
dynamic means the probing tip oscillates at a certain frequency, driven by an external oscil-
lator. The dynamic force microscopy (DFM) technique belongs to nondestructive methods
and Is suitable especially for surface analysis of soft, for example biological samples.
Our work was focused on studying a time development of cantilever oscillations in DFM
mode as a function of the lip distance from ar investigated surface. In our model the os-
cillations of the cantilever are described by (he equation of motion of an effective mast
point oscillating with the resonant frequency corresponding to typical values of commercial
cantilevers («a 10"' kHz) [2j. The amplitude of the external driving force was of the order
of 10*" N. The frequency of this force wa» chosen close to the resonant frequency of the
l Tlifc damping totditififit, depending strongly on the ambient pressure varied
99
oo
from 4.I70 ' 10"* to 2,088 • 10"11 N«m"' «nd were determined Irum ty(>kn) values of quality
factors of Ilia cantilevers In these environment [3], The Atomic forro between cantilever And
(hff BiirlM* Mam* CM >klir>r>i i>*'mg tliflrmnt )»l<!/«l)<>» jiotrntMi, van det Waal* J4) Ati«l
tammrd-Jofie* potentials: [5) having been preferred, Potential parsmctcri were determined
(win the experimental values of the forte between the cantilever and surface |fl), The etjua-
tion of motion win solved numerically by Eiilrr-Klcliiudjon method. The results obtained
showed the appearance of beata In Hie oscillations during AII initial transient period, The
beata were formed by superposition of the force and free oscillations of the cantilever, The
frcrjiicncy of the Utter o-iclllntions It modified hy the force gradient between the cantilever
fcnd surface (to-called effective resonant fre(|iiency). It menu*, tlio ctmractcr of beat) is
changing when tha cantilever cornea into the Area of the higher force gradient, l.c, closer to
tho mrface, 'f fie dtwer to tlio surface the cantilever 1», th« W^er i» the difference between
the effective resonant frequency and that of the force oscillations, tlecau»e of damping the
free ofldllntloti* of the cantilever i* decaying In time and after A certain period it remain*
cntcillatlng with the frequency of the external driving force. The amplitude of this steady
*tate forced oscillation* h Ihc ifnaller, the dwicr to the «urfacc the cantilever in,
The change* of the uteady atatc amplitude serve in Ihc conventional I)I'M detection
method* for mapping the turface corrugatloim. On the other hand, we have paid our at'
tenlion to Investigation of the [Link] period of the onWllallonn, VVc have found that the
amplitude and frequency of heat* chAnge monotonously with the cantilcwr-aurface distance,
WhcrcAD the amplitude of the beats la growing almost linearly with an Increasing ilUUnce
of lh« cantilever from the aamplc surface, tho frequency of the tiratu In failing exponentially
with thin distance. Doth effect* are caused (>y the fuel tlut with I lie growing distance from
the surface the clfeclivc resonant frequency of the caiilllcvi-t U «p|>tou hing ilt orlglfml vfilue
(i.e. milnfliirnced by the aurfacc) which liea close to the chosen frequency of the force vscilla-
tiona, Summarizing, the Application of the dependencies found could be potentially used as
an complementary method for mapping tlie surface topography. To prove the luitability of
this technique based on detection of transient atatc oscillations, simulations of the cantilever
oscillations AS A response to the motion of the cantilever above a surface with the defined
topography are being carried out.
References:
[I] LUTIII, It et A).! Projttu in Noncontact Dynamic Font Micronopy, 3. Vac. Scl.
Tcchnol. 1)12 (1091) 1673.
(2] Silicon and tilieon nitride eantiltvtri, Park Scientific Instruments, Catalogue 1904
[3] ALIJIIECIIT, T. K. ct at.: Frequency Modulation Detection Viing high-Q Cantileveri,
J, Appl. rhys. C9 (1991) 60S.
(4) LUTIi, II.! Surfaet$ and InterfaciM of Solidi. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1W3, p. 429.
|5) XV, I. el al.: Inlirprttation of Alomicllttolution Image* in AFM, Phyi. llev. D. 51
(1095) 10013.
[Gj MARTJN, V.: AFM — Forte Mapping and Profiling, J. Appl. Phy». 61 (1087) 4723.
This rtteanh hat been conducted in the Institute of Phpieal Enginttrinj at part of the
rtteanh project "Surface Analysis of Materials - Deiign of the Atomic Forte Dtteclor for
Atomic Force Microscopy'' and h<u been supported by TU grant No. FUSSOOiO.
100
WORKSHOP 00 rHYSlCS
EXPERIMENTAL STUDY OF NO
GENERATION IN ELECTRIC
DISCHARGE
V. Kfflm, F, Hanltz, S. I'ckArek, J. Ilcioetikrnriz
Key words! pollution control, non-thermal techniques, electric discharge In grui flow
Experimental nppnnttus and results. The electrode system for trio study of nitrogen
oxide production Is tliown In Tig, 1, It consist* from four parallel electrode* (I', 2, 2',3, 3'
and <) which arc situated along the length of a rectangular channel. The primed electrodes
represent the edges of razor blades, the unprimed electrodes are in the form of metallic
blocks. The distance between primed and unprlmcd electrodes was 1.05mm. The velocity
of the air How in the channel can be changed up to 200 m/s. The NO concentration) were
measured with gas analyier OA-C0 , Madur,
The typical volt-ampere characteristic* for the velocities of flowing air 163 and 193 m/s
are shown in Fig. 2, Three different sets of curves correspond to the different possibilities of
the electrode connection to the high voltage source and grounded electrode. The electrode
1* was in all three situations connected to the high voltage source (IIV), the electrode 2,
3 and \ were grounded. It is seen that within the range of measured velocities the VA
characteristics do not show remarkable dependence on the air velocity,
Figures 3 and 4 show dependence of the ratio of NO production per unit of volume
of the discharge channel versus current for velocities 153 and 193in/a. It Is teen that the
production of NO increase* with increasing current. From the comparison of these two
figures it is also seen a weak dependence of NO production on velocity. The NO ploduction
also Increase* with the number of electrode systems which Are connected in terles.
From the presented results It may be concluded that for this electrode arrangement
the NO production Increases lineally with current, tt Is supposed that presented electrode
arrangement will be also u«ed for study of volatile hydrocarbons decomposition.
Reference!: >
(1) ROSENKRANZ, J. et al.: Ettttric discharge in air flow at atmoipherie prtuurt.
pp. 332-334. Proceeding) 17-th symposium on plasma physics and technology, CTU,
Prague, 1995.
101
WORKSHOP 90 IMIYSICS
(3) AKISUKV, Y. S, ct «l,i Study on DO glow dhcharge In humid air. \,\u 117-118, l'fo<
ccwHngn f. ICIMG XXt, APP ftulu lf»(v««tnl, fJocfiUm, [Link], 1001
|4] NAPAHTOVJCH, A, 1'.: DO glow dlnchnrgc tuilh Jtul s<u flow for Jhc gm protming.
pp. 35fi-36«, N A T O ASI Scrici, Vol. (i 34, Vntl II, Spt!iig<-r-Vcrln« Ili-rlln llo!i!clf>wg,
1093*
Fig. 2: Voll-nrnprrr
Fig. 3: CM0 - / ( / )
102
WORKSHOP OS PHYSICS
MATHEMATICAL MODELS
OF FINITE-DIMENSIONAL
QUANTUM MECHANICS
O, Clindzltnikoi
It modifies the differece operator for real parameter q € (-1.1) acting on functions of
complex variables which is introduced [5]
103
WORKSHOP 00 __»_^_____« PHYSICS
tot
WORKSHOP DO PHYSICS
INVESTIGATION OF Ge-Si
MONOCRYSTALS SUITABLE FOR
SPAD CONSTRUCTION
II. VrnnU, K. Ilnrnnl, I. Mnchn, I, I'roclidzkn, I). Sopko*
CTtJ, Fnc, of Niicl, Scl. ti I'hys, Kug., Dcpt. of Holld State Engineering
V HoWovlcJcncli 2, 180 00 I'rnliA 8
*CTU, Vnc, of Mechanical Kng., Dcpt, of IMiysles
TwhtilckA 4,100 07 I'ralia 0
Key words: Ge-SI alloy monocrystah, optical absorption, band-gap, mole percent of Gc,
photoelectric devices, resistivity
E sample
SI+4 % Ge
resistivity
0,28 0,20
mobility (tm a /Vs) type T (°C)
SI+2%G 0,31 (hca,l) 0,29 (end) 210 ±3 2.11 db 3
237 ± 3 228 ± 3
21
20
The composition of the samples was determined by weighing in air and water, with
following probable errors : Maas m±0.01 V±D.l density g±0.2g is given by (with x weight
percent of germanium) g = 100/(i/f a < +(100-*)/^si, from which the composition x% (Ge)
«• 532,3(p-2.328)/2,995f can be computed, where ca, = 5.32.1 g/cm J , QSI = 2.328g/cm 1 ,
(il,o => 0.9975g/cm* at 23*C.
sample meastirpd density (g/cnr 1 ) lie weight percent CJe mole percent
S1+2%G« 2.351 ± 0.001 1.7 ± 0.4 0.7 ± 0,2
Si+4 % G« 2.3S7 ± OO
. CH 2,2 db 0,4 1,0 ± 0.2
The optical Iransmittancc of the samples was measured by means of type Pcrkin-
Elmer spectrophototneter1, the absorption coefficient a of the samples, calculated from the
'W« are indebted to Mr. D. Mriiek, piorn. them., for pnpailnK the Ge-Si
'We are very gieattul to Dr. ), Adumec of lVi<! Institute ot M«fomcltf uW Chemiitry, for tariyin< out
the traiumlttsnce nwMiiremenU
105
WORKSHOP1)0 PHYSICS
,,,61
so - • • - ..8l*2%0«
40
/
30
/
20
10
1 . 1 t 1 . 1 i
0
1000 1020 1W0 1080 10«O 1100 1120 1140 KM HW 1300
Wavelength (nm)
Fig. 1;
From the ipcctral transmitUncc tncasurcmctit follows that the absorption coefficient
of Gc-Si samples is practically unchanged, the increase above 1.1 /'in is scarcely perceptible
and doci not warrant an improvement of SPAD performance. According to (1 - Pig. 3], a
significant spectral range extension of SPAD sensitivity could only be expected fur Gc-Si
alloys with Ge contents exceeding 5 mole percent. More over the investigated samples had
a far lesser Ce contents than expected, instead of nominally 2% and 4 % respectively, only
1.7% and 2.2% Gc, respectively, in reality, and thessc only weight percent. In (1] It is stated
that monocrtalllne Gc-Si alloys can be gra;vn with M mm !I nn 10 mole percent of Ge, which
would be highly acceptable, but it is to be feared that diodes prep red from such Uc rich
crystals would have a Urge dark current and high noise figure with invcrs effect on SPAD
performance. Nevertheless further investigations with higher Gc percentage should be tried.
References:
(1] DRAUNSTEIN, R. - MOORE, A. R. - HERMAN, F.: Intrimie optical absorption in
Gt-Si alloyi, Phy*. Rev. 109 (1958) pp. 605-710
106
PHYSICS
Mlcrontrip KM rlminlirr (MSCiC) nrn pntrtillnl ilrtpctoi* for the forthcoming IIIRII lumi-
nosity collider LUC id CKHN, but there also exist possibilities of the MSG'C Ap[ilicxtion in
medicine, technology and other fields [1], The detector has iliown very promising fenturcit
proportion^ gninn up to 10 (100, position accurncy for x-rnys and miriltiiuin Ionizing particles
of the order of 30/I, rntc cnpnljility 10*iiim*'.i"1 nml low cost |2j.
The biulc MSCiC consists of thin anode and c,itlio<l<< atrips, laid or etched on an insu-
lating support, An upper drift electrode defines the Definitive gM volume wlicrc electrons Arc
rclcAiicd by ionizing rftdi&tion. Applying proper potential* to the electrodes, the electrons
rclcaiwrd in the drift (pace (»rc inultiplird «nd collcctrd whrn reaching the anodes,
Tlic MSGC tniulc in CR ii mnniifacturcd on 210 microns thick borotiilicatc glims (Dciiag
D2G3) having bulk resistivity around 10" llcui. The Cl aluminium anodes and cathodes
with A width 10 and 70 microns arc 85 mm long, the pitch of the electrode utructure is
200 microns. The gas filling is a mixture of 90% Ar and 10% DME. The gamma source
M
Fe has been used for measurement.
There is shown in Fig, 1 the dependence of signal and lenkage currents on the cathode
voltage. Measured pulse rate reaches good efficiency between 430 V and 490 V, the discharge
voltage is about 500 V (Fig. 2), These measurements allow to estimate the absolute gain of
this detector (Fig. 3). Energy resolution AE/E = 14% has been estimated from the width
and peak position at 12.10 ADC in Fig. 4 which corresponds to 5.9keV,
References:
|1] A, Otd. Instnm. Methods AS63 (1988) SSI
[2] RD-SS Collaboration. Preprint CEtlN/DRDCffl-95, January 9, 1995.
This research has been supported by GA CR grant No. 102/93/S033 an<f AV CH grant
No. 110122
107
WOttKSIKH'flfi
r.,_
if/1*
;.» *W
K'lt
• - -A.
—
'JO '»» li'i'ji
m
it*/
**«
*
'i
*
f
* i, *
Fi£ 3:
WOltKHIUJP Ofl
PRAGUE ELECTRON
CONDUCTIVE GLASS
J. IIMim", I. Mttcfin*, U. KrKlovri, S. Neniecck**,
It, Nov/lk, J. I'nvel, U. Sopko, L, Sttipkn**,
M, fltMrofi", J. Sfoglny"**, M. VmiKkwvA**, S, Vyikoeil**
In last ye*r» wi* tirn icfi'iwi-cl Intrtcul fur >ff of inlcrnitrl)) )$M rlmmlirtu (MS(KJ) for
lunlxullng m<)Utloii, Tin? finygtmn In lnt»gr»tw| Hwlfonlfii fn»M« lo ronalmcl
dctcclori bascj en MSGC willi cxcclcnl tp.\cial tesolulioti &t comp*rally low cosl. Thai is
tin' tcftjMiii wfiiy MSCJG'tf, laltly pfoiliici.'d In InhorAlory «c«[(< for tfit* fcscAfcli on ctcri^ntary
pAftiflcn, (jctictfslc In Induntry *n<I find ticw ApjOicnlion In ttirdlelne «nd otlirf [Link]
MSCiC ronsljU nf mcUlk itrlpi laid on in Insulating support, Experiments proved that
the choke of timtcrUI for tlii« iiippntt is crucial for Ion* limn ttuMe nprmtlon of MSOC.
Ont ut de-aircd prupertlci) of the mppott I* • luw tnrfacc conductivity of electron typ«.
In Dpite of the Increiuing demand for the uprtUI ghu.« •uitnhle for prcparittion of sup-
ports tot the mi«08trip«, tlir choice of them in the world market it limited. The ij^ir of
Sf holt f,\mt$ wriri to Iw the most promiasini;, unfortunately, all types of these sped*' {.uses
are very expensive and the producers keep their exact description of the production process
In »«rct, There JIM Urn repotted only ft tow iticremfitl attempt* of developing a new type
of this tort of glass. Now we sticceded In preparing our first own glass of this type and we
call it the I'rague Class.
To avoid Ion conductivity, the fragile Glaus Is free of any alcalic element. We: have
foilnil two slightly different composition* giving the hot results: the main components of
the Prague Glas* 1 u>ns[st of onidet of iron, uttonciutn, baryum and vanadium. In the
Fiaguc QI«M 2 oxides of baryntn are rrpl«r«l by oxides of line.
We have measurer) the elctrie conductivity and its temperature dependence on samples
of the Prague glass. The measurement of other electric properties such as the value of
mobility of charge carriers are being carried out now. For comparison, we chose a widely
spread Schott Glass with commercial denotation S8900, which has been reported as suitable
for application In MSGC. The volume electric resitivity of Prague glass 1 is less than one
ordf higher then resistivity of S8900. The electric rrsMivity In the temperature range from
- IO*C to + W C falls tpproxirnit ly by two orders but the relative change of the resistivity li
within measurement error* the same for the Prague glass 1, Prague glass 1 and comparative
i).
in
I'UYStCS
The change of composition In the l*wgn« RIM» 2 tegm ding lo I k fragile glass 1 re»ii Ited
in (IcCff/wIng the volume rcalsllvily, IVfufwiver, reduction of portion of limvy nloiiis irmkcn
W f k ( l ( llU
According lo th«"W fMtilU we found llie PM^IW g)«» lo be very )m>mfv(ng e
«i*l«l*l fof MSOC, We tidve isUfJdJ work (J» \tt*piit\tt& lh\n Mini hy M p x g
itivfe of (li« Prague gl/ut». Costing liifliilntlng <l«i aufntMte would lie n very tout cffcttfvc
w»y of jifcpaflng mipportn for mictcntd'pi.
•IJ 1
fig. I:
7A/* Mttttth hint hrm nuppnrtid iy ff/1 C'ft jranf A'o. S02/93/S033 and AV Cll grant
No. 110122
110
% 1'IIYSICB
Key words; destruction of materials, partition of tutaticcn, electrical double layer, M*x-
we''-Wagner pollination, election and vibration excitation, work environ-
HI
IMIVSIC'tf
ThU rtitdfth ha* btr.n conduct/J at the Department of I'hytiet of CTU Vmha.
112
WORKSHOP PO _ I'HYDICS
In the discharge between (wo electrodes with cylindrical symmetry, tlie magnetic energy
of the current l» transformed Into kindle energy due to Ampere force, wlicn a high current
(mure than lUOkA) flow* through plasma with n diameter lower than I cm. Electron* And
Ions fttii decelerated to lli(< tixls, wliuiv a. hl^li energy elifciinel form* (#-plncli fffect). During
the peak of comptnwion, higti rnrrgy riecUotin, lorn nml X-rny pul»r» ate produced, whewe
pltysic«l origin Una not been determined, fn liic conical electrode configuration, » second
phase of acceleration is observed when tlie pinched plajmn near the lop of the electrode*
ii thrown (due to the Imrrcl form of the electric und magnetic field) into the central Men,
where » spherical structure with high energy density Is created.
A» WM t>tit>IWIicd III (1). the kinetic enrrgy, olilalnrtl In both pha-nes of acceleration,
is not dissipated. It l> conacrved in the rnagnctohydrodynaiidc vortexes in the central
spherical structure. In argon plasma, when the diichargc l» operated under A high pressure
of (2-80) kl'a, the compact [Link] with strong magnetic confinement, diameter of 3 mm
and life-time of 1 /u is generated.
In paper [2] the results of the same geometry configuration arc described for higher
energy 30kJ, voltage 180kV, current maximum of 100 k A and A quarter period of discharge
of 9/i», under atmospheric pressure. Under these conditions the dense structures with
diameter of 5mm And life-time of G/i« were observed.
The results presented In this paper have similar energy conditions as discharge in the
lightning channel.
The discharge was studied In the regime of capacitor bank energy of (100 -250) Id, when
the current reached maximum value of (2(XM00)kA during 50 /is after the breakdown.
The current channel WM formed between the conical electrodes with 120* top, 4 cm apart,
connected by copper fiber with diameter of 70 (im In free atmoipherc. the diagnostic system
consists from the Quadra four frame high speed electrooptlcal camera and the automatic
Image capturing And processing system. The objective of the Quadra camera Imaged the
whole electrode gap through the 596nm interference filter. The time delay between two
*Mp* varied from 10/ii to 40fit and the time exposition of lOna enabled to imagine thr
development of Dremstrahlung emission from plasma with density higher than 10" m~3.
The pi&smoid* were observed in 67 A of discharges but in 30% wrre formed on the top
of the detlloJe Hid only [u 37% lite pluhioid w « located in the centre without touch of
113
WORKSHOP 90 PHYSICS
the electrode. In 33% the pinch elfcct V»M not observed Ami the dininclcr of llio current
channel wiw (2-3)cm during whole discharge evolution. The observed plnniiiol<ls olilnlned
aphcricnl form nmi i in meiin radius increased uniformly froiii I (III At 10/9 to 3cm at 80//s,
'J'lifl dr»lntejy»tltm of thtit •trticture WM very Intensive «n<J A lil,'h /[Link] of energy ttitlsl
be relon-ieil during thin phium. 'iiioite ptiriii>inriiA enn (>•: cxptiuiitit d(i(i to the liigtt magnetic
rtiefxy bumjded lit Die *|ilicfi'. Thin niAgiictic cnvrgy wni prohnhly Irnnnfrrrd front kinetic
energy by the current induced during collltloli of both opposite slfcnms of plwrrifl. Tfic
conditions fur sclforgAnl«At!mi p r o m t in pU«nu with r.-«i«llviiy mnnt Ue fulfil ddfin^ (he
cotli*ion, when (nlemivc riullntlon flows tlic cliflcitlc energy out from the pl/uirm (,l).
We mpposc tlint tn future the experiments of the regime with ihnrp increiuc of current
In the discharge may be Investigated.
deference*:
(1) KUHES, P. el alt Stable ftruelurr in the Interrupted %-pinch il'AiK Tffttm»ctions on
I'lusma Science, Vol. 22 (19f)l), Nu. 5, p, 980-988
(2J KtilKS, P. et al,: Dittgnottict ojConical l-'kttrodcZ'pinch Diitharge at High I'nsturt.
Vtoc. Planma'95, W»r»»w 1095, Vol. 1. p. 03-00.
|3] SATO, T. H •).: Scenario oj StlJ*Orgnniiaeion. All 1 Conf, Proc. 345, ICPP1994,
p. 335-350.
Thin natarch hn* bun tomtudnl at the Department oj Physics as part of the nttarch
prajtet "Study oj Stable Struclurts in Magnetic l'inehr.$" anil hat bun supported by GACR
grant No. $02/95-0118*.
!U
WORKSHOP 06 PHYSICS
The explanation of mechanism of fast electrons nml ions beams, X-ray pulses nnd hot-
spot* generation nnd the |jiv™tijr,atlcm nnd niiiiiiiinliziitloii of the injlnbllitlni development is
tlio principal tiuk of tlip ^•pincli dHrlmrgn ntucly. The nim of till* study li the elective nsag«
of tlifcac1 plit'lioliWlitt fot faut ulocliuiix, ions uud X-my Ki-iii'ii>tloli itlul fusion iniil/.nlloii. Tho
(if the gM-pulf //-|iiiuli nnd Drnnn t'lnntnn I'ucim rcfirnrrh liy Srlilirrcn find X-ray
j were piifilislicd in |l-3j.
In this paper the evolution of neon Implosion of low energy discharge (4kJ, dOkV,
150kA, quarter period t,l/n) WM studied due to X-ray, Scliticrcn nnd Qimilro cnmcia
dlagnosticD. The geometry and liclicnt structure of plnchrd eolninn, two atepa of pinching
and X-ray emission have been olisctved. The hypothesis of axinl component of magnetic
field generation, licllcnl shape of magnetic lines and reltwc of rnngncllc energy during second
step of pinched column are [Link].
On the baxe of the complex diagnostics it is possihle to formulate next conclusions,
'Hie pinched plimnit colrtimi lornis conncqtiantly, firsl near tVic niiodc anil next due
to zipper effect in the parts nearer to cathode, lleginning of this pinching correlates with
beginning of the soft X-ray emission and maximum of rmission relates to the maxlinnt tength
of column between both electrodes. Hoth emission and length Increase during (100-150) ns.
On the surface of the column the 2-.I nodes are presented in the distance of (.p>-10)mm.
Their contour i* somewhere symmetrical ring like and somewhere helical like tube twisting
the imaginary column. The Implosion of this locality progresses more (lowly than the
implosion of the neck.
The plasmit column obtains probably more complex form. The contour, which we
observe, is influenced by visualization method. The most narrow column with radius of
(0.3-0.7)mm has very high plasma density (greater than S x 10" rn' 3 and 2-3 nodes in dis-
tance of (5-10) rnm. Countour of the nodes is helical like turn with the pitch of 2 mm. These
shapes of the column were observed in the pictures with low sensitivity of the Quadro earn-
ers. In the pictures with higher sensitivity the radius of the plasma column was (0.7-1.5) mm
with typie&l necks and node* with radial symmetry. The Sf lilieren method* Imagine the col-
umn with electron density 10" m" 1 . lleie the local contour, ViVc a tube with diameter 2 mm
turns the inner Imaginary column with diameter of (3-t)mm.
115
WORKSHOP 00 PHYSICS
During Ilia Mubscqucrit evolution of the pinched column tlio (tcftlnlegrMlfMis In some
locality of neck* starts (10-150)(in ftfifr soft X-ray iimxlniiitn, when Uic necking and In-
terruption of till* locality I* observed. Till* conversion is followed by radial explosion
of nelgfibmring noflm* and iwiwwlng •>( p)»»w* ikmHy in tlm rentr* of this node, This
trAtmfoririAllon confirm* I IK; Idea of AX)A) acceleration of plmmm from the neck to ttio node,
During (2-5) rift Wore Interruption of the column, llin short (4-fi)nj pulse of harder X-ray
WAS registered, Further, the; spatial correlation between centre of nodes And liot spots WAD
corilirnied. In Schlleren pictures the Itilcrtstltig tciidcticy (if helicnl tiiljc-s conversion into
toroldtil and iplicricAl structured Arc observed.
Tliero in a ^notion «l;oiit origin of liellcnl forms, secondary pinching ftnd rmlinl ejection
of plwinn. One punniblo cxplorntlon in given due to liypothcni* of genef Atlon of axial lung-
nctlc field during plwina Itiiplonion, wlini tlio plAatriA colufnn Is formed (unnlogy ot alpliA
effect mid tnAgnetic dynamo [I]), The reuniting magnetic, linen in pinguid column IIAVC not
Azimuthal but IICIICAI form. The liclkity in the m-ck* in lower tliAii the licllcity In the nodca,
TJic higher axial magnetic field In the node* c*n frmilt the »|ower comptcstlon Arid later
forming of cqullibtltiin in tills pnrt of th« column. During the jikirrm Imploaion the part of
kinetic energy transform* into energy of frozen and comprised nxinl inagnetli: field. The
second pi/ielilng can be connected with tratinfomintlon of axial rnaguctic line* into nzliniitlial
(alio alpha, effect), The Intermediate e<|iiililjrliim in column i.t broken and the instability
begins to develop. The column Is pinched, the plasma Is ejected In axial direction to the ends
of the neck and tlm interruption ofpbuirnacollumn l« observed, Simult. neoiuty in nodes the
Azliiiiilhftl component of magnetic field transforms Into axlnl, tlir pitch of hclicily dectcaiicii
wA i\\n ttuWiA eruption ot ptiunm it obtcivei). In tilt* centre of nodes tlie plasma density
increased. The next other layers ot imploding plasma could turn due to helical magnetic
field into helical form of current tubes during plasma column forming,
So the development of instabilities of the plasma column may be limited due to weak
external axial magnetic field,
References:
[I] TAKASUOI, K. rl al.i Macroscopic Behavior and X-rny lladintion Characteristic* of
SHOTGUN Z-pinch I'lmmn, All'Conf. I'roc. 299, London 19M, pp. 251-257.
[2) CHOI, I*, et al.: Dynamics of Hot Spot) Formation in a Dtme Plasma Focua Optical
and X-ray Observation AIP Conf. Proe. 209, London 1993, pp 288-298.
(3| CHOI, I', et al.s Dynamics of a Medium Energy I'ltumn Facut. AIP Conf, I'roc. 209,
London 1993, pp299-307.
[i] KIlAUSE, P. - HADLER, K. II.: hltan •Fitld Magndoht/drodynamics Dynamo Theory,
Alcadcmic-Verlag, Merlin 1980.
This rtstarch hat been conducted at the Department of Phyaict at part of tht retearch
projtdt "Study of Stable Structure) in Magnetic /'inr/i'i imri Complex Investigation of
Z-pinch Discharge" and hat been supported by GACIl pants No. 8Q2-95-0178 and SOS-
83-1023.
116
WORKSHOP 00 PHYSICS
Z-PINCH EQUILIBRIUM
WITH NON ZERO HELICITY
J», Kulluinck, M. Urbnn
Let us denote
rq z-pinch radius,
/ «-pincli length,
/, total axial current,
/^ total azimuthal current,
7,(r) total axial current in the interval (0, r),
J+(r) total Azimuthal current In the Interval (ro-r, r0),
j,[r) axial current density,
j+(r) azimuthal current density
Assuming power dependence
0)
117
WORKSHOP 00 PHYSICS
m
The magnetic M'l rnn );<• d«rlvm| from tjw Am)>nrn Uw, The ri/iiHJbrlpmi iKjii/ilion
can bd rewritten with the licl[> of Maxwell cr|!lflll«i rot Ii a J//'o In eylimlrlenl coordinates
yio r dr
This equation represents AH ordinal differential cqtiatln for the hydrostatic pressure. In
Addition with the boundary condition ;>(r0) a 0 the nolutloii lit
* I1 - 0 lhn (I - r
wlicrc
Ho «
(0)
Results for « » 2 (ilcnncttc equilibrium) ftl"l w:vi-nil Values of l> Mo piuavnlvd Iti the following
figure:
p/rv.1
References;
Jl) KULHANEK, P. - UltDAN, M,: Z-l'inch Equilibrium with Aiimnthnl Current, Czech
Journal of Physics 19%. In press.
This research has bten conducted at the Department of t'hytics as part of the re-
search project "Study of Stable Structures in Magnetic Pinches and Complex Investigation
of Z-pinch Duchargt" and has keen supported by GAClt grants No. 202-95-0178 and 202-
93-1023.
118
WORKSHOP OO PHYSICS
CTU, Fnc, of NticL Scl. U Pliyi. Etig., Dcpt, of Solid SUto Engineering
V HoldlovlckAeli 2, 180 00 I'raha 8
•Institute of 1'hyslcs, Czech Acad. Scl,
N/i Slovancc 2,180 00 I'MIIA 8
References:
[1] MANTH1RAM, A. - LEE, S, J. - GOODENOUGH, J. 13.: [Link] State Chtm. 73
(1388) 278
[2| JIIlAK,'/. - IIEJTMANEK, J. - POLLERT, E. - VASEK, P.: Physika C 150 (1988)
750
119
WORKSHOP 90 I'HVSICS
Thii rctearclt han bun conducted at tlte Department of Solid State Engineering as part
oflhc research project "Neulronogrtiphk Structure and Tciture Aniitytia" and him not bun
supported by CTU grant,
120
WOUKSIIOIMIO PHYSICS
CTU, I'ac, of Nucl, Sci. k 1'hys, ftiig,, Oept, of Solid State Knginecring
V IloleSovifkach 2,180 00 l'raha 8
In HgjCI] crystals broad luminescence bands excited with UV light havn been studied in
the spectral range 0.8-2,25 oV. Tlie tncftsureiiienlfi have been performed on as-grown crystal*
and on crystals previously exposed to UV light at I IT, The emission spectra consist of nix
band* peaking at 0.S2, 1.06, 1.2.J, 1,39, 1.51, and l,72eV with l'WHM of 0,21-0,33oV.
Their intensities depend conspicuously on tlic concentration of ttic photochemical producti
induced by irradiation of the crystals At I IT. It in concluded tliAt the infrvrcd luminescence
of HgjClj originates from crystal defects, especially that complexes (UgChjDrj.,)" and
(UgCljllr^.,)'" arc responsible for these emissions.
A mudul for tho luiupuriituru quenching of luminescence iuid unorgy transfer bi'lwceii
two <li(fctent kinds of «nlfe» \* Used to cxplnln the more complicated temperature depen-
dence of emission observed at 1.51 cV. To explain this temperature dependence we need to
consider the existence of two different luminescence! amtrca [e.g. (ilgCij)" and (IlgCljtlr)*
complexes] and an energy transfer between them. We denote these centred an A and [I.
The energy transfer can occur cither directly between the A and 1) centres or via
some inctutable energy level present in the crystal. The existence of anch level is very
probable because there exists a thcrtnolutriitiesceuce of llgjClj with emission peaking at
1.53 and l,32eV. We suppose that the energy might be transferred from A centres to 0
centres nonradiatively through these traps. This idea is further supported by preliminary
decay-time measurements of the luminescence observed at [Link], showing, beside of fast
componnt with Tp a 35/is, a slow component with r« a 100ins.
Therefore we will discuss further « system of three excited energy levels, i.e. excited
states of A and Q centres (denoted as A' and IV) and a mctaatable level (denoted M). The
quantum efficiency of a luminescence is defined as the ratio between the number of quanta
emitted and number of quanta absorbed, I.e. we arc interested in the ratio between the
radiative p, and nonradiativc pf transition probabilities. We can express rj a pr/(pr -f p%)
And the intensity of luminescence at temperature T s I(T)» A'r;(2'), where K is a constant
independent of temperature.
Let centres A absorb the excitation energy (A —• A'). In the low energy range up
to approximately 120 K (sec Fig. 1) the temperature quenching of luminescence with ac-
tivation energy Ei prevails, We suppose that the quantum efficiency of the luminescence
can here be expressed M r)A = p,A/(prA + P»M)I where prA and p,M arc the probabili-
ties of radiative (emission 1.51 eV, A* - • A) and nonradiativc transitions to the assumed
M state (A* —» M), respectively. We assume that prA i» independent, of temperature and
p,M •= A K%p{-E\lkaT), where A is a constant,
121
WOKKSilOr
IB
3.44 W
««... . « . . « . , , r ^ -
i... . . . . 1 ..... « . . . • i ....T...I . - l . i i
NX) 100 200 250 300
Temporals o (K)
Fig. I: Temperature dependence of the LSI cV HgjC'lj [Link]* hmii of the m-grown crys-
tals, I'aratnetetn are Uie bjtellthif photon energies. A solid curve rrprrswil* Urn relation of
C'j. (l)ltlll)»l*Xt,
CTU, Vne. of Nuil, Scl, k I'liyii, Eng,t Depl, of Solid State Engineering
V HoleSovlfkAeli 2,180 0(J Pratm S
•CTU, I'M- of Nutl. Scl. fe I'liyi. Eng., Depl. of J'hyslcs
II/chuvA 7, 11A 111 t'rnliA I
"CTU, Fae. of Mechanical Eng., Dept, of I'hyslcs
Technkka 4,166 071'Mhafi
Key words) sefiilinsulatlg semiconductor, deep level), I'ICTS method, SEM voltage eon-
[Link] method
123
W0ltK3H0l'gtf
is of (lie main Interest. Tlie b/u!c question Is under what conditions the plow drereaM part
of the decay curve cart be approximated by a simple exponential law, and how tliti putt Is
re(»lc( lo ttvc pataiTi«ttf(( 6f (6e tfSfW. Ifl Otff C&K? W hltYlf M*'l I))* *)*M)«»1 approximation
applied In I'lCTS (1|, e.l. ictf lipping ami linear recombination were neglected, t h e flCTS
data obtained In the temperature range dotn 90 to iOQK *rre »n*lytril in * ntmuUtd way
by finding I lie tm|"r*tuic Tm totttmionSng (a « peak of the I'ICT.S cunrn tot various
vuliien fif the time gate at a constant temperature change vcloeity(Zj.
To Investigate the potential profiles In the detector milirnlttrd to blat voltage V&, the
method of SEM potential contraat WM nwd. t h e ttictliod I* t;aned on the fact that the yield
of sreoftdary cictttoiu depends on the value of the surface local potential. The beam of
IdkeV primary electron* h K*MWI) over t cleaved nitfatc of » detector ntfiitlute which Is
connected to an external blw V«, The emitted wcojxlaty election* MO then uttelttaled by
a hlgft voltage agalriit • iclntillator. The (ignal from It is converted Into a tlgnal suitable
for imaging etectfoftltl.
The aamplcs used for the Invcutigatlon were prepared In the lame way M the detector
structure [.1]. The«! structures were then cleaved lircmw « sittlnee frtcpnteil in this way
cxSbit* a low iutfiK« cunrenlratloi) of abaorhed Impurities and negligible nuilacv conduc-
tance. The results were compared with the corresponding I-V curves and with the values of
detection efficiency obtained ou the name structure* before thcif cleaving, It follow* from
the comparison that only a Material sullklcntly pure (wU)inul (It linpiirities) Is tiseful M
a tmtrce material for preparing detectors, t h e main advantage of the potential cotitftutt
method i» i\uA H «IW# Ut oti~T*e lh* mind yjirnlki dktrlbulloii In the delator »lru<!'
turc. The, distribution ran b« (Otnpitrrt with the results which were calculated from the
Colston equation where (he values of concentration Nr obtained from I'lCTS method w<-f£
used.
The combination of the VICTS, SEM voltage cotitrant, and I V characterlitici methods
makea a very good Imtrument for Invcutlgating the properties of scrniirMulolIng O«As a* *
source material for solid-slate detectors. In addition, the knowledge concerning the basic
material parameter* can be expected to contribute to the optimization of the radiation
detector structure.
ft«fer*»c««i
(1) UALLAND, J. C. ct «!.: tnvtittgation oj Jeep itttU in hlgh-ntitlivily material by
PiCTS. i. Appl. f'hys. W, 1089
(2) TIN, C. C, ct al.: Vhotoitutvctd trantitnt tptctrouopy. i. Appl. I'hyn. (>1, 15 Sept,
1087
(3) TOMIAK, Z. ct al.: Ihlh G*Ai rndklion dtttrhrt. CTU Seminar Workshop 05,
frague, p. (A.
This rtitirth AIM kttn tondtclcd at iht Dtpattmtnl of Solid State Engtnitrirtj, CTV
Prague a* part of Iht meanh pmjtcl 'Semiconductor Vttetlert* and hat Itcn mpporteJ
iy CTU grant No.
121
AN EQUIPMENT FOR CHECKING
OF CARRIER LIFETIME
DISTRIBUTION IN PNP STRUCTURES
J. KoZfJok, V. UendA*
All characteristics of bipolar power devices, I.e. diodrs, transistors, thyristors depend
on the tnle of recombination of excess carriers which Is usually evaluated by excess carrier
lifetime. Bipolar devices of the name geometry but with different ex ecus carrier lifetimes
have dilferent on-itAtc and dynamic chAractcrinlIc*. Therefore, A large-Area device with
nonunlfurm carrier lifetime dlitribution over the area of the device can be considered an
A set of parallel connected device* with different excess carrier lifetime. In such A «A««
tin; tm-nUU: cum-ul deutlly will differ In different partial devlu* And eoim't|ii«nt[y, power
dissipation and Junction temperature will AIMJ IIO Inliotnogrnomly distributed over tho area
of tfic device. For determination of carrier lifetime distribution in VHP ttructutea a simple
cptlc&l rnctliod w u used (1,1\, The b/nlc principle of the operation la demonstrated In
Pig. I. A constant voltage is Applied to the wafer of sample using point contact system
And one side of the wafer li locally IrradiAted by GAA» \,VA). Assuming that light is fully
Absorbed in the P-lypc layer and that injection efficiency of 1'N Junction is very low, we can
cxprc** current Increment! for both polaritlen of voltage as:
Alt "
where <t> U the light intensity coming on the surface of the wafer, II is rcflcxivity of the
dirfftce, D is A constant depending on the efficiency of electron-bole pairs generation snd
the surface recombination rate, ftp is An effective transport factor trough the P base, 0s Is
on effective transport factor trough N base.
Ily deviding them! two ^nations we receive the expression far /?/v. And knowing the
diffusion coefficient of holes Dp and the distance u>« between the Junction Ji and the
boundary of the apace legion of the reverse bia*ed junction J\ it is possible to calculate the
carrier lifetime in the N-ba*e.
fa » Mil&h
125
WORKSHOP 86 PHYSICS
tncnn* the device In turning mid Ilia LED in moving in »tep» from t)io edge to the mitral
<>f the device, Tha device to he mcMiircd lit fastened to the revolving holder And tlie d.c.
nilJiuUlile voltngo \» Applied And <lnrk revemcitirrpnt la measured, Then lli<! GnA9 LL'I),
pwlltorwl «t * ehonrn dl*l*»ce from tlic edge of tlje device in bhued with A connlAiit d.c.
current ly, Revolving theinmpla hoiiicr, it in JKIMSMI) to olitnin liifnriunliuu aliout curricf
lifetime dlntrihiition «loii« tin; (mill of light «|i«t, It In weemmty to th two memimiwnlii
of the Mine circle on the device with both polnrities of voltdgi.', Chniiglhg tlic dlfllAiite of
the [Link] from the device edge, It la poatihlc to ohtAln liiforniAllon About rnrrler lifetime
dintrlbtitlon over tfie wnlrr, Tlio fiienxiirrtiiMit And dntft aM<xlln% Is controlled by Die me
of I'C computer And 12-hlt A / 0 couvector. Unlng l'C it is potmiMc to CAICIIIAIC nnd dfAW
the mop of homogeneity both flu or currier lifetime, 'Mil* iiiAp enn lie printed [Link] colour
InkJet printer In five or ten colours. The example (blnek and white) IK shown tm the Fig. 'I,
LCD
|l) HKNDA, V. ct A!.: A limph optical tnrthod of in-prnetu chicking of GTO uniformity.
I'riK. EI'K'OJ Conf., Vol. 2, p. 69,1093.
|2] IJKNDA, V.i tn-procf$* chtcking of tarritr lifetime distribution in hijh-powrr drvictt.
I'roc. MIEL'05 Conf., Vol. 1, p. 401, 1999.
Thit rtttanh hat been conducted al Ihe Department of Eltclratechnology at pnrt of the
rtttatth project "llteombination in potter lemtconduetor devicea' and hat bten tupported
by CTVsnnt No. 103/91/136.1,
I2C
WORKSHOP 00 PHYSICS
Weighting Weighting
Integration ol Hold
equation on grid
Fig. 1: Flowchart
For the efficient solution of the Poisson's equation we use the Fast Fourier Transforma-
tion (FFT). Before eAth iticccctlinginttgtation of the equations £>/motion simitar weighting
of the electric field is done in the grid points into the point which represents positions of the
127
WORKSHOP 86 PHYSICS
pntlklcn, Thti* we Mil find thu force ra|iilrml for future integration of equations of motion.
Tim (low rlmtt of tlio PIC method U iliuwn In Fig. 1.
My repeating the calculations wo enn obtain tin? tlinc development of pliiMim, or even
pitamn fli/ir/[Link] At stationary iitate.
1'IC method* Involves position!) of charged particles an n source of clixtric field iw well
M velocities of charged particle* iw A nuurcd of ni»giu)tk field, In llic unwmlerf model ll
WM supposed tlint for collcctlvL' intrrnction of particle;! the most important role Is plnycd
by llic electric field, Mngnotlc field WAS neglected, Using Mania Carlo method the Ionising
collisions of electron wltli nciitrnl ntoms were nlnmlntcd.
On till! contrary to the ntnndnrd IMC Algorithm cither only the region with defined
potential of the electrode*, using FFT Algorithm for the calculation of the clrctroitntlc
field, or A region with n VAriaMe. po' inl when taking into Account outside electric circuit
Is considered. The FFT nlgoritl. ..i.-ful cnty for the calculation of the electric field on
the hue of defined clmrjr.c density And for periodic boarder conditions. The example of the
calculated electric field between two electrodes IJ uliown in Fig, '2. For this calculation the
square grid 32 x 32 KIU used.
This paper dealt with the study of the p!a*ma displays which i.t carried out at the
Department of Physics of FEE CTU. 1'rotenled model is an improvement of model which
WJU presented in [3], In that model collective interactions of charged particles were ne-
glected, Numerical timulation using PIC method allows us not only to determine working
or breakdown voltage of the planrna display but also optimisation of its electric parameters.
Reference*:
(1) IIIIIDSALL, C. K,: Parlick-in-Ctll Chargcd-f'arlkte Simulation*, Ph* Monte Carlo
Collithm With Ncutrla Atom», PIC-MCCTrans, on Pla«m» Science, Vol, 19, No. 2,
April 1991
(2) IHIIDSAI.L, C. K,: I'humn physicB via computer $imulation New York: McGraw-Hill,
1089
(3) HOSENKKANZ, J. - PEKAllEK, S. - ZACEK, M.: Numtrical noddling of the turfact
glow discharge. ESCAMI'ING 9J, Noordwijkcrhoul, NelhcrUnds, August 2.1-26, 1991
This mcarth ha* been conducltd at the Department of Physics of FEE CTU
123
Section 3
CHEMISTRY
NEXT PAQE(S)
left BLANK
WORKSHOP 00 CHEMI3THY
CHARACTERIZATION
OF CONSTITUENTS
OF COMPOSITE MATERIALS
55. Slmek, n , Vespnlcc*
131
WORKSHOP oo mmmiw
filtcfa. Five of different materials were tented to obtain appropriate result*. Tlio special
clirortifttograplilc software w u tested for data processing,
References:
|1) OHALYKH, A. E, - KOLOMIETS, h, N. - [Link], 0 . 0 . - VINOGKADOVA,
N. I.t [nvttUgalion of Solid Surfaces hy High-Performance Liquid Chromalography,
Journal of Chromatography, £02,121-120, 1002,
(2| VESPALEC, R, - NECA, J, - SlMEK, 'L\ Measurement of Steaming Current and Cal-
culation ofZtta Potential for titdi of Wide-Diiptnhn MUroparlUulate Solid) Interact'
ing with Water, Colloids and Surf/vcen, A: I'liynkochcinlcnl and Engineering Aspects,
92,147-157,1934,
(3) TALMNO, D. - DIMNDSTETll, J.! Ciinktr-Fnt Conerttti tlaied on Alkali-Activated
Slag. I'rogrcsa In Cement and Concrete, ADI Uooks, New Delhi, 1002.
Thin retiarch has betn conducted at the Department of Environmental Chemistry and
Technology of TU Brno as part of the Ttteatxh project "Characlertenlion of ConiHtutntt of
Composite Materials" and lias teen supported by TU grant No. 650070/95$
132
WORKSHOP DO CllttMlSTKV
In 1072, Kujlshlnia and Honda discovered the photocatalytic splitting of water on tita-
nium dioxide electrodes. This event marked the beginning of a new area in heterogeneous
photocatalysls. Since then, research efforts in understanding the fundamental processes and
in enhancing the pliotocatalytic efficiency of titanium dioxide have como from extensive
research performed by chemists, physicists and clicrnicfil engineers. Such studies arc often
related to energy renewal and energy storage. In recent years, applications to environmental
cleanup have )MXII one of tlie taunt active arc** in heterogeneous photocatalysi*.
Heterogeneous pliotocatalysis is an excitant method for decomposition of mnny organic
micro pollutants in aqueous medium on the surfaces of semiconductor powders. Many kinds
of semiconductor powders such as TiOj, 'ZnO, WOj, CdS, FCJOJ, SnO2 and othcra have
been used ta photocatalysts for the photodegtadatton of org/wiea by many investigator*.
The surfactants, which arc used in large amounts in industrial and domestic applications
are one of the sources of water pollution. The removal of surfactants from the water can be
done by two ways: biological and chemical, especially by pliotocatalytic way.
The characteristic of biodegradation arc the following:
133
WORKSHOP 00 CHEMlSTltY
Only tiUtiiuin dioxide were used in our laboratory, because of Its Mgli Activity, electro-
chemical stability In aqueous lncdluAlid possibility to form Immobilised particles by «o]-^»'J
process.
Tlio photocnUlytlc experimental set was built. Tlic Immcrnion Y/c\) photwh™i«»l
reactor wan completed by pump tot continuous stirring nf tlic reliction nimpciiiilon Arid by
measuring vessel with pll-mctcf Add cofiductomctcr.
Tlio photocatalytlc dogradftllomi of Botue tion-iotiic mirfactflnts were curried out. Tlio
reaction products were fttmlyicd by IR (ipectroacopy and mass spectroncopy.
tlefcrcnecR:
|1] FUJ18II1MA, A, - HONDA, K.! Nature, 1972, 37, p. 2.18.
|2) SW1SI1ER, II, V,t Surfactant Htoilcgrudalion Marcel Dckfccr, New York, IV10.
|3) ]'EM7//BTTI, E, - MINKIIO, C. - MAUItlNO, V.i Adv. Colloid [nltrfact Set., 1992,
CO, p. 307.
|4) SHERRARD, K. B. - MARRIOTT, 1'. J. - McCORMtCK, M. I: Anal. Chern., 1934,
CO, p. 3304.
This research has been conducted at the Department oj Connumtr Chtmintry as part oj
the research project "The Study oj I'holnattulylic Dtciiiniionition oj Surfactants in Water
Solution" and has been supported by TIJ grunt No. H/95.
131
\
WORKSHOP 00 CHEMISTRY
NON-CONVENTIONAL APPLICATION
OF LOW TEMPERATURE PHYSICAL
PLASMA IN CHEMISTRY AND
CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY
L. Lapifk, D. MlkulMkovA, t. Lnpcfk, Jr.,
J, Mntoiiick*, I. MftSck*
Key words! low temperature physical plasma, rnacroinolcculcs, biopolymcr contlngs, sur-
face modification, adhesion
• physical evaporation of thin adsorbed gas layers from surface of studied materials,
• under the presence of air or oxygen, surface oxidative degradation via free radicals
generated from peroxides and liydropcroxidcs produced in n system as a first step of
the transformation,
• vigorous degradation in the inncrt atmosphere (Nj, He) connected with branching and
network forming.
Material surfaces were studied by ATR and Specular Reflection FT-M, UV-V1S and
contact angle measurement methods. On the basis of kinetics of swelling the values of diffu-
sion coefficient were determined nil well as the mean value of internal pressure in the swollen
surface layer. The corona treatment on air of all examined polymers leads to the Increase of
tensile strength and to decrease of internal pressure as & result of decreasing scgmcntal mo-
bility of polymeric chains. On the surface of studied materials also the non-regular etching
was observed leading, especially in the case of biopolymcrs, to the creation of bcardcd-likc
surface structures resulted from the partial hydrolysis of saccharidie (polysaccharidcs) or
hemisaccharidic (wood) parts of the matter.
There was also recognized very interesting effect of plasma treatment on the contact
angle and glass temperature of PVC. This effect it also connected with increase of the
m
WORKSHOP o o _ CHHMISTHV
polarity of tho turtnccs mining from deliydroclilorntlon nnd /iiimwilvooxldntlon (vU pnraxUk
puthw/iy) of vlnylclilorldc inommierlc units.
References)
[1] LAPClK, L. - P E L I K A N , V. - CEPIVW, M,J I'twtorhrmtral Vrnw, Alfn, JJfAtJ-
•UVA, 1980.
{2] MI'GlK, L-MIKULA!3KOVA,U.- LAPClK, Jr., L -MASliK.l.! LowTcmperature
I'lntma Polymer 't'rannformnlion. Part I. An Introduction, Junriml of Polymer Mate-
Halt, to lio tuibmlttcd.
(3) I,AI'ClK, L.: PUuma ChtmMry an it Tool for Polymer Trantformaiion, CIHA-CIEICIY
Ilcsctttdi Center, UJW«I, SwitstcrUnd, Sc|itcml»cr 15, 1990, Invited lecture,
Thin rtitanh Ann bun conducted at the Department of Pliynicnl Chemistry mid Dt-
parlmenl of Knvlronmtnlal ChtmMry ami Technology of TV lima n» purl of the retearch
project "Non-Conventional Application of Low Temperature Physical Plwwiu in ChtmUlry
and Chemical Technology" <tnd hut been nupporttd l>\) TU grant No, 65UI)b9/95,
13G
WMMMH' 9«
EXPERIMENTAL EQUIPMENT
FOR CHEMICAL APPLICATION
OF THERMAL PLASMA
J , Gregor, f. Jakubov/( ( V. Kfldlec, J< Senk
Institute of Sp«e. El, Engineering »»d Quality, PKKCS, Tetliflleal U«ivcr*Ily of flrtio,
Ho!ctetliw»2,6l2fi<JIJrn«
IJ-KMMK>
I1 • filumlf
I37
WORKSHOP sc cmmmw
The main part of tlic experimental device Is tlie ptiunutrufi with utepwlse extended an>
ode which Is Very suitable for heating of varioim gases to the temperature of a few thousands
of Kelvins. The main geometric pAfamcConi of f>[Link] h&ve teen estimated, from the
system of energy and continuity equation and tho seinlcmplrlenl relation for tbo arc voltage,
using the giv <n data for cattlcf ga* (enthalpy A, upcdfie mass /)) and power tupply (arc
voltage f/< ctrrent J), The plasrnatron h<w bren designed for the Input power up to 75 kW
(300V, 2/10A DC) and carrier ga« flow rate (nitrogen, Argun) of up to 30 g*"1,
'flic continuously recorded rjiisujtltlc* of current / , arc voltage I/, the flow-rale of the
carrier gas 6', temperature ami How-rale of cooling water enable the experimental Inves-
tigation of plAsmatron parameters (I, 2]. 'Dili investigation has confirmed (he increasing
voltage-current characteristic of this type In the large range of electric current t|iiniitllks
for both working giucs (argon( nitrogen). The measured are voltage with argon a* a carrier
gM IJ one third of that with nitrogen under the lame conditions. Due to Ihcsd /dels and to
the higher enthalpy of nitrogen the phumation efficiency with nitrogen Is higlicr (70-80%)
than the elficlcney with argon (MK.0%), The modular ttruetuie of the plaartiatron allowcs
changing the length of the iwixle channel and lJiu.\ monitoring Its Itillucncc on (he plwtiiv
tron parameters. A» It follows from the eJRcIcticy dependencies the optimum anode channel
length cxiats under the given flow-rate condition.
The design of the three-part reactor arranged behind the plasttiAtron hw Uaued from
the cohiptoinlM; btlwcsju Ik' demand on ensuring t!ic lime long enough for keeping the
mixture of heated carrier gM with the added oiiManee In the reactor and the demand on
eruuting lh« adequate equipment efficiency, The IJrptM m\M*ftrr* f/jiv/* it*rti MJIIM In llw
form of vapour (&t boiling temperature) at (ho beginning of the- reactor/ Sample* of the ga«
pha*c of the procrswd mixture /or the chemical analysis have been taken at the end of the
reactor. The heated mixture of carrier gas with the dissociation products liM been cooled
In the scrubber flawing through the water column.
The built up laboratory equipment has been uwd for the studying of toxic substance
decomposition using toluene aa a model organic compound (.1, 4|.
Reference*!
[1) COUFAL, 0 . - OUEGOK, J. - IIIIAOOVSKV, M. - SKNK, J. - TEt'LV, M.s 'Etptr-
tmtntal Eij»ipmtnl for Tntir S«t»l<tnrt> Dtttructinn Uninj Vlanma I'nctulng". Vtoe.
of 12th Int. Symp. on Plasma Chemistry. Vol. II., p. 819 8.'M, Univ. of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, USA August 1995.
(2) GREGOn, J. - JAKUHOVA, I. - KADLEC, V.- KOLAftSKt, J. • SENK, J.: "Work-
ing thnntltriititi of the Etptrimenlal Plmmttlron" Int. School-Seminar on Electric
Are Plasma in Technology Prctaturs, Rook uf Alnlratls p. COG], Minsk, 1995.
|3J COUFAL, O. - DHESSLEII, M. - GHEGOIt, J. - SENK, J. • TEPI.V, J.: • Toluint Dt-
cornpotilion in Atjon l*>v-Timptrahrt Vta*mt* Journal of High Temperature Chem-
ical ProccH, 4 (1995), p. 7-21. l/ni*. Pierre et Ma/'e Curie, Paris, Vtanct, 1995.
\\) ADAMEC, L. - DARTLOVA, M, - COUFAL, O. - TEPLf, J.: TAtrmn» Dttompoii-
lion of Orgtnle Stbtlantu" Procrrdings of this Workshop.
TtiU rutarch ku Ittn conindtd «t Me Diptrtmint e} Spteial titttrieid Knjinttrinj
tni Quality, FEECS Tlflirno u m part of the rttfttk prvjtrl "Untonttnlional Appliealicn
of LiK0*T*mftrml*n PUtm* in ike Chimlttry and Chtmkal Ttthnotopt** and hat iten
npporttd hy TU Brno f«nr JV». FVS50069.
WOKKSHOI'JW OJIEMISTltY
l r'tctMfl
139
WORKSHOPS CHEMISTRY
The central putt of the reactor li tlio discharge pipe with coaxial graphite electrode,
where tlii discharge burn). Tim powder la doted through « feeding screw Into the itilxcr,
where It In dispersed Into s bearing and reactive gas, this mixture la transported Into the
rjjj*Wg»f t))*ri It )»«KI)«I and transported Into thrro tuned cyclone separators and divided
to three fraction*. The treated powder }» distributed according to particle tizc and the rent
U exhausted,
The control of the reactor consists of following devices: The doaer and giu (low Is act up
of Intended composition of reactive dispersion. The air (tow (up to 600 l/rnln) Is Adjusted
by Ik bypass And measured with a calibrated I'itot'i pipe And A differential pressure gAugc.
The tl. power w u computed Itom the temperature difference between Input And output
cooling wilier measured by t'tlOO rcalslor sensors In piping And Its flow rate (up to2O0/mln).
The flowtnctcr Is turbine typ« with optical scanning and gives the pulsing output ilgnal,
Afterwardi the temperature of output g<ut was ineaiiircd. The reactor can bo Adjusted
for various treatment condition, The discharge power li adjusted by a rf. power supply
{[Link] MHz, max. 4 kW) and a serial matching coil. The output gas temperature is meaiurcd
by A thermocouple. The feeding rate is controlled by a stepping motor with adjustable
control unit.
For reactor control Is necessary to use the PC which Is connected to tlifl process by the
Interface PCL 818L, lor measurement and control of the process is used real tlrnc program
AS [4], Moth town d**»k ifld natron Ami !imy eonl/td tigorithma J5-8) arc prepared for
th" verification on the plasma reactor.
[)) LAl'ClK, L. - LAPClK, L, Jr. - SALYK, O.i Ditpotymtr ShUriaU for Spuitl Ap-
ptitathn. Workshop D5, CTU-TU l'raha, 1695,1't. I, p. 123.
|2) [Link], 0 . - LAPClK, L. - VESELY, M. - LAI'ClK, L., it,; SouhrnnA tpriva o vyvoji
ntkonttnlnleh aptikaci jihomoravikfch ligniti; V. ZprttoviniJihomonvik^ch ligniti tie
v]/iokojnk\'tn(nim tyboji. Oponovana vyzkumnA zprava, VUT tlrno, 1995, str. 1-23.
|3] LAPCIK, L. - LAPClK, L, Jr. - SALYK, O.i Studium pHpravy, ttrvktury a vlattnottt
malcriili pro tptti&M aplikaet. Oponovnn* tptiv* gruitu Atfl/03 VUT tlrno, 1003.
[i] PIVORKA, P. - SLADECEK, L.! Simulate dynamitkych tyiUmi. Automatizacc, 3,
[Link]. G6-G0.
[5] P1VORKA, P.: Ritiy PI, I'D a P1D ngulitory. Automatlzace, 12,1994, itr, 355-359.
(6j riVOSKA, P.i ffttimnov/rcfutdtory, Atitomtthiue, 2, 1995, itr. 39-43.
[7] DOHAL, V. - KUDALCIK, M. - P1VONKA, P.: Software Tool for Dttign of Adaptive
Controller*. Workshop 95, CTU-TU Praha 1095, Pt. I., pp. 16I-1G2.
|8] PIVONKA, P.i Modelling, Adaptive, ffturo and Fitity Control of Coat Powtr Plants.
IFAC Symponium on Control of Power Plant! and Power System, Cancun, Mexico
December 1995 (6 pagea).
This nitanh ha» httfi eoniuelti al iht Department of Automatic Control and In-
itnimtntation and Faculty of Chtmittry at part of tht rtieareh projtct "Control System of
Plasma Rtador" and hat tten lupported hy TV Brno grant No. FU 4500(9.
140
WORKSHOP 06 GHEMISTRV
References:
[I] SKLENAK, S. - BISKUPIC, S. - GATIAL, A.: Ab Initio Study of 4-AziJobutine.
J. Mol. Struct. (T1IEOCHEM),336,1993, 75.
Ml
WORKSHOP 00 CHEMISTRY
(2| OATfAL, A, - SKLENAK, 9, - KLAKHOB, I', ct *l,i the Infrared and Unman Spttira,
Gonfnrmallan* and Ab Inltlo C'/ileuliilloiig of J-Aililotiut-l-yiie, J, Mol, Struct., !M(J,
1095, Ha,
(31 SKLENAK, ft, - HISKUWC, & - dMUh, A.; Stmkmplrlcnl [Link]/ of Mclhtuy -and
(mt)SubnUluUd Amlna-Mtthyhnc-EthyUdcne I'ropanedinilritc), Act* Ciiimtca [Link]-
icn - MODELS IN CHKMWTKY, Ifi |.«-«.
|4) SKLKNAK, 3. - MSKUI'IC, S. - CJATIAL, A.! Ab Inlth Study of Mtthnty and
(un)Suhilllultd AminO'Sltthylcnc-t-Jtliylidtne I'ropantdinitrilt*. 'theotellen G'Mfiiiea
Actn, tiibmittcd.
[fij OATIAI;, A , - SKLKNAK, 8, - MII-ATA, V, ct nl.: The VibmthnntSptttru, Conforma-
tion* and Ab Inllio Calculation of Aminointlhyhnt-l'ropantdMtrik ami tin N-mttht/l
Dtrlvallvts, Striictiirnl Chemistry, ncctpled,
[0] GATIAL, A, - SKLKNAK, S, - MILATA, V, ct nl.i The VlhratUmal Sptctra, Con-
formation and Ab Initlo Culcvttitloti.i of Aminometliyknc-propancdinilritc and lit N'
methyl Derivative*. XXIInd Euruprnn CVmgrcis on Molecular Spcctfoscojiy (EVC-
MOS), September 11-10, 191)1, ton, KHO,
[7| OATIAL, A- -SKLKNAK, S, - KLAKFIOK, I'.tl«!.: the VihratiannlSpectra Including
Mnlrii lialaiion. Conformation* and Ab Inilia Calculation* of ^Alidobul'l-int. XXII-
ml Europe/in Congrcm on Molrculnr Hpeclroscoiiy (KUCMOS), Spptrnilicf 11-1G, 11)01,
EMCJI, PRO.
[Hj (!AT!AI, A. - SKLKNAK, S, - M1LATA, V. ct «l.i Tint Vibrntional and NMlt Sprctrn,
Conformation* and Ab Inilin CnlfuhMnnn nf l-AinlnotlhylitlcHr-propuncditiilrllt and
itiN'tnclhyl Derivative*, 10 III Sjirflwopic Confrrrnro, June M-16, 11)05,
This rttearth ha* been conducted at the Vacuity of ChtmMry of TV llrno as part of
the ntearth project "Quantum Cliemieal Conformalional Study of Small Molecule* and a
Thtorcticat Interpretation of III Spectra of Theie Molecvlrjt" and ha* been supported by TV
grant No. II 19/91
M2
WORKSHOP % CHEMISTRY
'I'lw! goal of our work Arc ab inilio chemical calculations with »ti Inclusion of correla-
tion energy. An Inclusion of electron correlation in wave function 1« necessary for a good
description of molecular properties. Our work WAX alined to thu conformatlona! study and
theoretical Interpretation of IK/IUmnn spectra of Delected molecules.
We used ab initlo calculations mainly at the MI'2 level of theory, because of the size of
our molecular systems. Huzlnaga TZ2I' basis set wan employed. The molecules under study
were HI follow*: hydrazotc acid, methyl azide, ethyl azide, 3*Azldopropincm azldoacctonltrilc,
azido^-butlnortt nllyazlds, 2-azidO'l,3-butfidicne (1-flJ and 4-azIdobut'I-laa [i\.
Alt initio calculation* of organic alkyl azides showed tliat some of them can exist as
*rveral rotational l«wr», IH/Raman upcdroscopy revealed that the ctliyl azidc nample
consisted tm two conformers - gauche and antl, tlieorctlcnl ab inUlo MP2 results were In
excellent accord with experimental observations, The calculated (MI'2/MI'2+K0,vib) and
the measured energy differences arc 1.15/0.59 and 0.5G0.1 kJ/rnolc respectively, the gnu die
conformcr being the more stAblc one, Ifl/Raman spectroscopy and electron diffraction data
suggested that tho sAtnpleH of following Azides contain only one conformcr: 3-azidopropinc
(gauche), azidoacctonitrilc (gauche), [Link]-2-butlnc (gauche), 2-azido-l,3-l)iitAdicne (trans
•yn). Ab inilio MI'2 Tl'lV calculations of mentioned «!<!<•«, except for AJEidoacctotiitrilc,
arc in agreement with experimental data. Allylazidc can exist as five distinct conformers.
The experimental/theoretical data reveal the following energy order of conformers: GG, SG,
GG', SA and GA. It is clear from the presented study and from earlier Investigations that
the most stable conformer of alkyl azides with a multiple bond (C'=C, CC, CN,etc.) in alkyl
group [Link] a position in which the system of multiple bonds is oriented towards system
of azido group. The azido group of the computed organic azides has a chain structure with
two different NN bond lengths and is slightly bent, the N=NN angle is around 174 degree.
Azido group has four characteristic vibratlonal modes - two stretching and two bending
ones. Calculated parameters of both azide nitrogens - bond distances, force constants
and i'KI) - revealed that two stretching vibrations can be rather Interpreted as triple NN
and double N=N vibration than as two NNN symmetric and Asymmetric modes. Due to
high polarity of both bonds the mentioned modes belong between the strongest bands in
111 spectra with wavenumbers from relatively narrow interval 2110-2130cm"' for NN and
1210-1290cm"' for N=N stretching vibration. Calculated values arc 225O-2280cm"' and
1210-1300 cm"1, respectively. Aa can be seen from PED both modes interact and NN mode
la mixed approximately from one quarter by N=N mode. For the -CII3N3 moiety the N=N
mode is usually also mixed with the Cltj twisting and neighbour C-N stretching modes which
143
WORKSHOP 90 CHEMISTRY
give two strong bunda In III spectra In mentioned wnvcmmibnr fiinga And right Assignment
Is not»" straightforward.
Two Azldo group dcfotniAllon vltirntiona cm he due to alight bend of tliia group divided
on bending In'plaw? (bip) /wl h*n>Y>»?t «nt-of-pUn<! (bop, N»N torsion) modes. Tlio ttiltcr
one 1* practically not mixed with oilier mod™ and is irot eonformntionnly dependent. This
band In UMifilly presented M wtnh hand In tlm very nnrrow rnngr;fiSO-flflOei/i"1.C«lcul«t«d
value* Afo MO-CGOem"1, TJic Up inodo ihowi tlic eotiformalionnl aensitivity nnd, According
to l'Kf), intcracU with C'-N=N lirtiiling itiodc, It is prcacntcd M rncdiurit or wenk bnnd
In the rnngc of O2O-71Oern"' in tlic Ifl uppctra. Calculntcd VAIUCH rcllcct very well Us
WAVentirribcr change* tot tillhwnl cmilonmrn And nee prnctlc/illy Ifi ttiu tumc wAVrmitnbcr
interval.
This rtscarch has been coniudtii at the Faculty of Chemistry of TU Brno as part of the
research projett "Ab Inilio Chemical Calculations of Molecular Properties with an Inclusion
of Electron Comlation" and has been supported by TU grant No. 330/0081/95
111
WORKSHOP 06 CHEMISTRY
COMPUTATIONAL MODELING
OF CHEMICAL REACTIONS
IN A METAL-Si SYSTEM
WITH PHASE CHANGE
H, Ocritf, P. Pflkryl*, V. C l i n V *
where C is the concentration in mol/m 3 , DM, An arc the diffusion coefficients of metal in
Si and Si In metal, resp., the subscripts M, Si denote metal and silicon, rcsp,, <7M• <7si arc
determined by the amount of the minority Atoms available at the particular point x.
The time development of the concentration of a silicidc can be then schematically
described by
2 % ^ = 2fCB, (2)
where w denotes the minority clement at a given place, to = M or Si, C'u is the concentration
of the minority atoms, qv is also related to the minority atoms, and z is cither t or y, I.e.,
the number of metal or Si atoms in the silicidc, whichever of these is the minority clement.
The type of reaction which actually runs in a M-Si system depends on temperature
primarily. Therefore, tlie diffusion equations (1) have to be solved together with the heat
conduction equation. For a simplified case of a laser irradiated system with chemical reac-
tions the heat conduction equation reads
145
WORKSHOP 00 CHEMISTRY
wlicro p lit llio density, c ttio specific heat, K tho thermal conductivity, 8 the heat-source
term originating from the absorption of the Inner energy (SMJ [3], fur example), A / / is the
reaction liuftt (In J/mol and negative for tho formation of ullieldcti).
llimlcully, we have |>cet> working in tlic eoliiUUtc conditions, until now, In genera!, A
chemically reacting system enn undergo phiuo clmnges, too, Alno here, wo nolvo n coupled
licAt and mass transfer problem, naturally with different i/mtorial parameters, and with A
moving boundary between tlic solid and the liquid plumes wliicli enn change their compo-
sition duo to the diffusion effects; thus, it kinetic plume diagram is necessary to solve this
problem, Since the segregation coefficients generally Increase fnst with the velocity of the
phase change process, wo enn simplify the phase change problem mid nmmw Hint thero U no
concentration Jump At the phase interfaces. CoiiBeqiiently, it I) sulflciciit only to forrnulnte
the bnlnncc of internal energy on the interface,
In the corriputationnl experiments, wo simulated the chemical reactions in a Ni-Si system
induced by XcCI excimer laser (308 ntn, 28 m FW11M pulse length), with Hie Initial thickness
of tlie Ni layer A € [200nm, 5/IJD), the Si bulk tliickiiea.i i ) a 8 /nn, and the energy density
of the laser pulse E e [0,8 Jem" 1 , 1.5 Jem"'].
First, wo tested the numerical accuracy and stability of our algorithm, We varied the
length of finite elements In the particular plumes atid iiiAteriftls and th« maximum allowable
time step, wo also tested tho influence of the numerical pnrnmctorn of the Iteration procedure,
namely the relaxation factor and the user tolerance.
In Ihu nocoud purl of our calculations we aimulatcd the influence of energy density I!
of the lancr pulse for A' e [0.8 Jem" 3 , 1.6 Jcrn" 3 ], which are the values above the melting
threshold of tlic system. We Iwvc chasm A => !0) run and H = 8/ini M the values of the
Initial thicknesses of the Nl and Si layers, I'innlly, we studied the influence of thn initial
thickness A of the Ni layer for A e (200nm, 5/»n| with E => 1.0 Jem" 1 .
Laser synthesis of silicidc* has not been experimentally mventigatcd frequently in the
past, first papers appeared just recently [4,5]. Therefore, we did not have innny opportunities
to compare our results with the real experiments. However, we note that our computational
results qualitatively Agree quite well with the preliminary experimental results of [4]; for In-
stance, the whole 600 nm layer of Ni has fully reacted after otic laser pulse in our calculations
as well as in tho experiments.
References:
[1] SCIIMALZIUED, II: Solid State Reactions, 2nd fvdition, Vcrlxg G'hcmic, VVcinlieirn
1981.
[2] von KANEL, II.: Growth and Charaeitriialion of Epitaxial Ni and Co Silicidee, Mat.
Sci. Hep. 8,193(1990).
[3] CERNY, it. - PfUKRYL, P.: A Computational Model of Laser-Induced Milling and
Solidification with Density Change, Comput. I'liys. Commun, 73, 179 (1092).
[\] CERNY, II. - PRIKRYL, P. ct al.: Kinetics of M Silicidet Synthetis with Excimtr
Laser I'ultet Studied by TIM, Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. l'roc. 320, 415 (1994).
(5J COMRIE, C. M. - HOFFMAN, V.: Lestr-lndntd Epitaiial CoSij Formation, UtX.
Res. SOC. Symp. Pro*. 320, 421 (1994).
Thin research ha* been conducted at Iht Department of Physics of the Faculty of Civil
Engineering and at The Academy of Sciences of the Czech Republic, and has been supported
b]/ the grant of the Grant Agency of the Czech Republic No. S0S/93/S383.
146
WORKSHOP 1)0 G'HKMIHTItV
PROPERTIES AND
RADIATION INFLUENCE OF
NiO-Bi,O, MIXED CATALYSTS
V. Mdfkn, M. I'ospfgll, II. Sllbcr
'I'M* contribution describes some rewilts of systematic research of the selected two-
component mixed oxides from the point of view of physico-chemical nnd catalytic properties
and their influencing by ionizing radiation. Attention iian been devoted in last three years
to the systems containing DijO.i oxide in interaction with CuO or NiO oxides. Tlic chemical
reactivity tested by hydrogen reduction of both above mentioned scries of catalysts i.e.
CuO-HijO) and NiO-USjOj mixed systems wan investigated and the results obtained in
1993-1094 have been presented and published earlier [I, 2|. A morn detail study concerning
the catalytic behaviour of CuO-HijOa mixed system was performed in last year (3) no that In
1095 our (!(fbrt waa concent rated on the investigation of NiO-UljOa catalysts and radiation
Influencing of their catalytic activity.
Fifteen samples of various composition containing 0-10(1 wt.% of onr, component were
prepared by calcination (3 h at C00°C) of simultaneously precipitated (10°C), washed and
dried (1GO°C) carbonates of both metals, The basic carbonates were obtained from starting
nitrate notations (1 M) using the solution of sodium carbonate (2M). Prior to use, part of
each sample was irradiated in air or in water, with ""Co gnmma rays using a dose of 1 MGy.
Some irradiated and original samples were, prior their use, heat treated in air for 5-120 min-
utes at different temperatures in the range of G0-200°C, The catalytic activity of all samples
WBJI tested by the decomposition of the aqueous solution of hydrogen peroxide (1.2 M) at
different temperatures from 25 to 10"C. The samples irradiated in water suspension were
prior to testing filtered and dried at <10°C for 36 hours.
The prepared catalysts were found to be composed of cubic nickel oxide and three major
phases of bismuth trioxidc. The specific surface areas of the samples containing 0-20 wt.% of
BijOj oxide altered from 7.6 to 16.7ma.g~' and were found to be generally much lower (from
1.1 to 2.6 m'.g"') at higher concentration of BijOa oxide. The surface oxidativc abilities, ex-
pressed as the surface concentration of thn O~3 ions, reached a pronounced maximum when
the content was about 1:1 of both oxides, The maximum ntayed unchanged after 5 months
of sample storage in air, however after 25 mon'^s the storage led to a dramatic decrease
in these values. This showes that a new equilibrium was attained between the catalyst
and atmospheric oxygen during this period. As compared with earlier studied CuO-HijOa
catalysts the NiO-UijO3 system seems to be less stable. This difference may be connected
with the higher affinity of the NiO oxide to oxygen. The different affinities of the NiO and
CuO oxides to oxygen lead also to different irradiation sensitivities in both systems, The
enhancement of the surface oxidativc abilities after irradiation was observed just in the case
of the NiO-liijOj system. Probably a new oxygen equilibrium with dominanting ionic forms
147
WORKSHOP 00 CHEMISTRY
of oxygen (O~,O 1 ~,Oj") w u attained during Ifradltlcn. Uccama the snrnc radiation elects
were observed After Irradiation of tlio samples in air M well as In water A direct Interaction
of the Irradiation with the surface of the catalysts can be presume! here, The mutual in-
fluence of both oxides In [Link] system studied resulted In a non-monotonous dependence of
the catalytic activity ofl the composition of tfifl samples, Tlii* i n f l i i " ^ remained fjtmlita-
lively unchanged after Irradiation of tlic samples unlike tin; Cu-DhOj catalyats although
its Intensity decreased after irradiation, Because the decrease in activity wan higher with
the aamplca irradiated In water, an Indirect influence of irradiation (caused by radiolytic
products of water) can bo Msumcd in this caw, The decrease In catalytic activities, ac-
companied by the rise in surface oxidativc abilities after irradiation of the sampica allowed,
tiiat the activity of the system studied did not accrn to bo connected unainblgously with its
surface oxldatlvo ability. Tlic stability of the negative radiation catalytic effect wag found
to be lower with tho samples containing an excess of NIO oxide compared to that of samples
with an equal ratio of both components, Tlic higher stability of the radiation effect in this
second caac may be caused by tlic stabilization of radiation defects on the Intcrphaac areas
which reache the highest valuca In the samples from the central compositional range of the
scries. The feature of the catalytic sites acting in both cases seemed to be the aame because
they gave the same value for the apparent activation energy of the t"at reaction,
The fact that the annealing of radiation effects proceeded at low temperatures supported
tho idea that the irradiation of the catalysts leads to a creation of charge defects in the
oxides (free clcctrona and holes). The catalytic sites of the test reaction may be therefore
connected with charge defects stabilized on the surface of the catalysts, The S-shapc of the
kinetic curves suggested that the annealing processes may proceed as the autocatalytte ones.
Perhaps any annealed defect destabilizes the charge equilibrium established after irradiation
and, in this way, any further step of the annealing process may proceed more easily. This
may be one reason why the slow first phase of annealing was followed by a dramatic rise In
the rate of annealing and then finally by a slow third phase, This last phase was due to a
low concentration of the defects in the treated material.
References:
[lj MOCKA, V, - POSPlSlL, M. - SILDER, R.: Radiation Influencing of Catalytic Activ-
ity and Reactivity of Two-component Mixed Oxides CTU Seminar 94, Part A, Sec. 2,
pp. C9-70, CTU Prague, 1994.
[2] POSPlSlL, M.: Physico-chemical Properties of CuO-BijOj Mixed Oxides and Modifi-
cation of their Hydrogen Reduction Reactivity by Ionizing Radiation J. Therm. Anal.
44 (1995), 133-146.
[3] MOCKA, V, - POSPlSlL, M. - SILDER, R.: Radiation Influence of Catalytic Prop-
trtits of CvO-DiiCh Mixed Oxides Workshop 95, Part I, Sect. 3, pp. 127-128, CTU
Prague, 1995.
This rtstarch has betn conducted at the Department of Nucltar Chtmislry at part of
the mtanh project "Study of the Catalytic Properties of Selected Two-component Oxide
Catalysis and their Influencing by loniting Radiation" and has been supported by CTU
grant No. 100J8S1L
143
WORKSHOP 00 CHEMISTRY
DECARBONIZATION
OF ELECTROLYTES FROM
ALKALINE ACCUMULATORS
M. PcknF, M. Cenek*
149
WORKSHOP SO C11EM1STUY
tlmt under such conditions standard catislifkfttio/l dots nut probably work, {fallibility of
calcium hydroxide in ilia concentrated hydroxide solutions Is too low to obtnin Hulllcicnt
concentration of calcium IOIIK in the solution, which is ncccmnry for precipitation of calcium
carbonate from ilia solution.
Wo tested llic poanSbilily of llic "heterogeneous" Cfltistifitfilrrcrii i,c, rniHlitkM'mii on-
cutting on Die surface of solid calcium liydrtwidr, Tlio key prolili'iti scrinnl to be very fine,
maybe colloid, dispcr^Atiou of calcium hydroxide in the electrolyte, Various methods of
dfapcrgfltion were unctl and kinetics and equilibrium of heterogeneous cauntificJitioii were
measured,
Finally, feasibility of precipitation of c/irbonntcs from concentrated hydroxide, solutions
was checked,
Thi» rtuarch hat been conducted at the Faculty of ChcmMry and Vacuity of tike-
trolechnfeal Engineering, TV ttrno at part of the rttenrch project "Regeneration of cltttnical
compotitton of electrolytes from alkaline accumulator*" and hat been nupporliil by TV grant
No. l'VGH00TJ/95.
150
SENSITIVE LAYERS FOR DETECTION
OF ORGANIC AMINES AND
HALOTHANE IN GASEOUS PHASE
S, DrodikA, II. Sopkrt, I, MMifl, V, Pnpel*
CTU, rW. of Nucl. M. U t'hys. *'<*« l>epl. e>f 8oli«l State Knglfieerlng
Trojshovi I I , 120 00 I'rafiA 2
'Academy of Sciences of the Ciccli l(rf»(it>lic, [Link] Institute of Physical t'hcmlsiiy
Dolejskova 3, 182 21 I'rahs 8
The vapor substance adsorption on conducting (Kil/mrf laym Is Intcrpstlng ttotli from
giw n*-fi«Kif frr^fil ftf v|p* »m! fot nlmlyiiig of »<l«)fptlo<, pfocntw*, whkh wpfe ttinwurd
on tticUt* mul Kttileun<liic(of<i (I), Tim fundament*! prublcm h physicn! ami
adsorpdoti of organic vapors on polymer Inycts.
Thnw Itilrtwllon!! ute tmntly Vrty wrals, llinm fan )xt titf/uiitrtl vrty exactly by « r | M
hd 4 k t i d i l ii l
Oti<? of (he method often used for surfwc sdsofptlcmdesotptlon process studying Is
work function nx'Murlng liy Krlvin rncthml. Altliough Intcrulion of organic vapors with
tondiicting polymers h/w often l>«n itudiril in detail, the unaffiWg'Joii* effctl of conducting
polymer oxldatlve »•• ,\e on this pro<pn h « not Lrcn proved. With respect to thit fact
(omtucting polymrf unliUtlve utale and tonductivity ran l>« changed In a Urge range [l\.
We focnwil on polymer Jayef adwrplion projwrty (rwarch.
t'wpjrUmin* »»f>o< a^wtptinn I M ofjwtvefl «n thin rnnducting polymer film* in ile-
their oxidttive »t*te.
TKe wtsotption vrM tnrMuml on th« Kttvin viol* (wiwiltrtA wotk [vinclion cl\Mge)
and using the qttaitt tryslnl mlcrobalance. The example of potypyrrol detrmnslrated that
adsorption proprtties of conducting polymrr film* are dependent on their redo* itate. The
propylarnine afinlly l» highest tm polypyrrofe onidiied form. Adsorption depends on its
pr» tolylieal reaction, con»ef|tiently In dry medium the adw)fplion is negligible. On rcver*
•ton physical adsorption propylamine behaves M an arcrptof of electrons. Reduction of
pyrml polymer layer enable* tft achieve erm Invtirirtn of the change work function during
etposutp, which Indicates the change of it* d«nor-acteptor pt»perties toward propylamine.
It was proved that adsorption p^perlies of (onducling polymer films ean be Affected by
electrochemkal polatiiaticii.
The advantage of Kelt in probe mraaiiremrnl cunsiil* of limultaneotis Information about
tensing layef behaviour in the g*» sensors wtifking on [Link] bale |3).
further was tested a possibility of tensitite polymer layer deposition on transistor gate
by the method of t*.*ef Induced chemical vapour depoiilioa |1). Frotn voltage-current tran-
sutor charac^stici measurrmrat before and after depmition (polypyridine was use In this
experiment) it Is evidenl that IhU method! U,l>e»!d«s a«ual eletlrocKemical drpwitlon, an
e'??raiShr « r d sresiJhe lajrr tfe^jsiika oa tix ttsmhtor ga'&
151
WORKSHOP Wi (JI1BMI3TUY
lletetenceal
(1) MOIlltlSON, S. ll,i Tin ChtmUat I'hyMct of Surftttu, I'foiimi I'twrn, New Yotk (1090)
|2) TOl'AHT, P. - JOSOWlC'/, M,i C/innicfrrWinii i>/(/ie fattrttlio* (Mwetn Cot^f-
fttle and Altthanol Vapor, J, l'liya< Clu'iu, 00, 7821 (1!)!)2)
[3] JO8OWICZ, M, -JANATA, J.i Clitmicnl Senior Trcltnolagy, Vol. I, \'A,
Klncvlcf, AffiAtcnUui, 15.1 (1988)
(<J UIHIANOVA, M. * VI'fMK, J. - HAST/,, 'A - l/HIK, K,; /,««r /«f/tf«
Vapour Ihpoallinn of /'o^yf/r/lne f f a , J, Muter. C'licni,, fi, 8(9 (l«!),'»)
T/ifa ttmtrth hai ittn contltirlnl nl Iht Dtpurlmtnt of (itillil Stale lititjiiirtrtttt) tin part
of tht rettanh projtd 'SeniiUoe \,a\)tn for thttttion of Vapourt of Organic Amlnn and
llalolhnne (with Attt/tance GHHSIFtiT Sttuan)* mul Imn bttn tuppotttH by C'TU grant
No,
152
M ( W K M I i f f l t V
X
CH 3
Fig. li General utriicture of 2-X-4-CH]-(>-morplioliiiomcthylphenots
where X o Cllj, OCII), Cl, Hr, NO], and COOII group. The a^td-biuc proper lie* of the
prepared compounds were evaluated by potrntiometrie titMtion. The determined |>K| Add
pK] values Wcic plotted Against pK« values of related 2-X-snlistituleJ phenols. Tlie result
is a poor correlation of both pK values, on the other hand the very good correlation « u
153
WORKSHOP 00 CiiEMM'itY
obtained for pt value* of all pi standard!! with tlic empirical equation pt a (pK/i-X-jilienol
•V 0.3 + 0.9)/2 , The term 0,31* * wftettloti of pK, value* for 4-CHj gioup t>[2<X-p)ieii(>l9
And the second term 0,9 In A pK, vnluc of parent 2-inorpholinomethylphcttol,
0,0
Finally wo have correlated pi values against Hammett an constant* (t|. A very good fit
wu obtained ( r « 0.993, » « 0,101, n •=• 5 ) and the resulting equation pi a 8.937 • 2.510<rm
enable* to predict a detailed structure of pi standard* with the desired 1IT properties,
i.e. with the demanded pi values. The study of further series of 2-X-t-CI, 2-X-4NO», and
2NOj-tX-«ubit!tiitr<l (i-morpliolinomcthylplicnol based pi standard* h in progrcs*.
Hefercncci!
(1] SLAIS, K, ' FHIEDL, 'L% Low-Motecular Standards for ttotltclrie Focuiing. Czech
Patent Application 141-93 (1993).
12) SI-AIS, K. - FRIEDL, Z.: Low-Motuular-Man pi Markers for hotlictrie Foetuing.
J. Chromatogr. A C01, 219 (1901).
[1] SLA IS, K. - FHIEDL,'/,: Ampholitic Dyes for Sptctroacopie Determination of pit in
RectrofocvJing. J. Chromatogr. A 695, 113 (1093).
[i] EXNER, O.i Correlation Analyst* of Chemical Data. Plenum Press, New York 19S8.
77ti* rtitorch has been conducted at the Faculty of Chemistry, Technical University
Brno, Institute of Environmental Chemistry and Technology a* pttrt of the rettarch project
Structure Optimhation of Coloured Standards for Isoctttlric Focusing and has bun sup-
ported by VUT grant No.0011.
WOtlKSllOPOO CHEMISTRY
THERMAL DECOMPOSITION
OF ORGANIC SUBSTANCES
f,, A«lnrncc, M. Hnrtlov/i, O. Coiifol, J. Teplf*
The application of thermal plasma in chemical technologies involves the high temper-
ature decomposition of ecologically harmful nnd toxic organic substances. The core of the
technologies using pliuina processing is heating the carrier gas In Arc heater (plasmatron)
and to mix it with the substance to bo decomposed. The energy transferred by the carrier
gas to the aubstancc Is consumed for its decomposition. To Investigate such process the ex-
perimental equipment conslotl/i^ of the plasmalro/i, tlie chemical reactor and the scrubber
wan built up And described In [I),
Toluene an a model toxic sulutanrc wa* addird In the form of vapour (at the boiling
temperature of loluen) at the beginning of the reactor. Samples of the gas pliano for the
diTotnatographic analyali were taken «t the end of tlic reactor. Thirteen cxpcriinctila with
argon and toluene are evaluated in Tab. 1. Toluene amount « In a medium flowing through
tlic reactor is given by
100(7,./
where O U the flow-rate of the carrier gas and C,,i Is toluene (low-rate. The used method
of sample analysis led to Identification of benzene, toluene, and other alkylbcnzcnes. The
mass of toluene In the sample to be analysed Is m. The mass of toluene added to the reactor
that corresponds to the volume of analysed tamplc Is denoted by m". The efficiency of the
toluene decomposition is characterized by
lOOtm* - m)
m*
Other followed quantltie* arc: the mass of benzene in the (ample volume, the benzeiie/to-
luenc rnaas ratio r, the m u i of other alkylbcnzenes and the electric energy W consumed for
decomposition of 1 kg toluene
where UI is the power supply of plasmatron, The energy necciuary for healing of toluene
to the boiling point and Its evaporation Is not Included in the value of W because it Is
negligible.
155
WORKSHOP 1)0 CHEMISTRY
The results of llic experiments are given In Tub. 1. Efficiency d of the toluene clccom-
position Increases wllli the: incrcMlng reactor entry temperature T, from 70.10% to 99,09 %
In tlii neighbourhood of 2400 K. For T, >2<100 K d decreases with Incnvwinf, '/„ This effect
can be due to rccornMrifltim? rmrthn* )n p)**-** M>M Urn reactor, 'l'lio main new aro-
matic <ompo<md produced In bensierie, 1U IDM* In the sample depends on T,, From the
oilier aromatic hydrocarbons only xylencs (and clliyll/cnzciic) were found, IIOWUVM, their
JJIMS WM very low (utmost by two order* of magnitude lower than the mass of benzene,
For T, >2300 K this m u i i> below the detection limit with an exception for the highest
temperature vntuu 2035 K.
Tim toluene amount s In the medium wa* approximately 1,1 % at the above-mentioned
experiments 1 - IX, The small (lifferendcs In » have no effect on the expetUncnlni rcniilti,
B.g, «t * « 2,80 - 2.88 % (lie efficiency of toluene dccompusltlon d Is the mine (coinjmre
cxpcriinenti X - XI! in Tnb. 1, lint at » value 9,05 % d is lower (see experiment XIII In
TAII, 1), Kricrgy consumed for total decomposition of 1 kg toluene (IV) Is dependent on
temperature T, and on > (Tab, 1), Our value* of W are coui|>arnblc with those published
by HAD [2],
Tab, ii
No, VI » T, d r W
a1
[W]
( M7U
for
10.72
] \%]
LOG
IKI
1082
\%]
79,10 o.;io
[kWhkg-'l
60,1
II 18193 10.00 .07 1791 89.10 0.48 02.6
((( 1 7 ^ 1 10.S7 M im 0114 2.29 48.0
IV IBWi 10,87 M 1977 f)7,fiO 4Ai 47.4
V 201G3 10,84 .15 2120 98.84 4.84 48.0
VI 20C07 10.93 1.14 23^2 99,99 90,00 4G.2
VII 22 619 10.92 1.14 2529 99.90 C.C7 50.1
VIII 24160 10.91 1.14 2727 99.82 1.20 53.0
IX 2S210 10.90 .01 2935 99.C8 0.35 68.6
X 25345 10.71 I2.80 2514 99.91 5.25 23,0
XI 25532 10.71 :2.88 2518 99.93 3.50 23.2
XII 2G723 10.71 '2.88 25C0 99.93 2.92 23.4
XIII 27701 10,73 ).O5 2CCI 00.51 1.34 7/J
References:
(1) OIlKGOri, J. - JAKUHOVA, I. - KADLEC, P. - SENK, J.: Eiperimenlat tquipmtnt
for chemical application of thtrmnl plnama. Proceeding* of this workshop,
[2) IIAN, Q. Y. - ZHUANO, Q, - TOHMANEN, W. - HEDEKLEtN, J. - PFENDEK, E.J
The deilruetion of Morinattd hydrocarbon wa$let in a counter-flow pla/ma rtatlor.
11th International Symposium on P l u m * Chrmiitry, Loughborough, U.K., August
1993, Proceedings, Ed. Harry, J., p. 7.58-763.
This rtftanh hat been conducted at the Department cf Special Electrical Engineering
and Quality, FEECSTU Brno as a part of the rtitarth project "Unconventional Application
of Low-Tcmpcmlun Plasma in the Chemistry and Chemical Technotogiti* and has been
supported by TV Dno grant No. FU650069.
156
WottKSIlOl' 00 CHEMISTRY
DIELECTRIC RELAXATION
SPECTROSCOPY
OF POLYSACCtf ARIDES
K. Mcdcrrriflrin, L. Lnpc'lk, Jr.*, 3 . llavlfcck**, L, CJnneln
Key word*) dielectric relaxation, low frequency spectra, polysaccharides, liyaliironic Acid
I'olysaccharide based materials arc widely used In medicine nnd biology as pill coatings.
Their main potential advantage in their ability to release active components of the drug
from the pill Into the ambient organism gradually, In a controllable manner, thus allowing
more efficient drug action in orgiuiSsm. Physico-chemical and physiological properties of
polysaceharldes are strongly dctermine<l by their nidc group*, wliicli arc attached to the
main chain. Tlicsc groups arc mostly of polar character and therefore their molecular
dynamic! can bo followed by means of dielectric relaxation ipcctroscopy (DRS), either In
the time domain (discharge current measurement), or in the frequency domain (complex
pcrimittivity measurement),
For measurements, the apparatus for the Time-domain DItS jointly developed by Fac-
ulty of Electrical Engineering and Informatics and by Faculty of Chemistry of Technical
University of Hrno waa used. The apparatus consists of programmable Kcithlcy C17 elec-
trometer, stabilized D.C.-powcr supply, relay control circuitry and personal computer. At
present the measurement of the discharge current starts at the time of 1 s after the begin-
ning of discharging. However, the measurements at shorter time intervals of about 5/is, arc
planned. This would allow to cover the frequency range up to 200klIz. Measured samples
were of the circular or of the rectangular shape with graphite electrodes about the size
of 12 x 20 mm panted onto their surfaces. Samples were fixed in the sample holder and
placed into the thermostatic chamber. Due to the hygroscopic nature of the samples the
measurements were sensitive to the humidity of the surrounding atmosphere; therefore the
measuring chamber wan provided with ft simple arrangement allowing to keep thn humidity
on a constant value of 43% and temperature at 29GK.
Prior to charging, sample* were kept shortclrcuitcd for at least 12 hours in order to
remove any stray charges. Measurements were fully automated and computer controlled.
Every data point was taken twice: first the discharge current was measured in the aiitorangc
regimes, afterwardt the measuring range waa twitched over appropriately. Discharging pe-
riod was usually set to be one third of the charging time. The values of time and discharge
current were stored in a data file for further analysis.
Five different polymers suitable for application u a biodegradable coatings were stud-
ied. Namely, hyaluronic acid exctracted from rooster combs in a form of sodium salt
157
WORKSHOP DC CIIKMISTIIY
(Sigma), cliomlroltin sulphate C exctractcd from iliiftk cartilage, approx. !)0% (Sigma),
hydroxyethylcellulosd Natrosol 11 (Hercules), hydroxypropylcellnlose Klurcl \, (Hercules)
and poiyftthylcnc oxide) I'olyox WSlt - 303 (Union Carbide),
Typical distliafge-time dependencies a( Kltirel h mmr/lr* nri" thnwn hi ) % , I, '>')«
changes In llio sliapo of (lin dependencies are attributed to Did Amie/illug of the polymer
film during lU storage at 43% humidity atmosphere And It* thcnrml atrnin irnlii«:<l l;y tlin
pfcvloim mtvuiifcmmits. Tlic latter llicrinnl »lrnlii h cnu«cvl l>y the trnnsport of rclntlvrly
lilgli currcnla through the aninplcs during the experiments, fjlrnilnr cfTuctt* wefu ol^crved
nlio during our previous attidics [I]. Fig. 2 shows a typical frequency dependence of the
Imnginary part of complex permittivity t"(w) of |jydroxyctliy][Link], All wmiplwi exhibit
a steady dccrcMc of c"(ui) toWArda IncrcMing Ite^unncy. The dnt/i enn be natiafactorily fitted
with a turn of one AC conductivity component (c"(u) = /1w"n) nnd one llnvnlUk-Negaini
rnlaxntlon proccm (t"(w) =» At(l + (/«()'')"'')> '" l'i« c«"e of hyclroxycthylcrlluloAn the opti-
mixed parameters calculated for thin simple model [I] HK At => 0,3015, » n 0.<t7:i'J, (I a
1.138,r = 1.078 x 104a, /ti a 1.078 x irr M , «i a [Link]-l x 10"3, Ohmrrvwl re»iilt« of
the relaxation measurements of the original rion -modified tiwil>k'n nm liit'd n* a reference
data for our novel composite matrices prepared in our laboratory from the above-mentioned
polymer* by the low temperature planrim induced radical polymerization.
f • firiC MtttwtHM
•7,2J
•7,5
[Link]
•7.75
•10
Fig, 1; Time dependencies of discharge cur- Fig. 2; Frequency dependence of the imag-
rents of Klucel L samples repeated after dif- inary permittivity of hydroxyctliylcellulose
ferent time periods Nairobi H.
References:
[1| MARIANIOVA, D. - UPfilK, Jr., L: Electrical Conductivity Mtniunmtnti of
Hynluronic Add and Colkijm Colloid Polymer ScL, 271, pp. 113 - H7 (1993)
[2] LIEDKHMANN, K. - LAPClK, Jr., I.: Die/criric RtkiaHon Spectroscope of ['olytae-
charidet Chcm. Papers, (19%), in press
This rutanh has been conducted at the Department of I'hysies of Faculty of Electrical
Engineering and Informatics and Faculty of Chemulry of TU llrno as part of the research
project "Dielectric Relaxation Spectroscope of Polysaccharidet" and hat been supported by
TU in Brno with tht grant No. FU J50063/95.
158
WORKSHOP 00 CHEMISTRY
CTU, Fae. of Nucl. Scl. k I'hys. Eiig., Dept. of Dosimelry & Appl. of Ionizing Had.
UWiovA7,116 10 1'ralial
Key wordu XHF Analysis, stilpfiur In coal, ash in coal, matrix effect
Tlio X-ray fluorescence Analysis /XIU''A/ is one of the most frequent spectral radiochc-
mical methods, Its advantages are a relatively low cost of the equipment, simple preparation
of the snrnplcs, and vnr'icly of clement* the concentrations of which arc measurable.
Coal is considered to be a two component mixture of coal substances And aali. Ash
consists almost entirely of the decomposed residues of silicates, carbonates, sulphides and
other minerals. At least 09 % of the chemical composition can usually be expressed in terms
of the same oxides found in other crustal rocks. The composition of minerals Is a useful
guide to the toh content of the coal.
Sulphur IIAA been identified AS A potential source of atmospheric pollution. Measurement
of the sulphur content of coal has become of increasing concern. The possibility of measuring
the 2,308 keV S Ko - X Ray lias been discused by several authors [1] ami till now It is the
problem to use so low energy In industrial conditions. It was demonstrated tliat, for British
coals, some of these problem* can be overcome by cxploating the correlation between sulphur
and iron In the coat and measuring the Fc Ka X Ray, C,<103kcV.
The philosophy was, that the concentration of organic sulphur which is chemically
combined within the coal substances is reasonably invariant for a known coal type from
particular geographical area. Since, in IJritith coals, sulphate sulphur is normally presented
only in vciy low concentrations, variations in sulphur content .vhich do occur arc principally
due to variations in the pyritic sulphur (2). This method cannot be used In the conditions
of the Czech Republic. The concentration of the nonpyritic sulphur is higher and pyrit is
not the main source of iron in the coal in many areas,
The technique of radiosotope X ray backscattcr for the measurement of total ash content
includes compensation to reduce influence of matrix effect. The matrix effect is caused by
variations in the ash composition and decreases the precision of the analytical results. The
backscattcrcd X ray intensity decreases inversely with increasing ash content in the coal.
From variety of methods for matrix effect correction, the method of empirical coefficients
was chosen. This method is based on obtaining equation the coefficients of which arc
determined {rom measurement of standard samples where the concentration of investigated
elements arc [Link] these equations the concentrations of investigated elements may
be calculated even for the unknown samples.
The total ash content /Ij was computed using the following regression equation:
Ad = 00+ Z-Oej-Tflii+IT*
ft 'B IB
159
WORKSHOP 00 CHEMISTRY
The total sulphur content C(H) vtnn tnmptiled iidln^ the following; regresfili/ii
rrvai urn t)jc coefficients, In is the Intensity of bnckscatlcred rndinlion, /( I* Urn intensity
of characteristic radiation from tlic itli clement
One purpose XIII' analysers with proportional or Hi (LI) detector controlled by micro-
computer were developed \\\ and arc modernized now.
Fig. 1 illintrntes the conl spectrmn by the Ye cxcltdtlon natircn. Tlic obtained results
nrc prcnentcd in Tnb. I.
detector d'^iMion
%
nali cont. At proporti 1.0
C - 10 %
C(S) proport. 0.3
OA • 5 %
References:
(1| TIIORNE, L. - MCCOHMICK, G. - DOWNING, 11. - IMUCE, ».: Fuel C2 (1983)
1053
|2] PAGE, D. - PIGGINS, T.J Dttielopmtnl of an X-ray fluorescence method for on-line
determination of aulpliur in coal, Int. J. Appl. iladUt. (sot. 3G (1080) 1
|3J CLAYTON, C, C. - COLEMAN, C. K.s Currtni devtlopmenlt and applications of
nuclear techniques in the coal industry, In: Gamma X-tlay and Neutron Techniques for
the Coal Industry, I ABA 198G
|4) SIMON, L. - C E C I I A K , T, - [Link], J. - KOC, L: Rudy 36 (1988) 210
ICQ
Section 4
ENGINEERING INFORMATICS
AND CYBERNETICS
NEXT PAGE(S)
left BLANK
ENaiNEBItlNa lNFOltMATjC3 fcOYDERNCTOS
Key words! genetic algorithm!), discrete optimisation, state space search, artificial intelli-
gence, planning
The Urgf t of. the project on genetic algorithms ( 0 A) him been ft study &tid experimental
investigation of QA's pcrfortnancc in a range of optimization tanks, The main interest
concerns the behaviour of GA in discrete combinatorial optimisations. These tanks have not
been researched and tented in a sufficient and satisfactory extent anywhere in the world,
GAa nre search algorithms baaed on principles of natural selection and genetics. They
are probabilistic algorithms which maintain a population of candidate solutions (individu-
als). Tim individuals are reproduced in accordance to tlicir fitness values (objective (unction,
goodness) and they undergo crossover and mutation operations (recombination) Each in-
dividual lias its fitness value which is value of the function according to which we want to
optimize, For OA purposes, each individual is represented by a string of symbols from a
finite alphabet,
A simple GA is composed of three operators • reproduction, crossover and mutation.
GAs work with population of individuals and by reproduction, crossover and mutation of
individuals create a new, hopefully better, population.
Reproduction is a process in which individuals arc selected to bo crossed later. Individ-
uals are selected according to their fitneai values in the way that strings with a higher value
have a higher probability of contributing one or more offspring in the next generation. The
ways of doing this step form different selection strategics that arc often modified by different
scaling mechanisms. Devising a good selection strategy can prevent the worst problem of
GA • the premature convergence when the search process gets stuck in a local optimum due
to the lack of diversity in the population.
Next, pairs of selected individuals undergo crossover operation yielding new individuals.
The mutation operator plays a secondary role in GAs. This way, a new set of individuals
is generated. These new individuals must replace some selected individuals in the old
generation. The rules for this selection form the replacement strategy.
Currently, many publications and articles describing experimental results for combina-
torial optimization tasks are available. However, information is very restricted. Repeating
some of the published experiments, it has been even discovered that some of the results arc
cither wrong or the published details arc insufficient. Generally, GA represent a large set of
algorithms that can differ in many internal steps strongly influencing the global behaviour.
These are namely the probabilistic parameters, scaling mechanisms, selection procedures,
and replacement strategics.
163
WORKSHOP % ENG1NMHIWI INFORMATICS h CYBERNETICS
Thus, tlio primary target of our endeavour !<i lite year 1995 wiw (besides 0/ further
theoretical follow-up research) to device an experimental tool for testing different OA mod-
ification!! and their influence on behaviour in a collection of typical discrete tasks, This
tool will enable to inako a sufficient number of experiment* with these tanks. The tool tins
been designed M open M posniUc to fulfil! many of the tank* mculloiwtl *boyn »ml lie easily
modifinblc for future eiih/iriccnionls.
The tool (or GA shell) enables to choose a suitable problem representation from a
wide act of predefined ones, It considers different genetic operators for the representation
chosen; it provides different selection And replacement strategics and selling functions; it
even enables the user to define Interactively ttic objective function. The shell Is equipped by
a graphical output window that lets tho experimenter follow the development of tho search
In terms of population's best individual, Average, and dispersion.
The Implementation of such a tool Is not an easy problem. It has been implemented
in Borland C++ under the MS-Windows environment. Currently, entire object hierarchy
lias been designed and tho skeleton of the entire Application lias been implemented, The
functional optimization part of the application is already operational, together with the
ability to accept sufficiently complex objective functions given through analytic formulae.
In a final phase of development is the module for the traveling salesman problem,
The outputs of the shell are twofold; graphical and log files. The graphical interface
given the user information on current important values bf the running experiment both in
numeric form and as a plo(, The log flics contain configuration parameters of the experiment,
most important values of the search process And ft third file contains data that cm bo later
UBcd M an Input control file for the well-known program GNU PLOT.
Results of the project:
1. The set of experiments for practically interesting' problems for future investigation
using an experimental tool has been worked out.
2. Based on the results of the former step, a very detailed Analysis of the requirements
for the experimental tool has been elaborated and the requirements specification has
been written. Tho shell has been partially implemented.
3. An informal cooperation with the University of Buckingham (UK) where the GAs arc
being studied has been established.
4. The grant-holder was invited to present a tutorial on GA at the Univcrsidadc Federal
do Espirito Santo, Vitoria ES, Drasil.
5. The project results have been published In the referenced contributions that were
presented on international conferences.
References:
[1| MAftlK, V. - LA2ANSKY, J,: AI for Manufacturing: Some practical experience.
Camarinha-Matos L.M., Afsarmancsh II. (Eds.): Balaccd Automation Systems, Proc.
of the IEEE/ECLA/IF1P conf. BASYS'95, Chapman it Hall, 1995, pp. 151-158
[2] LA2ANSKY, J.: Genttic Algorithms and Discrete Optimization. Proc. of BASYS'95
accompanying seminar "Discrete Optimization Techniques and their Applications in
Industry", Univ. Federal do Espfrito Santo, Vit6ria, ES, Brasil, 1995, pp. 12-25
This research has teen conducted at the Department of Control Engineering as a part of the
research project "Genetic Algorithms" andhas been supported by CTUgrant No. 10038189.
164
WORKSHOP 00 ENGINEERING INFORMATICS k CYBERNETICS
Introduction. Neural networks based on the gmmtlcal theory of uncertain data arc
proponed. The Idea of application of this theory to the neural networks has been first
published hi [2|,
Neural networks. Multilayer neural networks based on the pcrccptron model [3]
of the neuron are widely used. The beat known learning algorithm for such a network
is the back propagation algorithm, It has been published probably first time in (0] and
rediscovered in [i]. The algorithm had solved the learning of multilayer neural nets. Dack
propagation algorithm has well known problems: slow convergence and achievement the
global minimum is not guaranteed. There have been made many attempts to improve this
algorithm especially in speeding up the convergence, They resulted in faster algorithms with
ati error value of the critcrlal function which is higher then the error value of the original
algorithm.
Gnostlcnl theory of uncertain tlntn. Clnwiticid theory of uncertain dntn Is n. non-
statistical theory of data treatment. The complete theory is described by Us author in (1],
The theory derives a mathematical model of dnta disturbed by uncertainty. The guoslical
theory is developed in two steps, In the first step, the theory of single datum based on two
simple axioms is constructed. Laws controlling uncertainty in each individual datum arc
formulated using varlational principles of the virtual kinematics and dynamics of real data,
New formulae for the entropy and information of data evaluation follow, In the second
step, the gnostical theory of data samples from the theory of single datum is constructed,
Algorithms resulting from the gnostical theory maximize the information obtained from
data and data characteristics arc robust with respect to outliers or inlicrs. The algorithms
arc efficient even for small samples of corrupted data.
Motivation, Methods of the gnostical theory provide an useful and robust tool for
data treatment. Because of inherited robustness of the gnostical algorithms the advantages
of introduction of the gnostical theory into the neural networks can be expected:
Gnostical neural networks. The gnostical theory can be applied to the neural net-
works at two different levels. The first level implies using of the gnostical criteria! function
165
WitlMMW m jBNOjNMHINO lNl'OHMATIl'3 h CVIlMNUTIC'f)
In known )eaf/i!ftg »!g«fIISMM. Al lli* *mmt\ level new inodel* of the tiemon tan I)* f*rc>-
powd, Mi'1 titil (etc) liai brfti studied flfld lliC modified standard !mrk propagation Icnfiiilift
dfgofiJf'fff h*f fcwff (tfthnte h ha* W n iwUml \n idfr* tlilfrri-iil fn^rlnirtiU. In llic fitsl
r u p f f i w i r i l(i»" «<xrlM<>)Vi*-Olt fiuitllmi )i*t lipen lcafnci), This Irsk Is noi niiUnbli- for »iu<fy
« / (Jtffef«l)//l(ltrtJ f/tll It 1* tiilftt ««*•!, In iln« neri/li/) #<jt(i«<t)(||/'||l llllj Ifjtillltl^ Sf'l fliflUlllpJ
< l(i X fl [jjxf-N from the MuniUtfl V(IA rlmrartrr <ifti In tfirr tlnfil
e IIAVP rxrn ii«e«l llifw s«>U •>( lijuiilwilttrfi diitiU f(I tlie frsolitlkm of 10 x 10
phrlg card f(ifil«ihinf{ 1(KI digita, Tic* iMittin^ wt totiUilicil digit* Wfiltril tiy two (.rfsoni.
Ttir fifsJ Ifst w l t«f*>l«fh«"«l kmiilitt dij;il» ftotn tlic sump lw« ppf«>rn. 'Mir upronil IPSI »cl
totiUlftPtl digits wfittrn by tliifd pffwirt,
t(««lllt* of ilmulAttali*. 'Ilie KimnUtiolii Imvc I , T ( I doff* with fi«rd tcnffilfi^ Ml? 7,
tnotrwtitum /< fcnd W«IP pafattiftft .«. If llif »f*l(« p»f»mrtrf it tliosrfl WPII (lifl »[rrrd lip of
the iMfhitfg Jifotes* t*n I * Vrfy "lignifirniiti TIMJ |p<iitl(lfi< S'|M«fcd fffof 1« «(«rtil wifl wfdrf
l llien I)K? rirof icM»*tf«l *i»fw(5 •t»it'Ufl l>»rk (•ni(mrstinn.
Cortctu>ioh!ti ' t h e neural tift*i>tlt« da-wil on tli»> t,i\tmtk*1 ihroty of iinfrflflin dal*
l r«ri|ti of tijuuUli'itii At? |ili>(rii«ing Hfirl furlhrr rrwarffi i« frf|i|i/r'l.
|l) KOVANIC, I1,; Grw,tlrk<i Uotii <Ut. Kan-li-Ut-U .li/rf< flf 'n| , , f « r ^ O i l A CSAV,
|'J] I'[Link], I'.i tf/ifiti-nrifnf fn/lifmrtff MHtnhnvymi tit/mi. t'!"vmttk tptktit, CVUT
f K t . t'f»fva ( ' / / } .
[:ij KOfillNtlLAff, F<! tht I'tntplntii A I'tnUhilintif SM'I fur Infnrmalinn Storage
iiArf OtjininUntt in Me llrnm. ISytliol'tir,! K ^ j r w , Vul. &.*;, |i(». ,11fi-JIM, I!/V).
|t) fUJMMKLHAIcr, t). V.. - IIINTON. <I< f', - [Link], H. J.i bnrnin,/ Intern*!
ll'ftffnlnlinmt t y />fof Vnp<tt)*linn. I'*(«IM f;i«trilm(nl I'rorrmtnK: Kxplomllcrti*
trt 0i«- Mif»<«t»ii*l<if««)f Cognition, Vol. I, pp. 318-.K/, MIT l'f"«, 19SC.
|*>| WKUIIO9, I'.: ///JIKI<< /ffjff««l»n: A W Tnnb for I'ntitlinn nnd Antttyii* in H,t II"
hmnnr»lScitntr/i. Ph.D. T h ~ K ll*f»»»r( lfni»-[Link], I'l7i.
W,
WORKSHOP S6 ENGINEERING INFORMATfCS k CVBEKNKT1CS
MULTI-AGENT SYSTEM
FOR CIM PURPOSES
V, Mutlk, O,flle'pn'nkovii,J. [Link]^ M. Dwdw*, U
I, PteutU, T. Vlfek, 2. Koulm, M, Fentfnv*1, J.
T- ll/Kilm, J. Kcrnt, O, Hek, I
The problems which are expected to \>e solved by computer* are growing fapii'ly In
their extend, <t/rn|)ki(ity ** ¥r\\ «« In ilivniity of the atiU/uln, This \* J^ruiitply Irue In
the CASC of expert and decision irmldng lyntemi, Tlic fml grtirrntlon expert »y.<trrns proved
their Ability to aolve I he pfolilfins In very narrow domain MCM. The gtowlxg rutnplexlty
fit ptoljlrrnj If) lie V)lvr<| tef|iiirrs nrw overall syitetn iirchltcclilres Intrfjudng the (ilfcmly
»>xl«iiHj{ "i«Unil«" of well-workl/)£ nl^orlltuti* Into moie robust floM nyilntM. tint inulll<
Aftrnl Icclmolo^y (roii/icctcil with 0 0 ityle of projtMfnmlnj;) Is tuntldeicd to be xiltnlile
fot rrr*tl)ijt 0|K-n, ll"»llilf rtivtrnnmrtit M? to ltilrj;jntr wiftwarp plcrm of ilivrtue imlilrc
l In «HfTr>rrnl l»itgit»g«» MU\ running on ilKfi't'iirl tyjicn of rtitnputiw, T1i« itiiittl-
ppfuAcIt ttclnihg from the thfoty of agency, ftuin LcliAviowial lno<lcls of A(4rlils afitl
Inl'lliixUof n^.-iilifitatloh of iUliri-atoiie pfOgfailt* fa/lIw CiilHlili/ttii tut A bafkgfOUrid for till
the design, development and Implementation Adivllej carried out within the frunw of I he
project. Our goal « u to design, develop and Implement a (omparitlvely t fen multi-agent
environment suiuMe for efficient creating of fomplex expert or decision support systems.
This environment WAS expected to \tff able to IntegrategroKrnphkally distributed knowledge
sour res or problem solving units.
Tlie n*uie of tha developed cnvirotimcnl DI5CIM rdlectj its first intenderl application
- building a geographically Distributed decision muting system for CIM ptirpuw*.
The following principle* have been used to design the DISCIM system;
167
WORKSHOP WKNaiuEFAum wonM/vncsk C
A conflri;irtllofl message (Informs tlm others timt it is rendy to nofve, tlm given add-
problem) MU\ Initializes Us own body, If the: lioily requires some piece of Information
from llie others In the community! the wrApper broadcasts (lie re(|ii!t<(ilienl, Tlifi
agrnb \h*ft W»ll» {for a j>ri>-set time) for Any confirmation iiiefisnge from »om« of the
agent*, If there Id no connrmntion messRgn occured wtlfiht tlic pio-wC (due diCcfvai,
tlie original Hfi-ut replace* the ir(|iilri'il pl«i' of diilA Uy ft dcfftull value, Tlifl morlcl of
bdmvlour describe* only lite re-ncl'ivr part of licliavlodr, Tlic dcllficfntlvt l>cli«viour
(l(tri|iilic(l) in KXfjfct'rd to lie Implemented m n nnturid |mrt of Ilir ogrdt'* l/wly.
4. TlintP l» no cctitrnl pftrl of inciiKiry or control in llir «Rrnt<i* roiniiiiinUy, Corresponding
(ilcrtM of llin control utrnlrgy urn "owned" liy tin; Individual flgi'iiln, they ntn cinWIifl
into the individuAl liclmvinufnl minIcK n» rnlrs.
5- 'fliere l> A Illifury of »tnnd»rd inciungrs (written In t(i<; OOorleiilcd proKmiinnlng
langatige I'ilfrl) ftvaiUliIc for lli<* environment tucr (=flpplirntlon di^iglicr), 't'lik 11-
lielpn lilin/lier to trrate its own nftriiln by very fnil iigentlzAtloii of (ir)iltr«ry
-alone program*.
0. T.W interface )ms W n (Icaigtieil M nnrpftnite n^enl in llie coiniiitinity. Tlie mobility
of tills ngrnt is AH lin|>ortmil fenttire proviiling liigli system (Irx'iility from tlm end
ihrr'd point of view.
7. 'Die bAolc types of Agents currently developed and tented lire: (n) «ri expert nyntefn
*^ent (bflxed on A FKIv-HXI'Klt't' like rnlcltAmd dinftiimtic iynlein)i (b) A l b
ap-nt (M « body of wbii li Lit** I'OSTOKES OO-diitftbusu (a considered), (c) it (
ttvi' sliiml«lloi» dgent (rxpturiiiK tlie (JUAHIMOI)O ('2| nyntetn for (|iinlitntlve
lion), ami (J) k usct [Link] [Link]. 'Hie nctir»( ndw/fk tifmt it wt'l'- t k
Tlie ctucUl |irobtein of (lie environment ItnpleiicritAtloii w,v tlie problem liow to ensure
tli« inter-Agent peer-tu-peer cuiiiinunicnlioti in (lie UNIX/lfileni/-l environment. Finally, it
WAS decided tu explore1 (lie /nlvniitn^e* of the I'VM (I'uMllel Virtual Machine) system.
t'VM rimy be Implementeil on it liArdw«re b«e eom'nling of dilferelit innrliine nrcliiteclures
Interconnected by one or more network* of different types. As follows from the rest of
this puragniph the v«ri«-ty of pr</grAirmiiin l(K>N/l»iij(|i'>/{«'n/»yiiterns involved U renlly very
wide And document* the versatility of the Approach: Tlie inr»siigr<» transferred by tlie I'VM
support (nil he written either in Kilfrl or C f+• The user lulerfnce Kgent U iriiplemente<l M A
ptozn* ImndliriK neverol windows on the screen. It is Implemented using the Xview pAckage
of Openl^wk. The I'OSTflllBSS rUt»li<uc system nwt its own slAndurd tfiiery Uriguage.
The QUASIMODO system is programmed in ECMI'Sc version of Prolog. The Uxly of the
neural nrtwork agent (under devejo|uiient) will be run on a set of Ms transputers,
fleferrncesi
|l| MAftJK, V. - STftl'ANKOVA, O. - KI,KK, 0.: Malli-Agtnl Srl"» ui(A QunUlatitt
.Simulation Unit submitted to the XIII. Ktiropean Meeting on Cybernetic* And b'ysl«nis
HrwAtth, Vienna, Austria, April 19%
|V) MAItVAN, I.: QunhMm Simulation ami iU Languagt. I'h.l). Thesis, FEL CVUT,
A MULTI-AGENT SYSTEM
IN TRANSPORT MANAGEMENT
L. HronkovA'DiotakA, T, VWek, Z. Koubn,
I, Vhuiti, i. LnUmty, O. SUpAnknvH,
V, Mnflk, J, Klemn, T. Hnzdrn
At present, there exist both dntabuc And first generation expert systems M practically
Applicable »y«tcms. Si hoc these classical »y§lcm» have a lot of disadvantages, the scientific
community liiu concrntrntrd on the prolilcrrn of «o-c«lle«l open nyslemi, umially dcilgneiJ AS
dlatributcd, The niin it to [Link] lyntcttit of » new gerieratlun which enable to utilize more
heterogeneous knowledge lotirces, more declsioti-timkin^ methods, intelligent Information
retrieval In Iftrgc-acala ny»lruu with full-text Information. It hfu been ahowed thnt Intelligent
retrieval In vnry rnirrJi Conner led with natural language (jrorrnnlrig which l« iwnally l«ngu«g<f
depcixlcnt. Integrating ciiAMcler of thenc nyatcinit ii Another very Important Mpect.
in the paper, liiein tu? tlmetlbftl iiiniiitopkuitif l)j« tnvAtrii \>to]<t\. \nvmligAled tinting
1995, 'Die main, long-term goal han }«*n in develop A prototype of * tlislrihiited drriolon
support system for transport management. At it wa/i proved in the Introductory study
In 1991, the overall architecture of the jyitem should be based on multi-agent technology
(sec Article Multi-Agent System for (JIM Purposes in this ('receding*). The problems of
An open multi-agent environment have been solved within the. frame of the project No.
10036100. Thl* project ha* concentrated more on the problems which result from the
Application domain, Kftiriely natural language processing and textual Information processing,
communication protocols, and constraint logic programming.
Natural Lnngunge 1'rocestlng. In order to facilitate utilization of the system by
end user*, who Arc not computer specialists, there must be developed A user Interface in
limited natural language. Natural language processing can also support focussing to relevant
legal regulations concerning transport. Processing of legal regulations tnraiis utilization
of an information retrieval system. Questions which may Appear here are how to Index
document! And request! and how to manipulate index descriptions in searching so a* to
retrieve document) relevant to the user'* nml, Tlie common idea Is that indexing dom not
require significant natural-language understanding, which is false, becauv: building Indexei
depends on Any material understanding of the object! being indexed, tlesldes that it is
possible to Identify In each problem area A num'>er of words which Are usually not declared
aa key words but they have significant lemantic relationship to certain key words and Are
frequently used by the users. In order to develop a user-friendly nystem reacting In queries
to such word! it ha* been necessary to embody natural-language, understanding techniques
Into the system.
Also determining what texts are about, and indicating their eivutial meaning, implies
language understanding. Similarly, relating one text to Another, whether that of one doc*
1R9
WORKSHOPOO BNCWBEHINO INFORMATICS k CVBEItNETlCS
References!
fll IIAJEK, P. - IIAVKANEK, T. - CIIYTIL, M.: Shtoda GUIIA, aulamatuka tporba
hypottt. Acadtmia PrnAn t9S3
[2] KLEMA, J. - LIIOTSKA, L: Machine Ltarning Method* in Natural language Pro-
ttmng. I'rneniinqi of AIVM, Brno, 1995.
|3j tfttr Manual Ectipie litkaie 3.9, Shy IS93, pr A'n» OS (t.O.'J. or hinhtr), Interna-
tional Computer* Limited and ECtlC GmbH 1992.
This rttearch hat httn con&utltd at the Department of Control Engineering at part of
the mtareh project 'Distributed Stineilttnct and Control of Truck Trantportalhn in the
Cztch Republic" and hat been tupported by CTU grant No. 10038155.
170
WORKSHOP 00 ENGINEERING INFORMATICS k CYIUSUNETICS
IMAGE-BASED SCENE
REPRESENTATION
FOUND AUTOMATICALLY
V. lUav&l, A. Lconnrdli*, T. Werner
Key words: Image-based representation, selection of optimal views, minimizing the number
of views, reference views, view interpolation
The problem addressed in our research Is related to displaying « real 3-D a scene from
any viewpoint. Todispiayascene, arelativclysparscs«tof2-D reference viewt is stored. The
linages that arc In-between tlic reference views arc obtained by interpolation of coordinates
and brightness (colour). This approach it ftlilo to generate llio scene representation and
render litiAges Automatically and efficiently even for complex scenes of 3-D objects. This is
possible since the proo-ming time dor* not depend on tfie complexity <A the scene M there
is no attempt to understand the semantics of images, Our previous research on this topic
is desribed in (1), (2|.
In this paper wo present a novel approach to automatically determine a minimal set of
views from which the complete scene can be rendered. The method consists of two steps:
(1) view-Interval construction, and (2) selection of the optimal subset. In the step 1, the
interval) arc independently searched, from which large portions of the scene can be rendered.
These intervals arc then passed to the selection procedure which selects a minimal set of
necessary views. The selection problem is posed as an optimization problem. Although the
topic of image-based scene representation lias been the subject of intensive research, to the
beat of our knowledge, we arc not aware of any attempt that would try to determine the
optimal set of views automatically.
To help the reader's understanding the whole process, let us explain first what image-
baud repitttnlation Is (sec |1), |2]J, A 3-D object (scene) is not represented by a 3-D model
as usual In, eg, computer graphics, but by a collection oj 3-D reference vievii. When we
are to access an image of the object viewed from a required direction, we do not render the
3-D model, but rather interpolate between a small number of closent reference views. The
result of this interpolation between two views can be teen on Fig. la, b, c. Here, as well as
in the rest of this text, the set of all possible camera places is restricted to a viewing circle.
The aim of the research described in this contribution is to select an optimal tet of
reference views, using which the object could be successfully rendered from any required
viewing direction. As it was said above, this task ii accomplished in two stepr. First, all
interval] on a sequence of allowed views are constructed, which have the following property:
Every view instde the interval can be constructed with a reasonable accuracy by the inter-
polation between the two limit views. The result of this step is in Fig. lc. From this tet of
171
WORKSHOP 1)0 KNCHNKERINO INFORMATICS k CYURRNETiCS
Fig. 1: Examplo of eonitructlon a new view (b) liy Interpolation between two ruferonrn views
(a,c), (<1) is the result of th« step 1 of tho process (alt acceptable viewing Intcrvnl*). ((•) Is the
result of tho itep 1 (optimal subnet of viewing Intern!*), In (•!}, (oj, tho top view of the object l»
superimposed for tlia easier orientation.
Intervals, the subset In selected, which minlmi/is mi objective Junction, taking Into Recount
(dings lilec (lie number of view* and ihe lu-cutvr.y of um»' <uil«d views. T)J« «uboptlinuin of
tlifl Nl'-Ji/ifd problem Is found by the tnlm »e«rcli,
Tlic current result* were submitted to conference* |J), |4]. In the future, we plan A
further activity considering the topic.
References:
[I] WERNER, T. - IIERSCII, II. D. - HLAVAC, V.: tendering Rtal-World Objrclt U,ina
View Interpolation. I'roc. of International Conference on Computer Vision, Boston,
109\ pp. 057-0C2.
|2) WERNER,T.-IIEItSCII,R.D.-IILAVAC,V.: Rendering[ttal-World Objectt without
3-D Model. CTU Workshop 1995, Czech Technical University, Zikov* 4, 1GC35 I'mgiie,
Czech Republic, pp. 179-180.
[3] IILAVAC, V. - LEONARDIS, A. - WERNER, T.: Automatic Selection of Reference
Viewt for Imagc-battd Scene Representation, <Uh European Conference on Computer
Vision 1096. Submitted.
(4) IILAVAC, V. - LEONARDIS, A. - WERNER, T.: Automatic Selection of Reference
Viewt for Image-based Scene Representation, Conference on Computer Vision and
Pattern Recognition 199C. Submitted,
Thin research hat 6ren conducted at the Department of Control Engineering and has
not been supported by a CTU grant, It hat been partly supported by the Grant Agency
of tht Czech Republic, grants tOS/93/O95f and 102/05/1318, the European Union grant
Copernicus No. 1068 RECCAD, and tht Austrian National Fondi titr FOrderung der IPI'J-
lennchafllichen Fonchung under grant S7002M'AT.
172
WORKSHOP 00 BNfllNIWItINO INFORMATICS k CY1IKRNETICS
U g h l Plane
Tranilnllon
Piojcclor
Fig. 1; The picture of the LPRF range finder nnd its Illustrative chart.
The use uf an active controlled Illiimliiallon (structured liglit) can remove correspon-
dence problem. Usually, one cAinera is rcplsccd by ft source of light rays. For instance,
the most trivial setup would use just one ray at a time «o tiiat the Image had contained
maximally one bright point. Such a tctup leads to very trivial solution to the matching of
projections. However, it turns out to be very impractical since tfic whole image lias to be
captured and processed to measure one 3-D point. Faster uchcrnc projects planar pencil of
rays at a time, so that an intersection curve, light trace, can lie «ccn in each image, Fig. 1.
H»y identification is still unique albeit much fastc. extraction is enabled, sec (1],
Our sensor utilize* the iJea of active illuination by a light plane. The light plane is
generated by a special light projector that delivers planar pencil of rays emanating from
173
WORKSHOP 00 KNOINKKHINO INFORMATICS it CYWJJtNBTICS
ono foeiin point. In our »cttij>, the <i»ni««, tutd the light plane firojectof nfc mo*iuM *>/( tli«
fixed holder, forming tlic cimicrii'projector rig, to that the projector center lira on the Una of
intersection of nil the plnnet ptumiiig through rows hi the Imdgc and llm camera projection
tenter. The rig Itself l» then mounted OH the plAtform allowing A translation along tho x
»xi» of tho world coordinate aystern, sec Figi I,
'f Jio liitcHCcllon curve of tlio tight iilntifl with « Mutate, lliu ll^ht trnee, i« captured by
tho camera liwldug ftt tho sutkec. Due to the «pccl«I nrrsng^tiwrit of <;«inpr«-|>f(jj«lor r!#,
msxltnnlly otic intnwocllon per row i» drtcctwl M tho brightest pixel in Hie row. Imngc
coofdinaten, («,«), of each «tich pixel nlttgntlicr with tht* position of the light plane in space
provide dnU fur the Dmling npathtl coordinnlcs of the point by the trlasigulation. .'1-1) dntn
totna from the scruor In the world coonthmtc »y»t<'ii) attached to thu rotary plntfonii.
The prototype of l/nm;r Plane Itnngc Finder provide* data lit medium resolution and
precision when compared to !wsi comercially available »tanncr» for !es» than one tenths of
their price. Jiowcwcr, A number- of improvement* we ttill tliotiglil and currently developed.
References;
(1) PAJDLA, T: Later plant range finder - the implementation at the CVL Technical
Report Nr. K335-a5-98, Czech Technical University, Prague, October i9!)5.
Thin rtnarch was supportedhy the Grant Agtnty ofiht Cttch flcp., ijrantB i0S/S0/09S(,
102/95/1378 and European Union grant Coptmicui No. IOCS HECCAD.
174
WORKSHOP 00 KNaiNKEUINO INFORMATICS ti CVflKRNKTICS
The task which In described bellow liiw been solved In cooperation with the I-'rencli com-
pnny CSC. The solution of the task was presented at the 8lli IPES conference In Coinplegne
in May 1095, The presentation can be found In [lj. We spent 10 months working on the
problem. The problem la discussed in [2] in more details,
A lathing Is otic possible method of machining, The finest method of a lathing la called
ainglc point cutting. Single point cutting la a process which demands very precise definition
of a catting tool curvature and its position, A measurement of a circle slinpcd cutting tool
was required In the task we solved. The cutting tool is shown in figure below. Tlio task is
to determine the following items from measured part of tool:
1. x, y coordinates of an ideal circle which Is fitted to the measured cutting tool and
it radius r of the circle,
2. n let of radius deviations per a degree in measured angle sector a in respect to fitted
circle,
A radius of the circular part of the tool is around a vnluc of 0.8 millimeters, An angle
a of concerning tool part is 110 degrees. The required precision Is 0.0 micrometers. A new
tools only will be measured.
The 742x508 elements pixel synchronized CCD camera has been available. The video
system is manufactured by the CAMEA company in Brno. To achieve the required mea-
surement precision, a precision of 1/4 of pixel size had to be reached.
A backlight illumination was selected. That ensures the best conditions for image
analysis ii regard of the tool shape, photometry and image segmentation. An intensity
of [Link] should be stable and uniform in the whole visual field to ensure the same
conditions for used image analysis method.
175
WORKSHOP ENGINEERING INFORMATICS & CYHKKNHTICH
'I'IJO edge definition as ft plnce wild tlic lu'iit first derivation of light Intimity WIUI
supposed, Tim used edge dutoutlnn inctliod in iitnndnril zcro-cromiliig method (nee some
bask book on linage Analysis) Improved by lltiwr Interpolation in vicinity with zero.
0 * 1 1ft 2
anqk t frfrJwn|
The dnta net* of rmliiu dcvinllon in inciwiircil M\$<'. niiigi; n from a five mrnmrnmictit
Arc <linplayt'(l in figure fthovu. The iiii'iuiurciiiciitn wi-rc done during n dny nt iliircrcul tinitm
in v,irion/T tool portion mi nil image. The cciitcrs ntid riwlii of fit circles are in tulilc below,
Using CCI) cnnicrn fur tool mcaiurcmral will; such high precision is n novel method.
The measurement is very stable in regard to t),e figure mid table above, 'flic precision of
around value of one tenth of n pixel si/c WM rencho<l. Tim inconsistency of radiun value
occurred. The reasons may be many. Tlic optical geometric distortion could affect the
tneasurcmentii. The non-robust non-linrnr l«ist sijuarcx fitting method could lie a ground
of this radius inconsistency.
References:
[1] SUCIIOMEL, M. - KIlAUS, S. - TAX, P.: Tool's thajic and position direct measure-
ment by CCD camtra, I'roc. of the 8th II'KS conference, Compiegnc, France, May
15-19, 1905.
(2) KHAUS, S.: Introduction to a prtciac nteajumncnl by a CCD camera. Ke«carcli report
No. K335-1995-!>7, Dcpt. of Control Engineering, CTU Prague, 1995
170
WORKSHOP 1)0 IWOINrXRINO INFORMATICS ti CVMUNETICS
Motivation. The textile machines industry is traditionally one of the most productive in
thin country. Among product* manufactured in TTI' Elitex are licaltls and reeds, Ilealdn are
thin (0.2-0.35 mm) long (20-10cm) metal sheets moving wnrp up and down during weaving,
llccd In a pnrt of weaving machine putting weft together. Reed contains a large number of
dent* er|ii!distantly plnred together. Dent" arc tliln metal sheets mid tlic dl«tnnco between
them is from 0,2 to 2 mm.
Tnak. The manufacturer wants to incrcasa itii profit by exact counting of liealda delivered
to the buyer. The manufacturer should guarantee the minimal number of one thousand
hcalds on one holding needle. Until now they estimated number of liealda on the needle
from ttic overall width and about twenty more pieces were added to assure the minimal
number. The price of one needle is about 2Kc, The number of hcalds produced is about
130.000 per day. The methods based on weighing were tested but they were not able to
satisfy requirement".
The problem of number of dents in reed Is different. The manMfacturcr should guarantee
a exact number of dents in rccd. The reed is from 2 to 5 m long, There arc from 100 to 250
dents per 10cm. The method still applied is based on mechanical counting by teeth wheel.
The task is to count hcalds on holding needle and dents on rccd by one common device
with the maximal error one hcald/dcnt more or less,
Problem specification. The licalds have various sizes and shapes. Tim overall width of
the measured hcalds is from 20 to 35cm. The length of the reed is up to five meters. The
size of the measured area is too largo to be covered by one global sensor. The sensor should
pass along the counted parts.
Method. The method is based on the optical effects observed on the curved surface of
hcalds and dents edge. The surface of the sheets is polished so the edges arc smooth. Under
focused illumination one can observe reflective bright central part and dark sides. The effect
c&n be observed by a. point sensor in connection o{ motion ot U>e sensor perpendicularly to
hcalds. Illumination intensity and its relative position to the sensor should be stable. The
177
WORKSHOP PC ENGINEERING INFORMATICS k CVHEUNKTIC3
light should bo focused to small urea to get high intensity of tlio reflected light, '1'hc (tensor
should observe small «r«a of tliu «|zc approximately of a hnlf of the licnld thickness.
Tlio sensor moved perpendicularly to the hcalds produces output signal, Tho signal Is
the remit of the convolution of optics point spread function Mid reflectivity of the surface
under (((.'fined geometry. This gives more or less sinusoidal signal. The amplitude add KiC&tl
of the signal strongly depend on th« properties of lined optics. Tho fre(|ucncy of tho signal
depends on the sensor motion speed and sheets thickness,
Tho variety of healds and reeds docs not allow to design Automated motion of tho
sensor head Along its trajectory, The cost of such equipment would exceed ncvcrnl times
the budget spared. The solution la to move the sensor by hand, This solution Introduces a
new problem how to cope with the varying speed of the motion, After extensive testing of
various algorithms we decided to remove the time influence from tlw algorithm At all,
Tho signal captured from the tensor functional specimen is locally similar to the sinus
function hut globally a frequency, amplitude and mean changes in largo interval (sec Pig. 1).
The final algorithm uses hysteresis for finding; significant valleys and ridges of the signal,
Tests show high stability of the algorithm results under varying conditions.
Pig, 1: The example of the signal from sensor. Sigtial of all hcalda (a) and detail (b).
Device. The device developed in Computer Vision Laboratory consists from three parts.
The sensor head contains powerful (1 cd) LED diode and PIN diode as a sensor. The optics
focuses the beams to the small area 0.1 by 0.1mm, The amplifier puts the signal to the
standard level 0-10 V. Tho head design stabilizes the sensor position perpendicularly to the
observed surface.
The sensor head is connected to a microcomputer based on the Phillips 80C552. The
microcomputer digitizes the signal, process it, and displays results on the LCD panel. The
membrane keyboard allows easy handling of functions and setup.
The third part of the equipment is a devic for fixing of healds in stable position. Its
modular design allows to handle all produced kinds of hcalds. The reed is counted from free
hand only.
Conclusion The device is prepared for final tests in production conditions. The original
idea of using camera was extremely simplified to fulfill economical, ergonomical and relia-
bility criteria. Cooperation among several subjects allows them to focus only on matters
they arc familiar with.
178
WOIIKSIIOI' on ENGINEERING INFORMATICS U CYBERNETICS
EFFICIENT ESTIMATION
OF ESSENTIAL MATRIX
IN MOTION ANALYSIS
T. Svobodn, T. Pojdln
Key words; computer vision, stereo vision, motion analysis, essential matrix
Ego-motion detection and analysis provides useful tool for the navigation of An au-
tonomous vehicle. The methods estimating the motion by the analysis of cpipoinr geometry
in image pairs often combine highly robust estimation with nonlinear optimization to beat
miscorrespondenccs a» well as Gaussian noise, However, these techniques arc computa-
tionally intensive and therefore not suitable for on line ego-motion estimation on a moving
vehicle.
Iti this paper w« present shortcuts that lead to considerable reduction of computation
while attaining the robustness to mincorcspoiidcnccs.
The prindpnl problem. Wo want to solve the following equation
Ae = 0, (1)
where A is N x 9 data matrix composed from u reap, u', see the Figure 1, and
c = (811,015,813,831,[Link]^[Link])7". From e wecompose the Essential matrix E. By
decomposing E wo obtain motion parameters H and t [4, 5],
Previous work. The highly robust but compu-
tationally Intensive Least Median Squares estima-
tor is described in [3J. This method is based on
blind resampling of correspondences. Sun and For-
rest [Gj proposed a robust motion estimation algo-
rithm based on M-cstimator. It is implemented by
reweighed Least Squares considering residuals to
be leverage of the rows in A, eq. (1). The rows
of A arc we'-jlitcd by diagonal elements of the Hat
matrix,
11 = A{ATAYlAr. (2)
However this leverage of a row in A strongly de-
pends on the positions of the correspondences.
Moreover, the algorithm is iterative, and its break-
down point is only 10%. Fig. 1:
New approach. We present the algorithm based on the generate and select paradigm.
The most important step of the algorithm consists in proper selection of samples from all
possible sets of correspondences. This atep builds on ranking the correspondences, I.e. the
rows of A in (1), by a measure of "outlierncss", o, without estimating the solution e.
179
WORKSHOP % Ei^filNKHRINO1MFOR5.1 ATIC3 fc CY0Eft^fcTjgg
Tki* tt.**rth U Ktp/atf,<l 1% (I) tKt Gnnt Ajtnr/ *fih« tUrrh ffffnUut,
1*0
WORKSHOP frf, ENGINEERING INFORMATICS ft CV»KI(NET|CS
VECTORIZATION OP LARGE
BINARY IMAGES
J, MDIler, 1'. Dvofitk
101
WOflKSHOP 9C ENGINEERING INFORMATICS k CYBEUNKtJCS
Hunter t o Freeman code Converter! Freem/w coda in used for pre-vector represen-
tation of the line* in l i e rna|i, The oiiepans algorithm WM designed tvltli respect Id the »lzn
(if the Images processed. In order to find the end of the (raced line, ll,j linage Is genfthed
l!n<r ftf lift/? #fl'l |n(/;»m»l!n» a l m l alt tratcd linen and al/out number of neighbours of mil
(Hillilii In stored. The. Attention v»n» also p*\<\ to pmorvJug tfte (iiforiiicttiou [Link] fof !»tff
clMs]f1c*(lr»rt of III" Illi").
Vectorhflllolli Vcctutl/Atloii work* with the curvr* in (lie IVmnAii tuife. '['lie point
of the cutvR fatllit-st from the line connectfnK the nulpoUtli h Unin<\, If i\m ilUixncr t>( 1)10
point ftorti (lie line la digger tfmfi A tlirrilniM, (lie point lit n«''l M (lie cud |;o)«t for next
iteration. OlherwlM, the imfniticlrt* of the line Mr nitii(iii(ril And stored HI A ([Link] of the
polyline upproximfitioti nf the original curve.
Filtering nnd fault point connecting. After the vn lotl/nllon then* nte tliiftlem 0!
fyti'mU that have not cxnctly the aitnie |>Mition Imt they th'mld, These pulntu Me (cf>\ntvii
by a tingle point. The center n( grnvlty of the cluster U used. It utnkrn the result more
compact »nd precis, frrtrn* !)*••» «»«< l>foken by the processing, in this slop, these dues «re
!K-af,if!ird And Corrected .
Clnidiflcfltlon, The llne» Are clfusirirdficroftlingtn their length <tn<l thltknest, Kurt tier
(itocetmUig of cljusified linen li task specific so will nut be <llstii«rr| lirrr,
Henull*. The optlini/ed nlgorithm WM tested on tunny ininll purl* of the Infge testing
<U(a. The results were compared to the results obtained by applying original nlgifhOnn
d w r l r W in [l\, 'th» i)»t» wrtu exactly the «Atn« In enrh (use, Four Urge images « M
processed Mrlth lh« folWlng results:
ft". *\nIt tmtidi"r nt iii'tj Iota) tlii)<' ( h)nn»»:)n)
1, 10800 y. 1.1200 10 'Ai.'M
2, ir.8oo * 13200 II 0:1) -MM
3. ItoOO X 13200 II .'5.1.M
4. ISOOO X I200U 13 0:2!) :.[Link]
the results were measured on I'C, [Link] 90MIU, IOMI) HAM.
Conclusion, An Kppu>itr\,i< tut niwlincalion of the known Algorithms for efficient
proeAMing t/f the U/ge imageif WM introduced, The prff..tin»nr<> wiu tested on the re»l maps1
by implementation t>t rncxiifted parallel rubust thinning, taster to Freeman code convrrtoting
and vectufi/ing algorithms.
(Ij OATTA-t'Altlil.S, K.; A tnhmt pitnlld thinning algorithm for linnty ima
Uetngnition. Vol. 7t, So. 0. pp. II8I-IIW (IWI)
[2| KAY, C. - LEVINE, J. It.i Cimpkit* fitt fomah Wlndcrrsl ll<«l«s \W2, [Link] 0-8306-
IW
WOltKSHOi;
MORPHOLOGICAL
IMAGE PROCESSING LIBRARY
]». KocJI, V, UUvAi
18.1
WOIIKSIIOI100 BNOINRRlUNd INFOJIMATICS fe
Tlio library development In nf111 in progfrM find tin? firiAl vn'iion will be mc<l an an
rxjirriritPiitAi (<K>1 in C<ifti|intrr Vision [Link].
Reference*!
|l] SI;lll(A, J.: Image Annlyii* and Mathematical Morptwhgy f/OiMl»n, Aciulcriiic Vtas,
|2) M/VI"IIKItOS,«.: /Mnrfom Srt, nnrf /n<f jrn/ (Immelry: NPW York, Jolm Wiley & Son*,
1975
[.1] SKttltA, J, rdl,: Imntjt Analytic and Mathtmntirnl Mnrpfintogy, Votumt 2, Thtonlieal
Attrnnet* tendon, Aemlrmic Vtm, 1988
|»| DOUOIIKHTY. K. «. - ASTOLA, J.: An Inlnduction to Nanllnuf hnmjr I'ntcuttng
Wnjliingtun, SI'IK Opticnl Knginfrting 1'rrss, 1901
|.1| SI"KOUSTUUI1,ll.t Thr. C++ Programming Language ATA: T Hell Lnhoratorip*. 1991
(C, TIIR Mathwo«k» Inc. StAT LA It /Irfrrrnte Cuidr Natirk, M«.M. 1992
Key words! Im/ige processing, pattern matching, object [Link], trAflic »lgn», fond
traffic
'1'IID main objective of presented research I* to develop an efficient And reliable nlgo-
rlthm for tltc trnlllc sign identification in the dlgitnllzcd Image taken by rt enmern
from u running cur. Mntiy different methods that treat with solving c,''1"''*"' problem of
the object recognition In the digitized Image were published. The rmpntinl fnntnrc tif llic
object recognition algotithm wotking with above desciibed putjiosc is to be very fast wliilc
keeping aufHclenl l«vol of rcllAbillly Mnci; El \t to be* used In foul liniu. Mo«l of publlnlicd
object recognition solulloiu [3, \) Aoa not fulfill tills requirement.
Algorithm developed in the frninc of prcm-nii'd rcseftrch is based on the nietlmd de-
scribed In [t, 2], Its simplicity inakeit tliU nlKorithm possible to be used in real-tiin'! appli-
cation wliilc Ita performance is good enough ta described further. J'irst, local orientations
of the edges in the image are extracted in this algorithm. Uancd on the analisyi of human
vision it wiu shown that local orientations carries most information for the object recogniz-
ing. The objects in the image arc then searched using matching with template (set of Image
primitives prepared in advance). The matching is carried out in several level* of hierarchy
(e.g., at the lowest level, the lines of certain length and orientation arc searched). At each
level, the redundant Information in the Image is reduced. The output Information is the
indication whether given type of object is present In the picture and it* coordinates.
The Algorithm teaches copmlcte sire Invariance by comparing the templates with the
scanned image and also with four images created from the original using scaling 1:2, while
there is always certain tolerance for evaluating the position and *\M of matched primitive*.
Partial rotation Invarlancc (caused by possible deformation of the traffic sign bodies
due to ildc view or due to physical deformation Is expected to be "small") is reached by
reducing possible values of the local orientation (discretization). At each level of hierarchy,
the presence of given image primitive Is decided according to reached score when matching
the "«ul>foj\liJr<y of this primitive. The score threshold level for this decisiun plays an
important role for operation of this algorithm. Setting this parameter lower means higher
robustness against noise and partial occlusion but on the other hand too low value of
it would result in identification of the other objects that are similar but of different meaning
as traffic signs.
185
WORKSHOP 0(1 ENOINEEKINO INFORMATICS k CYBERNETICS
Two topic related to thin algorithm »tlll stay unsolved, but arc aupposed to bo of a great
importance. The first Is the problem of template gcncrntlnn, It 1A clour Unit the choice of
the template It crucial point for proper algorithm operation, Templates ti»etl for our research
were crcilcii tuf doc. Tliis fuctliod CfactftiansHy works very gno>i, homwr)I)» not »y»temfttlc
And It can become tlic source of problem* if It h necessary to prepare template* for more
often or even regularly in some general task of object recognition. Hccowi, the algorithm
include* many various parameter* («corc thrciholda rnetitloned Above, for instance), that
mint lie act to certain value prior any computation and, in the same time, their choice plays
very Important role for algorithm operation, Again, well working ad hoc approach should
be replaced by more appropriate method.
Therefore, the other area of intcrcal of presented research in to build algorithm thai
will automatically create the template for recognition of certain object. Tor tills purpose, a
upccinl format of the template wan created. The parameters related to evaluation of certain
primitive of a template are included Into a template as additional template features. The
template generator ihould be able to create the template using tlie input learning act of
the images containing the object to be identified, 'then it should optimise the parameters
Included In the template to reach beat performance of the Identification algorithm.
Reference i
(1) SE1TZ, I1. - U N O , 0 . K,; Vting Locnt Orientation and Hierarchical Spatial Feature
Matching for the Robust Recognition of the Objtcti Croc, SIMB, Vol. 1006,1901 ,
\2] SEITZ, f .s Vting Local OricnMional Information at Imnqc Primitive for Robust Object
Huoanilion f'roc. SPIE, Vol. II39, pp. 1610-1639
|3J MARK, D.: VMon Freeman, San Francisco, 1088
(4J 11LAVAC, V. - SONKA, M.! Po6ilaiovt vidlnl GRADA, 1992
(S) [Link], fl. N.! Finding line Segment) by Slick Growing IEEE Trans, on Pattern
Anal. Machine Intcll., vol. 16, pp. 519-523,199)
nil research has bttn conducted at the Department of Circuit Theory, Faculty of
Electrical F,ngentering, Prague, and the Department of Applied Mathematics, Faculty of
Transportation Sciences, Prague, as part of the research project "Object Recognition and Us
Applications in the Road Traffic" and has not been supported by any grant.
186
WOKKHIfOI'flfl HNCIINUKMNtl IWQUMAT1CS As CYI1KRNI4TICS
SIMULATION OF FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT SUBSYSTEMS
Z, P c d i , I. S t n t f
Key wore!si flight control, (light guidance, logical control, lilcrarclilcnl levels, pilot error
detection
Flight management nyntc-inii (FMS) Arc large scale systems with their typical features
and properties. It si obvious that such A complicated system enn be analysed from several
points of view. In In our department we focused on the pnrt of problems connected with
AtilotiiAtlc And tcml-AiitoiriAtic flight control and flight guidance, logical control and dis-
playing of flight and navigation variables of our Intercut on Primary Flight Display (I'I'D)
with intention to set up via digital •limitation n useful toot for airborne iiiatrumcntation
demonstrations.
Tills short paper ia a continuation of preceding papers which summarized tho results
of problems already solved! utumUlioii of I'rlmnry Flight Display [1], simulation of aircraft
dynamic and kinematic [2], simulation of automatic flight control and guidance^]. Currently
we ar? interested in logical aircraft control which creates a part of the highest hierarchical
level of FMS.
Fint have A look at the structure scheme of FMS which can be expressed aa on Fig. 1,
where the central blocks of FMS arc surrounded by sources of informations - blocks on the
left and on the top of scheme, and the sinks of processed and displayed Information - blocks
on the right.
FL MISSION! OPT
FLIGHT P
[WX|ATC| P |ACS|WS FMS |
von/c«u
nor HAV
nt
•01
'.JFMCje?' FUEL
.- - -
next a
CDU 1
tin rniai
'—1 /il l; > AP/fCS
1
Incmc
niGHT PEFIF FD
MAN
.... ATS
MAN DP
187
WORKSHOP 90 ENGINEERING INFOHMATffiff h CVHBHNKT1C3
unit, FP flight plan, FUEL plan of fuel connumption, Al'/FCi automatic |>llot/ flight con.
trol system, I'D flight director, FCC flight control computer, ATS auto-throttle »yj(em,
TCC trust control computer, III' bonrd procedures, l)U display units (1'1'U primary flight
display, NO navigation display, EICAS engine indication /ind crew alert system, ECAM
electronic centralised aircraft monitoring), WX weatlicf radar, ATC air tfafic control, I'
pilot, AC'S Atitl collision system, WS wind slinru.
For our above mentioned p . eposes and goal It Is useful to decompose thin lnrgc system
into A set of groups of subsytcms which cfiti bo ncparately solved nnd to find the connections
between thvni. One of ptwslbla decompositions Is according to hierarchic*.! control loops In
hicrnrclilcnl levels (IIL) as oti Pig. 2, where four hierarchical levels arc presented,
The highest HL, i.e. the fourth level, processes the global variable* And according
various critcrn And flight phase* optimises and rrmkes declnlcM about the wnya of flight
guidance from tAkc-olT of an aircraft through Its cli/iibing, ct»'m fllglit, descending to the
approach or to the landing including flight plan and fuel plan creating and up-datlug. In
this topic, the FMS of the Airbus 310 win Analysed, logical schemes were set-up and digital
simulations of these schemes with connection to simulation of reduced PFO and control
panel have been proposed and programed |4).
The third IIL. provides Aircraft guidance in both horizontal and vertical planes and use*
navigation variables. Special case li automatic control of Indicating Air Speed (IAS) which
can be Accr">!ishcd in the third HL or be coordinated in the fourth III/ by means of Engine
Management System (EMS). The second lit, usually commonly with the first HL provides
flight control nnd uses flight variables. lit Fig, 2 it id assumed that the coordination between
Autopilot of longitudinal motion <if Aircraft (Al'-LO) and autopilot of lateral motion (At'<
LA) is accomplished by the upper HL. These three IIL* have already been di«cu»»«d In the
prcvlou* paper [3].
A modern Electrical Flight Control System, as installed on the Airbus 320, Is boned on
fault tolerance principle. Despite of high parameters of such systems, pilot reliability can
not be substantially influenced this way, A human-centered approach should be used by the
design. A ti extensive research of this topic in underway in the world, In our department some
methods for human error detection have been verified and compared. The fuzzy approach
seems to be useful for simple tasks, It enable* to introduce various error criterion influencing
factors by logical rules. Nevertheless crisf elates classification is desired up to now. For
pilot complex tasks cognitive modelling cm bring a solution, what is still a perspective.
References:
[I] PECH, 'Li Simulation of Primary Flight Display and Flight Control. Workshop 92,
part A, pp. 72-73, CVUT, Praha 1092.
(2) PECII, Z,: Digital flight timulation. Workshop 93, pp. 77-78, CVUT, Pralia I093.
[3| PECH, Z.: Simulation of automatic flight control. CTU Seminar 04, pp. 73-74, CVUT,
Praha 1994.
|4] I3LZANYI, J.: Logical control of aircraft. Diploma supervised by Z. Pech, CVUT FEL,
Praha 1995.
|5] STARY, I.: Human error detection. Worbhop 05, pp. 19I-192, CVUT, Prahn 1995.
This research hat been conducted it the Department of Control Engineering at part of
the research project "Simulation of automatic flight control" and has bten supported by CTU
grant No. 35032011.
188
WORKSHOP 00 ENGINEERING INFORMATICS k OYDFJtNETIOS
Keywords! timpr-nnion, vehicle, rnntrol, //«,, model, st/ttc form, feedback, Kiccati equation
Ono of tliu problems that arc solved in the laboratory of Mcchntronics which is building
at the Dcpt, of Control Engineering in this time la the active- suspension of vehicles. This
paper deals with advanced suspension. Automotive suspensions arc designed to provide a
good vibration insulation of the paasangers and to maintain nn adequate adherence of the
wheel for braking, accelerating And handling.
] t,
I /. (t)
suspension
lire
The quarter car model shown in Fig. 1 has been studied by many authors to analyse
and optimise automotive suspensions, The suspension results from a traditional model.
mi is the mass supported by each wheel and taken as equal to a quarter of the total
IIIMS of the body, kj is the stiffness of the spring and bj the datnping coefficient for a
traditional suspension. S(a) is the active suspension transmi'.tancc. A| is the stiffness and
di the damping coefficient of the tyre. mt is the unsprung mass. zo(t) is the deflection of
the road, i|(() and tj(t) arc the vertical displacements of the wheel and body respectively.
The suspension develops A force /j(<) which is a function of the relative displacement zn(t)
and which obeys symbolically to the general Hation:
(2)
189
WORKSHOP DC ENGINEERING INFORMATICS it CYnEIlNETIGg
And
m,l,(l) « /,(<) (3)
In which / i ( 0 =- fti(*o(O - *i(0) + *i(*oW - *iW) w l ' c f c AW Is
""-' f o f c c developed by
tllti flUS|X!ll«i0ll.
6'ctllng w a to(t), t a zi{l) and y » ra(<) - ?|(<) result* Ift Ihu ttftndnrd //«, problem.
Then the standard / / „ problem is:
This research has been conducted at the Department of Control Engineering as part of
the research project "Moratory for Interdisciplinary Studies of Mechalronics'and has been
supported by CTU grant No. 35 032 000
190
WORKSHOP 90 ENGINEERING INFORMATICS k CYDEItNE'f ICS
Key words: ceiling heating system, Identification of heat system, heal tncrtln of building
In tills paper in described fin identification of tlio heat system at the one school block
of buildings of The Mechanical nnd Elcktrotcchnical Faculties in Prague And its following
using for design of control equipment by tills licat system.
The heat system Crittnll is being controlled in a heat exchnnge stnlion by hnnd. It
is sup|i'it'<l by warm water with calculating values of the temperature u5/45°C. Tlio tem-
perature of water, which carried into the system, is depending on the outside temperature
(cquitherm lependcnce),
Working of deftt system is discontinued, 12-16 hours on active service by day, According
the technical norm CSN 00 0210 WAS classified like permanent operating system. Influence a.
great heat inertia and & heat accumulation in ceiling and in floor blocks causes considerable
daily unbalanced condition as for the heat consumption, which is not adequate to the real
movement of the outside temperature,
The litnl system identification nerves as to the estimating of the lliermodynauiic be-
haviour of the heating school building. As model of this object was used a model structure,
which iit founded by means of heat power bilancc for a reference room and room's adjoin-
ing elements. The reference room was chosen in view of take; inside and outside influences
towards to air room temperature: 1. outside influncnccs (outside temperature, sunshine,
wind), 2. inside heat powers (people, apparatus generated heat), 3. heat-technical param-
eters of building elements (walls, ceilings And floors), 4. air moving in the reference room:
nature (infiltration, through the temperature gradient) or controlled (ventilation by win-
dow, door, moving people), S, infiltration (by door, windows), 6. room disposition and its
world side orientation (ground plan, ceiling height, height above the ground, level of glasing
of walls, the number of outside > nils etc.). The volume of the room (it turned out that
the heat storage capacity of room air is lesser importance. And the other way round in
accordance with demand for a speed rcavlfon of heat condition at room on outside climatic
factors w u t <rncd the number of outside [Link] as the most significant.
Front the point of view the heat system identification is the condition of input and
output defining the First step as for the cxplicity or implicity model's mathematical form.
From the lot of potential disorder factors were attended the outside temperature and free
heat into the mathematical structure model. Under free heat man understands here the
heat gain from inside heat powers (sec point 3.) and through the sunshine.
On account of the obtaining the best structure model of the reference room was per-
formed the validation of it in terms of the temperature measurement during a heating
season.
For the first time was the model by control and disorder factors roughly analysed and
featured. On practical grounds is used the analogic between electrical units and units of the
191
WORKSHOP 86 ENGINEERING INFORMATICS h CYUE11NCT1CS
hcnt tlieoflo m tbo purpose feature model, After then IH possible to crcttto the substitute
heat system'* nclicinc, which is to second scheme of tlic reference room ntlciulcd without
claim to another mathematical tools, In consequence of tho system nnalysc was created ft
tmiutf WfiM AIKJ the following mathematical model:
(tx\(l)/(lt o /[Link](0 + [Link]{t) + fXx3(t)
dxi(t)/dl a k\.ul(t) -f k2.x2{t) + [Link])
d(/J
dxA(l)fdl = c l . u l ( < ) - «2(<) + e 2 . * l ( f ) + t3.x2(L) + cb.u(i(t - I,)
The simplification of tli<! model could define, which input coefficient!) «| and unknown
output quantifies xt of the differential <v|iiat]on* Are really important, It was necessary
heenmc of the model is set In n progrnmninlilc controller with any determined capacity
of the progrAin step*. The Dome la applied to hcat-tcclinicnl pnrnmctcm of the ratimntcd
object (licnt stortigo capacities Am] l«;al conductivities), which are described in term* of
the following coefficients t(, /i, r/(» h, ' - \,'i,,,.T, For n propuiial of the control syntcm
was the model used for the simulation of room temperature running. The prepared model
served as fit suitable tool for Hijimlation instead of experiment on the real object, fly the
simulation on the pcrnonal computer was created nn elementary notion about the basic
tlicnnodyjiiimic characteristic of the object mid its important parameters because of the
controller's adjusting (time delay of the heat system, the room time constant),
The using )( the air room temperature as liku Uin input value signal into the con-
troller as the controlled vuluu without another modification is not Advisable: the controller
should change more frequently iln output signal to the servo-operated motor, which Is open-
ing/closing the controlled scrvovalve with the warm water, However, the {lighter numerous
setting up of turning on/off canned « digger tendency towards to breakdowns of electrome-
chanical part of the servomotors, shortens the time between the defects and cult) alnu ils
reliability and accordingly its lifetime (in proportion to another equipments of the control
chain participate breakdowns of the action pails equipments approximal« fy 75 %), Therefore
is necessary this temperatures before their joining to the controller by terms of appropri-
ate connection to plug in among all that thermometers, The elimination of the fluctuate
is a compromise as for the average value among these air temperatures and partically a
protection against the defect of the thermometer or its connection. Together with this tem-
perature are measured another temperatures, which are represented if the mathematical
model structure. It turned out that the controlled value - the average ("mperature of the
ceiling heating surface - was optimal n.i for the minimal number of the control action on
the side the icrvovalvc.
References:
(1) IIAC1I, L.: The calculation of temperature of heal exchanger. Edition Sulzer Infra Co.,
VVinterthtir 1991.
(2] IIEMZAL, K. - I/AHOUTKA, K.: Control of healing and ventilation equipments. Pub-
lished by Technical University in Prague, 1985.
[3] IIAINES, J. E.: Automatic control of Heating and Air Conditioning. Published by
McGraw-Hill. New York 1953, part M, pp. 336-354.
HUB research Itn.i been conducted at the Department of Environmental Engineering as
part of the research project "Control System of The Heat System" and has been supported
by CTU grant JVO. 10U S8S54.
192
EXPERIMENTAL IDENTIFICATION
OF A GLASS FURNACE
M. UafreHer
Key word*) glass furnace, Identification, tlflyrnlnn system tlassitkatioti, model sltutltitc
determination, fiarntfiPlrr estimation
'fills contribution denls with fxprfInirutnl identification of a> glass furraee by iiicni!* of
|it<»l(nl4lily (tUye«Uu) njij>r«mt|i. This ftppwttrlt ha* t>mt *ued fof pMMirclrr estimation n»
well as for determlriAtlon of regression model structure.
Glass furnace In a complex fnulllvariable distributed parameter system. The process of
melting Is A resultant of runny concnirriit miliprurrsiies witli ronaldrrable (tintlint Interaction.
The Information about tlio pruceaa I* only nvaiUKIf ttiroiigh A very limited set of mramtMe
VAflnMeit. Tlif iiiost liii|«irt«iit of tlirirt »tn trrnpcrAttirei, (ifrsurrr* «nd level of molten gltus
Anil tliese, IIAVC derisive liiflnriirc »n thir Mrdl«al |mf*inctef - tlin trtnpvriilum |>f«filn of (lifl
tank. In prsctictf, the Ircdnologlit prescribe) ttie optimal VAIIIM of the pAfAfnctcri of the
tank and control In expected tu k»?«'p tJicsfl puuneten wltWn tlielf prn»rjib'"l Wmlln.
In this particuUr CAW, the %nn\ of experiment A) identificAtion of it [Link] furnACe WAH to
determine A frmttiPiimticnl model anilAlile for the synthesis of control. Since the Influence of
uncertainties and random disturbance* had to !«• tnkrn Into account the tUycjian system
claasificallon clalwrated in (I) hax liern chenen M A suitable tool for solution to this problem.
In this approach to Identification the unknown variables are regarded AS stochastic variables
with an A priori given distribution.
Supposing the value* of measured valinMrs fluctuate hear working point a nmttivariatc
normal linear regression model haa proved suiuMc for identification of a glaM furnace (this
model will be called (he funiUmental model in the following text).
However, even If this condition is satisfied and the fundamental model can be used fur
description of the furnace It U still necessary to determine the iUittliire ot the itiodd (I.e.
to Ascertain the order of the system, transport delay, number and selection of Inputs etc.)
Moreover, it In evident that these fundamental characteristic! ran generally be different for
individual Inputs and outputs, If A particular hypothesis ( / / o n the structure of tiaxic model
Is selected, tills selection defines the content of Information stored In observation vector <i.
Unless the structure of baaic model is precisely known it is necessary to compare possible
hypotheses about the fundamental model structure tll,i a l,V,..r, where r denote* the
number of compared hypotheses.
The target of identification of a glass melting Aggregate was to determine suitable struc-
ture and parameters of the fundamental model. Within the framework of chonen approach
the determination of the following characteristics is necessary for this:
193
WOUKflHOl'PO KNCHNKKIttHq tWOHMATICS k CYtlKHNBTICS
itefcreneesi
|l) I'KTKHKA, V.i UnytBian approach to system idtntlfteatlon IriiTrendj ami Progress In
System Identification (P. [Link]^l'crgmtion Press, Oxford. Chap, 8, pp, [Link]-304,
i'J8l
[2] IIOFKKITKH, M,: Kttimittion of important inputi And otdtt 0/ a linear rajnstlon
model of a »to(ha*tic tyttem (in Ctrclt) Cli.I). UIRHI.-KACIOII, C"f(J\ I'aCi of Mechanical
¥ , Dept, of Automatic Control, Pr»ti» tOHt
Thi» Httatth hat bun conducted at the Department 0}Automatic Contrnl an pnrt of
the Kitarth project "Hoat* unit hat not been tuporltd,
WOttKHHOf DO tiNaiNKRHlNO INFORMATICS k OYHKItNETIC8
AN INTEGRATED METHOD
FOR VEGETATION MONITORING
K. t'nvclkn
Vegetation CAM be Hied as an indicator for the slate of the landscape condition. A clmngc
In the vegetation In space or lime indicates a change in (lie properties of the landscape
or the enviruninent and make a pnrt of ecological warning system. Itcmotly sensed data
jointed with agromeleorological ground data make * usefull ayatem on the 013 level for
monitoring And forecasting tlir vegetation HIAIC. In the 1991 A project WM started In the
Czech republic (CTU Prague) to develop A method to monitor I lie state of vegetation on
imllonal level, This project IIAJI close connection with MARS project And can be considered
as a supplement to the PIIAIIE MIlltA project. In this frame, similar projects at national
level were started In Poland, Hungry and Italy M the work-coordinator ([Link]'AZIO
coiiaorliiiiti), The project Is Imsed on using sAtellilc dntit and agromcteorotoglcAl dftU And
tJHr JuuilytU )/» OJ3. Tlw AMniiiuu! U *. ji/<]jiv« iA tpptiMimiUAy thml-lim Stftil d*t*
from NOAA satellites, Tim AVIIltlt istrumrnt is med. The <\ntn\mnr,rantainsdata from
three sources! a) The data delivered from TKLESI'AZIO - years 1991-1994, channel 1-0,
Czech republic region In size .157 x 422 pixels, cca MX)Mb; b) The CIAIA Acquired At Czech
llydrometrnrological (futitute I'ragun from the years 1993-1995 (continue), cloud-free, tlzc
COO x 800 pixels, era 25Mb; c) The high resolution data from Landsat TM are used for
control and extension of the method on local level (Undsat STM, path 192/25, acquired in
25.4.199 J, 30.7.1901 and .11.8.1991).
For the civilian sector, the special conic projection (Kfovak) is used (or still old Caasini*
Soldier projection) for the cartographical data. For military is used the International Gauss
projection. For finding the topographic influence (elevation, exposition, slope), digital ele-
vation model (I)KM) is generated (grid I x I km) from topographic maps.
The Czech llydromcteorological Institute have In the Czech region the net of about
SO ground special measurement station, which arc used for assessment of vegetations status
based on state (phenophaae) of about 50 plants with next informations (location, temper*
aturr, rainfall, soil type, ••)> Informations are from forests and orchards station*. Slate of
other types of vegetations I* dependent on a human activity. It is possible to use two kinds
of data: a) biological date (pnenophase); b) blomeleorotogical date (cumulation of energy).
For comparison with satellite data from NOAA (pixel size 1.1 x 1.1 km) waa necessary
to perform a selection of ground station in homogenous areas. For monitoring of vegeta-
tion state comparable temporal data Is needed. Haw image data acquired by satellites is
transformed to the same level. In case of the TKLKSI'A'ZIO delivered database a SPACE
software process is used to obtain comparable geocorrected data set. The satellite data
acquired at the Czech Ilydrometcurologic Institute Is preprocrtsed more simply and will be
used a* a supplement. Final satellite Image processing In the <AM of data delivered from
[Link], tbr final output h a pktart hk In Albm E^al Arra Oonte pmjrrtkm on
195
WOUKHIIOI' 00 _ ENaiNKttllINO INI'OHMATIUH h UVUUUNIiTICfl
the Wfltf 72 KlllpitoM. A vegetation \n<\ex U «*•<) for ih*«At|ru«tlMi of MOMM*. 'flic vWWo
Arid near Infrared data Are sensitive Indicators of the presence of green vegetAtlon And Arc
»«?»> toroti»lrti?l* v«»*l(»trV?fl )&'!»%• Tb« «?nlr/i«l b*lw«v)) the wnt-Uitrnf<l m<\ tb<< visible
reflectance* In «n Indicator O! 1)10 Amount arid flute of Ihc vvprinltvc co\ct, The degree of
absorption «ml rWlectAnee create* the algiwtiir*, which CM) »ISM lead tu llm dnt'/riiiiiintloii of
apecinl typcti bluinwm dennlly Htid variables nutli M vcj;ctAllona slress, In our study, dulA
ffo«< NOAA AVJfKK (i.l x 1.1 km In tubMiellile poltit) wti u««I tor todiputlng NDVI (Nof
m/ili/nl Difference. VrgcUllon Index) 111 tile tfingv of \WM(), The NDV1 tin* been computed
for cncli Approximately cloiid-frcc iriiAge (with cvenlunl cloud making) According c<piAtlotii
NUVJ »(ehi -eh2)/lekl+eh'l), where thi (th'l) \» the awrretnl iiiiniejIcAl pixel v»lue
of cliAtmet 1 - visible (channel 2 - near Infrared), Clmiinel 4 And 5 will be used for radiative
temperature estimation, Now we tine A simple formula for radiative temperature:
7|Kj •* C/10+2M, where T Is radiative tempernlnre In K And C I* tha corrected count
from sensor, For best knowledge AIKJIII siitfate tempfmt'irc « f<i[iiparl«ni with K'onnd «t*'
lion data l« needed. In the ttue of datn delivered from C'lIMO, the A/imnlnl Slereogrnptilc
J'rojpctloti la used, the Mdlornetric ror/ection I* more simply »nd the rAdlAtlvc tcmjicrftturc
la calculated from:
Y'[K] a 0.5 • C -f 200. The data analysis la performed on platform the m«t<-r oriented
(JI.S SI'AN.S, AgromcteorologtcA) data from ground atatlons Arc Interpolated for every day
And transported Into GIH. About 01) ground station* In homogenous nrea will be created
teat lites, on which will be computed the correlation with corrected AV11UR daU (Inyrr
tt> layer), Vor e]li»\i)hl\oi> ol relief Ijilluwiec » correction with hrlp of DKM !» mrd, I'or
rrsult control And for local arras, clulft from liiuli n-nointion aatcllitt-s is prepared. The
method of combination NOAA AVIIHIt And [Link] TM Is now tHckledon platform Inwgti
correlation. The completion of this work involves looking for A relationship between NDVI,
meteorological, topographical Anil AgrometeorologlcAl ground datA And their Integration Into
GIS. In the cue of high correlation Ix-twcrn NOAA AVI III It And agrotneteoroiogicAl datA
we can build A ayateni for ajwssnient of vegetation itatin by using rcrnotly sensed data
from NOAA AVIIIlIt, which are low cost And lobal And will be compnrahk' in international
frame, The rcwarch will be finished in Frbruar VJ%.
Itfferencesi
[I] I'AVKLKA, K,: InUgrnllon of lie moll)/ Setued Vtgctnlhn Data into GIS. Workshop
KAHSeL 1995 tJrA«d/» n/L, I'ari* 1093, pp. 1-5.
[2] McGINNIS, D. F. - TAIII'LEY, J. D.: VtftMion Cwr Mapping fmm NOAA. IIS
Knv., 1991/35
[3j (WTMAN, G.: notation Mien from NOAA AVIIItH: an UpJnlr and Fulurt
I'rotpuU. ILS Env., 1991/35
[I] KIIKUCH, D. - VStVS, J. E. - SINOII, A.: Application, ofNOAA-AVIUlfl I km DaU
fat Entrirontntntat Monitoring. UllS, I99J/IS
Thin rtitanh ha* brtn tonducltd at tht Dtpartmtnl of Mapping & Cartography, CTU
Prague <w part of the rtAtanh project 'Uiing of Saiillitt and Ajromtttorological Data
for Monitoring of Global Vrflalion Condition" and has hern tupported by CTU grant
No. 10018216
196
WOHKHIIOPOO UNOINEKILING JtWOItMATICB U OYDIiltNETICa
EDUCATION IN GIS
AT THE CTU PRAGUE -
- COMPLEX DIDACTIC SUPPORT
M. Hum), 1). Vevcrkn, A. Ccpek, P. Soukup
References:
(1) AtlONOFF, J.: Gtographkat Information Systtnu: A Afanojemenl Ptr$ptctivt WDL
Publications, Ottawa, 19S9, ISDN 0-92180 t-OO-g.
197
W0KK3J10P PO
(2| HAKES, J. S, - SMART, J, t),i Object Orhntation, Jolm Wiley'/Sou*, [Link]'f, tOU-1,
1SHN 0-471-94124-7.
(3| MCKWKN, L J. - GIIKEN, f). ft.! l/ndtrgmduute dlS: Quality Education and Training
with Limited UtMounu, lVocmlliign KOI.S'05, Ovum, 109.1, pp. 901-012,
[•!) LAOltiNf, ft. - THOMPSON, fJ.i Fundamentals of Spatial Information Synttm*,
Ai'ttleinla ?ie»», JOVAJIOVICII i'lililithcrt, Lontlon, 1002, ISDN 0-\W,\HMi-1.
Tlili rtitanh him hen conducted <it the Dtpartmcnt of Mapping and Cartography a* a
part of the ttsttirth project "Education in Oroinformaiic Hyutrmit al Ihc (JTU I'mgut" and
hag been ttipportcd by C'TU grant No, I8ISI),
198
WORKSHOP 0(1 ENGINEERING INFORMATICS k CVDERNET1CS
Key words) Information systems, I'elrl nets, object ortcnlnllon, prototyping, Smalltalk
Tills aliort rmnmurileation describes some results of our research in the field of formnl
models nnd software tools which tuc applicnkle to the area of Information system engineering.
Tlic KWKtctt Is 1>M«S on intcgftilUi J high-level l'etti net models nntl object oticntetl
paradigm with «n aim to contribute to the problem of more efficient methodologies for
Information system design and Implementation, As the main results a new formal model
called Object Oriented I'ctri Net (OOPN) and corresponding language PNtalk for rapid
prototyping were developed [1, 2], Now the language is being Implemented In Smalltalk
ffrivtronmrnt \%i*l Work* 2,0 on Sun WorksMlorm.
The OOPN definition uses the net Invocation concept [3], which supports functional.
»ltucUii)n% of Petrj unit. A »JJ«:I«J tltut otMiurM Prttl i>rt» [4], «»JJ«<J hittelUm*l Prttl
Nets (FI'N), wail introduceil for this piirprmir, FI'N is a set of primitive function* and
lunctloni defined by Pctrl nets. Tokens In FI'N represent literals, functions or lUts of
literals, functions or lists. A Pctri net which defines a non-primitive function f(xi,Xi,.,.,Xn)
has parameter-places Xt,ij,...,xH and a return-place. An action attached to a transition
can specify a function call. Transition with a primitive function call Is performed as an
atomic operation (exclusively). An occurrence of a transition with non-primitive action
V '•" J(*i>X3)"-<zn) i> performed in three phancs called Jork, run and join phases. During
the (otk-phajic the input p*H of the transition (i.e. equivalent ttiumtion without output
arci) occurs, then A new instance (process) of a net defining / (with its initial marking) is
created, and tokens carrying values of arguments arc put to the parameter places. During the
run-pha«<>, the Instance (ptotca) of net is executed concurrently to all other net Instances
and it continues until its return-place receives a token, During the join-phase, a value of a
token in the return-place is returned as result of function call, then the invocation instance
of net Is removed and finally, the output part of the transition occurs.
OOPN is a set of classes hierarchically organised according to c\u» inheritance. Every
class consists of an object-net describing object's internal activity, and a set of method-nttt
describing object's responses on messages. Toiiens in nets are pointers to objects (instances
of classes).
All method-nets share access to the object-net (places of object-net arc accessible by
transitions of method-nets). All places in a ret have a name. Names must be unique in
a single net. A place of a method-net that das the same name as a place in the object-
net represents the same place which resides in the object-net. This way, places can be
shared between the objircl-net and method ntts, and u«xl for the object state change by
the methods.
199
WORKSHOP flfi KNOINEKMNn INFOltMAtiCa k G'VHt-'KNKTICS
Each object i» created ni mi instnuceof some, clans nn<l it consmtn of mi innlnnco (process)
of ctnnn' object-net. Tin 1 method-net I* reentrant mid linn |inrrtfiieter-plftees nnd n return-
place, It roj>rcBO/it« A function witli (lide-effects in object-net, Wnen the object receives
/» mrnnpr, n «<;W Instance (pmrenn) of corresponding /iielhod-liel IK created, iwirnJnctcru
flfe put lilt" tlio pdMrnetcfplacM, mid t)ir» thn Snutnnre of tli<> method-net in executed
tonciirreiilly wHIi each olbef net Innl/tnie tmlll lliu tvtnMi-plot<• receive* A token. Then,
value of n token In the rettiru-plncu in p/used to tlic message sender ami linnlly, the liicl IKKI-
net iimtmicc i» dnlotcd. When micli n tr/tunitioti in fired, it inny rittirr M-IMI A nii'-^if,'1 to
/in object, or crcnto A rinw olijcct n» mi timtnnrc of urmie CIAMI M M M ^ C ncnditifi of object
c rent Ion Is s|icciflt'<l M nil fiction nttddicd to n irntmhUm. ft i i n polyiuorpliic rnodific/itloti
of (lie function cnlt diiciiMrd AIJOVI.1 - tlic mcwijjc receiver Itftdf dceidcii (nccordiiif; to its
) wlilrli tnclliod Iiiw to bo Involuted to ri"i|Kiiii| to tin- im-iunftt-.
The CIAM And method Iniieritnnrc In dulined by liilictiliuicc of object-lle.t», n HirLliuiU
dictionary mid Inclnnloii on nwMnft: BCN. Since OOI'N docn not »ii|i|mrt multiple ifilirri-
tnrifff, the hiemrcliy r/in br represented n.i a tree. The root of llie lieu In tlm iua'ie dang
rimncil I'N (it In /in/ilag of dim* Ol/jwt In Snintltnlk). It inipleiiients nn empty olijcrt-nct (no
Ir/uish'iou* nnd no place*), Mid ilclinci bnnic method* tlinl Jirr. uiidemtood by nil Instance*
of niiy OOI'N CIASS
A grnplilcal lAtigimgc bnnrd on OOl'Nn with Sumlltnlk inncriptionn it cnlled I'Ntnlk,
1'Ntulk in an cxtctmioll of Stn/dltnlk whirh allows to define S'rnnlllnlk clnisco by mennit of
IVtri nrl«, And niricb tliein by A concurrency, ,S»(»pwli/l({ tool* will A I W to run, nnnlyne,
debug nmi edit tnodc\ opociliod in 1'NUlk, I'Ntnlk In 11 kind of tonwilleiil uliJfct-dlioitK'd
hHnwiftt; where each nn-ninjJn Hend li eviilniitnl by »i'|iiir«te tlirend. l l ii nnnlogotin to
RI'C (remote procedure cnll) niectiniiiHin ouriclird by the. dynamic binding of messages U>
method*,
I'Ntnlk nyntnx is very ximplc, (loth plnren nnd transition* hnvc nnmen, 'Die plncc
(Ml Imvc AII Itiilml mnrkijiK ixtul nu inUi/il nctiou ivhich define* vnri/iljjej nicd in the initini
marking, The tratmition c«n imvc A ^iinnl nnd 1111 Action, The trnnnition gunrd mid nction
Arc jpecified by aaei|iiencL'of Kmnlltnlk expremloii in context of the [Link] vnrinlilen (act
of all varinhlcn in nil mirrounditi^ tire exprefinion<i), An Jirc lm.i nttnclic<l tlic arc cxpre»»ion.
U is the mullUct connlriirtor which ran contain variables, Smalltalk litcmln nnd lints,
References:
[lj JANOUSKK, V.: /'MM: Object Orienlolii/n in i'tlri Stti. True, of Knropenn Simula-
tion Multiconfcrcncc KSM'DO, I'rngui! Tecliiiical University, l»ragnc 19!>5, pp. 190-200.
(2) CKSKA,I'.-DHAUANT t ll.-JANOUSKK,V.: An Intrgrntti Knvironmtnl for System
Sptcijicntinn and Prototyping. I'roc. of the 12th International Conference on Syitcms
Science, Oficina Wydawniczn I'olitrrhniki wrockwl'i'lj, WrocUv 1991, pp. 53-CO.
[3] IIUIIKH, P. - JENSEN, K. - SIIAIMKO, It, M.: Hierarchies in Coloured Petti Nelt.
In: AI'N 1990 Lecture notes in Computer Science 483, Springer-VerUg 1991.
[1| JENSEN, K,: Coloured I'ctri Nth: Untie Concept*, Analysis Methods and Practical
Use - Volume /." fMtic Concepts. BATCS Monographs oti Computer Science, Vol. 20,
Springer-Vcrlng 1992.
77IM rrttnrch has betn conducted at the Department of Computer Science & Engineering
as part of the research project "Methodology of Information Systems Devilopmtnt" and has
inn supported by CACll grant No. 10'J/9(/lO!H.
200
WORKSHOP 00 ENGINEERING INFORMATICS k CYBERNETICS
IMPLEMENTATION
OF COLOURED PETRI NETS
USING HIGHER-ORDER
FUNCTIONAL LANGUAGES
D, KolAf
K«y words! coloured I'ctti not, unification, fundl' IIAI languages, simulation strategies
Coloured 1'ctrl nets (Cl'Ns) arc suitable tool.i for modelling And description of the
parallel »y»lctm. Their power Is oqunl with the power of Turing tnncliitic and It memis
Cl'Ns can describe any problem, Even If we mainly describe concurrent problems by CPNs,
wo use monoproccssor machines for running the simulation of sucli A system, Simulators
arc to be cllicieut cvnluntlon machines in this case to give us needed Information about the
tytlum. TliiU In why uminlly ii'Veral •hmiinlion »ti-aU'gi«s Are supported.
Higher-order ftmctloiml language* arc high-level languages thnt offer us largn number
of tools for creating and handling data structures. Also great expressive power of the func-
tional language! Is the characteristic that makes Implementation of the CPNs in functional
environment easier and more cdlcicnt.
There arc many kinds of functional languages available, but we have chosen just two of
them that represent languages with different evaluation strategics:
• GOFER: lazy evaluating langAiigc, G-machine interpreter, purely functional language.
• ML: strictly evaluating language, compiler, side effects support.
They both offer good programing comfort, but their different evaluation strategics can be
exploited in efficient implementation of different simulation methods (sec [2, 7])
In the center of the simulation the problem of unification stands. As the '.M' cation
we mean binding of the values from the source placet) of the transition in the Ci'ti to the
expressions given at the edges outgoing from thcic places. Of course this problem is more
complex (it is NP complete - see (Gj). Some general simplifications over the expressions on
the edges are also necessary to make unification possible at least theoretically. To make
algorithm of the unification efficient we combined several strategics and improved them so
that they could be used at the functional environment. Thus we build special multi-tree
that carries necessary information about possible binding.* during the unification (>cc [4]).
The core of the simulator stands in the independent simulation engine, which controls
whole the simulation according to the simulation strategy. As the program it uses definition
of the CPN that can be constructed using function prolotyi«rs built in the host languages.
Thus we have obtained new langaugc for the description of the. CPNs. Even If it can be
used fot direct writing we mainly want to use It w the target language for translation from
some graphical representation. It allows to establish simulation server, because simulation
201
WORKSHOP 00 ENGINEERING INFORMATICS U CYHMNKTICS
can bo run Independently on the user. If tho user wants to use unnr-drivcn simulation llicn
stcp-Ly-dtcp strategy cnti bo lined,
Tor thorough Investigation of the system described by CI'N wo offer several simulation
strategics:
• Hound-robin: This strategy goes through all the traniltluns Inking oneftftnranotiicr<
It tests whether A transition enn fire or not, If the firing in possible it taken tho first
possibility and fire* tlic transition, it repents tills process until no transition can fire,
• Ilnndom-driven: We run CI'N in Almost rcnl circumstances. In every step nil tho
transitions /ire tested and from those that can fire one nrbilrnry transition is chosen,
Within this chosen transition ono arbitrary possibility of firing is taken,
• User-driven! In this c/wc system also goes through all the transitions and checks
their possibility of firing. Those that can tiro are offered to user, then tha user chooses
one transition. Within chosen transition one arbitrary possibility of firing is taken.
• F'nrnllel-Stcp Simulation: When (lie algorithm works it checks again all tho possi-
bilities and afterwards selects any parallel set, Selection of the binding or of the set
can be first match or random-driven, This simulation requires necessary static anal-
ysis for detection of the parallel lets — sets of those transitions that do not Interfere
in source and destination places,
Sorrto modifications of these strategies are possible to obtain more efficient Implementation
depending on the target langaugc,
At prs««/it It i» necessary to fully Implement all the simulation strategic! In both lan-
guages. Also further compilc-timc transformations of the CPN description should be ex-
amined to get more efficient simulator. Problem of binding the GUI to the server Is being
solved as well.
References:
[1| JENSEN, K.: Coloured Petri NcU. Springer-Vcrlag Hcrlin Heidelberg, 1902.
[2| JONES, M. P.: GOFER, Functional programming environment, Vtrtlon 2.20.
[Link], 1991.
[3] KOLAft, D..' Compilation of Functional Languagtt to Efficient Sequential Code.
Diploma Thesis, TU Hrno, 1991.
(4) KOLAR, D.: Implementation of Coloured Ptiri Nets Using Higher-Order Functional
languages, proceedings of the conference COMPUTER SCIENCE, September 6-7,
1905, Ostrava, pages 14-21, Ostrava Repronis, 1995.
[5] KOI-A ft, D.: Simulation Strategies of CPN Implementation, proceedings of the confer-
ence Ulftck Sea InfoTcch'95, Varna, ACM Bulgaria, 1995.
[CJ ItEISIG, W.: A Primer in Peln Net Design. Springs-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, 1992.
(7] WIKSTROM, A.: Functional Programming Using Standard ML. Prentice Hall, 1987.
This research has been conducted at the Department of Computer Science and Engi-
neering as part of the research project "Methodology of Information Systems Development"
and has been supported by OACR grant No. 102/94/1097.
202
WORKSHOP 00 RNCUNEKRINO INFORMATICS k CVDEIINKTICS
SIMULATION TECHNIQUES IN
INFORMATION SYSTEMS DESIGN
'/,. IIVIIJOV/I, I', t'orlngcr, J. JnnoS
The nlm of this Article in to show (lie possibility of tiling olrntilAtlon methods In the
Area of information system design.
SimulAtion method* Include experiments with suitable formal model (called simulation
model), which uses problem-oriented knowledge. This knowledge can IIAVC Die form of
differential equations, rules, semantic nctworki, frames, algorithm* or it can be distributed
across neural network.
We CAII distinguish
203
WORKSHOP 00 RNfllNKKKINfl INFORMATICSU CYBERNETICS
higher reliability of models, And speed of tliodel construction, Reusability is one of the niAln
purpose* of object-oriented design method1). In area of simulation it means the reuse of
existing model* (or model part*) in newly created model*. Tim lilcrarchic/il Idock-orlctitcd
design of tjifl model d a natural w»y In achieve fciis&Lility 6f blocks. If model parts ntc
derived from well tested LA»1C block*, It will Inctrnsn ttir reliability of model* beside* of
speed-up the model dunign «nd Implementation. Tti<! act of basic alistrnctioiis In an open
system - the mcr CAII »4<l nevt nlulrivtioii" nnd modify cxlutiii^ onca,
Vtir modelling of complex nyitcm* with non-roinplctc d^acriplion, and vnriAttlc bclmvior
we ndd new appronclica frotn the (iff* of nrtiliclnl Intelligence. Tlicn tlio tlmultilioii enn be
accn M n knowledge driven activity. 'Die tlmplc cxumplc of tril* \» tiirr imo of expert lyttcrn
in almulAtlon model. Tlifl ktiowlcdgrs About (ilmiilntcd lyitcin Arc Included in the knowledge
IJIIM, Tim expert lyilcm enn olitnln JtifonnAtlon About model ttntc. ll« Inference engine
tries to find all the proposals fur problem solution by inrntu o! knowledge \>MC. TIIC model
of InfoniiAtlon system Is expressed l/i form of coloured Pctrl net. The coloured I'ctrl net
lirnulfftor co-operates with the expert system In a wny tliAt All fir able trftiisitioiii, Hint result
in problem solution Arc selected by expert system. This selection Is the result of logical infer-
ence using the knowledge bane Therefore the tnitAble environment for Implementation of An
expert system is Prolog. The use of Prolog solves otherwise very diflicnlt Implement At Ion of
unlflcAtion In search for required goAln. The Abovo mentioned object-oriented And artificial
intelligence approAchcs can be combined in the unified object-oriented system SirmllUlk.
References!
(1) IlAOOVA, Z, - I'ERINCER, P.: Opiimalizacc iuformainuh syitcmu » vyiiiitim nimu-
tahlch modM Vybrand |>ful;llriiy slniul«2flfcli modelu, Druo, September 0-8, 1991
[2| PEIUNGEtl, R : llasic Abstraction/ for Objccl-OHtnltd Model Description proceedings
of International lymposium on modelling and simulation of systems, Zabfch na Moravc,
1931
[3] VONDIlAK, 1. - MOSELEY, W.: DUtHbutei I'roetut Management using the Protest
Ansel Enginttring Facility proceedings Computer Science, September 6-7, 1995, Os-
trava
[4] IlAllOVA, Z. - JANOS, J.: Eiptrtni timulAlor Proceeding* Computer Science, Septem-
ber 5-7, 1995, Ostrava
[5| JANOS, J.! Simulation Sytlem in Smalltalk Proceeding* Modelling and Simulation
ESM 1095, June &-7, 1995, Prague
[C] llAHOVA, Z. - PEIMNGER, P.: Intrgrace limulaMho modelu do informtinlho tyi-
r/tnu proceedings Advanced Simulation of Systems, April 18-20, 1995, Zabfch na
MoravS
77ii« research hat ieen conducted at the Department of Computer Science and Engi-
neering as part of the research project 'Methodology of Information Systems Development"
and has bun supported by GACR grant No. 102/9(/1097.
204
WOKKSfKH'flg
GRAPH-BASED SPECIFICATIONS
M,
TU Mftio, Kac, t/f Electrical Eng, and C'ottip, Science,
Oept, ul Computer Science and Engineering
[Link] 2, 612 00 tlttm
Current programming methodclogle* arc often based on (more or le«s) formal gpcel*
ficallon of th" task the program should solve. The specification i» n cotitrnct between •
ptopMtutiet M<1 lii* client, to It should t>« umkinUnMAe \><j the tllent and mlTlclcntly
t>fcu«e fur ill* [iio^fntiiiiiff. The t|)fciri(*tiuii tmild l>« written In Kngliili or In tuitte mote
fonnal itiAtliematlc«1 notntlon,
(i<M!iilj|e fotttud *pPf IHrAtloii tticthod<t, the following «rcu lire of grp«ter
t grnpli »|ipflfic«(lon5.
Taking Into consideration the fmtt ihxl the ipedfiestlon ihonld be « start point for »
prototype ImplcnirnlAtlon, we prrfrr the liH-thmli that provide the rapid prototyping facility.
The predicate calculus and algebraic ipccifieation* are notations that are more mitable M
tool* for validation of the Itnplnnentatlon and ton Id be iivd for ip«tifl< algnrlthmi usrd on
lower level of the uprcilicalion.
SfieeificAticin language* include a wide range of high-level languages that are able to
<fo<Kribe a problem without drrper knowledge of * concrete implementation! The following
«ie representative* of a different approaches:
• jtpetlnlljml iiprcifitiitlon languages (Z latigiuge),
• functional languages ( M L , lUiketl), and
• logic UflgU4gr* (P'«M, OtWel).
The Z language Is bawd on algrbraic notation and it li not a real programming language
— it cotnbtnes formal description with natural Urtgiiage. Funrtidtixl and logic programming
langii«ge» are tery suitable for ipeciricalionj, M they ntpport itthniitt ptvjfnmming al-
lowing the programmer lo concern on tpeofication rather than on the Implementation.
The group of graph Used iprcifications Is the moat Intetrsting one, u It fullfilj both
re<|iiifriiieiit« for upccificatbns ataled above. Oraph ipccificatlonj are more understandable
for a rtrmtiton client than pure programming l*hgu*&f and at the tune time they are
potentially transformable Into programming language ilruclurn. There are two groups of
gjsph baaed tpccittcatiofl loch, namely
• Pctri nett, and
• gfotitl pa^U rcVfiliej ijitEOU.
305
W KN01NKKH1N0 iWOHMATIO'3 k C'V»t-:»NK'J'lC'S
The I'c'fl net Approach IIM been widely discussed In paper* iif older Aultior•>. lor
example, the I'NTalk ipcelflcAlloii Inngimge combines coloured I'rlrl nel» with Hmnlltnlk-
like inscription taii({Uag£ [1|. Tlicffi &f6 also fiat pf6t6tyf>iiift systems ttiilt COffitiind I'eCfi
nets with ML ami provide tools for executing designed ipcclficAlloni under ML
Graph KfAtntfiAM SIK! graph rewriting systems IIA* been studied M A powerful tooti /or
/ofiiiAli!r«rf|pt|(,fnuf v«rloiM (wfifcld of fmoflwwc nystrm, nutli *t the «l(?fl!^n of object »lfue-
tmes, the cITrtl of oper»tlon« on object*, or tlie synchronization of eoncurrentl/ executed
(MIO. I'Dr cxn/njilc, a sprcidtAtbti inctliod, which I* termed ptvgtiimmnl j/ttijih nwHUng
tyilem together with correspoiidlng specilicnttmiti Uupinff I'KOdKKS.S tvm Introdured At
Til AAchen, (IcrniAny ['-!), Tim Imigiiflge unn\Mm Advant«gfn of d/iU dvflttltloti lAiigiiAgcn,
otiject-orlented progrAinrnlng Inngirngrs, nilrildilc tfre grAmtrmrii AIM! program (tied graph
fcwfltlng nyitcm* with iioiidrtrrtitlniitle gmph trflrnfoftimiloiii.
At present, the lAngiiAgc I'ltOCiKKSS And Its development environment li ttndjcd AH A
|K«sif,le Alterriktlve tool for Information ayntrrn dcsiign (Cogrthrr with coloured IVtri net*).
The infotrrmllon tystern sprtiflcnlloti In 1'[Link] consiitj of two p»rt^: object And rclA-
tlonihlp* definition* (object* Are nodes with Attributes) and graph rule* thnt describe object
nioilificAlloni, building of new relntlotifhipi And other ttniiifonnnliiiih, The rnecliAnfjtm of
grAph rewriting AA implemented in I'tlOUIlKSS h very pcmerful; it Allows, for exAm|ile, to
specify complex put In in the graph, nundetertiiinlsiM, Atid Cuinplex trAriMetion*. Iti combl*
nation with graphic dovclopuicnt environment, It provides good hunk for further research
In the Area of programming methodology, Thn Aim of the current work U to create a CAKC
study of a small inforrnAtimi system nsing difTrrrnt «p[*roAt}iet, fornpare the result* And
possibly combine advantages of atudied methods, As the example system we use the model
of« faculty based on [.)].
References!
(I] JANOUSKK, V.: I'Mnlk: Object Orientation in 1'ilri HtU. Proceedings of Eufopc/Ui
Simulation Mulllconference''J5, CTU, I'fAgtie, 1995.
|2j SCIIUKR.A.! PROGRESS: A Vllt.-lanjuagt Uiuid on Graph Grnimmrt. f i i U 532,
Springcr-VcfUg, Ilerlin, 1900,
|3| HKNES, M.: Objttl-Oritnlcd Stodtl of a Unittnil]) Information System. In: Advanced
Simulation of Syitrms, 'lkbh\i na Moravf, MAItQ Ostr«v«, \W>.
TM» rtxnrth h<m tun tondncttd at the Drpnrtmtnl of Computer Srience and Engi-
neering n» part of Iht rttearth prnjrct "Methodology of Information Syittm Development"
and ha* been tupporttd ty GACR grant ,Vr>, 102/91/1097.
20G
WOjNLKBIjOP_00 ENOINEEIUNC) INFOItMATlGH k CVUliUNKTiefl
1'cttl net makes It possible to model and to visualize behaviour comprising concurrency,
synchronization and resource sharing, In order to formalize algorithm data dependencies the
I'N arc used In the following way - the transitions correspond to the variable Assignments (in
general to the procedures) with data represented by placet. The way of data representation
by the places does not match the the one in the computer. The datA in the computer
memory arc written once and could be red several times but the token In the I'N is put
to the place once and gotten also once. This Implies that for A correct use of I'Ns It Is
nwmtury to apply the following restriction; each datum i« represented by no many pheen
M many time* the datum li used. This Implies that each place lias exactly one Input arid
oim uutpul are - »ueJi J'N JUP atiM evmil f,si\)\i*. \u addition iwuMnr,* ojttfjptmii U> t)w
presence of valid d»l» computed by the previous transition or assigned to In the algorithm
initialisation. The algorithm Input/output data are generated/consumed by the input or
output transitions, Control dependencies (e.». if statement) can be transformed into data
dependencies as shown by Hanerjee. No formalism of index ipaet is assumed. The algorithm
under consideration cither
In such case the equation i(i + a) a y(i - b) where i.. iteration index, a,b,. constants,
r,y variables represented by the pla<c», Is represented by the transition T In such A way,
that h tokens are given to the place representing variable y and a token* are given to the
place representing variable t. Finally positive number of tokens In I'N model corresponds to
variables that have to be Initialized at the beginning of the algorithm. Incorrect algorithm
implies that certain part of the model t« not live (comprising negative number of tokens In
* place - Example).
In order to show which transitions could be computed In parallel it Is needed to simplify
the I'N model - eliminate the places that do not influence sequential execution of *ny
transition! because this sequential execution is given by other data dependencies. Implicit
places (place .. in example ..) and self-loop places (place .< in the example ..) are
places of this kind. Correct elimination of Implicit places and self-loop places preserves the
tici of tbrnejJt lafccrjj and boandednos berattse this elimination doei cot changr
SOT
WOHKHHOl'DO
the gtnto diagram ul given I'N. Such work could be clone cither mniiiinlly using generally
known reduction rule* (1] or automatically willi use of reduction algorithms.
S«?)M'Wp |>)*w /'< cotlttl be eliminated if bttiU'l) < 0.
Implicit pUcc reduction algorithms
References:
(l| VALETTE: Lit Htmuidt t'rtri, [Link]-CSHS T«utou*t, 1002
|2) [Link] AS - TSITSIKLI3: Parotid ami DMriiulot Computation • Numtrkat Mtth-
oli, Prtnlite Hall, I9S9
|.1| LI - SCIIEN: Gtntrating t'tplicit Communiration from Sharrd Mtmory Vrogrnm Htf-
tttneiM
Thu rtMarch ha* bttn tonducttd al Iht Dtpartmtnt of Control Enginetring AS part
of the rturanh projrtt "Xtm Control Syittm Strutlum for Production Mnchintn" nnd hut
bun tnpporttJ by grant GACtt N». 102/93/0926.
3OT
WOllKSIIOIM/fl KNCJINIWHINCl INKOHMA'flCSfc CYtJRHNIiTICS
HIERARCHICAL FUZZY
CONTROLLERS - COMBINE
FUZZY AND PID CONTROLLERS
T. Kufero
Hclow term "Hierarchical Controllers" we will understand controller* with several foyer
separated into Individual component ("liicrnrcliy"), Jlclween Any foyer is cxActly interface
And Any layer la Intended for different u*ed. All Interested bindings we will show in two-layer
lilrrnrcliy controllers, At more layer is It mmlogy. Wherefore hlernrchy tontrollrrs, because
many controls problems to be distribute Into several foyer. Any little example: controlling
roUtloii engine with check maximum current; second example: controlling one engine In big
factory ami control thin hl f
Thin Article <le»l» with rmploy combination fuzzy and I'll) controller* In hlernrthy con-
troller*. Formal xheme hierarchy controller nhown on Fig. 1., where It, is [Link].i
conlrollers, ft It controllers, S li A controlled tyatem and f) is a one-itep time delay. The
iy»tem variable! arc u ... controller output v«Uble(M well a.* controlled system input vari-
able), x ... controller internal state variable, y ... control system output variablc(including
wmetimc* general lystcm performance), w ... controller external input ( including denlrctl
value of y, measured external disturbances and eventual hiimfwi expertise), p ... vector
parameters of controller ft.
The controller can be described by
209
W0KK9IIQ1' 1)0 mdWVjVAlMQ tNl'OKMATICf) k OVHMNKTIC3
(*),W4)(*(4)l (3)
for tlii controller output.
Use PID controller In bottom layer accomplish one. great advantages; we can apply ft!!
etftoaic stability criterion • algebraic (llurwltz, Koi/lli,,,,), - frequency (Ny quint,,..). Fur
non-llncar systems criterion of Popov or Ljapuni sentence of liability.
WHd change parameter controlled systems la propriety make optlmallsalion parame-
ters of I'll) controller. Single preclnloii l» apply multlitdtc swltclica controller (rdcy), willed
will switch purnriictcri of I'll) controller. We reflect jumping awitclilng pnrainctcm of Pit)
controller and it* li|jlrre»k TliU can will inject marginal cyclic mid mutability to control
process, proccM can will d&ngcroiii vibrate. Preferable will «llcrn«tn parameter of I'll) con-
troiler facility M per any function, Thin la, no M per vector optiinaliitatbn «ll<Hipatc(«y9tnmf
variables) adniianioii Into function generated parameter of I'll) controller, I'/oM«n 1* liow
find thin function for optimal setting parameter* of I'll) controllers.
We choose on way "fuzzy" controller. A limy controller Is a non-linear system* with
special mapping of Input/output variable!, Uelialf setting parameter of PID controller been
use elementary fuzzy controller gencr/ttlng vector parameter of I'll) controller In virtue of
optimallaallon vector (»y«lcm» variables). Tliero conned were accomplishment relatively
stable controller with non-liwar rhtwtetMk. TUh diAraclurlsllc Is rather simply modify
In virtue of human kn<rtvl«lg*!. Current type controller we use dearly well for application at
majority control problem, for liia alignment there Is not difficulties.
Next itcp what myself toted is application fuzzy ront roller in then bottom layer, Supe-
rior controller after time executive modification fuzzy sets, rules a/id their* weight secondary
controller*. This configuration have big demand on communication between any layer, for
Is possibly transfer each of these data |2],
All model* controllers arc Implemented In MATLAit for WINDOWS with use Fuzzy
Logic TOOLBOX and SIMUL1NK.
Reference*:
[1) John, J. - Kuicra, T.: Hutt-Uastd Putty Control Sytenu. WORKSHOP 95. CTU
Prague 1005.
[2) Ku&ra, T.: llitntrth]/ Fuuy ControlUrt, Rtpmtntallon and Dttcription Putty Stt,
POSTER 1095, CTU Prague, Fa«. of Electrical Eng.
[3) Oulley, N. - Ilogcr Jang, J. S.r Fuity Logic Tantbot Vntr't Guide. The Math Works, Inc.
January 1995.
\i\ Driankov - Hellcndoorn - ftcinfrankf An Introduction to Fuiiy Control. Springer-
Verlag 1033.
This rttearch hat Ittn conducted at the Dtpartmtnt of Control Enginttring at part of
the rtttanh project "ltitrarchical Patty ConlroUtrt* and hat ban tupporltd by CTU grant
No. 10-038278.
210
WORKSHOP flfi BNOWEERINO INFORMATICS k CYBERNETICS
Our work in foamed Itilo an area of mobile robot navigation systems and hardware
development. We have developed Autonomous inobllc plntfonn to support experiment* And
research on tasks In the area of Intelligent robotics. In this work wo propone a navigation
system for our mobile robot, The system comprises Ibis modulo:
Otlotnetry bnitttl potlllon tulimntlnn algorithm (2j convert* the actual position of the
robot I'lnl/h] «nil number of IRC pulses [ri|,nr], counted In the period k, Into tlie position
[*[Link]| ftf'tl tlic velocity [fkH.f'tfi].
Obstacle avoidnnet tysltm provides reactive low-level obstacle detection and nvoidnnco
without internal world representation [2], The avoidance strategy Is defined by n deter-
ministic Automaton that plan* robot's actions in n symbolic laugtiflge, The symbols arc
converts to tlio motion eommniuN of the [Link] In the rlependency on tlin configuration
of the robot and the position of the nearest obstacles,'
SD dynamic motion control motet the vehicle ftlonr; the trajectory, defined by the net
of the states of the robot in the cArtcsian apace st = \n,y,,cit,Vi) [1],
i'nlh planing methods arc bnscd on graph searching and potential field computation (3].
[n this moment we investigate two alternative models of the world - on the graph represen-
tation based world model and on the occupancy grid based method.
Uttr interface is provided cither by Matlab connected to the robot by the PC bus or
by a standard l'C environment with the communication instruction set an defined in [2].
The following srnsor* are actually connected to the system [2, 3];
• Infrand stnion provide obstacle detection in the robot's nearest neighborhood (up to
CO cm), Measured dat« are fused for collision-free trajectory generation by the reactive
obstacle avoidance system.
t Polaroid ionart scan position of obstacles around the robot (up to 10m). Measured
data arc processed by the data fusion methods for world model computation.
• OJometry computes position of the robot by measuring signals from the incremental
encoders and by using the robot's kinematic model.
References:
[Ij SMUTNf, V. - KItAL, L. - SLADEK, D. - HUVAC, V.: Autonomou, VthUU Motion
Control. In C. Colombo and J. L. Crowlcy, editors, 3rd International Symposium on
Intelligent Robotic Systems, Pisa, Italy, July 1995, pp. 83-90.
[2j KIlAl,, L: Sdrviotini malotti a tikladnl navigtlni vj>Um moiilniho robotu. Technical
report, K335-1995-9G, CTU, Intelligent Robotics Laboratory, 1995.
211
WORKSHOP 00 ENGINEERING MPokMATlCS k CVBEHNBTICS
This research was supported by the Grant Agency n} Iht Umh [Link] pranU
V359/IO'Ji, IOS/9!>/ll'JSf nml Hwytmi Union grnnl Cnpcrnieuii No. S8SS,
f'lnniipr
r
target |iolt it
[Link]
dctttclot
ff* I
Motors
I'IR. 1: 't'lio motion control subsystem ulriicture of tlic vehicle. The planner plans (replana)
target paints whidi arc t«st<?4 by lJi« Colihlon dvU'ctor far twl ailJJdi«|! wltli obilat\n».
Corilrollcr Interpolate actual And twget point to gnt Din Irnjnctory. Monitor checks the
current position to be in bounds denned by a pair of circular MC». The switching unit
determines the moment for switching to the next control point.
212
WoitKH(tOr 00 ENcllNftERiNdINFORMATICS k CYBERNETICS
Key wordsl mobile robot*, ethology, distributed control, intelligent Insect, danco
Our contribution describes the results of two direction*) of scientific research of Mobotlc
working group at the Department of Control, The first one describes new method, which is
lined for recognising of rhythm And type of melody for our six-legged insect-like robot. The
tank of thin robot Is named "The basic dance course educated hectic",
Thu method rerves to recognise any rhythm with subgoals to reduce distortions and
filtration of parti without significant melodies, According to set up type of dance is the
sequence of steps ndaptivcly optimised in order to make the impression of mobot'a dance
the best possible, The clfcctlvity of this recognition and the rate of errors is still in stage of
experiments, but the first result shows reliability of this method for tliu alinplicsl recognition
of tiflody rhythm lining the nimplicat hardware equipment.
The research we do not consider us (o be useless, (t is necessary to emphasise that in
our application wo present Abilities, which are usually reached not even by every human. Wo
know many people nrc able to learn dancn steps, but when it comes to follow dance rhythm
properly they cannot overcome difficulties. It should be shown that many tasks, which
Appear ait very complicated at the first sight arc actually complicated only from human
point of view and for their performance are sufficient even very simple tools by means of
their computing capacity and time needed, There is also particular commercial Application
possible as an "intelligent toy" for not only children.
The second large program is closely connected to an cthologieal researches. Ethology as
a science describing the animal behaviour gives us many inspirations for Intelligent control
system design of really useful mobile robots,
When we look at machines, which arc working in other fields of human serving tasks,
we can always sec certain similarities to natural examples (plane - bird, submarine - fish,
etc.), We can conclude it is wise to take an example from nature in developing an intelligent
control system for mobile robots too. It is not necessary to absolutely copy nature, but to
use natural principles, which are already working, There were collected certain principles
of animal's controlling. There can be three main domains of control observed.
Thcro is the block of behaviours in each animal containing A set of pre-programmed
actions or movements. These arc firmly set up and animal doesn't need to think about
them. Simply when certain impulse is coming, certain sequence of movements is done. This
shows that bchaviouristic approaches for controlling of mobile robots Arc not blind, but by
itself are quite limited.
There are many different activities of animals, which arc using learned knowledge stored
in the second block. It is not necessary to copy animal patterns exactly; it is enough juil
to consider to Ix necessary to have an independent block dealing with learned knowledge.
213
WORKSHOP 00 ENCilNEERtNO INFORMATICS h CVDERNETICS
The third block Include* llio realm of inotlvntloin, Each niilmnl In rnotivAted in 0110 time
to act ijiany different WAya, We Imvc chwm IIIOIIVAIIOIIS hunger for cutting Ami nimiogk/illy
tliirst, curiosity, joy, aufcly And tlrednnan for drinking, exploring, dnncing, Avoiding Add
steeping bchavloiim, Animal I* mildly programing tli« »lrcn^tliii of motlvAtlona AIKI conclude*
to choose lirlmvloiir, satlafylnft the bent wny uminlly the atrongpnt inotiviition,
Thero wan tlwlgiifd n cornpntrr ilimiklor crpntlng e/ivlrwiitiwit /ui1 community of four
nioljotn In A world of tlilngi, food Arid drinks, The filiimlnlnr Allows moltoU to sntiufy llicir
living nccdi And to meet each other iu ilancc, tlm.i fulfilling their umiri purpouc of trcklng
joy, Tliera l» a po«»ll>illty to edit cliAfAclef of cneh niobol Atid tliolr exlcrnnl clrciiirintniiceK
too. The control tynicm of mohoU U developed Die way tluit it cnti lie lined without
«ny chsngca for controlling rcnl inobot Mnrvlti r(|iil|i|K'il with aeiisora mid ACtuntora in our
Mobotlc Lnbor/itory.
In our future rcacArch we Intend to IIICIIKIR quvntfona concerning tli« wrinl helmvionr,
Agrcaalvlty correlation, poptiktlon dyiiAinle and reproduction »trrtt<'j;y too. All of our Ide*t
were recently expcrlincntAtly vrrifled mid the roniilta Are sliowlng good hunt! for next reacnrcl)
And applicAtion.
References)
(1) NAIIODIf,, P. - 1IUVA, J. - KCK, V. - ZNAMKNACKK, J.: Imtinctivc autnnomou»
mobile robots In education on the CTU, Irt! Proceeding* of WOIIKSIIOP '00, |>|>. 151-
152, Prague, J095
(2) W\WM, K,J XnkMn thloglt. AendemlA, I'mlia 11)9:1
(3] AfAES, P.: A [iotlom-up tnteltaniim for bthntlour irlrellim In un artificial ciculuit.
In: MIT AILAI1 memo 1080,1993
Thin march hai been conducted at the Department of Control Engineering of the
Faculty of Electrical Engineering anil linn not been supported by any grant.
211
WORKSHOP 0(1 ENGINEERING INFORMATICS fe CYBERNETICS
Key wordii model-based fault detection, stale observer, pole placement, conforrnal map-
plug, argument Increment rule
Following the aim to apply Model-based fault detection methods for ayitcinn with ea-
acritlfll delays the no-culled anlnochronlc models and anisochronic state observers have been
developed In (lj. The basic Idea of these models Is to distinguish consistently between sys-
tem accumulations and delays in their formulation. The resulting structure of aniaochronic
•talc observer Is represented hy functional differential equation*
r
< - " < / ( A ( r ) - H ( r ) | = A/(s) = 0 (2)
allows infinite number of solutions in complex domain. With respect to this the pole place-
ment approach has been successfully modified for the systems of the type (1) as follows.
Only a low number of M(t) zeros si corresponding to the number of feedback parameters
is to be placed, while these »i are to be selected as the so-called dominant zeros of M(a),
i.e. the nearest to thesorigin ones.
The procedure of H(r) design is a combination of two parallel techniques. First some
acceptable «i, i = 1,2,..,n arc estimated and from the equations
) = 0, i = l , 2 , . . . , n (3)
the first estimates of the observer parameters arc assigned. Then the method of A/(J)
eonformal mapping is applied to prove acceptability of the resulting whole infinite set of
M(s) zeros. (It is inevitable since satisfying (3) does not guarantee anyting for the oth«r «<
215
WORKSHOP 00 ENOINRERINO INFORMATICS k GYHUKNBTiCS
not prescribed by (3)). Tlid proof of all the «el of zeros is based on ilia argument Increment
rule. If the condition
la unllsficcl, not « single one tit all tli« M(») [Link]* can ))i> In the rltflit hnlf of the a-plann,
Hence, tlie system (1) is then asymptotically stable in this case. Not only system stability
can bo proved by A/(») mapping. Analogously the condition
References;
|lj ZlTKK, P.: Functional Anisocfironic State Estimators for Fault Iktcrti'm in fltreilllnry
Systems. Workshop 95,1'raha 1<H)O.
12] PATTON, II, - FKANK, 1'. M. - CLARK, K.i Fault Dkgnasis in Dynamic Sys-
[Link] and Application*, Prentice Hall, New York, 1989.
|3] ZlTEK, I'. - MATfiJKA, J. - PETIIOVA, II.: State Feedback Control of Hereditary
Systems via Anisochronic State Concept. Process Control '95, Tatrnrisl.e Matliarc,
1995.
This research has been conductrd at the Department of Automatic Control as part
of the research project "Fault Detection in Complex Systems based on the Stale Mod-
tiling and Estimation Methods" and hat been supported by Grant Agency Ctech Rep. grant
No. Wt/0.(/lS67.
21G
WORKSHOP 0(1 BNO1NREMNO INFORMATICS h CVHKRNKT1C8
This itliort report nliuwa how tlic usual solution of a single-input, alnglc-output(SISO),
discrete-time, output feedback LQ control through the polynomial equation* CAD bo modi-
fied. The Approach starts with a general solution of the pole-plftccmeiit equation, the free
polynomial of which in then optimized, At the same time the conditions nrc found under
which, the minimum solution of thin tingle equation 1* the LQ optimal one. More general
relations Arc obtained if compared with the former ones [1], The new rcaulta aro presented
in Claims 2 and 3.
Hereafter, polynomials and sw|uencca In d (one step delay In the time domain or the
complex variable iln *"' In l\m frequency domain) M well M tlic tinnnl syinb&ln ma applied
to describe discretc-tinio models |2|. Nninely, (!egfi,u. =» «(*/"'),u" = dimn. coticcrnlng A
|)olyi)oiiiSal u,[a,h),b\ii MU\ a** blot iwo fxAyiMmlid*, )'\{<t) = F^"1) «nd {/'') = 7o (or it
•cqiicncc /•* a ,„ + T-ii/" 1 + in + 7><l + ••• Moreovrr ne to cmpliMizA a CAIISAI polynomlftl
(l/« c la A causal »e<|Ueiifc) And the factorization a a « f «"«" arc introduced, where all zeros
</i of a*(d),aa(<l) And am[d) have the property |</<| > I,|f/(| => I and \<lt\ < 1, respectively,
The considered problem can be described by the relations
where / ' and C denote models of a computer-controlled process and a controller, respec-
tively, V, V and V'o Arc griuluatiy the process output, load distutbancc and possible nonzero
conditions At the control start (referred to output), and W, ,E nnd U denote A reference
(desired trajectory), error and control signal, reapectivcly.
The output Y should track a desired trajectory W, in LQ optimal way auch that
is minimized, where fi and ut Arc error And control aignal values at time i, and 0 > 0,^ > 0
weighting acalara. Assume that
and
a/, =» 5—rr , An » r—r- , 0 a s* follow* from <M, » i>\i\>, + <4/J«, , (0)
\it,h) (a,h)
p a m*x{i\cif/t,i\cpji) ami JI a p* a 4""*7*7""'< (7)
Hflni'il on tlio fundamental framework of I.Q polynomial control design Introduced In
[2], the following 9190 tracking: |>ro(»lcni ntnndnrd solution Imo been formulated And proved
In 13).
Claim I, Given Hie relations (I) to (7), the LQ optimal controller (0) Is given by m,n,
wlilcli along with * represent the fiildlmiim deg* (olntioti 111,11,1, i\cgx < p, of tlic coupirii
The polynoinial c determining the cloaed-toop finite pulcn followo from the ulrriplc Arrange-
ment of equations (8) Into no-called "Implied" or pole-placement equation
c = an + bm 1 sp. (9)
The other possible way of solving the problem IIM been derived and proved hi (0] And
(a (IcHcrlk'il Ly tliu fotlowlng Claim 2,
CMm S, (New remit.) Given llio relation* (1) to (7), tho LQ optimal controller (5) Is
determined by
n a n, - bl find m • mf + at,
where np,mp Is any particular solution of the Implied equation (!)), and I belongs to the
minimum deg z solution 2,1, degt < /), of the equation
d't.t + h.i m d'tyb.n, - fa.m,)/* .
Sufficient conditions can be found under which the apecial particular solution of the single
implied equation (9) is Just the optimal one.
Claim 3, (Ntm rttult.) f.Q iliscrcte-tmie, output feedback SISO control problem defined
by the relations ( l ) t o ( 7 ) Is solved uniquely by the minimum deg m solution m,n,
deg m < deg a, of the equation (9), If simultaneously
deg At = 0 and deg a + /} > deg p .
Heferenceii
(1] HUNT, K.J., SEIIKK, M., GIUMDLE, M.J.: Optimal multhariable LQO control ming
a tingle diophantine equation. [Link] of Control 'IC(1987),t,HI5-l'163.
[2] KUCEIIA, V.: Dhertte Linear Control. Wiley, Chichcstcr, 1979.
[3] SOUKUP, V.: Atltmativc polynomial equation approach to LQ ditenle-time feedback
control. Kybcrnctlka, accepted for publication, 1995.
This rtstarch has bctn conducted at the Department oj Control Engineering as part of
the research project "Mtlhods and Algorithms of Robust Control" and hat been supported
by GA Cn grant No. WS/95/0S05.
218
WOUKWIOPjj£ KNUjNECHlNCI INI-OlLMATIC'fl k CVU13HNETICH
MODELLING OF INTERDISCIPLINARY
DYNAMIC SYSTEMS
II. Mann
(rrif, Computing Centre
'/.ikoval, ICO33Pf«li«O
Itilo [Link] (liftgram anyway - again 'l;y hand', M g w l software ltn>\» lot analyzing bond
graphs seeffl to lie rule. Uesides, the bond'grspli approach I* to elaborate that it did not
iuect much crittiusiasrn among fttKlklng utigtmrtn,
A very efficient wity <>f unified Interdisciplinary system modelling can be bused on Ibo
iiuiltipbtc and multipart concept, tfitr printIples of wideli have been developed in eleelikh\
engineering. Such /in approach WM griirf A(S/C<I by this author to ene<>m|ia«j nl«; tionrlcctri-
cal physkal plicnorncna (e.g. l'^-4|). His approach, however, fa dot UMMI Just on l l
fifinrlrclrlcnt nyitcmi* hy their cr|iilvalcfit tlrclrlcAl circuit*, (intend, it utilizes tho
continuity *nd tofiipallWIity ptntulateit valid in all energy domains. The former postulate
corrropomls to the lawn of conservation of energy, mum, electrical charge, etc., the latter
postulate Is a consequence of the geometric nmiicclcdriCiu of teal nystciin.
The postulatc.i permit to separate the modelling of Individual system coinponentf from
dlling of their actual interconnection within ipcdfk •yi«t'-irn. Kxploitlng thU, the pro
posed frl</del)itlg /tiottiodoluj^y tlluwf for specifying the individual c>tti)>oiiriil dynatulca by
constitutive relations In the form of algchro-d!(f«rrntl«l c'liintlom, tables of measured data,
or by a structure of their inultipole sudmodels. Also, the equation forintiiation approaches
traditional In individual engineering dliciptines (e.g., the variation*! method In tncchanica)
will he Interrelated with llio rniiltipolc approach,
Multlpot* poles1 correspond directly to thwe real component locations In which the
assumed energetic Interaction!! between tlm tnmpnnet\t» take place (like pipe Inlets,
nical contacts, electrical terminals, etc.). Thus the structure of a system model j;
of mtild'pota i« Ivitttrrtphit *H)i iJjf *l/ut'lw»; of the real system, Therrfyr", only the
component model parameters and tb* mutna) incidence of the component model pole* it
to he taken into account to fully characterize a syitem model. No additional o'|iiallo(is <jf
graphs are needed. Using the tntilt'ptile concept tut developing »library of midtipole models
for Individual Interdisciplinary cyst'in components Is then straightforward.
A kernel of such a library is accessible at the WWW home page
hilp'. [Link]
Thn author hopes that the library might become* basis for a cooperation of specialists from
dilTcrcnt engineering discipline murking in diverse institutions even in remote locations.
Contributions, suggestions and comttK-nts to it are cordially welcomed!
References!
|1) KAItNOl', D. C. - MAHCOUS, D.L. - KOSENHEItO, K.C.: Sytim Dynamia: A
Untfitd Approach. John Wiley, New York 1950 (2nd ed.)
(2) MANN, II.: Simulation e/Jluidie lyittmt uning mutiipole modtlling. In: llurrowi [Link].
and Edge K.A., Eds,: Innovntinns. in Fluid Cower. itnw»rcli Studies Press Ltd., Tauton
& John Wiley, New York 1991, pp. 116-132.
[3] MANN, II,: Simulation 0/ mithalrvnic $yittmt tunny mtitltpott modilling. Sym-
posium zum VW'Sliflung'projekt "Integration verteilter Systems der Mechatronlk*,
1/riiversitXl-GH t'aderborn 1WI,
(f| MANN', 11.: Mtltipolt and mutlipori ayprvcth la mittd tntrgy-dom&ln $y>ltm>. I'roC,
ISCAS - IKtK Int. Symp. on Ctreuit* and Sysirms. Seattle 199't, pp. G7&-C79.
Thin rtttanh hat bttn tendttltj at tht CotnpHtihj Ctntrt as a part of the mttirth
prvjrtt 'Support far inttrdirciplmarjf tomptttr-tidtJ modtllinj at CVUT* vhich ht* tttn
Hfpotttd *j the grant AV. 3Sl??9l£ »/1*« ?*<Uitu>* for tht CVUT DtttUpmtnt.
•m
n n V M \ W M : M M INVOHMATICH h
PARALLEL IMPLEMENTATION OF
ANN FOR EMBEDDED APPLICATIONS
v.
VUT, Pun. of fcl, Eng. mid Comp, Sfl,, Depl. of Comp. Sel. and Kngln.
2, 012 CO llrno
221
WORKSHOP DO BNCJINEHIUNa INI-'OHMATICH h CYUKIlNKTICS
Thf! ctirln fm processing nil Input vet (or by the fully connected 'II.I' 1IA» (JOCIU written
In OCCAM 1 and debused on the Array of I, 2, 3 nnd 4 THAMS (transputer TBUf; willi
4WUyt« »( HAM)- \V« obtained processing lime* for TLl'n of dilferenl nice Ami verified
correctness of tlic parallel program, l'or prcilictlon of llmo performance of larger transputer
tut'1;', fifw generation (nuMp-fUer* not yet Available, /lint for rapid testing of 9VV /mil JIVV
organization, TIIANSIM prototyping toot IIA.1 been used,
The input IftiigUAge deseriblng SW and IIVV is a subset of Occam with some extension*.
It Is of skeletal form In which all the eominunlcAtiofis of the original code Are retained
and all pieces of sequential code arc replnred by special tlmitift constructs, The use of the
TKANHIM tool Inl to the following irtodlfic/iticim of (lie pntniki progrAm:
- host Interface process wu run in pArAllel with Asejjtntiut process on the KHII transputer
(and not only the Interface process alone)
- broadcAstlng of (lie Input vector along A ring In one direction was too slow and
therefore bold the clockwise and counterclockwise propagation from the liilrtfnce! process
hto been used
- additional bypA/is cliannHs (links) Imve turn Introiliiced to speeil'iip broAdcAstlng
even more, in A I fee-1 ike fAshlon
- external curnuitinlcAtiotts Imve hren given high priority At the both trAiismilter And
receiver ilden,
"Hew *h/uifipi> hint A m*}nt ImpAct on tlie i>rrtonittii>cr, The resulting time rrsponse*
have been obtained for three ANN of dilferentnlznlllinliiiinbrirof I'lpuUjhlilili-h uodeitiiiul-
pul nodes) And are shown In Tab, 1 (SIIIAII net 32;2tii2, rnedinm net 100 MS s 12, Inrge net
[Link]).
processors 1 2 :i •» 0 12
arnall net 2.02 [Link] 0.7fi UM 0.5.1 0.02
medium net <JM fi.01 :M2 2.01 l,7.'» 1,10
large net Zl.l 11.7 7.87 r>.% 3.U8 2.72
References:
(1) IIAICr, E.: TtlAtiSM • Prototyping VatnUtl Mjarilhmi. Univ. of Westminster Press,
London 1901.
[2j IMvMNS, O. L. - [Link], J,i Twupttling in Numtrieal and Mcurnl S'ttvork Application*.
IOS I'rcsj, 1W2.
Thin mrarrh ha$ 6nn conducted at (At Urpartment of Comptltr Scitntt and Enp-
netting at a part of the ttitanh projtct 'I'aralttl Computing and Arthittcturtt'and ha*
&un supported by \'(JTgrant No. C 32/3{.
222
WORKSHOPflfi KNfllNEKkINd iNt-QllMATJCS k CYHERNETICS
VUT, Vne. of HI. Kng, /uid Computer Sdem*, Depl. of C'wtpulef tfcl, «nd Engineering
i l 2 , GI2r,0 Ilmo
Tlio flliii of the grant project was to Implement our new effective parallel algorithms Into
parallel architecture* nnd to analyse problems requiring parallel lolullom by their nature.
Tlio rcnenrch tcnrn wanted, with regard to previous results And present trends, to concen-
trate on extremely AecurAtc and fast limtilfttlon of dynamic nystctn.i, Hxtrrinrly accurate
ilniulation of dyiuinlc nyticMa described by nystetm o( tionlincnr ordinary or partial dlf-
foirntml Fi|Uatiuim hna alicady been micccniifully developed nt our department on sequential
PC's I'Vrn tliougli tlin formulation of ilia tlrrmlation algorillitn fiy a inodiHcd Taylor tcrlci
mctliud Is Itittinskftlly par&llcl.
Attempt* at applying Taylor »erle» to the nmnrriritl solving of differcntinl c|iliillon«
have been known for a number of years - m«uy favourable propctttcit of the Taylor acrlc*
mclUaii arc reported In (2].
However, ouUtnndinK positive feature* of the Taylor a«rle« method M cattifMed to
irihvt Diimrtlml }tttr%t>it\'m fw^lK'Wi have not Ijccn, « yet, sufficiently stressed.
The paper [2] Allows A parallel computation but Its conclusion is surprisingly negative:
"A significant dinadvantagc of Implicit Taylor lerics methods Is their Inability to handle stiff
•ysteirw"
Tn<! Modern Taylor Series Method developed at our department , when used, does not
differentiate between A stiff And a non-itllf differential equation ~ [Link] solve* both ordinary
and pKtlial differential equations In an extrrrnely fast and accurate way.
Seven simulation projects - TKSL: /.ISC, /ORCAD, /WINDOWS, /TftANSP,
/[Link], /STIFF and /PDE have been ctealsd to test an algorithm of the Modern Taylor
Scries Method. The main idea behind the Modern Taylor Series Method is an automatic
integration method order setting, I.e. using as many Taylor tciics tcims for computing as
needed to achieve the required accuracy.
TKSI//386 represents an implementation of the Modern Taylor Series Method In com-
puter* PC/380.
TKSL/OllCAf) u«i the graphical properties of ORCAD. Analogue diagrams are used
known from the theory of analogue and hybrid computers.
In comparison to TKSL/ORCAU, the simulation language TKSL/WIN HOWS uses a
more up-to-date approach to the graphical input baaed on MS Windows.
TKSL/TRANSI* created for simulating dynamic systems makes it possible to automati-
cally write a program for a tranaputrr or a network of transputers from * textual description.
Thus, when simulating, it is no longer neeemry to debug a program in OCCAM.
Further significant acceleration of the computation can be arhived in a synchronous
parallel syitern ([Link]) compowd of specialized processor elements. These specialized pro-
cessor elements have t>ccn designed using Xilinx Field Programmable Gate Arrays (Xilinx
FPGA) in a project entitled TKSL/XILINX.
223
WORKSHOP 9fi ENGINEERING INr'OKMA'I'ICW k ri
References:
|l) IIALIN, II. J.: The ETII MullipronMor Project. Simulation, 10'J-i23, 1980.
|'i] [Link], II, ,1,; 7/ic Applienbilily nf Taylor Strict in Simulation. Proceedings of thr
198.1 Summer Computer Simulation Conference, Vancouver, H.C., C'Anada.
This retcarrh ha» bttn eonduelii at Hit Ptpnrtmtnt of Computer Stitnec and t'nji-
nttring a» a part of tht rttranh projrcl "I'amlltl Computing and ArchUtclunt" and has
been mpportcd by VUT grant No. C 3S/9f.
n\
WORKSHOP 90 ENC1INKEH1NOINFORMATICS fe CYBERNETICS
IMPLEMENTATION
OF SIMULATING SYSTEM
IN A TRANSPUTER NETWORK
V, NSmcc
VUT Urno, I'M. of El, Eng, and Computer Scl,, Dcpt, of Computer ScL and Engineering
HoJetfcliova 2,012 CO Urno
Tills abstract deals with the implementation of simulating ayatcm TKSI; using parallel
algorithm* In a network of transputers. Tlic purpose of tills project was to develop «
program wlilcli simplifies tlic whole process of configuring the transputer network. The first
prototype of the program enables user to specify differential equations in a standard text
flic, The output of the syatcm Is graph with results In A time domain,
The simulation system TKSL uses Integration method named "Modern Taylor'* Scries
Method" dcvclpcd by Ing, Kunovsky and this method has already Lccn Implcmntcd on PC
using sequential algorithms, Th« question h/w appeared whether It k possible to Implement
the method In a parallel way.
We have approadied the problem from Ihe point ot the "black box* principle, EA«1J
procedure representing each anologuo clement (integrator) sumator or multiplier) is impio*
mented as the "box" with one ore more Inputs and outputs, These ouputs are in fact the
software channels (channel Is a mean 'nclironised communication used In transputers).
User specifics the set of different! .'.ions In a text flic In a ilmple C-typc language
and the compiler is able to configuics the transputer for hint. Dy the word "configure" wo
mean here the mapping process which interconnects the channels and specifics placing of
procedures on processors.
An example of the text file which demonstrates the solution of nonlinear Van dcrPool's
equation follows:
sttp«0.05;
taax«30;
lntg y,z:
•i-3j
y y i
2'—y-«i»(y*y-i)*zj
[Link]-1;
display i , y :
•nil
225
WORKSHOP 00 ENOlNKKlUKq INFOKMA't'ICSfe OVHBKNKTICS
Using keywords Imax and sf CJI wo can apecify an Integration step ninl a simulation lima.
Keyword Inlij declare* variables of abstract typo Integrator, These variables nro used later
In differential equations, After keyword display the set of variables wo wmit to display in n
graph la titled. The whole program must end with keyword md,
Tim transputer tit reconfigured and (do aimulatiofi can starts then. The transputer
compute* the results In A similar way as on analogue) computer. There is nnly arm difference'
analogue computer uses phynleal (|uaiilitlc9 to represent variables, while transputer works
with number) represented M bytes, Wires which Interconnect the elements In nn Analogue
computer are rcplacc<l In our system by software channels,
The transputer store* rcoult* of computation in A file which is processed by another
program which display) the results M <t graph. The experiments has been done with pnrtln.1
differential equations M well - In this case there were more then 200 parallel processes
running In the s&rnc time.
The transputer I* un Ideal tool for parallel processing. We can run n« many parallel
processes M necessary and wo Arc limited only by the size of transputer's memory, Using
transputer M the main computational device might be In some cases morn advantageous
than usage of some clanslcal processor because of Its flexibility and ability to create complex
and large networks cither on software or on hardware level, We can rapidly increnxc the
speed of the whole system by adding more processors to the network.
We want to continue In our project by developing procedures representing other more
complkcx non-linear block* 'so far only multiplier \\M been implemented) and by researching
the possibility of Implementing our system in bigger network of transputers (the possibility
of running tho system on the new T0000 system is also being examined).
So fur there exists fully working protoypc, which r'i con'tantly under the development
and which cun serve as (ho h&se for more complicated simulation tyntewt in Din future. Our
system li used tot demonstration purposes during labs and students make some experiments
with It AS well,
References!
(1| NEMEC, V.: Application of Parallel Protesting In system thtory. Diploma Thesis,
Lyngby, 1994
[2] KUNOVSKY, J. - NEMEC, V, - STUAKA, L,! Simulation of Dynamic Systems in
Transputer Network. Simulation Multiconfcrcncc, p. (M5, Praha, 1095
[3| GEAR, C, W.: Numtrical initial value problems in ordinary differential equations.
Prentice-Hall, 1971.
This rtttanh has bten conducted at the Department of Computer Science ard Engi-
neering as part of the research project "Parallel Computing and Architectures" and has been
supported by TUgrant No. 32/9f.
226
Section 5
COMPUTERS
NEXT PAGE(S)
left BLANK
WOUKSIIOI* 00 COMPUTERS
COPERNICUS COPRODES:
PROJECT INFORMATION
M. Servft, J. Schmidt
229
WORKSHOP Pfi COMPUTERS
A» It cnii bo [Link] for the enumeration above, Hid developers aru geographically clia-
trilnitcd, therefore Internet Infrastructure has been created to support tli<i project. The
everyday communication in dona through a mailing list. State-of-the-art documentation
and important drill* we ncreslbli: on n dedicated WWW server. The use of graphical abil-
ities of tli« Web proved very useful when communicnting technical ideas, Ml the fllos can
be also accessed by anonymous ftj>. W« would like to th/i/ik the iwlv/otMng group of lljo
Department and especially Martin Blly for continues support And resources provided.
Prom the software engineering point of view, COP11O13ES Is a typical academic project
at It's present state. It lias btntii decomposed mainly along tin.' bordr'rllni's t>[ imrliicru1
rotponiihililk's. The architecture In finite nlmpli:, M ID the denigu (low supported by the
system. To anticipate future development and convention to Industrial-grade ttoflwan1, great
care ha« been paid to conceptual analynin. Once the Information content in correct, ncli/al
syntax ttntl ibr/nal of data S\]cn and tool command* can hit modified without fatal impact
on the software.
COI'IIODKS Is not meant as a tepta«'irieiil of existing vedor WGA design systcrtw.
The physical design subsystem provldra alternntlves to Vendor tools wherever their perfor-
mance Is insufficient or the design can benefit from the npccinlization of the project. An A
consequence, the physical design tools of COI'UODKS must clonely cooperate with various
vendor systems. The cooperation is complicated by the fnct that vendor systems act as
shells around sensitive chip data to protect them against misuse by competition.
A number of exploitation ttrategins can be taken. First of all, it can extend the re-
sults of FORMAT and allow further studies of timing diagrams to laki; placu. With mure
usage ul the formalism In practice, more human-factors data nnd more experience enn be
collected. The impact of COl'itODI'.S on further Academic research can also be important,
as it could serve as A substrate for algorithm investigation* and tool testing. Finally, llui
perspective of commercial utilization cannot be lost from sight. If timing diagrams become
an acknowledged method of design capture, the demand of related tools could permit the
conversion to commercial software.
The planned duration of COPKOUES is ,1 years. We are in the middle of the first
year now. The architecture and data formats have been discussed among partners and
first draft specification haa been circulated. Investigation of vendor FI'CA systems and
their information content is underway. The eploitation efforts will now focus on taking over
the FORMAT results and experience. According to activity plan, the design of the layout
subsystem stArts now, based on our previous theoretical results (2).
References:
[t] TIEDEMANN, \V.: An Approach to Multi-paradigm Controller Synthesis from Timing
Diagram Specification. I'roc. EuroDAC 1992, pp. 522-527, Hamburg, 1992.
(2| SERVfT, M.: Iterative Approach to Global Routing. J. Scmicuslom 1 C \ Vol. 8, No. 3,
1991, pp. 18-21
This research has been conducted at the Department oj Computer Science and Engi-
neering as part oj the rttearth project "COl'EllNlCUS CP 9^53 COPRODES" and has
not been supported by a CTU grant.
230
WORKSHOP 00 COMPUTERS
Tfio main result, of this pnper ia An algorithm for embedding k-nry complete! trees
Into optimal liypcrciibc» with load 1 and diktloii r li k a y, r > 2, mid flog A-") + 2 If
* 5^ 2 f , It > 3. The best previously known result wu an embedding algorlllim with load
1, optimal dilation) and expansion 2 \ where A i* the licight of the tree, Our embedding li
Asymptotic ally optimal for both expansion ami diction »iiicc tlic dilution ia only by a BID nil
constant factor greater tli«n the lower bound. Proofs arc skipped in this abstract And the
reader is referred to the full version report [3],
In this paper wo use the following symbols: Qn denoted the n-diincnsloiiAl hypcrcuhc,
CTkJi denotes the Jfc-ary complete tree of height A, it > 2, h > 0, and /M,* =• (A*41 - ! ) / ( * - 1 )
denotes tUe number of nodes of C"i'»,v
A simple method for embedding CTt,^, Into non-optlmnl hypcreube l» described In [4],
It embeds CTh,k i"to Qm where n = Aflogit] 4 1, with load 1 and dilation 2flog A], Neither
the dilution nor the expansion Is optimal. A moru sophlallcAtcd tuctliod Is used In [1], The
authors propose an Algorithm for so called diluted tmbtdtling, which embeds C'V't^, X' > 3,
In'o QuW wilh dilation <lild(fc) = max{2,^(fc),^(ife + 2 ) ) , where fl(/«) = (A - lH!og«;1 +
pog(* + 2)1 and 4(i) = min{A | ZL (*) ^ *.* - fto«*1}.
We have proposed A new algorithm for to called balanced embedding which embeds
CTk,k, kt3, into the optimal hypcrctibc <?„(/,), i.e., n(A) = flog/i«,t]. The main result is
summarized in the following theorem.
• If Jt j< 2 r , then CT»,/, can bo embedded into Qn^ with load 1 and dilation flog k] •(- 2,
average dilation 2 + fiS-l + jj^tr, edge-congestion 2Jfc, and node-congestion 31;.
The idea of the balanced embedding is a> follows. The tree CTk,\ ia embedded level by
level so that it is balanced at each level I, i < A. An embedding of CTI,,I is balanced if all
equally-sized subcubes [ui...u n ( ,). ( «• 0"'*'""'*'), 0 < » < n(i), have the same number of
embedded nodes of C7»,i and leaves of G'Tkj.
Let us compare the balanced embedding with the dilated one. Doth embeddings keep
load 1. While the balanced embedding has the optimal expansion, the expansion of the
dilated embedding grows exponentially with the height of the fc-ary complete tree. On the
231
WORKSHOP 00 COMPUTERS
other hand, the dilation ot Uro bnlnttc'l wbwldlruj d)l|,{fc) l» iwynijitollenlly by /t itinnll
conatnnt fnclor greater than tlm dilation of Ilia dilated embedding di 1,](A:).
We enumerated exactly dil,|(Jk) and dlli,(Jt) for values of practical interest {Is <, 32),
Except for A a 9, dili,(*) Is ftt most 2,5 tlincs greater than dilj(<:) wirl tho average vnluc of
<lllb(fc)/illla(A)!»2 for 3 ^ * S 20,
In [1], tlic autliora prove Mint tlic lower bound on llm dilution of embcddltig CT^.n Into
tlio optlnml hypcreubo QnW Is ^(/IA,*)/A, where 4{x) a m!n{A | E*-o (') > *.& « P'Jg*1).
In [3], wo show thnt /{/{it^i/li > [log/tJ/2. Coinpnring dili,(<;) with the lower bound, wo
get
We cnuinernted ^j||l|''iU' for k And A of prncticnl jmpoftniire (Jt ^ 9 and h <, 10), tlic
dilation of the bnlanced cttibeddlng In nt most <t linicii grcntrr tliati the lower bound.
To (imirtMirizo, the prcjentcd nl^oritlmi for embedding k-nry complete trees into optimal
hypcrcubes hwi load 1 nnd dilatiott only by a small constant factor greater than the currently
known lower bound. It It mi open problem to close the gAp between the lower and upper
bound* on tho dilation. Another rencarch area ID the problem of embedding* general i'-aty
trees into the hypcrcubes, cither static or dynamic. Similarly to binary trws, it would be
useful to characterize those &-ary noncomplcto trees thnt hnvc n good rmbrdding into their
optimal hypcrcubes.
Hefcrcnces:
(I] SIIEN, X. ct nl,: [Imbedding k-arjj complete trees into kypercubct. Journal of Parallel
and Distributed Computing, 24, pp 33-15, 199.1.
[2] HAVKL, I. - LIEBL, P.: Embedding the polytomic tree into the n-cube. Casopis pro
pestovnnl matcmatiky, 98, pp 307-3M, 1973.
[3] TUDL1CKA, J. - TVRDlK, P.: Balanced embedding oj complete trees into optimal
hypercubes. Technical report, DCSB Czech Technical University, Prague, 1995.
[4] WU, Y.! Embedding of tree network* into hypercubet, Journal of Parallel and Dis-
tributed Computing, 2, pp 238-219, 1085.
232
WORKSHOP go COMPUTERS
PARALLEL TRANSFORMATION
OF RASTER DATA
IN GEODETIC APPLICATIONS
M. Jcfribck
CTU, Knc, of Civil Ung., Depl, of Mapping k Cartography
Thakurovn 7, ICO 29 Pralia G
233
'the pfwefit vrrslon of riwtef d*l* |>*f»IM ti aiuifaf mallon program fa Me to Uatisfotm
grid imagpf itored In TIFF fof/ri«» (Tagged Image File Format) tontsining right bits of
Information pet «?c? pJwl !»!*?»«»•»»,
Th« (Ho»i(*m perform* « linear affliic Ir&nitforrnittion ami I'IX valnps of tranformation
key m m>\ Uom «n Auxiliary file 'fli« |'ff>f,»«irt It *rlt(c« In C Mntcu^ (ANSI C) and ll
uac« t'VM puralfcl »i/pt/wt ]|br«rl«« *nd Dbrnry fur nmn/i^iii^ TIKK fotmxl files (rclcMcd
for public UM>), The pfogtAin eoiiM be »l«) paslly modified for (iiuccising other futm*(s of
atorlng fMtcr Image by using irlcvunt Jypes of libtArln,
At present I am tran*pottl«){ the pfogfam <o Sf'2 compulrr at the CtV Computer
Centrr where t plan extenalva tnt« with real rwitpr data [Link],
References!
|l) TVflDfK, I',! I'unlltl Synltm* tni Algorithm*. CM I'uMlshlng, 79 fwgrit, P
1991
nuearth has ken lupporttd ty CTU grnnl No, I00I83J3.
73%
caMvumts
INFORMATION SYSTEMS SECURITY
CENTRE OF THE CZECH TECHNICAL
UNIVERSITY IN PRAGUE
J. l'[Link]
Key wordsi Information system* necurlty cm I re, information security education, training,
The contribution formulate the target* of the projected ISSC Add also takes Into con-
sideration the strategic partner • Computing Centre (C8) of CTU with l u Mfcli ptottcsnivc
computing tftlinfjfojry. In conclusion It prodnlnii (he credo of the im*t economic meani of
fl^titlng Agnlrt^t roinptitrr criitiitiniity,
llecAiiiu; tli« anfrty of Infurirmlloii nyiieim prcaentu * very »rrlou« prohlcrn deserving
tlm attention of computer and (cli'fciiiimiiilcftllaii tpuclallsu, of iimiingotj mid even of use is
of ct»tti|>utef trchnolofty, I h«vn rlniiofAtril, l>r«idt! the project of tho estiilillidimcnt of H
frwiVrn niaWy g«i(/jcct *Ds<« f'ro<rc<itm in fnfWmntic*" for iUc tludcntt of (lie faculty of
Electrical Engineering of the Czech Tochntol University also a project for the build-up
of the Coiniilutioti Centre fur Information S/ntcm.i Security, Including the elaboration of
engineering study programs with the following themes:
1. Development of A modified cryptographic system of a puhlic key for application In
C'KSNKT (Special cryptographic system utlliwiulciti microcomputers)
2. .Study and design of products for rclUMe communication between computers (lm<
plemmUtkm of * modifM rryptosyntrtn of a public kry Into products):
A) Digital signature with the nso of A convrnlioiul key
b) Digital tignature without encryption
c) Digital signature with the use of a public key
(I) Protocol fof the distribution of encryption keys
e) Protocol of swret voting
f) Protocol tor the transfers of financial amount* without an (priori cognizance of the
customer (of the person placing the order)
g) Contractatfon Protocol
h) Protocol fof the delivery of mail with confirmation of receipt.
3. Preparation of the postgraduate, course "Secrety of data communication" with the
following lay-out:
a) History of cryptography
b) Information theory, complexity theory and number theory for the needs tit cryptogra
235
WORKSHOP on
II iwcvcr, tlie Implementation of such an extensive project cannot be uiiuh without the
necessary financial support, 'Hint Is why 1 handed In the year 10M two application* for
bestowing » giant for the Project of building up the ISSC. One application to the OraJil
Agency of the Czech Republic unit the other one to the responsible1 authorities of the Min-
istry of F/lucatloii, Youth And I'hynlcal Training. I chose a* iny partner the Computing
Centre of the Czech Technical University which at present disposes of a large technologic
hinterland and with which I am since the year 1970 in very dote cooperation, I Am Vfty well
aware of the fact that A collective approach to the solution of tucli an extensive project IIM
« greater chancn i<r slower! and therefore, beside cooperation with the. Computing Centre
of the Czech Technical University I gnlnrd for my idea also llie suppott fiolu Mm Division
iA lnbniMlott Syst«jti» o! the Czech National Uank whkh, tiiMiki to the benevolence of it*
governor, approved in June 199I> a financial contribution for coVtiing the putcfi&sc of special
technology in the amount of many ten thousand* of efowni, I also expect much from the
cooperation with the Union of Czech Mathematicians and Physicists, with which and other
Czech institution* will be organized the International Conference on the Theory and Appli-
cation* of Cryptology - PHA00CUYJT9G. The Conference program features serial regular
session* for rcfererd paper*, invited talk* and rump «wslnn, covering the following aspect)
of cryptology: mathematical methods In cryptology, quantum cryptography and comput-
ing (theory and experiment), ttream and block ciphers, cryptanalysis, security architecture,
authentication, authorisation, signature* and security protocols, security in banking.
The project of the Security Centre of Information Systems should contribute to the
fulfilment of the over formulated credo ID the wine way a* the PH AGOCUYPT'90, planned
for the Czech Technical University Prague for Ihc year 19W5.
To conclude with me would like to expres* the following credo: "The most economi-
cal mean* of fighting against criminality in informatics I* prevention. The most elective
prevention can be, however, implemented only after a through mastering of the security
Issue of information technologies." In other word*, Ly educating all student* to correctly
understand the design, implementation and operation of utfe Information systems.
Reference*:
|1) PfUUYL, J.: Firtl count on Irvtlti tthtnforvtalin at FEE CTU in Prague. 0. Per-
nul (Ed.): I'«*- IT-SICHRHHEIT 'Si Workshop, pp. 223-225; ft. Oldenburg Wi«j
Muenchen 1905
Thit projtel AM 4ft n tondtttttd at tht Dtpartmrnt of Ttleeommuniettioru, tuppotitd
fnm tht Cttth National Dank and handtJ to the Grunt Ajtnty o/ tht Cttch HepubHe in tht
ytar 1905 (nj. no. 101/94/0939)
230
WORKSHOP 06 COMPUTERS
MULTIMEDIA SUPPORT
OF MARKETING
P, Diirhoflk
Company irinnJigement should lead to prosperity ami profitability, To reach thin ubjao
live It is necessary to follow certain ttmnagMricnt tAsks, One of the tnosl Important tAsks,
In tcftns to tell products or services, li marketing and especially proinotloti.
Advertisement rnust first Aituct customer's attention »nd then t"tiv<:y It to the m-
nciMiicrri object. Iliiiiwn curiosity plnya a major role In drawing the attention. Vou simply
ihow people something which he/ihe they have h w r teen hrtnic or «oin«thing they will
want to nee Again. And this Is the right field Tor miilliinrdi/i technology,
This technology allows to coinMnn ncveral media sources In one package. This fact
liierefues Information value And rllicleney, Mrdin Apprunch etmihlnc luine written text,
flpokcii word and other sounds, Images, movies, etc. This combination k papilla due to
computer*, IKTIIIIIO advanced computer (ethnology can trentc various »|>crUI cffrcls.
M(>ltirrr>lr« JirT twm\ly iwl in tnuwMUm arcs, mainly to amir aWn like TV wmnwr-
fialj, A strawherry which rolli lo the right yoghurt, « kitten that clinngcs Into « benst
of pfny behind the bottle of alcohol or a woman with fire hreath • thc<e arc examples of
possibilities of rntiltlmcdia. The Itesults depend In essence only on the fantaiy of the adver-
tisement author because it ii In fact possible to create everything which cotild be in Author's
mind.
Miilllmedia can also be used in another area of the promotion • in presentAlions. They
*te longer than TV uit *mJ you can fully Uke l\m tu\umli>f,- cif *Jx>v<! inenlionwl pcMxibilitir*
of combining various sources of media. This will certainly increase Altractivity. Moreover
we can use interactivity, i.e. active participation of customer during presentation.
Presentations may serve to various purposes. The type used most often nowadays Is
still passive demonstration of products or services where customers only watch the show
with no possibility to influence it. This kind of presentations is appropriate for exhibitions
with a large number of spectators. It may also save a lot of money by occupying only small
place instead of e.g. Urge machines. Moreover, by this passive typ« you tan show your
products in situations which arc not realisable at the exhibition.
Interactive presentation Allows you the same advances. In addition, Votl have at your
disposal the interactivity described above. It is destinated for events with a limited number
of customers because only one person can opcfativcly communicate with the a of information
that it is impossible to present It all in the given time.
Purchase common of presentation software is by no mean* an unimportant event (us
can At first seem). It results In many consequences that can be very economically and time
demanding. After buying the software you can ascertain, e.g., your hardware la not powerful
enough. Or conversely, you have » good equipment but it Is worth nothing to you because
your software does not work with it. Or all these things are right Imt during your work you
237
W6ftKg](0l* Oft COMPUTKOS
may find out you CAfinot do wlmt you want, This directly results in nnimcial Ami/or time
l
When wo Intend to choose « pr«?sf!Htftt|fjii software we must, firstly, lind out wlint llio
tnttriirt, nflmn M i\m tin>" »»»), If possible, wlilch new programs AN* ftoing to torn*; out In tfio
iietir future.
After tlist, It ID iKTi'flinry to determine sulUl/le criteria according which tlie available
software packages will l« Judged, AccimWnp, io tlic rxperirnre I IIAVC when creating my
|ifr»onlntiotu And wlinii prcpArlng the toiirce dntA (IIIW^CK, SOIIIKII etc.), 1 cull trcommnul
critcrJA wlilcli me not restricted ou\y to tli* pfl«, AttAlnnl/ility <// tli« netvken Add otlitT
cotmnon Attributca, Hut, It is twccMAry to dtrcidc In advance, if we wniit to Imvr |[Link]
to CICAIC ItilcrActivc prcnctitAtfon or not, If ll will lie |ifc»('iitr'(l o/i iny liardwdfc or (lie [Link]
will be exported. Tlic Imporlnnt fcfiturr k AIKU the poiniliilily of editing the Hied ()lij''(l«
in time M well M |>IAC0. Till* editing rinmi'ly forms the tnnjurity of time *|irnt rrenting
jircBcntMlon And tliclr tofrrctloiii,
Th'? HIIAI Act willed w fA«cd tliAti i<< to we A nullAIIIC rnctliod of inultl-criterioii decision-
tiiAking Add CIKKWC art opllnwl preaontAtioti «o(lwAtn, It is useful to verify the correctness
of thin Act by the use of xtine demo vertion.
I IIAVC verified tlii* experience by consulting vnrlons Aiilliorllief) from the Advertise merit
depArtments of noriie cornpAiiien AIUI Adverli.«Mtient Agencies (Ulll/, OSHAM, lil'<AllT,,,.)
1 Am in connection witli.
llimnvrr, wlmt is now At disposal in the multimedia Held, it I) only the beginning,
Nevertheless, to predict A future development U v?ry dHlirult, In my opinion, A iwlfilii xliift
Is expettcd In tlic field of npjironrhliig the coinjiutrr l«r|in|i|i|i; tunny mnrn to people, We
can K-C the tendency to adjust these IIU-AIIS furm tin- intuitivily vicwt>oin( in tucfi A way
that people will tec in them not very complex device* but the monl natural wny to gel useful
And required Information. This tendency ayimiiei the extension of the nil lypcs of network,
including computers, SAtclliteo, TV* etc..
I believe the virtual-reality, the videu-hookit And other means (which Arc perhaps not
irnAginAMc nowaday*) will play n very important role In the future. The use of these types
of means is to far restricted to the technique we have At our disposal. Hut, it is expected,
the technique will develop very quickly Ami IIIPM! ililAgiiiAtioti will get off the fantasy (under
the assumption humankind will not go mad from nowAdays Advertisements,)
238
WOKKSljOl' 00 COMPUTEflS
PC-BASED BRIDGE-ROUTER
MANAGED BY SNMP
Mi Ocrvortf, I'. Vnmlrovcc*
239
WORKSHOP PC
• TJic brontcr is Implemented upon the npcclnlized rtrni-llfdo kernel tlmt siipportu queue
And memory itmtingcmrnt. I'be Input I\WMUX MC scnniied for pnckeln llinl nre pnnned
to protocol inodiilen. Kouted pneketit ntv moved to the output (|iiennt, Tliern nta n\m
Koine time-driven «nd event queues.
• The II'X/SI'X router In fully Itnpli'inenlcd AH rlcf'iticil In (l| inclndiiij; Itonlc Infor-
nmtion Protocol (HII'), Service Advertising Protocol (.SAP) mid I'orket I'ropngatlon
Service, Tlic SNMI' over II'X In implemented, loo.
• The TCP/IP router Is not fully implemented M defined in \l\. 1'lie |CMI» mid Altl 1
protocol* me Implemented. Tim II' protocol does not mipport ll'-optioiw and drfrng-
tncntntlon. The UDP protocol stack Is Implemented and used by the SNMI'. Route
Information Protocol (I(IP) i« Implemented,
• Tim brldgu data un [Link] from luuili tables to tin; Mill tlntnhiuia lining MIH-
object manager (unctions. All router data arc stored directly in the Mill database
where they are accessible by the SNMI'vl protocol. The Mill can be renched by
SNMI'vl protocol over IPX, II1 or directly by an Ethernet packet.
Performance of the tested broutcr with ISA-card Is adeepmte. Now, the broutcr with
PCI-cardi) is under performance timing tests, New project fihould continue in milling ad-
ditional IP-routing protocols and finishing IP protocol stuck to become unconditionally
compliant with [2]. Future development of IPX can include new NLSP routing protocol
depending on new toltwarc retcares of Novell's NetWare. The SNMI' manager can be based
on tlic Mill compiler.
Reference*:
[I] II'X llaultr Specification vl.10, Novell 1992.
(2| ALMQUIST, P. - KASTKNIIOI.Z, (•'.: Toward* Ittquinmtntt for ll> Haulers, RFC
niG. FTP Software, November 1094.
This rtttarth hai been conducted at the Department of Computer Science and Engi'
neering a» part of the. research project "Internetwork Connectivity and Management" and
him not been tupporled.
210
WOHKSIIOf % COMl'UTEtig
BLACK HOLE
IN THE MIDDLE CASE TOOLS
K, RIclitA
Present CASK tools support different pliiw* of the software life cycle, According to
thin [loinl, CASK tools can lie divided into five group*.
• Pre-CASE - tools that support Activities before a software project la started (global
planning, liiissmess requirements, feasibility studies),
• Mlddle-CASE - tools lli/it support a design phase; i.e. tliv trAnsforniAtion form
"whnl hit* to be tfont" to "/lout lo ilo it",
• I^owcr-CASK - tools tliat support and document the implcincntdtion pliwe ("egoless
programming" tools),
211
WORKSHOP 06 COMFUTBUfl
the Arid fttt ariglo. The first possibility li to dciiign a dntnWm tahio CiOUJtiG'TS' AS tlifi
union of all
CREATE TABLE O0DJECT3 (
10 KUKBER NOT JJtfLL.
TYPE CHAn(l) HOT NULL,
COLOR HUMDER(2) NOT NULL,
[Link] NUMBEll NOT NULL, ..,
RADIUS NUMBER,
EDOE NUMBER,
ANGLE NUMBER
))
ALTER TABLE OOBJECT ADD (PRIMARY KEY ( I D ) ) ;
ALTER TABLE COBJECT ADD (CHECK (TYPE IN ( ' C ' , ' 3 ' ) ) ) !
Another choice Is t o design three database tables, as follows.
CREATE TABLE G0DJECT3 (
ID NUMBER NOT NULL,
TYPE CHAR(l) NOT NULL,
COLOR NUMBER(2) NOT NULL,
[Link] NUMBER NOT NULL, . . .
)J
ALTER TABLE COBJECT ADD (PRIMARY KEY <ID)>}
ALTER TABLE OOBJECT ADD (CHECK (TYPE IN ('C','3')))i
CREATE TABLE CIRCLES (
ID NUMBER NOT NULL,
RADIUS NUMBER
);
ALTER TABLE CIRCLES ADO (FOREIGN KEY (ID) REFERENCES GOBJECTS (ID));
CREATE TABLE SQUARES (
ID NUMBER NOT NULL,
EDGE NUMBER,
ANCLE NUMBER
);
ALTER TABLE SQUARES .ADD (FOREIGN KEY (ID) REFERENCES GOBJECTS (ID));
The decision made by the designer is to be stored somewhere, with the criteria used. For
example, the actual number of circles And squares can be taken into account. It seems, that
the combination of Middle-CASE tools with an expert system can solve this problem.
References:
|!) niCHTA, K. - VLK, T.: Slcpwist [Itfintmtnt Uiing VDM. In: WORKSHOP'95,
pp. 245-246. CVUT, Praha 1995.
|2) RICItTA, K.! Quo vadiB, CASE? In: DATASEM'95, pp. 240-264, CS-COMPEX, Brno
1995.
This nitarch has bten conducted at the Department a] Computer Scitnte and En-
ginctring as part oj tht research project "Laboratory Jar CASE S]/»ttm» Education and
Development'' and has bten ivpporledby GACR grant No. 10S/93/D92S.
242
WORKSHOP 00 COMPUTERS
EXPERIMENTAL MULTIMEDIA
AND HYPERMEDIA SYSTEM
EMHS 1.0
P, Hollny, S. Hostomgky", I, Jclfnck, M. Snorek
• nntvo level of multimedia system - examples atu Media Player, Sound Rccotdec
(WINDOWS 3.1)
• standard multimedia, system - Aulhorwaro Star, Corel Show — software delivered
with multimedia, hardware - multimedia kits
• professional multimedia system - ToolBook, Autliorware Professional, Adobe Pre-
miere— special multimedia software and hardware for multimedia production
• experimental multimedia systems • systems served not only for student education
but also for standard professional multimedia presentation production.
• authoring system, which can produce presentations with dilfcrent multimedia elements
in hypermedia manner
» run-time interpreter of the script for presentation of hypermedia information
• extensible database of multimedia elements — pictures, sounds, simple animation, etc.
• other parts - font editor, setup etc.
The software for authoring multimedia presentation arc known as authoring systems. Au-
thoring system enables to create a presentation script in the user friendly environment. The
elements of the script arc multimedia entities, including pictures, text elements and anima-
tion sequences. Each element can be logically linked with a control command. There arc
two types of control command semantics:
213
WOftKMOl' 90 COMPUTERS
'f ho time of allowing an entity and the way of presentation can bo specified, Every mul-
timedia clement and every control command In assigned nn Identifier, In tliJ* wnnnrr the
branching and cycling can Im defined Ami the <mef can defino Arbitrary structure- of his/her
multimedia prenentation, Tho end user of multimedia presentation can control tli« run of
multimedia presentation,
Tlio second vcraion EMMS 2.0 of our experimental system wiw presented last year (2).
The current version liMUS 1.0 (succisor of KMMS 2.0 system) has tlio snmo IIM.T Interface
as tlin previous KMMS 2.0, Tin: fundamental contribution of today's version I3MHS 1.0 is
tlie change of syatcrn kernel, As tlie new expected version EMUS 2.0 would be written Iti
C++ the kernel of EMMS 2.0 was completely rewritten, Naturally, the compatibility on the
icript level was ensured. In tlio EMUS 1.0 system Implementation the modern programming
ti'dmifjues M a simple Modcl-Vicw-C'ontrollcr technology are used,
Thu following topics and problems arc discussed nncl solved now:
« constructing of A suitable formal tools for hypermedia and multimedia control and
data structures description
» design of the way of system transfer to the other platforms such as MS Window) and
Linux
• design of a compiler from script language into other format* including Turbo I'MCAI,
C++ and HTML language'
References:
(1] CIIlM, Tat-scng: Hypermedia; A new approach to multimedia information retrieval, In
New Trends in animation and visualization, Thalmann 3 Thalmann (eds,), John Wiley
k Sons, 1991
(2j 1IOLLAY, V. - NOSTOMSKf, S. - JELlNEK, J. - SNOHEK, M.i Multimedia gener-
ation and presentation system, CTU SEMINAR'94, Praha, 1994, pp. 259-2C0
This research has been conducted at the Department of Computer Science and Engi-
neering as part of the research project "Multimedia", grant No. 11-310JG.
244
WORKSHOP (10 COMPUTERS
IMPLEMENTATION OF
A GENERAL-PURPOSE
PROCESSOR MACRO
J, Dnnocck, V, Drnpnl, A. IMuliiicek, M. Servft
Thn implementation of a dimple universal processor cell, called OOI', is presented. Our
motivnlion was to design a very simple yet still efficient processor wliicli effectively supports
High Level programming Languages (IIIX's) like C or Pascal, Our primary goal was to
propone: such A processor which would provide a simple And efficient compilation scheme,
and which would keep the complexity of IIW within reasonable limits. This is why the 1ILL
requirements were Investigated first, Additionally we wanted to investigate the suitability
of I'TGA technology for the implementation of complex structures comprising an universal
processor cell,
The DOP is n alack orltnttd processor with lG-blt Internal bus (BUS) divided into
low mid )ilg)i 8-blt part, lG-blt exlimml tuUUm* bus, and 8-blt external data bus. The
memory is byte organized and I/O devices are memory mapped. Thn OOP contains six 1G-
bit programmer-visible registers. PC — program counter, SP — stack pointer, S — source
operand address, D — destination operand address, W — working register, PSVV —program
status word consisting of two 8-bit subrcgistcrs denoted L (Loop counter) and F (Mags).
The instruction set consists of 21 instruction types only covering all operations that
can be expected in a processor of this class. Instructions keep two basic principles which
support evaluation of expressions:
- every byte operand is (by default) signed or unsigned extended when loaded from memory
- the sign of the second operand of binary operation is saved in auxiliary flag (XS - extended
Sign flag), which can be used as second operand in then next binary operation.
We decided to Implement OOP using XILINX XC-fOOO reprogrammable FPGA (Field
Programablc Gate Array) technology because it is generally considered as ideal for proto-
typing and because we wanted to check the capabilities of current PPG A technology for the
implementation of a lG-bit universal processor (CLD-Configurable Logic Block is the basic
hardware cell of XCI000).
The processor DOP consists of several functional units; input/outputs - 18 CLIJi,
incrcmcntablc word registers (PC, S) - each 9 CLDs, reversible word registers (D, SP) -
each 17 CLBs, decrcmentable byte register (L) - 5 CLBs, instruction register (IR) - uses
D-latchcs from IOUS), ALU - 40 CLHs, controller - 13G CLDs. All functional units (with
the exception of controller) were implemented as individual hard macros first. The final
layout had to be placed manually, However, we suspect that automated placement would
provide totally unroutable layout.
Several attempts were made to minimize the area and to maximize the clock frequency.
After a couple of experiments we have found that the minimum area needed for successful
245
WORKSHOP 00 C'OMI'UTOIS
ranting in approximately (6 x 20 CLIli, Tin: placement WAS foiihd touUMe provided Unit
nil bun signals were runted itinnunlly, Tlic pcrfornmiicoof tlic Inyout wa.i <f\refillly evaluated
via simulation, Tlio simulator reported no warning messages (diilii-hold violation, data set-
up violation) Tor the clock frequency of I.8MI1/,, Unfortunately, attempts tu Increase the
maximum npj>llcnl>[c clock fro»jin;ncy via rerouting of critical nets provided no fiigriific/int
Improvement, Thin in why we decided to lisa for the second experiment llm whole nren of
XC4010-6.
The Inyont tlmt uses the MVAof 20x20 CLIIH provided slightly worm; result (1.8MlI/.) in
terms of maximum applicable clock frequency tint11 the previous one, However, the; rerouting
of critical nets reunited in substantial iiicrvnocof performance, Finally tlic frequency [Link]
wan reached. Let lit note thnt the processor works correctly up to 5 MIW. despite of data-hold
violations reported liy the simulator.
This cxpcriincnt him aliown tfint the current I'I'CJA technology in capable to nixoinino'
dftto a simple 10-bit universal procemor provided that n aubntniitinl iimrninl intervention ia
employed in the proccw of "automated" design, Notice that earlier Attempt* in tills ftren
considered 8-bit universal processors only. A hoard acting nn (DM i'C periphery was de-
veloped in order to support further experiment* with DO1' nnd to Allow unnge of 1)01' for
educational purposcn.
The DOl' proccimor is ft result of I1W/SW co-denign, It proved to be a good compromise
between the complexity of IIW and the simplicity «nd efficiency of Hie compilation scheme.
Although XI LI NX XC4000 family was not Intended for processor design our experiment
proved that thu 1)01' urdiitcctmu is sullnble to serve na library cell for custom oriented
VLSI circuits, Our experiences with the implementation of 1)01* provided one important
message: further research of performance driven AI'IC algorithms is mrded because current
commercially available tools have serious shortcomings,
The design of the processor DOP proceeded simultaneously with the development of a
support software package, which includes [Link], C compiler and a procensor simulator.
Due the simplicity of the DOC architecture and due the fact of simultaneous design, this
software is much simpler than for comparable processors, For example the code generator is
10 times shorter than the code generator for 8051. We also compared the DOl' with other
processors in terms of the code size, Despi'c of simplicity, the 1)01' code is shorter than
tin; code of all compared processors.
References:
[1] GAL T,, AGUSA K., OIINO Y.: Educational Purpose Sfkroprocetuar Impltmtnttd
uiitli User-Programmable Gale Army*, 2nd International Workshop on Field Pro-
grammable i^jgic and Applications, Vienna, l'J'J2,
[2) DANECEK, J., DIlAPAL, P., HUllACEK, A., Salcif, '/., Scrvlt, M.: DOP - A
Simple Processor far Custom Computing Machines. Journal of Microcomputer Appli-
cations, vol. 17, pp. 239-253, 1391.
[3] I M N E C E K , J., DitAPAL, R, PLUJIACIVK, A,, S»\lii, %., Secvil, M.j Mtthodologits
for Computer Aided Hardware/Software Co-Design Using Field Programmable Gale
Arrays. Ilrscarch Report. Dcpt. of Computers, CTU Prague, 1991
This research has been conducted at the Department of Computers as part of the research
project "Development of VLSI Dtsijn Automation Methods" and has been supported by CTU
grant No. 8095.
24G
WOltKSIIOl'flO COMrUTEllS
Key worditi structural design, design process, hypertext, curocodca, expert systems, algo-
rithmic program, knowledge based system
This paper presents a tool for the intelligent reprcscntAtlon of European structural
design codes which combines hypertext technology based on hypertext multimedia language
version •'! format with table* and Czech national environment facilities. This environment
supported by the expert system rcvcalt the different properties of the design codes and lift*
the potential to provide valuable support for both designers and code writers.
Eurocodcs for the design and construction of buildings and other civil engineering struc-
tures nrc Issued by the European Committee for Standardisation, The complex structure of
structural Eurocodes (1) and the frequent references to the other parts make il difflciilt for
users to follow |U line of reasoning, and establish the interconnection between "cvcrnl upcc-
Mentions, This is typically the cane for small design ollices, The objective of the presented
work is to deal with the abovo problem by combining Iho technologies of knowledge based
systems and a hypertext system on the computer net. The pilot model of the cxccutional
structure is based on a typical example which uses more materials. It address the future as
well AS the current problems inherent in the final product at the first stage of the project.
UJJ1M
J l I •m.H,.r. J | . bM«WH
"f«nirti»»nowch4f1
Structural system design can be decomposed into three subproccsscs: preliminary de-
sign, analysis, and detailed design [3]. The design process starts with a description of the
task to be performed, generates a design focus, translates the focus into a set of design
standard requirements, transforms these requirements into a set of design constraints, and
then solves these constraints to produce a set of properties for the structural component [4].
The model of the system structure here was developed under thisproject to provide support
primarily for the designer, see Fig. 1. The model is based on Five levels of information. The
manual can guide the user through his specific problem. The structure helps the user to
navigate through standard texts. It is generally known that the application of rules needs
commentary to fill the gaps in the basic texts. The tables enable recalculation of the cho-
247
WOf'KHIIOI'M tJOMI'U'ffiHS
sen Jirr lilrm to »lio* llif Algorithm'* impntr* nri'l tjiit|iiil», lo solve lli« tllrrtt <|tlrstl</fi ntnl
sitji[«>ft the CMWiicnUry* « * I'lg. 2,
Hypertext In « fofifl of ilyrtsmlc lexl * t W e frrla!*i word* of iihrAV.4 nf« lilikfd to
Hpcdfic c*ptiUiaC(jf>' text «fiicii, i(t tUfft, KM/ tcmUitt httUft tiyirttrzt (ihtf><>r*t Yfrr i),r
fcho-wn standard of i\\n Wimlrm'it llrlji Kyslrtri Firilitlra, 'I'lic * d l l<ii(#w» l i
of i(ii<ilifli(»[Link] ftfef s<il««l l*y fm»lg«(!wi f«</lillr<i( by m r / t W iiinf,tmm tm<\ y g
ih»< t M i W f U | 2 , 5), 'Hi* liyjif»tpxl ojilioii trpjrsriits mi Important jiatt of the entire
»y»trtll, Th« hyftff lexl niiiltifti«ri« i»ngn«Rn (IIIMI,) vrmion 3 lerhtiolojjy HIAMPS tlitf
ifitfwliif lidil of tilt CVrch W a i rfivifcififrirdt add ('/ Mp(m(t tic* ftwr I'/ 'i|i/al!oln nmi thr*
pliabrt, T h e Jifc«p|it»'il tix»l n (Ifsigned ID IH< nlntr»l on a »cfVrf, The |i!l«il cxarnpli*
lif mldrcM hlt|i://d«xl.f'<[Link].f//niforodf. Iti Oie caw of thr tlirtil tondtictlii); IOTMI
browning, wittioiil nrl dtllitwitt, llic (lirindfy hffi'i tafl IK; fr«sii#u.M/ solved dy ('I)-H(M,
[l| SlnttuMl [Link]*, (mi). Ml' IOO2.t-t, t'art IJ; A'AT 199.1-1-1,1'otl I.I; KNV
1991'hl, /'of/ / , / , BiSV 1991-1, l'«rt I; [Link]<}<r«n l*tr«t»n<Ufil<, Kurutwati Cotntnillre
for Standard'^ation, l)fil«wlv
|2) n:uo, n. - KitAUSE.C. (!. - SMITH, U. L - OOWLINO, V. J.-. "A itmtutt stoM
forStnt Deiljti C<ntr*"i. of (.'«fulriifli«n»l 5i|«-l llw/trch, Vol. 28,107180, 199 J
|.ij (SAtttttrrr, i. it. - (JAimirrr, J. u. - I-KVHNS. S. i.-. "KnnxM},.iin.,,4 $t«nM»
t'rnttttir fttr Strnrtt<rnt Comfntnntt* Ihttyn* Uepott No. It-8fi-t17, CAfncgle • Mellon
t/nivrfiity, Pillsfmrgh, I'mtisylvaol* , July 19S1).
(i) Koi;.Mot;$is, v. K. - <;ANTKS, J. C. - <i\ oittiiu, i*. o. - DIMOU, C. K.I -u»int
flmrtatal ftrHtjn rotti in Ihr farm ofhypttUtt *ntl iifttl tylttn.; in Sttrt Slntltrtu*
i'Mtt»trr\ !»"•. K»)in*di' n\., lUlt'-liia. Kollrdlain, (y|>. T)'i • 3W.
p /
rcjfarrA p-njttt "Information ftjittmt fnr Strnrtttml {)r»ijm* #»</ mpporltJ ky
CTV ri»i AV. miftit.
[Link]
CmuMering tmenUnl/tatum of virtual tttlily — the term of t'irfun/ rcrtfity (VH) can
l«t Culii|>[Link] by sotnc dirteretit w»y». The [Link] view call be limited Ui a tjiccillc collec-
(ion of trclinologien, that in » llrsd Moiidtrd l)i«|il,iy, Olovp Input Dcvlte, etc. The iceond,
cxltrffic w»y of VH iiiijrf»|»iiiliiig in A rotiiplrtfly tomriMi view wliicli inrltldcn ronven-
tlminl hwA», tririviri or f/ufr fniiti^y /iii'l [Link], Ifowcvrr, Vl( I* usually restricted to
tnmpnltr mttlintni•ip'frmn, in oilier wofili V'll l»» */iy for htittMn* l»» vimrtlhr, mtttiipnlale
and internet with eomputtm and r/trtmtly eomplrt dntt \l\,
Wltlioul ft ilouijl, tlifi omr of 1)IP Ijupurtaul tpptlutloui of VJt l« »n eftucllw iii'spHl
of CAl) ilrVijrnrr*. Howcvrr, fli'1 pnwnt CAI) syatems nrr in A fiimlnrnrntn) crisis |'J),
The tlfiinn prtxras in CAI) systems In bwwil for llwr tnost (i«rt on the 3D tfiodel of dmlpcd
object nii'l minimally on its rnctit/il or ronrcptittl nuM. It norm* llml Vll will lie «stiltat>le
ptivironitirnt for ilfi^n activity wliirli hiu itnitirtliate R'tvntit«^ In economy And in ecology
of design. The ptoltlrm of tiling of VH for ilnif;n procr-t^ tm he In nn uncritical way of
copying or Imitating of «n iiiajiprnprixtr prnt-rit CAD ayatrtn* dnign (Pthnolngy into VH
environment.
For HIKIVP wttt't<jnri\ re«."«7n* the trrmof Vll wti grnrr»lizn| «n<l an inl'tlijtnt virtual
frailly (IVH) wa« f«tmutatnl. t h e 1VH h « Vlt In which Uie l«f«'fcncc, (uwocinlWc Rtid
othrr formal rnrthwh for design prorrw supfwrt ale intlu*l<y|. TIi«? one of »n Invraligatrd
nwtliod of th(« mklligpfil [Link] pr<M>.«.« 'Jc*<»I|jtl<;ii li mi approacli (IIMIHWI in (2) wli'-tf' the
pfNsibility and thr tirrr^.ity ratrgorirs in dc*ign prtxpM are dcfcrilxvl by means of modal
logie formalism.
On«- mmlrl ca« for rirtual reality exmition in d«»ign ptocctw is introduced (for Ultu-
(ration). The analytical part of the trxnt dnign problvrm Icndi In two type of Miking
proccliirrs:
219
W0ftK5H0Pflg COMI'UTEHa
information implanted into the solution from external soilftc (e.g. Uy Ulltmil solver
or from A knowledge bAse of AS A result of cotimlUlloli, etc) ill time t,
• the procedures which tannol bt ticcuUJ on ptt-fortntd Hatching tfet of variant* (ha*
<KIIV, at \mp*m\b\\\iy U> ptv-lvtm It). Such procedures lite defended not otily on
symbolical means of the. solution t>nt mainly <m iwyetmloflienl (i>|>is.t(<iUutu^iea.t) oper-
ations uuoeUlM to symbolical inanlpuhlloiia during liic run of Mid solution, C'onsld-
crlng ttic imti/fc of virtual reality in an rxtrmlcd ro/i(c|itiul context we cx;>cct the
following "Amplifications" of the solution procedure* eflMciwy! t>»#* linprnvnii^fit of
Inventive diaiKnltloti* of liiilimn tolvrr, tiie discovery of A (|iinlilAtiv« new /upect And
tlie; eatAlilishninit of n luenl roncrptiMl hiuli f ) li
ftes[icctlng tlilj conceptual Inclusion of viftii/tl fr/ilily Into iMgn firorrm, WB CAH
expect not only filtration properties of interpretation (In), but liwlnly eipantive possibilities
tA ta (Filtration irfrrMttiin at IhU ronlrtl - e.g. at metaphorical rtiuunlng "World » pket
for welt being « place for wtll buying?", K/pannivr nprr«Unn» art known t,g. from Japan
method* "K - J" (Knrnkita J.), *,V - M*(Na)tnyitma M.) (3j or {ram nccnarioi of David
Coppirfield), There in expected that VII will bring us cognitive unconscionsneM dfillillps
ami will Allow to use strata of knowledge not depended only an K?II.«IIAI cognition (I).
tUferenceti
(I] AUKSTAKALNIS.S,- [Link],D.: SttUan Mirtat: The Art andStknce of Virtual
Htnlitif, t'eiuh Pit l»re»», 1992
|2) JKlJNKK, I.! format Methods in [)t*ign Vmceu, In 1lut»k»,V.(e<l.): Proceedings of
the 10th International Conference on Engineering Design, ICKD'95, Vol. 2, Edition
IIKUHISTA, I'rAgne, pp. 5I7-S22
(3| t)(t,A, J.! The Evolutionary MtihotU in t'robltm in I'rohUm Solving and the Condition
of the Solution AlUinaktily, Advances In Modelling and Analysis, tl, AMSB Press,
France, Vol. 32, No. 2, IM5, pp. 19-38
(l| WOOLBY, ».: Virtual World* - A Journey in Hype and Ityptr Reality,
Mh
Thi» rrtrtitrfi AIM tttn tondttttd at the Department of Automated Control and Depart'
menl of Computers a* part of the mearth proftel "Virtual Htatity in the Dt*ign Vrotett*
and has if f n supported iy CTU grant So, I0-SSSS6.
230
WOUKSHOi'OO COMPUTEtlS
During the kit few yritrs Internet JIM rapidly expanded, Tlie number of coinpiilef*
And liners of till* global network have grown by A lilgli rate. Tlic biggest Influence on this
evolution IIAA been modern multimedia technology. The multimedia technology In 'lie scop'e
of tnlenwst Is im»Vty tvptewuM l>y WoiW WUe Web (WWW), The WWW phenomenon
Allows for the wide presentation And [Link] with multimedia documents, composed
of textual, hypcrtcxttml «nd audio-visual datA-flles, Thin technology corresponds to the
modern trends in d/itnbnse nn<! Iplcrornrnunicatlon art's.
WWW architecture Is based on A ellctit-scrvcf model, 'flw client Is» progrsmrn designed
for multimedia rl»U hrownlng, wlilrli In capable of a>rri>niiniMtlnf( to *. Ur ncrvvr, wlierw thn
progrmn for duU files tnAnitgemcnt Is running, There CM hn an nrbltrary number of clients
And nil Arbitrary number of tervcrii The dMn idrjiLlflcatlun In tlie datftt aae of WWW U
tiirotigh tlie UHL (UnivcrnAl livnource LocAlor), This identification gets the communication
protocol, the Internet Address mid incidentally the port number of the computer And the
path Mid name of the datA Hie. The World Wide Web Is the kind of distributed datable,
which is not put In order and offers ordy limited possibilities of searching. Thrse problems
can be only solved tiling a specialized application, baaed on WWW technology.
We would like to present the dntabase system, which uses (lie WWW environment And
tries to eliminate its disadvantages. One of the goals WAS to Access Information stored In
K tUlhbnac not only \>y llie iMrrnrV network, Imt also using the modem untl phone tinea.
Dntn Mnnngement. The principle of our system Is based on the cxistancc of A "«uper-
lervcr", which provides the kind of global data management of files placed on different hosts
on Internet. The "slave-servers" are geographically located M fAr AS possible lo AIIOW for
the Access of the database on A local level. This method of server placement entails some
advantages:
The whole system uses the star topology. The task of local servers is to collect And
send data to users in A given geographicAl region.
The data stored In the database are divided into two clause*. The Information Is written
in the national language corresponding to the region. The consumer of such data it A country
251
WORKS llOf'W COMI'UTBHS
resident. On tlio oilier »ldo the Inforniniion written in English nrc of globnl character and
Ar« focused on (ntnrtiAtlotinl user*. The data fuarfflgcfncnt 1A AI«</ hierarchically structured.
Tim Information file* native to the Individual country nrc managed by Its IUCAI server,
'fli'? 'I*U of lo^al character MC. not shared with other plsws. The global data arc gathered
by the "inper-servcr* from the "slave-servers1',
The proem* of rlnU gathering lit fully ttuU/mnll/.ei) and it Is bused on the principle, of
mirroring slave-server dAtA tret's on the central server. In tlic next pltaae is collection of flics
which dre copied Id all IOCAI servers fn tlio anwe wny, IJecAiise this rr-prewnlii A lnif.c Ainotitit
of (IAIA, tlio gathering find distribution U perfurrued At times tlin network l« not overtoiled,
opeclAlly night time, The final Amount of tr»nsfc/ml data inny lie reduced ftgnlti by lower
frequency of this ojioMtlofi, In our CMO It It not necessnry to refresh the <lAtnlmst< more
often tlmn once A week,
Modern Connection. At we linve mentioned oliove, one of the goals of this project WAS
to provide accent to the (UUUnne for non-Internet uacra ftlso. The servers were equipped
with modems connrctel to the public phone network. The Access Is performed on user
demand, therefore on lib costs. The conimiinicAtion is based on SLII'/I'I'I1 protocol.
To restrict the full Internet connection for users using A modem line, the fircwnll loflwArc
)IM been ran on the acrvcr. This software disables routing of packets corning from or posted
to the modem line. This kind of user lias the disposal of dnta stored on the server they
connected, Some of the daU stored on the server might be one week old. On tlio other side
tbr Internet user enn nrcam M\y of the servers and he can get the fresh Information on-line.
Conclusions, This Article describes solution of coiliiln umU of VftiMfH project -
Copernicus 01313, Tho goal of this project in to design tho system for tho support of
information exchange about scientific, rcsoMth &nd development projects bciwtrn ttnall
and middle cntcrpriiteit. It is A Joint project of countries from the European Union, Middle
and Erutern Europe. The technical And soflwAre for the Czech Republic wa* provided by
the members of Computer Graphics Group, Department of Computers, FEE, CTU, Prague.
References!
[11 LUOTONEN, A. - DERNEUS-LEE, T,; CHUN httpd Ht/ennec Manual. CHUN http
daemon distribution, CKIIN, 109*.
|2] NEMETII, E. - SNYDEIl,G. -SEEflASS,S.t VNIXSv>ttm AJminMmlion Handbook,
Kngtewood Cliffs, I'rcnticc-Hall, 1989.
[3] WtbFOHCE Finwall Administrator'* Ouute. Silicon Graphic., 1095.
[4] Configuring and Debugging SLIP Connections. Silicon Graphics Pipeline Journal,
July/August 1995, Volume C, Number <l, pp. 10-18.
[i] IHIXAdvactd Site and Strttr Administration Guide, InSight Manual Pages, SGI, 1991.
This nttarch has bun conducted at the Dtparlmenl ojComputer! as part of the nstarrh
projret "World Wide Web Information Hoard Service In Eastern L'uropt" and hat been
supported by Copernicus grant No, 01313,
252
WORKSHOP 06 COMPUTERS
Key words! knowledge lijucri segmentation, brain, Active ulinpa model, genetic algorithm)
Project gonli In the yenr 1006. The main goal of the project in the research on
automatic segmentation of the brain structures. This In connected with the research on
methods for the representation of organ* Ami their parts.
Tested Approfldic*. The first stage of the project WM devoted to the tenting of bank
aegmrntallon algorithms and to the literature search. Dosed on this search wo decided that
tlut appropriate method for the org«n slmpo representation would hn a Point Distribution
Model, published in n wrkx of nrtirlm by the rrirarch group froin the Department of Medical
Illopliynicii at Manchester University (T. V. Cootcn, A. Hill, 0. J. Taylor) [3, 4). We have
also decided that thi aegmentntion will procecil In two utrpn. In the flntt one wo will find
the rough organ shnpc and position using the Genetic Algorithm* [I, 5], In the second step
we will model the organ shape more precisely by the Active Shape Model [()].
Genetic Algorithm*. An D. Goldberg state* in his book [5], (lAs arc different from
traditional technique* in four waya:
• OAs work with n coding of the parameter set, not the parameters themselves, Param-
eters are encoded as bit strings. This encoding makes (! As independent of a particular
problem and allows for employing principally the »nmc technique to solve problems of
different complexity. The bit strings arc often called chromosomes, an analogy with
the Information-carrying objects In living cells, GAs draw much inspiration from the
world of natural genetics.
• OAs search from a population of points, not a single point. A population of N chro-
mosomes is maintained. Since each chromosome represents one solution, we process
N possible solutions at a time. This makes GAs more resistant to false peaks (local
extreme) of the objective function.
• GAs use objective function information, not derivatives or other auxiliary knowledge.
Relying only on the function value, the method gains generality, Unlike the above
mentioned calculus-based techniques, GAs do not require the existence of a gradient,
and arc therefore not limited to continuous or smooth functions.
• GAs use probabilistic transition rules, not deterministic rules. Last but not least, this
difference is inherent in the mechanism of creating a new generation. As mentioned
before, GAs maintain a population of N chromosomes. The solution is obtained itcra-
tlvely, imitating the behavior of a natural system, and creating new generations from
the precedent using genetic operators crossover and mutation. Crossover takes two
253
WORKSHOP 66 (,'OMt'HTBKS
parent chromosomes (chosen from the jmront population), chouses n random crossing
ilte mid iiwapx parts of the thromwrnicn, Mutation switches A lilt of A chromosome,
If we null! before that probabilistic transition I Vs Arc lined niltl tin' < riiHsiii)/ site for
crossover Is chosen at random, we must distinguish between the thndatn lrctini'|ii'"» irjtirjzed
Id lh« Introduction, mid tin; randomized operator* of OAn. Trw Utter work very we)) and
yield good results thanks lo llie strategy called figuratively eclcclive bnvdi/ig, 'J'JiU im.-nim
tli/it the higher VAIIIC of the objrctivn furictioti nil IndivldtiAt liml In tli<! tmrciit p/wwilUm,
tlio more licnceiuinnl* It will Imvc In the next grncrntioii. Ilelow Avnrngi; nicnitjcrn will be
likely IIAVC k*» ihen tlio Avcrngc niim\>et of children, And »<> U'l t»;[iilloiiH will gnulunlly
die off. Then, crossover Msiircs MI exchange of Infommtloti bctwfcn tlio individuals, tAkes
pAtts of the pArcnd to coinliiiif And poniiWily crrnlf filler clilldrcn, Mulnlloii ncrvi'n AH AII
insiirnncn AgAinst \<m of information. Aimiop.y of this prucvtn to rmtnral sclrxLion i* clear:
the fittMl Jticititiers of A population iimlfl to i>cAr Mrong clilMrcrn,
Feature Ilcscarcli, [n view of tlir complexity of tin: field of ti'Kmcritntion of tue<\kn\
imAgc* wo feel the necessity to contltmc the research in this direction to utilize the \>M\* IAIII
In the last year. The focnl point of our future rcscnrrli lays in verification of the capabilities
of genetic Algorithm* for segmentation in three flimeiuions And in letting of •cgnientatioii
using A symbolic model,
Reference*!
[1| MtlAZEK, 1'. - m,Ml, I'. - S^'KORA, L.i [Link] Segmentation of Mrdkal
Imagtt, In, i'roe, of II. Spring Conferencn on Computer Clrnphics, Uratislavn, 1095
(2) FKLKBI,, T. - ?,AllA, J.i VirthhJ - A Project for 3D Medical Data Vroctming and
Vitualitallon, Proceedings of Workshop '05, PBtt 1, CTW Prague, 1895, pp. 1C5-1C0
(3| COOTES, T. F. - COOIMvH, D. II. - TAYLOR, C, J. - GRAHAM, J.: Twining Modtta
of Shape from Seta of EiampUa, i'ruc. Dritish Machine Vision Conference, Leeds, 1992,
Springcr-Verlag, pp. 0-18
I'll HILL, A. - THORNHAM, A. - TAYLOR, C. J.: Modtl-llaitd Interpretation of 3D
Medical Image*, In. I'roc. Uritish Machine Vision Conference, Springer-Vcrlng, 1993,
pp. 339-318
(5] GOLDDERO, D. K,: Genetic Algorithms in Search, Oplimiialion, and Machine Learn-
ing, Addison-Wcslcy Publishing Company, Reading, ID89
|C] COOTES, T. F. - TAYLOR, C. J.: Active Shape Model/ - Smart Snakct, I'roc, Uritish
Machine Vision Conference, l^eds, 1992, Springer Vcflag, pp. 2G6-275
This rtseanh hat been conducltd at the Dtparlment of Computer Science and
nuring <t» part of the rttenrth project "KnouiUdgt Hated Segmentation of Brain Structures
and ha* been lupported by CTU grant No. t0i)'J8'280.
WORKSHOP 0(i COMPUTERS
2S5
WORKSHOP 00 COMPUTEItS
References:
[1| MUHINI, It. -THOMPSON, D.i FunJamenlah of Spatial Information Systems. Lon-
don, Academic Press 1902. f!80 p.
[l\ SAMET, II.: Applications of Spatial Data Structures. Heading, (MA), Addison-Wesley
Publishing Company 1900. 80 p.
[:)] Z K M A N K K , P.: ParalM Database Operations on Spatial Objects. Report 95-05-01.
Kvry (France), Institut National des Telecommunications 1995. 92 p.
This rtstarch has bun conducted at the Department of Computers and at the Depart-
ment of Computer Science, litstilut National des Telecommunications in Kvry (France) and
has been supported by CIES grant No. 1398IS-A.
25C
WORKSHOP 1)0 COMPUTERS
An A pnrt of the WISE/B project wo developed n simple database with WWW browser
serving M nn Input Interface, The database serves as an entry point to nn Europe-wide
network of database servers containing Information about H&D (research and development)
activities of small firms. The WISE/B project should provide small businesses with Infor-
mation about potcntlnl partners in their area of interest. Although an internet connection
is not needed for ncceas to our database, we use advantages of internet services on both
sides of our client-server application, As we arc not entitled to provide internet access foe
our clients, only one server Is visible for clients connected via modem.
The WWW browsers arc used as an Interface to our database, because of the open
nature of the WWW concept. World Wide Web has spread [Link] the world and it has
gained great popularity In the internet community for its simple user Interface. WWW
browsers are Implemented on all major platforms, so we did not JIMM] to write a client
application. Hypertext mark-up language (HTML), used for the description of WWW
documents Is a strong tool for formating output documents as well as for formating user
input fill-out forms.
On the server side, mechanism of cgi scripts was used for user input processing. These
scripts arc used for processing of user input sent by clients, We used this mechanism for
handling Czech language encoding and for maintenance of our database, When executing the
script, the server passes to it some information in the form of UNIX environment variables.
We used the variable called PATIIJNFO tc split the URL of document into two parts:
hUp://[Link]/palh/to/cgi/8cript/file/that/witl/be/proces)cd/btt/tht/script,
The server on the address: [Link] will execute cgi ic:ipU/path/lo/cgi/icripl MA
the environment variable PATHJNFO will contain the string:
/fiU/thal/teill/tic/pnctastd/ly/tht/scTipi.
Some handling of the Czech language was inevitable, because of vrious different encod-
ing of our accented characters used on different computer platforms, As we did not want
the users to solve the problem of different Czech encodings we had to conv In this cane the
script name in the URL contains a name of a file containing a filter, that converts the file,
whose name is in PATHJNFO into encoding demanded by the user. This script also adds
& piece of HTML formatted text, that enables the user to change encoding of the document
by choosing the right one from an example of Czech text. With such an approach we built
a tree structure of documents that faked a wide tree structure with separate subtrees for
cacti possible Czech encodings. This saves disk space and makes it easy to add a new type
of encoding.
257
WORKSHOP flflCOMPUTERS
Tlic database lina two different parts, The Czech f>*rt » w »l"»'-"d tor M i i i m t l j j
between Czech enterprises. The English part wan /or those wlio «r« seeking contacts abroad,
There aro two different kinds of um*. UWM that are registered will get ft password that
entitles them io cliAtige, add or remove- Information of their activities, This information
is split into two parts; gwwal info about tin; firm anil information about U&t) projects.
Other user* can not change any Information (they can fill out the forms, but without proper
password the authorisation will fail), They arc allowed to (inform fullluxt nuarch through
the database.
Wo hopo Hint our database will bring the astonishing technology of world wide network
to each small business and will help them to benefit from coulActn found in the database,
Hefcrcnces:
(1) A Ikrjlncr't Guide to HTML
IUtp://[Link],tdu/Otneral/tnttnict/WWW/ltrMU'[Link]
(2) Moiaic/or X vtrtion B,0 Fill-Out Form Support
Ulp.-//[Link]$[Link]/SOD/Soflware/Mosak/DocB/fill-nut-Jormii/ovcrvkwMml
|3] UNIX nefennee Dak
hltpi//[Link]»,[Link]\i/[Link]
[4] Perl script language
littpi//[Link],[Link]/puhlic/pcrl/pcrUitml
Th(» n»carch AIM tun conducted at the Department of Computer* at part ojiht [Link]
project "WWW Information Hoard Stivitc lit Eastern Europe" and has been aupportcd by
Copernicus grant No. 01313,
258
WO11KSHO1' 00 COMPUTBttS
GLOBAL VISIBILITY
J, nlUncr, A. Holccck
Key words: data preprocessing, global visibility, compiitntiorinl geometry, interactive walk-
throiigli, collision detection
Interesting model* describing virtual environment may consist of several million poly-
gon*. 'I'llin la ninny more tlmn todny'a workstations can render in A fraction of a second, as
Is nocoHHAry for stnootli interactive walkthroughs. An elegant way to solve tlic problem is to
tnkc ndvnntngc of the fnct, that nil the lime the observer is moving through Ilia 3D model,
there is only htnnll frnction of it visible.
The global visibility algorithm attempt* to divide the scene into areas Ai, where the
Approximate visibility can be precompiled. This approximate visibility Information must
contain superset Si of the polygons visible from any viewpoint in the nrcn Ai, During
nn interactive walkthrough only polygons included in the superset 5i arc considered for
rendering, Rendering is done by identifying llic area At corcsponding to the position of the
observer and pawing the potentially visible set of polygons b'i to the rendering hardware.
The algorithm can lin farther enhanced by culling the net Si ngnlnst the observer vlnwcono.
In large distributed databases describing very complex virtual worlds, we can predict
the movement of the observer and prefetch the next potentially visible set of polygons, This
way the time as well as the memory requirements of the rendering process can be reduced
to minimum.
Global visibility algorithm can be also used for speeding up visualization of large data
sets using radiosity algorithm or determining areas of information visibility in multi-casting
technology employed in modern distributed virtual reality systems,
Algorithm overview. We define scene to be the bounding box of all objects referenced
in the model database. First a spatial subdivision of the scene is performed. During this
phase the scene is divided into convex 3D volumes called cells. The spatial subdivision
algorithm is based on the idea of Binary Space Partitioning (DSP) tree. We subdivide the
scene recursively by a plane which is defined by the largest opaque polygon in the current
cell. Small details arc not considered occluding and arc ignored during the subdivision
phase.
For the purpose of the global visibility determination we don't need to store the en-
tire DSP tree structure. We can linearize the memory complexity of the algorithm, by
subdividing the scene going through levels of the imaginary DSP tree.
Result of the subdivision is a graph structure, where nodes represent the cells. Two
nodes are interconnected by an edge, if the corresponding cells, share a boundary. The
boundaries (in case of 3D space) arc 2D convex polygons explicitly constructed in each
subdivision step. All cells whose representation in the graph structure is connected by
edges arc said to be neighbors.
We define portal as a non-opaque convex part of the boundary, It is clear that one
can sec from one cell to its neighbors only through the portals. To sec from cell to cell
259
WOIlKBHOr 00 COMPHTKItf)
which arc not direct neighbor!) Is possible only tlirough a Kcqilcnccs of portals. Wa eoiwtriicl
portals an A convex decomposition of & difference of n boundary mid (inIon of polygons
laying on the boundary. ItcHiilt Is nil Adjacency mulll-gruph, where1 two nodca (colls) arc
connected by an edge if they share a boundary with At leant otic portal. Wa con cxnmlno
witch colls or moreover polygons are visllila from each cell. This process is called italic
visibility determination, Tho information about ntntic visibility U nlorcd together with the
tccne description.
Static Visibility.
• Cell to Cell visibility
lining spntlnl subdivision information, we can examine whether two cells nrc mutually
visible, If to, there exists a stubbing line through A sequence of portals between these
cells. Tills is examined by an depth first search traversal through the adjacency graph.
In each step of tha 'ravcrsal, tho net of portals is examined for Blubbing line. This
Is done by transformation of the portal edges into I'lUckcr coordinates And solving
d-dimcnsional linear programming problem (J > C).
• Cell to polygons visibility
Determining extreme stubbing lines, we can construct the anti-penumbra volume and
say which polygons arc contained in this volume. Computing extreme stubbing lines Is
based on transformation to l'luckcr coordinates, solving d-dlmcnnlonal linear program*
ming problem (d > 6), computing convex hull in 5D, nnd determining intersections of
lines in SD and <1I) ruled surface - the FlUckcr <|uadriCi
• Collision detection
Spatial subdivision information can be used also for collision detection with walls of
architectural models. The act of walls (boundaries) and doors (pertain) which must be
tested for intersection with the observers trajectory is given by the currently visited
cell, Every move of the observer can be efficiently checked for intersecting with opaque
boundaries of the current cell. If such intersection exists, the move is limited or is not
allowed at all.
References:
[1) SKRASEK, J. - TlCltf, Z.: ZdUady aplikovant malcmaliky 3. SNTL, Praha, 1990
[2j TELLER, S. J. - SEQUIN, C. II.: Visibility preprocessing for interactive walkthroughs
Computer Graphics (Proc. SIGCRAPII 1 0l) 25, 4, (1991), 138-118
[3] TELLER, S. J.: Computing the Anliptnumbra Cast by and Area Light Source. Com-
puter Graphics (Proc. Annual conference Scries 1993), 23G-24G
[4] FUCI1S, II. - KEDEM, Z. I!.: On visible surfaces generation by a priory tree utructures.
Computer Craphics (Proc. SICGRAPU'80,14(3), July 1980,124-133.
260
WORKSHOP 00 COMPUTERS
G2 - OBJECT-ORIENTED
DATABASE SYSTEM
T, HruSkn
TU, Fac. of El, Eng. and Computer Science, Dcpt. of Computer Science fltid Engineering
612 GO lirno, Dofctcchova 2
The current research In tlio urea of database systems at the- Department of Computer
Science and Engineering, FEECS TU Drno is oriented towards object-oriented databases,
database languages and development environments. These Issues arc also faced in the VEM A
Brno company, Doth organizations started together a project of an object-oriented database
environment named C!2,
The aim of the project is to design and implement an object-oriented database system
based on principles of modularity, The project is divided into the following areas:
The data model Is based on the ODMG-9.1 standard. Its principal characteristics arc
the following:
• The basic modeling primitive is the object.
• Objects can be categorized into types. All objects of a given type exhibit common
behavior and a common range of states.
261
(;OM1M)TKU3
• t i l " Miavjiif >>f tiltjoct* U ilrfitir.l \,y A w l of nprtnHnnn (lial fflll tif! exectlltil oil All
ofijrtt of the lyfW,
f 1 ff(r Sffttf (it bhlrcU k tHittM \ij ihff whir* lh*f rrttty \nt * ,w» at prnptttin, 'Dirv
|i»«fi*tl|M W*i )ni fiOift nlltlhuln »>f Hie j)l»Jftl ll»fir t/f ntoliim*hip» brtwrrn DIP
li Inltrjtti dtfinilwn part thai jpctlrirs rtf"""! ''ala lyi**) twnlahls, vaflalilr* and
U|i?t*lkjtn of ih* inodiif*1,
2. Imptrmtnlttlinn part with d»l<< fnt all (r(w(«li'ini,
3. ffaM ritKa/rMfi'nn pall that w(< Mmitt a((riliti(r« of lyf"^ lliat ftf lot 'U'd ffrvn-
talkm on lfi«* uw»'» scirfh, and
i. Jienmtnlaliim part fnnlaininf all nnrnaty doriimfntalmn of ill*1 riKxdili", l«gi*thrf
wild rrfdf tfi»^«a^ri and f ii«lrjftii/alil<"
/At* rf,«i«ftA A.*.* krttt e0*it*rifd *l tht DrfMtlMfrtl 0} CompuUf Stitbti tnJ Kn
*itt\n$ At frtttiit, ihr Ot)Slt. knfmtf* (i'finttin* l« ntmnnf JlnhfirJ *n4 Iht prolnlypt
imftntifHUIinn )l*p A*« ttitti'4 teftlher nlh Iht /«tf»*}« imflimininlinn, H /tnphittl
*« t tnhrfttt tonit>l **pf*r1i'ij 4ftnl'J 4*14 Iff* **4 Ihi
*lim it
COMPUTEKS
DESIGN OP INFORMATION
SUBSYSTEM FOR THE TV BRNO
K. fl«l|il«tlil«vA, J . Cllilrff, M , ftriflrydi. M. C i W -
T U , Computing CVittn<(
Odolnf I<J, 602 00 llrno
1. Orgnnifntlonnl procpsiw taking plate throtighmit the whole existrnre of the pro-
ject. They tvuictn Project management and the surrounding ulructure* and their
relation* with the project.
3. Prlmnry processes have the following time sentience: or ier by the Client (Cus-
tomer), solution pruposal by the Supplier, jyilern ilcvclopment by the Supplier, system
operation by the Client, system maintenance by the Supplier/Client.
3. Supporting procetie* tome lo the forefront at particular stage* of the project:
(hey are drrtumenlalioti development, version and configuration management, quality
management, debugging and instruction and training of tiwrs.
This rUt'iffcation will be used M the bui* for the prepared world standard ISO/1 KC
JTC/SC 7 CD 12 07;2 'Software Life-tycl* Process*.
I'ropo«Al of V V U I S project rnanagernent. It should lx> Uken into consideration
that the l u k i.i extensive and * complete ipecillcatkm of re<|<iirerr*nl* by the u w n in their
given area* h u not been made. The proponed solution is formulated in ntch a way a* to
gradually progress towards creating the abort* mentioned definitions. An outline of the
study i< tbV following:
WORKSHOP Dfi COMI'U'I'HIW
VUT ilrno, Kae. of Klectrlcal Kng. And Informatics, Dcpt, of Computer Scl. And Brig.
llrno, Hozetechova 2, 012 CG
•MU llrno, Philosophical Fne,, Dcpl, of Kngllsh
llrno, Arne Nuv»ka 1, COO 88
"Private Nursery And llasle b'clmol,
Hrno, Itozrnarynova 3, 0.17 00
Multimedia \» an important and wry quickly growing urm of tlic computer science
and industry, Ita potential in infiirniAtioti transfer and education h very hi^h, Despite; I ho
potentials, itiultliiicdiit la now bring used ninlnly In f,ntne» Industry and the* Attcmptg to me
it for education unimlly ends u(i in cornputcr vctalons of books or muslc&I records. Tim mulii
rensoii for tliU ulrtlfi In tli« Uck of liiforiildlion nlmut rntiltiinrdln (Invelcipinent And About
<try*\rr[itwi\i UniU, Mvi, mt'iirfiility (Atlic Available tools for educMion is in quution. Trie
project ririnlg prrscntrd Attpmptcd to fight tlionbove problems. The project lias Lwn split
Into three relatively independent pails conducted «t three different mte«.
Technienl I'art. The original plan of the grafit project « M to purchase the Authorwarc
I'[Link] multimedia development program that wa.1 referenced as the best mitablc for
education and to experiment with multimedia in education with this program. As the
budget of the project waa cut l>y the factor of h, this approach wan rendered impossible.
For the alxjve rf awn, an alternative approach was chened. Cheaper and better available
multimedia development tools were tried:
- Action
- IISC Interactive
Also, the demo Version of Atithorwarc Professional was obtained and tested and short
experiment* with the full version have been done at the visit of the University of ilrislol,
which is a part of KDKC, the society formed by several Htitiih universities to support
multimedia! teaching. The results of testing clearly ahow that Authorw&rc is the best and
in fact the only useable of the development tools. Even though, it is itill very difficult
to prepare tcachnlg material with thii tool (estimated ratio between the preparation and
teaching time is 100:1). This fact clearly indicates t W there is much room for improvement.
Educational Part. The educational part of the project cannot be fully evaluated at
this moment u the software development did not get into its final stage yet. An important
experience has, however, been gained from experimental lessons at the Private Nursery and
HMIC School, tlrno, Serikova. The school has available the PC computer with I Mli It AM,
CD ROM, sound board, and colour printer.
265
WORKSHOP
The experiments have been donfl with Iho Action, )1SO Interactive and [kino version
of Autliorwxrc, IMdn Unit, (he educational software provided lot evaluation liy Microsoft
has been tested find nil thrcfl found acceptable,
• MS Bookshelf %
- MS Knearta '».*
- MS lixplorapcdia • Thn world of the people
- MS tixplorapcdla. The world of nature
- MS The rnagic school bus (Explores the Ilmna/i llody).
From the above product), especially the last title w«u highly rated by clill<lrnn. Not
only the knowledge bane enclosed In lh<s software wan fotid useful but (ilw tfio computer
kill that children gradually gain In valimblfl, Management of tho I'rlv/itc Nursery flfid
School I* planning to ntnrl tcAclinlng computer skills iilnce tlie Tith yenr of the hiuic
] level, Tlic pupil In the computer cliun ulionld not be A <|iicnl but rntlicr (in user who
views the computer ** the A tool nnd not the target of Urn work.
Llngulttlc Pnrt, The lingtiintic purl of the project dcnk with Iwu mum prublcm*:
1, foreign lagiiagc tliHt«ctcrlnticii (Kng
3. methodology of language teaching
i d 1) A tninor technical problem when f>tcp»t\ng Filet of ccjuivaictit text (Czech mid
Hngllati) prenents the different length of il/roe texts, l-'nglish text is generally by 10 •
10% longer tlmn cr[iiivntent (krr.U text brcMiw of Analytical nature of Ivngllth Inugiingc!
(dimlytlfnl tix-dlu thftt lAfigtlAgc uses fixed word ONIT Alid A itynlfiit of (iiciiosllloiw to
exf/rrw l)>* gmmimikjii e«l«gijrJei» sxpremed by Inflexion In synthetic |«ngu«^o like Czech).
A similar problem is known to Czech trAimUtors vf software products, M the word length
rer|iiirrg adaptation of button nnmes and Icon cotnnmndj (nil nvt-rngo k/igUl ot ft Czech word
It 7 chutnrArr* vs G character) in an English word).
ad 2) Multimedia technology presents an unparalleled oporttinuity tu build a complex
language learning and bring It closer to "real life" contact with langiinge, "Classical" course
using a book, with cxcrci»e» and vocabulary and video sketches is often unbalanced (focusing
too much cither on grammar or convention) and its character happens to be Inconsistent
(quiteoften the book and the video sktcche] used in the course arc not by the same author).
Multimedia offers a chance to combine grammar, vocabulary, exercise with video and sound
sequence*. As "swing is knowing", animated »c<|iK-ncai could for example explain lots of
simple problems at first glance, e.g. the well known problem that tunny Knglish words refer
to * different object than Czech words with corresponding meaning (i.e. "dictionary mean-
Ing"). A balanced design exploiting and combining all multimedia meant could promote
this way of language tution to a new standsrd.
Conclusion. A lot of experience ha* hern collected from using multimedia, tools and
experimenting with multimedia in education. Language expertise has been prepared fur cre-
ating multilanguage multitnedial applications, too. The project, however, wan not properly
equipped with software for tin* lack of finance to the results are not in a form of useablc
applications but rather in the form of knowledge necmary for preparing them.
Thi* rtntanh hot bten (onducltd at the Dtpartment of Computtr Stitnce and Engi-
ntirinj and [Link] iitt> a* part of the ttitanh projtel "MuttimtJia and Computer
AuUltd Tracking* «nd has Ictn tupporttd by VUT grant FVaU No. FUtfOOHO
2CC
WORKSHOP" Wi COMPUTERS
FLEDGE: A FLEXIBLE
DIGITAL COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE
O, FuC/k
'I'D llrtio, I'nc, of Klrctrical Ivrig. And Informatics, Dcpt. of Computer Scl, nnd Eng,
Urno, lloMechova 2, 012 00, Czech Republic
In dysteiim with predesigned processors, which MC mostly lined to reduce the design
time ami root by Implementing functionality lining * program on the processor, tlic Im-
plementation often falls to meet required timing performance. Therefore, dedicated fiard*
wnrc la oftrri need to Implement time-constrained portions of system functionality. The
hypothesis behind finch wny is [Link] for any Algorithm to Achieve maximum (or requited)
throughput, it should he implemented in lmrdwarc [1|. Option to Implement Mich high prr-
fotlilfllicc nyntcirm mostly inclii'lo iciicral-piirponc progratmiiablc processors mid full-custom
ASICs, Appllcntloii-iiprclfic nygtmru /ire cotntrionly used whenever performance require-
meritu (tliroiighput) cwitiot he rriH )>y gericrol piirpone tolutlom. However, n completely
nplillciilloii-specinc Holullbit h often lou txpeimlvu In turiu.1 of i\\i design cost mid lime. It
Is henre incrrmlnpjy rommori to IIKH A mixed liAnlwnre/iuiftwnta ImplcmetitAtlon for auch
systems. Typically, custom hardware is used for the performance-intensive portions of the
application, combined with A programmable processor to implement the rent. This gives
the Advantage, of meeting performance requirements with n reduced denlgn cost, Itl our
approach w« liave combined features of both high performance general-purposed processor
and rcconfigiirahle hardware chip • Field 1'rogmmmabte Gate Array (t'l'GA). The problem
how to implement AII application in inch system la generally called - hardware/software
co-<lc*lgn And co-synthcslii.
To Implement hardware components of design we have used FPCAn by Xilinx. Re-
programmable FI'CiAs are the [Link] for this new computational paradigm. Logicnl struc-
ture of Xilinx Fi'GAs architecture is dilfercnt from traditional logic circuit, Devices arc
user-programmable, dynamically reconfigtirAblc (logical structure is defined by configura-
tion SKAM cells In I'I'GA) and the aamc logic can be used for multiple, non concurrent
tasks.
We liavc developed A novel computational system based r'ii rc-condgurablc hardware
computer calletl (FLKxiblc DiGital architecture computer) [Link], At [Link], we
have designed a new type of computer that docs relay on both • high performance proces-
sor (PowerPC) M base processing clement anil massively rcconDgurablc logic a* its main
computing engine. The tyitcm FLADCE ii designed as network of computational nodes
CN. The CN consist of basic I'CII - mainboard MI) which features the high performance
processor (PowerPC 403 by HIM) with two banks of DRAM (up to 128 Mil), banks of
SRAM (up to CIMD), memory mapped FPGA and six dual pott RAMs. Into mainboard
can be plugged the piggyback boards PHs. Mounted on each I'D is eight FPGAi Xilinx
and into mainljoard can be pluggrd eight of them. Thus in one CN can bo up to (VI FI'GA«
with 010,000 gates of reconflgurable logic. Communication between MD and PIJs is done
by memory mapped FPGA. Communication between CNs which arc connected in netvork
267
WORKSHOP 00 COMPUTERS
goes through dualport RAMs and I* controlled by memory mapped FPQA. Due six com-
munication links, CNs can bo composed In any network configuration, l'o. cube. At present
time ttio CN la assembled^
Co-synthesis can he AMAeA Into (our im]or imh-pr'Mrmv. Partitioning, Scheduling,
Allocation, find Mapping, TIMI Approach UkeJi to cadi nub-problem depends on tnrgct
architecture, the accuracy of tlia nohwitte mid hardware component mudcl used, and Hid
relative importance of various design criteria. In our approach we linvc described an Applica-
tion M « set of time-critical function And conitraliiU associated witli each function (timing).
These function* can be processed hy executing software tonka on processor or by dcdlcAtcd
htit<\wnrc circuit in Fl'OA- A library of well defined Imrdwnrt' and oaftwarc cornponctita is
developed where JOIIIC of them could aim) bo prc-ayntlicnlned (linrdwftte) mid prc-coinpilcd
(•oflw/irc), lining knowledge dat/ibnsc, caclt toftware or Imrdwaro component is also char-
acterized by Attribute* (timing, chip area, cost), Hardware and software components arc
then delected and aligned until all constraint* arc not tatinficd and nystein is not optimized
Iti term of cost and performance, It is also usually possible to swap components between
hardware and software so as to reduce the allocated hardware area. Thin tirnc all necessary
design steps arc done manually by user. Wo arc developing algorithm* to helps process it
automatically.
Duo using Xilinx Fl'OA chips to implement hardware we can use to synthctizc compo-
nent* n X- ULOX (Mocks of Logic Optimized for Xtlirix) «yrithc*l» tool. This tool consist
of a high-level functions components Hhrnty (accumulator, add/nub, shift register, counter,
data register, comparator, decoder, multiplexer, ROM, RAM, gates, etc.). Such components
arecmtomissMe by hUilUilfi* (data path »hn, encoding, He.) and constraints (timing, chip
location), thus each of them can describe thousands of uniiji; functions. The X-HLOX soft-
ware uses expert knowledge of chip resources coupled with smart logic Implementation to
produce fast and efficient circuit design and produce optimum circuit Implementation. The
function components specification, attributes, constraints, and connectivity is described by
Xilinx Nctlist Format and then synthctized by X-DLOX software. The software compo-
nents arc specified in high-level language and compiled or linked (library components) to
executable code. Configuration, status, input and output registers of hardware components
are directly mapped to processor memory map. Data path is synchronized by interrupt
driven red tines and status registers.
We have presented novel computational system KLAUGE which consists of high perfor-
mance general-purpose processor (PowerPC) and rc-prograinmablo logic (FPGA). System
throughput is increased by using dedicated hardware circuits for time Intensive and con-
strained functions. Most important codesign tasks for such system as partitioning, synthesis
and simulation are briefly Introduced/The FLEDCE system development was motivated by
practical requirements to have an available and very high performance computational plat-
form.
Reference*.'
(1) GUPTA, K. R. - DE MIGEL1, G.: Conttraintd Software Gentration Jor Hardware-
Sojtwart Systems, pp. 5C-63. Third International Workshop on Hardware/Software
Codesign, September 22-24, Grenoble, France 1994.
This research hi) been conducted at the Department of Computer Sei. and Eng. as
part of the rtstarch project "Dct/ttopmtnl of Fluibtt Digital Architectures* and ha* bttn
tupporied by the Grant Agency of the Czech Republic under eontracl No. J0S/9S/1334.
268
WORKSHOPDfl COMPUTERS
TIT of Ilrno, Fac. of El. Kng. k CIS, Dopt. of Computer Science k Engineering
HoMfcliova 2, 012 CO Hrrio
The article focuses on tlic World-Wide- Web (WWW or W3) system as it is viewed
from Hid position of administrators of WWW server At the educational Inilitution. Two
rtmlll areas arc discussed: WWW servers and clients, logical arid physical hierarchy of
documents The article dinplnyn the experience gained while maintaining the faculty server
at the Technical University of Drno. You can find more information About the workplace at
UIlL"lil'.p://[Link],viitbr,c/,/".
Introduction! The World-Wide Web (WWW or WJ) project started In 1089 In CERN
laboratories in Swiss. WWW is A distributed information system with inherited hypertext
feature* mid extendable eaully to multimedia capabilities). Document)) are stored at WWW
scrvcrti M files in various formats, The basic documents aro of the HTML type. They are
text files with included tags called marJtup*. One of them is used to create a hyptttink - the
World-Wide unique reference to a document. The hyperlinks follow the Uniform Resource
Locator (URI/) specification (sec references), A URL defines the protocol that is used
for data transfer, the WWW server location where the document is kept, the path to the
document Inside the internal directory structure of the WWW server, and the name of the
document (more details omitted for simplicity),
Two levels of the HTML-language definition should he mentioned here: HTML 2.0 -
the superset of HTML 1.0 - that is widely used now, and HTML 3.0 that includes many
new features, and that is expected to be used soon,
W W W server* And clients: IJclonging to educational institutions we prefer freely
accessible servers to commercial ones. We tested four of them: CERN, NCSA, Apache, and
WN. The CERN tcntr vxm% la he the most reliable, but the last version (3.0) appeared
already in 1991; therefore, it docs not include the newest enhancements Implemented in the
other products. Nevertheless, it is still a good choice. Last version of the NCSA strvtr
(1.4.2) sccrns to be more efficient, but we do not recommend older versions AS they were
•lower and buggy. The Apacht lerver was derived from NCSA version 1.3 with the Intention
to fix the bugs (A PAtCHy sErvcr), to increase efficiency, and to follow the development
of HTML more quickly. Even in the beta version, it already \,a some interesting features
including support of language versions of documents. This capability Is solved even better
by WN server. It allow also conditional sections in documents using C'prcproccsor-like
commands, You can find more information about both the free and commercial servers at
[Link]
WWW client* are programs that run on the [Link]'s computer. They communicate with
WWW secvett using the protocol that it prescribed in. URL. WWW clients Me tcspcnsiblc
for visual rendering of docuncnts and possibly for interpreting other data obtained from
2C9
W O R K S H O P S } C O M I ' I J T O t S
References:
|l) JJBttNEKS-LKK, T, - MASINTKIl, L, - MtCAIIILL, M.: Uniform Uaourtc Locators
(Vttl,). WCi 1738, CEItN, Xerox Corporation, University of Minnesota, December 1901
J2j FIELDING, H.: Rdnlive Uniform Htsouite Locators. ItFC 18G8> UC Irvine, June 1095
(3J [Link]-LKE, T.: The IITTI' Protocol n* Implemented in W3.
UltL: [Link] January 1932
(•t) LAMI'A, l\ - 1'ftlKltVL, I'.: XkuStniuti t inttahict a prowsu tijnUmu WWW.
|ip. .10-51, t'rocmlings of Information systems AIKI their npplicationa, Studukc,
September 1995 {in Czech)
This rtieanh Art* littn conducted at tltt Dtparimtnt of Compttttr Science and Knginttr-
ing as part of the joined research projret of ttco faculties "Ifypcrttit Information system of
the Faculty of Civil Knginttring and of the Faculty of Electrical Enjinterin} and Cmnptiltr
Scitntt" and has ken tupportcd by TU gnnt No. FUSS0034.
270
WORKSHOP On COMPUTERS
Family of Civil Engineering launched its WWW server on September 5,10'J I, find Fac-
ulty of Klccttic Engineering and Computer) has been running its server since December.
Tlic following related tasks were solved as part* of the Development I'ojcct FU200034!
1. Analysis of available WWW servers (NCSA 1.4, Apnclic, [Link] 3.0, \VN Server,
Netscape Coininvrcc Server, and others).[1]
2. Analysis of available browsers for MS Windows, MS DOS mid UNIX. [1] [2]
3. Tools for the preparation of documents In HTML format (IloT Metal;, HTML Assis-
tant Pro, Internet Assistant, cu-html templates for MS Word CO) [2]
\, Setting rules and standards for document format and using directory structures that
facilitate server and document administration. [1|
6. Creation of database data in the WWW environment (without database servers, with
SQL servers, with CGI agents) [1, 3-6].
C. Providing access to faculty and university databases through WWW.
7. Possible commercial use of WWW In practice (INVEX Computcr'95),
From among non-commercial servers, the Apache server seems to be the most promising.
It is modular and structured, contains a well defined interface for additional modules, for
password database controlling the access to sensitive documents, for customizing hypertext
error messages, and it provides for several indices in a directory. The server supports pro-fork
mode; its installation is similar to that of NCSA servers.
The most suitable commercial server is Netscape. It is reliable, data security and simple
installation arc important. It provides a user API to enhance server functionality, It* price
ranges from 2,000 to 0,000 USD.
The analysis of clients led to the following results: Doth for UNIX workstations and
MS Windows PC's, Netscape seems to be the best solution. It is a commercial product but
educational and charitable institutions may use it free of charge. The present release 2.0
supports most important parts of the HTML 3.0 standard and olfcrs several further features
(page ba-kground, both inbound and outbound e-mail support). For UNIX, ARENA client
is also a yjod choice; it is the only one to support new HTML 3.0 features (text styles,
attributes, formulas).
271
WORKSHOP 00
For writing HTML documents, two tools were found M very useful; Mtf Word 0,0
template [Link] developed Jit Chinese University In Hung Kong, and HTML Assistant
Yio which la probably tlic most widely lined tool for jiroy,rnii)iiu'r«.
Much nttctition was paid to the problem of presenting Inrgu amounts of d/iU in hyper-
text form. Procedure* and tool* for binding a VVWW HTVW WI«I database* were designed
Implementing various degrees of Integration - starting from agents accessing dulnbiMi) files
up to Interface* to HQti tenerti
All theoretical results were tested In practice using a simple flat-file database accessed
by nn awk script, and tlic FalrComms SQL server.
The results of these theoretical mid practical Investigations were incorporated under
URL litlp!//www,[Link])r,cz, litlp://[Link]:[Link]« and also at commnrdat server run
by Urno Fairs and Exhibitions for Invcx Computer '95 (liltp;//[Link], now available
AS hltpi//[Link],vtitbr,«). At these URL's practical results of these activities may bo
viewed.
Top forum where theoretical results of the authors wcru presented was DATASEM
conference where results concerning new architectures of network ncrviccs presented in a
distributed way and integrated via WWW technology were summarized.
Finally, let us express several reservations on the WWW philosophy. Presentation of
large quantities of data is unrealistic without databases, nnd hypertext in nol suitable for
such a tiuk. There are no tools to ensure data consistency in distributed environment and
many errors emerge due to changes in inlcrdociimcnt links, There ire, however, way to
io\vo [Link] problems in the future - by integrating .SQL into WWW servers or by incorpo-
rating the HTTP protocol into database servers, and by creating tools that would analyze
Inconsistencies In the distributed environment of a global network.
References:
[1] LAMPA, P. - PfUKHYL, P.: ZkuScnosti t insluhce a p r w i u [Link] na FEI.
pp, .19-55., Letnl Skola "Inforintic'iil systemy a jejich aplikace" Sludnicc 1095.
[2] UEIIKA, M. - KUCERA, J.: Tvorba dokumtnti pro WWW v jazyce HTML , Lctnf
Bkola "InformaZnf systcmy ajejich aplikacc", Studnice 1995 pp, 15-25.
[3] BERKA, M.: Dalah&zovt aplikacc na WWW bcz databdzavc'ho scrvcru. Lctnf Xkola
"Informant syst<?tny a jcjicli aplikacc", Studnice 1995, pp. 8-15.
[4] MACUR, J.; Jcdnoducay informant »[Link] v prostkdl WWW, Lctnf Jkola "Infonna«nf
systcmy n jcjicli aplikuce", Studnice 1995, pp, 55-GO.
[5] SOLARlK, M.: Spojeni WWW a SQL terveru. Lctnf Skola "Inforrnacnl systdmy a
jejich aplikace" Studnice 1995, pp. 93-95.
[6] HERKA, M. - MACUR, J. - SOLAfilK, M,: hkgrovani dMribuovani informalni
gyntcmy v INTERNETu. DATASEM 1995, pp. 1-15.
This rexcarch has been conducted at the Department of Computer Science as part of
the research project "Hypertext Information systems of the Faculty of Civil Engineering
and Faculy of Electric Engineering and Computing" and has been supported by TU grant
No.FU35003f.
272
WORKSHOP 00 COMPUTERS
The dc Bruijn and Kautz digraphs were originally studied as asymptotically largest
digraph!) w,r,t. degree and dinmcter and were proposed as promising topologies for massively
parallel computer architecture. One of the crucial parameters of an Interconnection network
is its bisection width. The edge bisection width of a graph G = (V,E), denoted hc(G), is
the smallest number of edges removal of which divides O into two parts of equal me (up
to 1 vertex). Similarly, the vertex Unction width, denoted bv(G), Is the smallest number
of vertices removal of which divides G into two parts having at most f|V(/2"| vertices each.
Discction widths play an Important role in the design of optimal Dividc&Comiucr parallel
algorithms, routing, gossiping, In the VLSI design, etc.
The bisection width of tiic rj-dimcnsionnl binary shuffle-exchange graph is known to be
n(2"/n). Hocy and Le'mcrson [3] found the optimal upper bound and Lcighton [4] derived
the same optimal bounds for the binary de Bruijn digraph. For the t-ary n-dimcnsional dc
Uruijn digraph, I'clegrini [G] proved an upper bound on the vertex bisection width to be
We improve and generalize these results by giving tight bounds on the edge and vertex
bisection widths of the jfc-ary n-diincnsional dc Druijn and Kautz digraphs, D(k,n) and
K(k,n), respectively. The main result for de Druijn graphs is the following theorem.
Theorem 1. For k > 2,n > 3,
Proof: The proof of the upper bound on by(B(k,n)) is based on an extension of the
complex plane diagram method. We use mapping / : V(l)(h,n)) - t C of the dc Bruijn
vertices into the complex plane such that /(« n .|U n .i...U|U 0 ) = Un-jf1"1 + un-if.n~* +
1
• • + ui{ + «o- In the binary case ('I], the vertices mapped into the origin arc precisely the
vertices of degenerate necklaces, This docs not hold in the general case, e.g., vertex 020111
of /3(3,6) is mapped into the origin but it belongs clearly to a full necklace. Using the
theory of integer cyclotomic ring, it can be shown that the number of vertices mapped by
/ into the origin in the general case equals to the number of solutions of the system of <f>(n)
273
WORKSHOP 00 COMPUTERS
It has been shown in [7] that similarly to dc Brtiijii graphs, KauU vertices can also be
partitioned into necklaces. The lengths of necklaces of K(k,n) arc divisors of cither n or
n — 1. There In a one-to-one correspondence between necklaces of O(k, u) U IJ(k, n — 1) and
K(k,n). Using this similarity, wo extend the previous argument to prove optimal bounds
on bisection widths of Kaulz graphs.
Theorem 2. For k > 2,n > 3,
(it + l)'Jbb " - '
n n+ 1 n-2
-n < bc(K{k, „ ) ) < - — ^1 + _ +
+ ^^-j-+
To conclude, even if our bounds arc tight, there ia still a Bpacc to Improve them. The
experimental results [SJ on the edge bisection widths of binary dc Druijn graphs for n < 10
suggest that our upper or lower bounds could be improved by a multiplicative factor 2.5.
References!
[1] CHUNG, F. It. - COFFMAN, E. O. - REIMAN, M. I. - SIMON, U. E.: Tlie forwarding
index of communication nttworka, IEEE Trans, on Info, Theory, 33(1987), 224-232.
[2] IIEYDEMANN, M. C. - MEYER, J. C. - SOTTEAU, U.: On the forwarding indict,
ofnttworks. Discrete Applied Mathematics, 23(1089), 103-123.
13) HOEY, D. - LEISERSON, C. E.: A layout for the thufjk-ezchange graph. In Proc.
1980 Int. Conf. on Parallel Processing, IEEE CS Press, 1980, 329-336.
[4] LE1GHTON, F. T.: Introduction to parallel algorithms and architectures. Morgan
Kaufmann Publishers, 1992.
[5| MONIEN, D.: Communication throughput of interconnection networks. In Proc. of
MFCS'94, Springer Vcrlag, LNCS 841, 1991, 72-86.
[6) PELEGRINI, J. F.: Bounds for the bandwidth of the d-ary de Uruijn graph. Parallel
Processing Letters, 3(1993), 431-443.
[7| TVRDIK, P.: Necklaces and scalability of Kautz digraphs. In Proc. 6th IEEE Symp.
on Parallel and Distr. Processing, IEEE CS Press, USA, 1994, 409-415.
274
WORKSHOP 9fi COMPUTERS
Key words: finite automata, approximate string mulching, time and space complexity
Approximate; string matching with k mismatches can be described in the following way;
Given a text string T = l\lt•••!«, a pattern I* = ptpj•••pml and an integer k, k <.m £ n,
we arc interested In finding all occurrences of a substring X In the text string T such that
the number of positions with mismatching symbols in strings / ' and X is less than or equal
to k. Approximate string matching with k mismatches is a sequential problem and therefore
it is possible to solve it lining finite nil loir ata, In the following, we will use the alphabet
A = {i||<]f >>> |4| J ||}< If p G A then p is the complement set A - {;)), in our case.
We construct n nondetcrministic finite automaton A/for a given pattern P = pip? •••pm
alphabet A a { « I , * J , " " , J | | ^ | } , nnd k < m. Each stateq G Q has nlabel (i,j), where i,0 <
t < k, is a level of q, and ;', 0 < ;' < m, h a doptli of g. In the automaton Al, there are A' + 1
levels of states sequences, livery level ends in one of the final states (0, m), (1, m), ••• ,[k, m),
These final states arc accepting states of strings with 0 , 1 , 2 , " ' , / : mismatching symbols,
respectively, The sequence of states of the level 0 corresponds to the given pattern without
any mismatch. Levels l , 2 , " ' , f c correspond to the strings with 1,2,• • • , t mismatching
symbols, respectively. From cacti nonfinal slate of level j , 0 < j < Ic, there exists a
transition to the state of the level j + 1, which means, that a mismatch occurs. Moreover,
there is a self loop in the state (0,0) for every symbol of the alphabet A. The number of
sUtea of the automaton M is (*+l)(r/i + l - \) = (m + l) + (m) + ( m - l ) + - •• + ( m - i + l).
The only problem is that the finite automaton is nondctcrministic. There arc two ways
how to use this automaton as a base for the matching algorithm:
For the construction of a deterministic finite automaton DFA equivalent with the
nondetcrministic one, the standard algorithm can be used [lj. Let us use the number of
stales of DFA as a measure of the space complexity of the algorithm of string matching
with k mismatches. For the evaluation of the space compiexity of the DFA in question we
will use the following assertion: Given a NFA M = (Q,A,6,qq,F) such that
275
WORKSHOP 06
1, It IIM self loops for All Input symbols In the Initial «Ute in,
2, e w y other state tiM only on* lf»»i.iU1o« leading la It then there exists a W/M A/' a
((?'i <4| A'f 4x /•'> equivalent id A/ width IIM «l imml the same number of states as th«
I. t h e initial sUle (0,0) »A(I<III«S t!i« eotiditlon I of the awrlfon anil thetctnte It tun be
the inliUI stAt« of the tisfufntmril Hutbftiaton.
1 t h * *«»l^ ( 0 J ) , I g j £ m, Afld 9t«t« (j,i), 1 ^ ) < wi, «»lisfy the conditloti 2 of
the u»nlioft and therefore Ihry can (>e in the transformed Aiitotnalon.
3. To the remaining states, th«e are t*o Irahsillons fmm pfre«!ing stale* and liirrefore
we mtist treale tlonw (of th«m. Th« numl^f of clone* dependj on the level #nd the
depth of the stale. Thi* mirntier Is equal to the number of different paths from the
Initial state to the stale 7 = (i,j).
iimbrr of t>»tlm t» t l f -t«t» 4 «{(,)) U ^|iia[ lo the turn offiuuiLerof p&ttis to (he
pret«»J!n){ stains })«» ((»j""1)»n«l ?j « {( — t | j - l ) . If •ed'Tiole the number of dotirsof the
,UWf = U,i) ty C(i,»theft C(i,j) = C'(i,/-t)4C(i- tj-tf. ti«&<tx>C{0,j) ** t sn4
GU.i) = I fof 0 § ) S '<». C'(( J ) i* the lift&fnlal cwfident. t h e <?(!,» s (j), from this
Allows, that the number of clones of stairs of ihe letel i Is: JCJLj <?('iii = ££1(1) M (?/i')-
The number of tlnn** of all stales W.
Vi) this function of m and * is O(fn»").
Hefereneeit
(1| AKO, A. - [Link], J.i Tbt Ihtoiy ef ptninf, Iwulalion and compiling. Vol. I:
f'arsiflg, I'renlke Hall, L'nglewood Cliffi, Nrtr YtrtV 1972.
(2] DAKZAYATES, It- - (JONNKT. 0 . If.: /< «»• •^m«M f« f«/( natthinf. ComtmmU
tHUm* of tin" ACM, Otlober IOT2, Vol. 35, No. 10, pp. 74 82.
[l| [Link]: Arrtvtimilt ,ln»f mntthtnf l9 finiit »ntomit<t. In: Iflatjtf, V.,
SAra, R. [n\»): Compiilfr Anafytis d lrn»gr» and Palletns, LNCS 970, Springe* 1905,
pp. 3I2-JI5.
{{{ VHKOHKS, f'..: ti*Ji*i tpftntimMt fHlttm In tlrififs. Joutnal of algorithms 6,
199.% K». IJ2-IJT.
('I WUt S. - MANflCft, V.s t**l tut H*nhi»t tlUritif ttmti.
ACM, October 1992, Vol. » , No. 10, pp. S.V9I.
CASK syilems ought to aid developmentand action of software prudiitti. 'the «t«ge of
development can he generally riivMrd Into two phases! anatyjl* and implementation. Some
CASE systems, Including CASK MCTIONAKY O r « h do not »uy In (***• of *rt«lyx-t
liUt contain generators, which ran automatically generate whole tnodulef using Infofmnlioti
entered in CASK during the pha*e of analyse and completed by pfogi,1 miner with the help
of lower layer CASK. Thrtfi Hte \hire gwwatoM lit CASK DICT1ONAIIY Oracl'-, which
can jtenerale form*, tnpnin and repotti. The next putl of (his paper relates only CASK
(fcnrtalof far t'otinn, M then* ocemn) pi \Armn , which th!» metWI \* Irylrtg lo tohe.
Isl ii* ton^ldrr dffvrlopiwnt of n Utf,n InfoliMe* nyateirifwhirh ton»l»l» of nrvrrAl *om«
and Mte of them i« tomptttrd. tt may im a atundard goftware product, tor example
pl 'Mutiv U ow JHIJW/UIJI it>gulfe;nejit /or tbli largi« gyslem • III form* mu»t
havn lh)< «ame> enntrn) brhavionr anil acceptation upon ttie whole application. It U the h*»\c
condition for software product to IK1 iiiccnful. If ttirre I* tn argument not to thannf the
control of behaviour and acceptation of already completed component, we have to adjust It
lo the other* component* of nyslem.
Situation will be the tame in eaae we want to enlarge a nyntrm within new functions or
module ur to apprnd new compnnent to it.
The completed component can ofTef some ol>J«l* A* procnlure*, block*, tflftjeH or
pugm, which can be uwd in o n r»iii(Kiiit<nt<t to gunuiit"; jight cotitrol of behaviour and
acceptation. It usually ha* an "irf-rrdietjrrn" which ottrt* these gervlces to the other forms
of tomponent.
To <l<*«l^t MW (oiiifxMfitU Aii'l their fornu we have lo UM> CASK DICTIONAHY and
CASK Generator for lotmn, t>vl romplelnl component i< ma>|e only on lower [Link] m«an«,
itt forms ate dnlgnnl l»y SQI.«f'otrn< only not l/y CASK Dictionary generators.
line U the pl*rc for tV>n»iila>,'on of otir piaiitnm How forms of new components can he
deigned min* CASK Oneratof, which cad have thr? tame brhaviour and image aa forma
in completed component, tint w; want to minimal!/e manual tfirrrctkxis of thU foritts.
f hi* probUm fane into [Link] durifg implementation of Inclination Sy>lem of Tucully.
following mrthod Is ti«?lgn« , tested and (ued fof gttiettltott til formi of componenla VV
and VSMA.
There are three po>Mibifilk4 of changing: of generating foftns:
3T7
WORKSHOP W COMI'UTEllS
Method ptewnletl hrre ns»"s nil pWiliililir*. Wr have to me (rut shapr of foftn, l
thrrc l i no oilier way to enforce rrfrrencrd I f i w " ' " ' " l "" w for"" *"d '<» wake I H I M I T around
the ncrrcn hy CASK (Jenrrator. 'f hl« mrlluid l« *lrmr*l on p i r t w I |i«rl A.
Mmlifyliig IRXI »li«ji« uf form (ifovwl tu U> very advantage. 1'lits (irnttice Is nut drtpr-
mth<<<l «i Innplntr fotm U mid In mlililinn miiiRdf tliN iirnMliC Witlmtit l'Mli|'Utf foritl »nvc
time noeJed fof j(oficlalloti &f tottta.
There are usimlly grotips of forttw [istts of wliich nte Hie »n(iie in whole fipplirMion. H
l.i »p(>fo|»rUlf to tl»c one of ! t i [Link] «.i rrfrrrnrnl fof (tilt ^f«ii|», 'Hili way 'war/urn ihc
nuniliT of Kiipln for nKxIifylng U-K\ nlinfir of tlif form hy <>m< <|I<TMI nrripl fur m r h group
of fcpfttn.
T/irrc «rr iMiialty t w ; kin>)i of fnfim In «;iplical)oni li«(inj( mut ilcUil furitu, no ntr
n v d two "li/wit" Kfipl* tw>, Thl« mrth«x' l i »h<mrd on pittuti* I | » r l I I .
llrte i i wrier of actions whii h hnvr to Itr <lo»ir t»i jrrnrfdJr nrw fnrrtti of «/rii|«wifnt»
VV AM.I VSMA of ISh
CASK DICTIONARY. MCMIUIO In CASK DICTIONAKY U [Link] l»y IIMII^ lh<-
of H fof Hi. M<«l f«f «(i«iri<'«li<>n frt|i|ifr(fM1il!i rail f<f con(ainr<l on thi» U ) r f .
With fight vuliw-i of tl!Wt pfrfnrnrrs new fmtn In Iflirfatrd hy CASK (irnrtnttit ifl
f ».inp nml *.frm files and in <!iitAti»r.
Kin»l LAYOUT. LAYOUT madr l.y C A S K C w m t o r li only «t>|>tiMiirMte to LAYOUT
by *|K-nfirMirM. It tnnit Ire luiitlly d/ffrf(n| fof rArh foftli.
A njx'fUl (irogfAdi U liwtl lo srpntnle Inyimt inforrnitivn from tr^t »h»pf* of l)i»* fotm
!•**» fil<r, Th!« lil*- (»n tn> u»r<l iigain in tin- n v of rr^rnrfiitioii form !>y (!ASK (!rnrf«tof.
l'"injr, of scripts. T h f Irxt ilmpfof f<Kin witli fiiml layout is modify dy otic *t»uit* »rript.
Tl«w Mtlpl rf»w MHW oUjreli MIUIP hy CASK (Jrnrf»tnr Of lr|.l»rr.| ||,rln |iy frfrrrnf f! und
l new olrjrtti into form, finally * ^prrUl nrfipl for itny group r»n Ix1 n«-<|.
TAi« ttrntnh hut Irra tanjnrlej »l l\t Drynrtrnrnt nj Cimptltrt and him nnl inn
»*ppntltd tif CTV ftfttil.
27$
WOHKSHOI'flfi COMPUTERS
279
WdftKSHOl' PC CCMPUTRftS
'Die Lftbyrlnt project originated In August 1095 mid will run n* long as the need And
lull-rent for A deeper understanding of Uelng will remain,
Our Prtrtlclpnllon In the Project. The bciuirttricnt of Computer Science and
intttmtUn h %h* only t»*}inl*»lly oriented workplace participating In the project. TIIM two
Ilialll purpose* for participation on such a project were to tent our theoretical knowledge
In practice, Anil to search for new Application ureas fur World Wide Wtib (WWVV)(2j mid
Hyper Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) technologic*. HTTP was designed as a protocol for
a dlitrif)ti(cd tlalabfuc. Tlianksi to id flexibility and comfortable graphical [Link] intcrfac .',
I* ApplicAbla for cotnnnlcAtlon in » dlverne AIHI wide noclety, Knd merit, people of different
spccializ/idoru, can nomcilmcn Ucltcr tccopikc new fl//plif/itlou pcnuiijilillni and mi^cnt
their imofiit features.
Tlic first rcrnsrkal;lo rmull of tlie cofjperation WM that wo have learned what WWW,
HTML, VKML, AIKI perl rneaint In practice, I'nr ^Xhtnpli;, A ulioflcoliunijig wa.i found in tliu
tticorcllcally dean coixept of a WWW nerver (MI independently riiimlng process listening at
* well apeelflecl port). Tliere are no [Link]/ilitlra for tracing trr!|its the nervcr U running ai a
response on client dcinandi. If a script fails, trio script programmer needs more information
for error localization than I. mcMAgt* annoiiticing its ocuirvna:.
The next remark Is confirmation of a well known fact: Users and even the page creators
arc not programmers. Graphic artists creating HTML pages found many features of HTML a
WYSIWYG editor was not capable of handling. In inch CMum only An expert with knowledge
f>f thfl HTML format can help, It si-ein* tliat illusory simple thing* sometimes may not be
usnlilo for the public. On the other hand, mme complicated facts are easier to tmderiiUtitl
tljjui aii expert may expect,
Tim rcarch for new application areas results in ipiitc an interesting slalciiicnl: \ WWW
client (browser) may l;<? used as n comunicalloiu ciiviruiminit fmiit which torlnlu npi'clnll/.oil
program* «uch aa electronic mail, news browser, or ire client can be called. Itapld feedback
to a uset query and Integration of news conference principles make a meeting point for
ilUnDnions about various topics from certain hypertext pnges. Users' contributions Can
contain not only text, but also pictures, sound and movie flies, tpallal data, programs, and
references to otlirr Information sources.
Although the project lasted for only two months the work on it was very intensive. All
participants were forced to acquire new knowledge from both tlicir spccialiiiation and other
disciplines.
Ilcferencvi!
(I) KOMKNIUS J. A.i UlyrinlH o/lAe Wurtf unrf I'amdin of the Ittart, Sl'N, I'raha
[21 W3C: Tht WorU Widt Wtb Comortlum, [Link]
ISO
WORKSHOP 00 COMPUTERS
PARALLEL PARSING
OF STRONG LR(1) LANGUAGES
P. Sflloun
Thl.i Article gives MI algorithm (if pnrnllrJ parsing of strong Llt(l) languages. The
algorithm Is Implemented,
A definition of ttrong Ul(k) grammars I* given In (lj. That nrticlc gives nn Idea, how
to do parallel parse of ttroflg 1,11(0) languages. This Men in Im-inl on unique terminal
terminator.
Algoritiim for strong Lll(l) langUAges consists of (wo
Annlyilng! Ench processor analyses one terminal symbol - A part of an input string. The
ti(;w ttato of n parsing machine \n given by the input symbol (terminal), the content of
A stark and the p/irslrig table, The proltlrm l» - rnnte/it of the stark, (lenrrally, tho
stack may contain any possible stack symbol, There is some optimizing there. Each
processor DnishwJ lta work with a move a/jtloii. ThwWww l)i« «>iit/,')it <J/ tli« *l««k
Imvo to bo n terminal symbol. One procrsnor produces a set of po»«ib]<J states,
Linking! We have to link correct couples of element!! from sets of two neighbours (proces-
sors). The final state of the left one niunt ui'ilch the start state of the right pfoccasor.
If it does not match, an Input string Is wrong, More thnn one matching in ("usiblr.
The result of linking of two neighbours \n a new set, Linking repeated until the input
string is linked, or the error state is readied.
I'arallel M((l) I'araing. We have to distinguish three kinds of proeeanors: first, middle
and [Link]. The first one knows the content of the stack. Each middle processor must finish
its work with a thift action, The last processor have to parse the input, until accept or error
slate is reached. The Unary tree is s topology for the interconnection of processors. We
put the input symbols from the input string la leaves from left to right. Leaf produce* a
set of the possible slacks contents (phaxc of analyse) and sends the data ready signal to 111
parent. The parent links correct couples from sets (phase of linking) and sends the data
ready signal to it* parent. The root node of the tree links final two nodes' information and
finish* its work in the state acctpt or error.
The algorithm is implemented in the Smalltalk programming environment, For more
about the implementation sec [3] and \'i\.
Conclusion. The given algorithm of paralcll parsing \s quite eaay, Its implementation
gives a lot of possibilities for futher experiments, mainly with a parallel attribute evaluation.
References:
[l| AKKKIt, It. - MEUCHAR, I).: Strong LR Grammars: their £amiuiigts and /'arsing.
32 pages, in draft.
281
WORKSHOP 00 COMl'tfflJKS
(2) KRU2EL, I1.! l'arultct Sylactlcat Anulyie. Diploma Uic«c» (In Cssceli). VKVM VSU-TU
Ostrava 1095.
(3) 9AI-OUN, I'.i Syntakikal Analyst and Object Oriented Approach (in Czech). Procrcd-
[uip of 3mi 1001, pp. U0*U4i Oilw/n IWi
This nstarch hitn bten conducted at Iht Department of Computcri and him not been
supported.
282
WOKKHHOPPO
SWITCHING - AN ALTERNATIVE
FOR HIGH SPEED
COMPUTER NETWORKS
J.
CTU, Fac. of Klectrlcnl Eng,, Dcpt. of Computer*
K»rlovo fiAin. 13,121 35 I'rnlin 2
How to Increase Local arm network (LAN) transfer capneity nml performance Is ft nowa-
days very important question. One possible solution Is putting a new kind of network device
(called a Hwilcli) Into tlie network, Segmentation ensured by switches allows for increasing
network performance without changing technology to faster networks (ATM,P1)DI...). Un-
fortunately, updated network with switch does not always guarantee better capacity. An
aiihiysis of the network using a simulation model Is necessary in order to avoid the risk of
this und hock" method.
Ethernet is today more widespread than other LANs. As & eliuied media technology,
Ethernet with its non determined OSMA/OI) [1] method provides n common 10 megabits
per second (Mbpi) communication channel for nil us^rs to share and determine how users
get access to thin channel. As networki grow, more user* share Ethernet's fixed lOMbps of
data transfer capacity, causing n fall down of the average available capacity per user.
l''iindninenlnlly, there arc two ways to increase available transfer capacity per user
without changing technology. First, FastEthcrnet increases Ethernet capacity from 10 to
lOOMbps, Second, the process reducing the number of users per network is called seg-
mentation. Due to segmentation are created collision segment*, linen on these different
network collision segment* can communicate at the same time, A switch is tucd to connect
all collision segments. This approach [Link] collisions.
An Ethernet switch comes from bridge, i.e. specification IEEE 802.1. The main
role of the switch is to transfer packets between any combination of ports based entirely
on Ethernet destination address of each individual packet. The Ethernet switch internally
maintains A table associating its physical port* with the Ethernet addresses of users at-
tached to each port (2]. Using thin table and Ethernet destination address of each received
packets, the switch transfers packets from source to destination port, (localise the packet is
transferred only to the port associated will) its destination address, all other users will not
receive the packet. In the switch, data transfers between different port pairs can occur in
parallel at full network speed. For example, a 24 pott twitch can have a throughput up to
120Mbps if there arc up to 12 simultaneous transfers.
There arc two baste switching policies:
• store and forward - packets arc stored in buffers, checked CflC, and then transferred
1 cut-through - packets arc not stored, after the recognition of destination address
arc transferred immediately.
283
WORKSHOP 00 COMPU'l'KHS
Kncli policy fitui aonio advantages and disadvantages 'lin, /ifot MCIIUMI is Very safe
because damaged packets Arc destroyed during checking, Tlin cost of thin safety in n relatively
big latency about 1200/«for 16001) length packet, Latency is tin; time spent by n, pocket In
tlic switch, The second method looks Canter tliari store And forward method but It couldn't
filter dnmngcJ packets mid second, [Link] is (I6t free output port then pitckft h/ifl to be
stored, Tor light loaded switch, tho latency in about 40/i« for nil packets,
As iiicnlloncd above, it is ' ot easy to decide which method to choose lot reaching
maximum throughput At each time for different loads, A detailed performance analysis
[2] answers this question. It is possible to make tin analytical model of communication
network but this model is bancd on Assumption* and limitations which am not valid for all
»HtlnVtowi.
In the performance analysis of A LAN it is necessary to nnko a airnulnlion model of
that LAN as close as possible to the real network. Such nimulaticti model [2] can bo used
to determine performance characteristics of the network and to perform tests that cannot
be performed in the actual network, With simuldtion it is easy to check whether or not an
assumption will yield acceptable results.
It is not suitable to simulate a network n» one cell. For this tusk it is better to spill the
network into following cooperative parts:
The switching module will be responsible for transferring packets from input to out-
put ports. Ethernet curd provide putting/getting packeti into/from the channel, Medium
represents the shared Ethernet.
Networks are simulated as queucing systems. These systems offer some services for
users. The users which arc not served have to wait in queues. From the queue the users arc
picked tip according to the FIFO policy.
Simulation model of Ethernet network with switches will be build in VHDL language,
This language is mainly used for designing IIW models and is not usually used in commu-
nication systems but for simulation networkJ it has appropriate tools.
Following parameters will be collect'.d and evaluated; throughput, latency, rate of
damaged to good packets, number of unsuccessful! transfers.
To validate the simulation model, the results should be compared with measurements
on the actual network.
References:
[1) OORSCIIOT, J.: Mcaavrmtnt and limuktinj an CSMA/CD LAN. IEEE Transaction
on Communicactions, Vol. 33, 1991, pp. 489-520
[2] SAt'.JDEIlS, S.; Induslrial-strtng toting Jor Ethernet twitches. Dita communication,
Vol. 10, 1955, pp. 12-40
Thin nstanh has bun conducted at tht Department of Computers an part of the research
project "Analyzing of switched technotoiy' and has not 6tcn supported by CTU
284
WOltKSHOr 00 COMPUTERS
Our ftp-server (on hardware basis Power Macintosh) was brought In operation and the
software support means for CAD and hardware drivers arc disposed here. Modem com-
munication to Internet is in probation operation, The ftp-server offers CD-disks added for
example through firma Autodesk, freeware, public domain, shareware (utilities, Isp pro-
grammes, drivers).
A creative activity of students, teachers and workcrB is supported and it is directed to
development of own work methods and own software support means. The libraries of com-
ponents for modelling of mechanisms are building and software moans for their design and
solution arc developed. The optimization methods arc developed into algorithmization.
Their use is tested for optimatization of parameters of structure.
References:
(1] Koiektiv: Cdsti a mechanumy ilroji. VypoMnl tcehnika - anfeni, CVUT Praha 1991.
[2] DECKA, J.: Tcorit komlnovdnl v podminkdeh CAD. CVUT, Praha 1995.
285
WORKSHOP 00 COMPUTERS
Thin research hnn been conducted at the Department of Machine Elements and Mtcha-
nifinB a» part of the rtuarch projrcl "liuititing of Informntinn CAD Centre" ami AIM 6CCII
supported by grant of I'RVS No, Il88/I)j.
286
WORKSHOP Off COMPUTERS
SIMULATION OF ADAM
ON A PARALLEL COMPUTER
T. Mncek, G. Merg/in*, J. Austin*
A lot lins been written in Ihc Inat few years about the implementation of neural networks,
However, 'li« problem (till has no single solution of sufficient (quality to fulfil alt demands.
Neural networks are notorious for requiring intensive computation, However other aspects
also Imve to bi considered such as tlic coat and time for the development of the system and
the ability to make changes in it.
Three basic techniques are used for impl'mielitalion of ncurai not'x, Probably the easiest
one is software simulation on a conventional serial computer. This technique is cheap and
flexible but slow, If the speed of simulation is the crucial point it could be necessary to
Implement the network in special purjiosB hardware. Such n solution can be fast but it is
al«o very expensive to develop and it is very difficult to make any change* in the system
once it flits been developed. We present In Oils paper Work which belong" to the third
technique based upon the implementation of ncurai networks on general purpose parallel
computers. In this approach software is still the main development model. However, the
inherent parallelism in the neural network paradigm can be utilised in to exploit gains from
the relatively high power of the parallel computers.
Most of the work so far has been done about implementation of the neural networks
where weights and activation levels arc notionally continuous. We have focusscd on imple-
mentation of binary ncurai networks. These arc based upon weights and activation levels
which can only be either 0 or 1. Binary neural networks are relatively fast because they
reply upon fust logical operations r -ther than relatively slow arithmetic. However, much
larger networks arc used in many applications. The power of conventional workstations
is often not sufficient for simulation of sue!, t large neural networks. Therefore we have
focused on Mir development of methods for the simulation of binary ncurai networks, and
particularly ADAM-like structures, on parallel computers.
ADAM stands for The Advanced Distributed Associative Memory, It has been devel-
oped by Austin (sec [3] for more details) for image processing but it is used now in many
applications. ADAM is a neural network witli binary inputs, outputs and weights. It is
able to store and retrieve associations between pairs of binary vectors, even if the vectors
arc incomplete or corrupt. It consists of two binary correlation memories and a n-tuple
preprocessing for the input and output vecton. ADAM uses a "one shot" training rule. In
order for the system to loarn a new pattern trie pattern only needs to be presented once.
The structure of neural networks is quite different from that of most parallel computa-
tions. A proper mapping must be found between the structure of the computation and the
287
WORKSHOP 90 COMI'UTBHS
architecture used to implement tlio system. Wo considered two types of parallel computer:
MIMO systems with communication tinned on irieMflgc pM»\n& nuii MIMU systems with
communication based on the shared meinury,
We propone A technique baaed upon horizontal slicing of the correlation Memories for
their distribution to tlin network o( processors. This lcclini(|ue ullows good load balancing
in tin! system. We (ilso propose thnt the Interconnection of two trees forms Ilia optimnl
topology for interconnection of tin: processor* in thin pnrnllnl system. This structure bus
been selected by anniysing the cotiuiiuiilcntion in the system,
We used two parallel computers to test the proposed implementation. The first com-
puter wns based on communication by message paining, We used a Transputer bawd system
with thirty two T800 Transputers, We used Ihc C language for writing programs ntid low
level channel based comniuiiication between Transputers- Due to th<; limited connectivity
of the Trnrispiitcrs we connected them into two Icwnty trees.
The second computer was a KSIU mnde liy Kcmlnll Sqnre, Thin is a system based upon
communication using shared memory. Thin system used hnd forty fa/it IIISC processors, The
processors were interconnected using n structure bused upon the interconnection of the two
levels of the rings. The program was written in (lie C language.
We measured the performance of the Transputer based implementation with various
,mmbcrs of the processors (nee [1] and [2]), The teaching operation for one processor Is
significantly faster than recall operation. However, the ncalebility (the. possibility to use
more processors)'., better for recall operation.
The evaluation of the results for KSIU ia still in progreua. Bui it is clear now that
the Absolute results nrc better for the KSH1 beennna the performance of the processors is
much higher that of the Transputers. However the Transputer based system appears to
scale belter. This Is because of the constraints reuniting from the fixed interconnection of
the processors in KSIU.
We wanted to improve simulation of the large neural networks and in particular the
slower of the two operations - recalling. The result show that significant speeding up of the
computation can be achieved by simulation of ADAM neural network on parallel computer,
particularly for large ADAM networks and recall operation.
References:
[1] MACEK.T. - MORGAN, G. - AUSTIN, J.: A transputer implementation of the ADAM
neural network In World Transputer Congress1!),1), 1995
[2J MACEK, T. - MORGAN, G. - AUSTIN, J.: Fart Simulation of Binary Neural Network
on Message Faming Parallel Computer In Weightless Neural Network Workshop 1995,
Computing with Logical Neurons, 1995, U.K.
[3) AUSTIN, J. - STONIIAM, T. J.: The ADAM associative memory YCS report YCS94,
University of York, Department of Computer Science, 1987
This research has been conducted at the Department of Computer Science, University
of York, as part of the research project Parallel Implementations of ADAM and has been
supported by British Council and Amstrad.
288
WOltKHHOl'Ofl COMl'U'l'BltS
SIMULATION OF PLANT
DEVELOPMENT USING EXTENDED
STRAND MODEL
II. IleucS, M. Sacli
289
WORKSHOP 00
The Qaunnhn generator cannot tic used to generate rand, because the majority of the
generated tiuml>oni arc from Hie middle' 6f tlie ffitcfval (0,1). That 1* why tw? in
In llie following wayi
ranrf « 2 « randfwA If (ramf > [Link] 1.0; 0 < rand < 1 (2)
It shows it preference for creating new branches at the top of the I we. A new branch |»
Insetted M Hie straight segment or Ilic lateral t*a/,tt\eni. 'I'hit dec Won).«>tm«lc by df linhi^ tlie
priority for one oofutfon and catling (lie Gnm»\nn frnrmUir, An otdct Utt piunln^ ttuoiigli
(lie ticc during llic finding of an Insertion point must bcdcfliicd, Obsrrvln^llii* trrdgruwtli,
it U noted tlidt the iliortest lirnficlic* npflng up more oftrti, 'Hint U Ilic rciuon wliy nil of
the litunclics are labeled by the following fecunlve algorithm;
The gcncralinft |>ro<-r»s itartx with a trrc containing zrro strAfxN. The first ttcp U to
add one ntrand. Then a random number generator is called and thr dc|ith ii tlirn coinpitted.
Till* algnrithtn fiy* tbrougli the tree from branches with the nirtallmt Ubel, the iiloeenn
itojis, when an appropriate tiodn U, i>r In not found. A euddoat number generator Is rnUnl
ajjd a new branch Is inner trd an t!>" uttttlglit or the latrral Moment affording lo the gc lierfttor
output.
H«sult». Tree uliape* vary, uattig difTcfCfit mndom ftmctalots. If generator ulilft in-
ttciuica, trees grow higher without excessive spreading. Tree* have one major branch, which
often extends throughout the whole trrc and Includes small side branch™. It Is clme to
the behavoir of the Gaussian generator, but the Oannlan generator does riot generate these
•idc branches symmetrically. There Is a major branch, but the side branches arc distributed
chaotically and different In length. Trees which result from the Algorithm with the Gaussian
generator are not ** reliable.
Conclusion. A Silicon Graphics computer Indigu2 and Silicon Graphic 1'owcr Chal-
lenge were used, All of the programs wrrc written in C++ ( and Open Inventor WM usol lo
visualize the models,
rttferencen!
|1| DLOOMENTJIAL, J.: SUdttin) the Mighty Shplt. ACM SIGQItAI'll, CG Vol. 19,
No. 3, 1983, t»fi. 302-311
[2] MANDELHHOT,!».: Tht Vtachl Gtomttry oj Naturt. W. II. Frrcman Co., New York,
ID82.
|3J PHUSINKIEWICZ, P. - UNOENMAYEIt, A.: The ttjorithmk luuty ef plants.
Springer-Vcrlag, 1090.
[I] SOCII, M. - HENES, II.: Simulation of plant Jttttopmtnt winj »tranJ,t tntltieJ. In
pring Conference on Computer Graphic*) ilralUlav*, 199).
290
WORKSHOP 90 COMPUTERS
AUTOMATIC IDENTIFICATION
OF PLANTS GROWING IN ROWS
BY MEANS OF NEURAL NETS
M. flnorek, M, Skrbok*, M. Jlflt.n**
Olio of Uii! mint troiibli'Hoini;, llniu cuiimiliilliit wii'l otpennlvi) joint Connected wltli tugnr
heet proitiiclton, U weeding. Tin* row mmlnn trclmotogy (row tnlliireii) nltown tlifl nppllfii'
tion of intcttow weed exletniiii&lion fiiAc!iine» - weeding [Link]. Care iiiust Lc taktn id
the closest rielg|il)Oiif liood of tlic |ilfinU. Tlicro In Aft Idea of selective Application of weeding,
chemicals or fertilizing. In nil nbovo mentioned eaxei it is necessnry to locate the plant M
pfcclic1 M pvfiWih (In the early growing »tn£o tlic plant size h about 2cm).
Our working liypotheids In order to rtrsign an "Intelligent weeding machine" was real-
time iiignal processing by a neural net. Real-time inrnn» In this particular CJUIC the neeeaaary
time to move the machine for the diatancc between the lennor and applicator positions (0.3—
1 rn). The main technical problem* were plant detection by A sensor and the proper neural
paradigm selection and implementation,
It is known [I], that in the particular wave lengths of the reflected light the sugar
IHTI plants and weed plants are neparalilc by n upecial optical nensor with an optical filter.
The signal is unfortunately noisy, very mn-Iight-intensity dependent, sometimes not very
characteristic and it is missing in the cane that the plants arc covered by leafs of weed plants.
AnEAfocusto/ \wttonAW
291
WORKSHOP 00 COMI'UTKIlfl
Situation an * tm\ tmt with »ti#yw W t and weed plant* shows I'lg, 1, Success 0/ Ilia
plutil detection very much depcndi on input data preprocessing. It has to supprc** tlic iwlse
and correct tlie tun light Intensity, which I* changing quickly ami In A very large range in
the cloudy weather.
The candidate neural paradigm* Weie GMDII, H/itk-j)fojingatlofi arid Krlnforrcfrirnt
Learning. We found M Hie most suitable the GMDII, It's advantage la high speed mid
reliable convergence, the disadvantage Is A higher memory consumption.
The GMDII net lm« nt Input* n,tj,..,,im and one output y, The net is formed from
Uyr-ri of finite number of iiciitolii, r«ch with two Inputi only. Let us slnrt to build tlia net
from the Input layer. Number of itipnU, in, give* rnfir* - l)/2 IK.'UIOIIJ In llie first Uycr.
Lnch neuron In adapted ao, tliat coefficient* of A, //,...,/•'of (1) arc computed.
LI QMOHHCUfWLNETWOnK
I W U T oat *itrw/M»
nan
•TMHON
—•
OQO
••' • — m
DATA PREPnOCESSINQ
Fig. 2:
The net output indicates the presence of the sugar beet plant (Fig. 2). The net func-
tionality was tested on both real and limulatcd data with A gnorf auecctn.
References;
(I] KRKJCf, A. et «!.: Kottililetnott {tpnfch a ptcvtlnych rettlin poAh jtjieh iptktrdlnkh
eharakUristik dhtanMmi mctvdttmi, 'Mlitnt zpriv* 1. EC/1089, VOZOICT I'tftha,
190 str.
[2] JlftlNA, M. - KKAYEM, S. M.: Connr$tnce of the Ltarning Stt in GMDII Neural
Nd. Neural Network World, IDG I'ubl., No. 3,1905, pp. .I
This rtttanh hat bttn conducted at the Department of Sfalhemaliet a* part of tht
rr*rir<h projttt "Fill in the Name of the I'rojtct litre' and hot teen rvpforied by OACli
grant No. 102/93/0911
292
WOltKHHOt' Ofi COMI'UTKIIS
Virtual reality (VII) U a term used frequently In the liut few yenr* in modern civiliza-
tions. It corresponds to the rise of computer graphic* And new computer technologies. Hut
what is virtual reality mid la It necessary for us? Virtual reality referred to in this paper
means Imitation of the real world using capabilities of current computer graphics. The use
of Vlt it given by the level of details In a virtual scene. II Is often applied in industrial
denial, In education, l>ul the iimlit mm of VR i» lit tmuatloii and gntticM.
Current hardware gives enough power to produce Vll on lower platforms nucli M n
I'C but with higher limitations then on graphical workstations using hardware supported
graphical operations. On the* other hand f'C's are lower In price of both hardware and soft'
ware. There arc a lot of software products, on alt platforms, which can be used in modeling
buildings for a computer modeled city, Silicon Graphic*, a very frequently used workstation
In till* area, offer* modeling and animating lystemi for professional anitnator* (sucli a* Soft
Image, Alim or Wave Front), CAD systems (Ittftti) anil name new modelers to Et3Dot
VRML (Virtual Iteality Modeling Language) cditora. The PC platform 1* mostly connected
with product* of Autodesk, Inc. and it* famous Autodesk 3D Studio and AutoCAD.
This research is oriented to the study of relations between cost and real-modeled object
complexity In A virtual map of a city using PC, AutoCAD and Autodesk 3D Studio. In
this paper the terms (ott and price are uwd. The coft is measured In time needed for one
human to create a model. The price is measured in money needed for one model. Its value
1* determined by the tost and by the price of hardware and software equipment used in
process of the model creation.
There arc more approaches on how to create such a model and they can be divided into
a few clauses., A number of the classes depend on price cnltt/orics in which the price should
be divided. One extreme is to create a model of building* with all details. The cost of a
model increase* on historical buildings, which have lots of details, and also the price of the
model increase*. The complexity can be decreased by reduction of details.
The second extreme can be achieved by the full reduction. In this case all details arc
substituted by textures that represent photos of single surface* of the model. The process
of creation of textures is too complex to describe in till* paper. It Is connected with the
problem of taking snapshot* from building which arc often hidden by trees or by other
building]. Quality of the texture* is also affected by light intensity and weather. The next
problem corresponds with image processing which is the l « t step before use of the textures.
Neither of the two extremes described tba\e U used in professional architecture modeling.
A combination of textures at any level of detail is * possible compromise between price and
simplicity.
203
WORKSHOP 90 C'OMl'IJTKM.S
In our Approach wo classify modeled building \,y (out CIMUM of coal. This division
corresponds to tlio view of A professional Architect mid the print Is derived from the Individual
clnancs, T lie [Link] depends on llio parameter wlifcli Is given t>y the OXfiCfltiiCC of tile modeler.
If the experience Incrt'Mcs the C<M( decrcAsea, The following, tnblc shows tlio eotnpnrlfion of
co»( estimates for pfofc**loti/il and l/^limcr. 6 W l/i the two higher CIJMSM linn no wnnmng
for beginner and tlint l« why tliesi; iiuirilx'M tttm'l given. 6'fl^< in flivrn in d»y» wid
h of Czccli crowns,
1 1 3 4
f«|jfil li'«lriri't ri|irri
tint |'l»)"| 1.1 OH r 1-3 _ r - 14-31
|)ilr» (CZ trowiu'lnm] 1 9 » 10 11 - in - .HI Ml
There is no ruin that hnrdwnrc ti''|iiir(Miicnt» mint corrc!i|iond with tlic conl IK-CAIISC
n model of low cost enn contnin A higli'T IIIIIIIIKT of hern then A itiodrl of high conl, On
llio other hand, more tfctatIrtl rnoilnli imunlly have coat correnpondlnK with liw rcr|(i!rmcril*,
I'rofrmidiinl models IIAVO Approximately teliN or liuiiilrcd* of thoiiannd* of fnrcn. KiMidcritig
time litcrcasci from trilnutcs to IIOUM on rnncliinv* with pcntltirn nn<l trrm of itirgnliytcn of
IIAM, The upper limit for rendering lh« model MII micli hnrdwarc h nljout 500 000 fncon lint
nimplrr models «rc diilficirnt for V|{,
In conclusion It can be trttl thut nirrrnt hnnlmrn nmt liiim/m (witnntUlit^ mnbte m
to model onty pnrts of citicn in a IISAIIIC level of details (nei; [2]) liecaunc the //r/fe of A
virtual city such an t'rague, l» very high for every institution, A sirnilnr technology, to that
described above, in used in architecture projects of new buildings or reconstructions. Any
model of A new building la created by AutoCAD and then it can lie Included in a model of
A street. Different views In photo-realistic quality are computed by Autodesk 3D Studio.
A next possible us<! of mich methods are studies of city development where the virtual map
shows the look of buildings in different historical periods [.')).
References:
(1] Autodesk, Inc.: Auioiitnk 3D Sluitin [Link] S manual
(2] lMp://[Link]-»ttittgnrUc:l!00/projrkle/[Link]
(3| hllp://[Link]/w\iiii>/ig{t-iti
Thi» rttinrch ha* brtn comluclrd nt Hie Department of Computer Science <it part of
the rornrch projret "Virtual I'ragut" and haa bten supported by AT&T Foundation.
29-J
WORKSHOP DO COMPUTERS
Till* contribution to Workshop Qfi i« foamed on research coticcrnlng the verification and
Ill-circuit Implementation of theoretical conclusions presented in [I), Further, An cxperlfiiwi-
tal card (ECX) based on I'PCIA XILINX, which was designed to Implement the ahlfl-ndd
processing clement (I'M), and Implementation shift-add PE itself will be discussed.
Since 1090 VLSI Integrated circuits as building block* of hardware Implemented neural
networks have hrcn available, Those circuits, called nnurnrhlp*, arn offered by NeiiraLoglx,
Intel, MIcroDcvlces, Siemens, etc, Thanks to the cooperation with TU Delft we have had
opporttinltk'n to work with several of them and we have obtained valuable experiences,
Results of our experiments have shown that these ncurochips have various constraints
resulting from limits of the technology uacd or the design strategy. The main constraints
arc operating rate, the number of processing elements per chip, precision of calculations
and also a set available VLSI components for easy data preprocessing. There was strong
motivation to continue with research In this field. We focused on the improvement of digital
neural chips because of their better integrability into the digital computer world.
A result of our research was design of the neural processing element baned only on
shift and add operations. It is presented In [I]. This processing element, which we will
call an shift-add PE, transform multiplication into shift and add operations using linearly
approximated logarithm and exponent functions. The complex aimoid function, commonly
used in many neural paradigm*, is replaced by the more simple, powcr-of-two based function,
which can easily be implemented by a shifter.
The first testing of the shift-add PE was done on the behavioral models written in
Pascal. In order to approach in-circuit implementation as much as possible it was necessary
cither to use a logic simulator (VHDL simulator for instance) or directly Implement shift-
add I'E logic, Using a simulator offers very flexible and faithful models, which can be easily
modified. The problem was we also needed to obtain behavioral properties of shift-add
I'E In a larger neural network, including learning. Although, writing learning algorithms
in a simulator'* model-description language is often possible, simulation Is too alow. This
was the reason to use the direct in-circuit Implementation. In order to keep flexibility of
implementation and the possibility euily modify the circuit atructurc, we used XILINX
FPGAs. These VLSI integrated circuits offer programmable logic, which ii complex enough
to implement one or more shift-add I'Es, In addition, the configuration of programmable
logic is kept in RAM cells; therefore, it can be easily and quickly rewritten.
In order to give the necessary environment to FI'OAs, we designed ECX as a PC
extension card containing two XILINX FPGAn (XC3O9O and XCdO&l). The first one was
293
WORKSHOP 00 (,'OMI'UTKItH
uicd to Implement shift-add I'M and tlic olh«f one served (tl the* ftddtww generator mid bus
controller.
Since (t ts not efficient to implement [CAM [midi FPG7U, ECX cent aim I2«kli tat
(20n« ficcraa tlmo) HAM to ilort! wclglit coellldenta nml 01 kll fnnt HAM to store input nurl
output «latn. Lntget memory I* organized M 1)2HIx32 l(i unsure wide tint* throughput into
the processing element(s), This nirtiiory In [Link] connected to tin; XC'IODO chip. Smaller
irictiniry is organized M 8kI)xlG.
Uoth FPGAi And nil memories arc connected to llic backbone, Ifl-hlt wide bin, Through
this bus, nil memories Arc reachable from the host computer mid logic Inside l-'POAs tuny
be controlled, This bus Is also connected to tlic cxterunl connector, which nerves M the
connection point to tlir Application. This Allows KCX to work Independently on the host
computer nnd to Ukc data directly from the application, Data transfer from the host
computer Is also allowed of course.
To keep a corrcxpondcricc to the lirlmviotnl Software iiioilels we started with a 10-
bit Version of unlfl-add I'K. Tliii means llicnl this I'M win designed tu accept 10-hit wide
weights nnd 10-hit wide Input* and outputs. The sheet* dencrihlng logic circuits were ilrnwn
In OKCAD. The resulting aliects were transformed by XAOT Developuient System to binary
files, wliicli wit loaded directly Into Fl'OAs.
XC.'ICWO can absorb n Miaxitniiin one shlfl-ndd I'K (IC-blt version) anil approximately
87% of 1'1'CIA wm uccupicd. Tu build a Intgc neural network (lie firoct'ening lias to bo
shared with all neurons of the network in lltne. To Irarn the network in KCX we used back
propagation learning algorithm wliich was slightly modified ber«ii«r (lie shift-mid PB </w»
Inputs In (lie rango of ( = l , l ) i KCX was used instead of (lie software model of tlifl tinirn)
network for the recall phase of the learning algorithm.
The experimental neural network, including learning, was tested on an insidc-otitsldc
problem for linear or circular regions. We used a smaller network having two inputs, up to
ten hidden neurons and one output. As the training >ct, a set of two dimensional vectors
with individual dimensions in (he range of {-1,1) WAS applied, The training set w,i.i divided
into two subsets, one subset containing vectors with desired output equal to 1 and the other
subset containing vectors with desired output emial - 1 . Distribution of vectors into the
sets was done according to their location Inside input space, so that they created simple
geometrical objects (a citric, two separated circles, etc.), During experiments we observed
whether the Input space i> approximated properly AIUI the processing tMc of the hardware
in comparison to the identical software models.
References:
[1] fiKltDEK, M. - 9NOHEK, M.: An Architecture for on Efficient Implementation of
tftunt Nttvorh. In Proceedings of the KS.IHJ5, pages 785-789, CTU Prague, 1995.
[2) MAUIIENC, J.: ArchUtclnrea of Ntumchipn. Master's thesis. CTU Prague, Fac. of
(vlectrical Engineering, Prague, 1995
[3] Micro Devices - NcuraLogix - Intel: Rtfmnct manuals for nturochipi MU1220 (Micro
Ihricts), NLXfSO (NturaLogit), 80110NX ETAS and NI100O (Intel).
This nitanh Aa» been conducted at the Department of Computer Science and Engi-
neering as part of the research project "llariwart Implementation of Neural Networks", The
author thanks Jaroslav Maurtnc who did a lot of work on this project.
290
WORKSHOP 90 COMPUTERS
OBJECT RECOGNITION BY
A NEURAL NETWORK
V. Nrfplnvn, M. Snorck
Key wordii neural network, neocognllron, back-propagation network, fuzzy neural net-
work, OCR system, framegrabbrr
Today are known many networks for recognition of characters - the OCR systems,
In our department we are working for example wilii Neocognitron which I* very suitable
for recognition of handwritten characters and which was developed by Fukutthima. Another
problem is recognition of objects from real world. WB arc interested especially In recognition
of traffic objects - road sign* and car plate numbers. The blue of both problems is the same,
We have picture from camera In which Is A pnrt of real world. In this grabbed picture we
have lo locate our object flrnt mill then to recognize- it. Such a syntem Is described In Klg. 1,
COMPUTER
Our system consists of carnerA, framegrabber and computer with program for finding
and recognizing objects. Very Important part of tlic system, which Is not described here,
is starting logic for supervising the whole procedure. Its solution i* part of another work
and we arc using only the simplest method - input sensors. Our work is based on locating
object and its recognition. It means, that we had to split problems into two parts. Each
part we can use classical approach or neural network's approach. We have selected the
second approach for both parti. Only the first problem • locating of objects (car pt&tes),
we describe in this article.
The most used network for its properties is Hack-propagation network. We have cliosrn
it too. First problem b with the mt of network. The nciwik has to be adequate robust
to recognize our object under ideal and not ideal circumstances of surroundings. We had
297
WORKSHOPflC COMPUTES
to solve problcma with number of Input Ami output ncuroiin, hut the worst problem In wltli
number of hidden neuron*. Second problem In with training data act. Our Algorithm is
based on searching of corner) of pinto (for enr plalos with black border) (fig. 2).
7
Scanning Window
7
Inpul Plcluio
The Idea in (hat our network Is pa/wing through grabbed picture mid looks for corners.
To be the algorithm optlmnl and obtained results correct, the searching could have some
oidur. W« nr« looking fur left tup corner first and than for fight top, left bottom nnd right
bottom corner in written order. It Is Important for verifying, Hint we did not found n burst
of noise or Any other object. After locating we have io separate characters awl rceogfliMf
tlicm. For recognizing wo can choose any network too.
A) for obtained results, we can say, that algorithm works well. Our network recognizes
correct, disordered and noisy corners without rroblcms. looking for car plate is In most
cases reliable. Problems arc only with object with the same properties like car plate And
«ome bursts of noise. We need another method for confirmation, that founded object is car
plate.
The algorithm was implemented and tested during study utay in Faculty of Informatics
in TU Delft. So we would like to thank Dr. Rothkrantz from this department to make
possible stay there and for his cooperation on problem. We were working on PowerPC
computer, but the results were not ideal, M we described before. All informations about
work and result* are in report |lj. Now we continue in work with focus to preprocessing
input data and implementing another type of network.
References:
[1] NAPLAVA, P.! Looking for Car Plate. Study Report, Delft University of Technology,
Delft 1!>95.
Thii research hat been conducted at the Department of Computer Science and Engi-
neering and Department of Circuit Theory a» part of the research project Inleligenl Vthicle
and hat not been supported,
208
WORKSHOP PO COMPUTERS
Key words! computers and teaching, student independent works, teaching dialogue, tests,
feedback, pcdngoglkal scenario, teaching program
Present sUlu in the sphere of technical means exploitation for teaching higher quality
and its effectiveness increasing is characterized by wide development of the computers (or
nwrc generally of multimedia) which enable individual independent work of the student both
at Information acquisition and in the phase of student knowledge verification. Our working
place has a long tradition In exploitation of technical means for teaching. Since 1074, when
WM for several years used "teaching machine" Mngnocorr, through dilfcrcnt types of 8-
bit computers till present personal computers, tn the courso of executed works have been
acquainted huge experience* with methodology of tests elaboration and tlicir evaluation,
what enables out of other improve the tests, mnkc them more objective and embody them
into entire evaluation of student knowledge. With transition on personal computers has been
established collaboration with another working places, which arc engaged in computers use
up for teaching promotion (Military Academy in Brno, Charles University Prng),
The computer in upbringing-education process of the designing character of the sub-
ject Uascs of Machinery and Designing (hereafter only HMD) we sec from today view as
integrated means, which function ii to serve both to the teacher and the student partly as
their working tool and partly as a teaching aid. From this view arc in the subject HMD
computers advantageous for: 1. Technical documentation creation (working tool both of the
student and the teacher - e.g. ACAD and its superstructure), 2. Study work of the student
intensification by his activation through the teaching dialogue, as which we recognize the
specific form of mutual interaction of the student with the computer. 3. Orientation of the
student acquiring process by control and correction application for teaching targets reaching
by feedback including gradual tests improvement, based on its use analysis [1]. One of the
main project ideas ii assertion the teaching process modernization requires appliration of
both computer functions in the subject at computer teaching promotion (CA1). The project
than engages in the second and third part of introduced computer applications in the HMD
subject, i.e. by teaching programs of dialogue type creation and by tests creation.
Project targets are: 1. Creation of teaching programs of the dialogue type able of self-
contained run on the computer for selected parts of the subject teaching theme. 2. Tests
299
WORKSHOP % COMI'UTKHS
creation for continuous Mid final control In the (IMF) subject. Ilotli target* are realized In
collaboration with Teaching systems dermrtrnrnt In l/K I'rng nmi with tb<? litm I'oiySoh
[Link]. With the department leader nnd firm director Ing, Jan I'oMJck was extended no-
lullonfol team tA the project, Such comes to (••«iicctlofi of experienced r,ilticnllonii)Uti of
the concrete subject • scenario creators mid programmer*, For teaching program* creation
la used program system POLYWAY, (2|. Total I'OLYWAY system cMi»l»t» from series of
specialized programs, which cnablo easy c real ion of teaclih g program, its run mid student
work result! evaliinlion,
Project solution ha* following stages: 1, Preparation of pedagogical scenarios process*
Ing! - determination of knowledge, which student dliould him after flnbihlng work with the
tnarhing progratn, i.e. dctcrrrilnatlon of teaching Urgctn In cognitive aplicrc, - selection of
information which will be presented by the program, - selection nnd creation of tasks which
will be by the program controlled teaching targets iimnftging, - formulation of comments
and response* on anticipated atudent reactions. At scenario* creation Is respected; - sensi-
ble and balanced representation of Instructive, control and feedback program elements. It
is used for Interactive computer program Arrangement, - didactic principles requirements
(especially principles of vivid description, activity and durability) at teaching programs
creation and displacement nnd that both from content and function views, - creation of
optimum conditions fof teaching programs nsn at independent study (teaching text and
diskette), 2, Transfer of these scenarios Into computer reaching programs of the dialogue
type by use up of the program »y»te»» POLYWAY In collaboration with Teaching system*
department by UK Pmg, In short time period of the "ear 1995, i.e. since this project
solutioniat replacement in April 1095 till end of October 1'J'JS, has been in harmony with
the project: - created pedagogical scenario of dialogue type teaching program for one of
the broader target from study unit "Tolerances of dimensions nnd fitting", - created the
first function version of introduced scenario computer processing in intensive collaboration
with UK Prag. Through this work were found out solutions of the most important tasks
necessary for required program function (e.g. "displays" arrangement, color solution, ani-
mation etc). HM been created model of program sequence starting with entry information
through the "helps" system, serving the user for easy orientation in different situations.
The model has to A certain measure general architecture, - pedagogical scenarios for three
testing programs (tests) with tanks and with mtawct* option. After computer processing
will be experimentally used at "on-line" toting in continuous controls In the subject.
Inferences:
(1) SVOI1ODA, P. ct si,: Material didactie rntann in the subject Butt oj machintry and
designing. Final report about science-research tank solution included in the grant sys-
tem. Brno, VUT-FS 1995, 31 pages.
[2| POLASEK, J. POLYWA Y - ustr't handbook. PolySoft k tiVT UK, Prague 1992.
Thit nitarch hag ictn conducted at the Intlilute of Inttitulion of design as part of the
rtiearch project "Multimedia Eiploation for Ttaching ejfectivtntt increasing, especially in
the Designing Subject" and has been supported by TU grant No. FU3500i3.
300
PROGRAMMING WITH THREADS
i*.
T!H> f'OSIX [Link]: aUsuUrcl for parallel pto#mht\ti& Jf» traditional C tww « « p t « f l«
J«ly, IMS. It extwfa the I'OStX 1001.1 »Utt>Urd, whkh •JHTISW the Interfere of opcfutln|
*yileft» Itt C. At now, Ho coflttacfetaioperating »jr*tcm conforms totlie new ('OS1X JG03,t«
«UfttlM<l, (tut noinr systems with this support thoiild be available In 1990, for Instance
It »rFHJ«4 thui «t teut Jn Ui« nwfi.l of Unix thl* »l»fni*rd will ho generally
A
In th« ttMftical Uuk »ystcm,fMi( ptvcc»»form*o(t« threwi of pxreotton. It i» p«Miljl«
address spaces and *ll eotnmunkftikm briween them must be done twlng IPC (ltttef})focc»»
Cuiiufiuiitutlui). CoUiiiiuakstlou w)lh Jl'O /aelJllSat Jlke )ii«s«a^e *jueM«* of eeiHaptoai
b ttUtivriy j(ow, FMlet contmtinkaVion is nrjuUbk usinx ihsrcd mctTHjry, but there is no
patt«h(« a/ncfirtmiMtton uippoit. In ilie mmlcl of progmmtnlnj with threw!* ««ch ijntem
tn*itf Ihttad* t>{ nxHiiifoti *h*r!(ig Uie wme «<l(lre»» *p«<:«. The oti!y
of thfMui U a »t«ck. Stuck tontaiM IOCRI VMULIC* (mito And register itt C),
)! rtt, ThrcAtl OH tli« EeVe! t>( C pfoS'**" '* i
t»i» <«ll *ny otUrt f«nt«ion ami u«c »oy KIQIMI **il»l»fc !o the p g
, thwmj tiijijuift utiwiid {(Kiwi* *>»wfirohlMli<m f«(UU(nt nwl twxfifiiHl thrr«4
•afe tystrtn lifjr*(!r», Attionj *ynchr<in{£iitton facilitir* dcfitiett in ihe J'OSIX it«R'3«r<t Aret
pitn, mntu«i tttlmUm, and conditkni **rw!i!<> (nwnitof w«tt/fe»«m*).
tupport t*n tw l*»i!W In t!t« operating #yil«t» tetwI or Implemente*) on the
ttwr t^wl in library. 1b* swottfl m»W « M »*>fj for lmp)f»wnl»t!on of ihrewft In tb«
pd«l> whrn nt> kernel *uppmt tot \-hteml* » n available. Process etrt>t«3nin£ m*ny ihrcudi
it on« rxpcatkm rntity from tl<« «jf»tero |»tftt of »'wi». Context *»itthin< twt*o-a threiuis
it rr*!U«l iinide ptme*>. thU mwkl i«|tiSrw \i\ttuy rtKnJifie»tkmJ, *H f«»etioM th*t «*n
block must t* miJwlitulffI »!th tmbtotkini veftiofii. Such !mptrmentat!on of thrext suppott
nkl», it « M »*«J in OSF OCK<{J»ti>{wte»t Computinf, Kntironnwnf), anrf thncareat least
2 free impferoenUikxt* a*«il*ll^ In aoufte. th'u tnJiniqiic tvemrtrj cannot take advantage
o( n»»« J>M«*«OM ifl SymJwtrkal Mattil*rc(»»!ti$ (SMPJ »yit*tm, rfnt* all iKtriuti foim
ooe «>4!cm fifiMm "fiic]( t* tutihiftJt toll t>(M! J?fi>Cr»T6(. IWiKrr* ttf SMf [Link]* k/t
)in4 on ty*trm* wilH thtrad itipport i« kernel. In ihi* model pfo<e»wr is usigned
%he lettl of t'*«XB«<-*, l>«l on th# letrl U thjevN. If ptwr** »i(f» (note then on*
i t i e i l tiiii fcloddfig Krrke of ihs iand. c d j tiSnjt ikiajl h am>cnd&t, mi tit mhiie
pfrxM*. T)w term pioctM In tKew tystema Inf l*{f« »n»-t*l litr-uU in ewe «<ti{fe»» •p«» l .
&*#<'*ni t'oit p«(xr»i (otmpottfl* to protest with «mly w t}ur*-J.
Mi
00 COMI'UTKUS
Exnitiplei
IrnpleiticritAlloti of tlic grnrrnl wmnpUitv tinliif; I'OHIX (oinlitlnti
typtdaf struct {
[Link].t cond; /* condition VjriabU for blockiftg *l
t>thr«[Link]««,t «ute«i /• Mutual »*eluiion of ««««•««« to valua •/
lnt valua; /* valun of the asnaphors •/
>
Parallel programtning tiling thrradt li writ anitctl for inrctiiirn grained roncurrency. ft
U mm eintlent Ihrn parallel programming using Independent professes, Iml not M efficient
M aprciali/cd pMallrt fotnpuljng facilities, like parallelizing compiler*. Synchronitatlon be-
tween threjulu in mulliptocenor environment \s realized using traditional algorithms (mutual
extIwion with memory locki) with the tomplexity at about hundreds of Instruction* in the
blocking cuv. Ttw im»llot rriuonable unit o( p*(aflrlUm if ther«for« In the KI!< of thou-
sands itntrtitliorn.
Thfo artitlt it ptllithtd u a part eflht n*t«nh projttt Slnetm of Modtnt Optntinj
5y<'<m.< and A«J ittn ttpporttd iy Ficnlly gnnt.
Section 6
FLUID MECHANICS
NEXT PAQE(S)
l«f t BLANK
WOUKgilOl' l)fl FLUID MECHANICS
ADVANCED-MODEL SIMILARITY
SOLUTIONS OF BASIC
TURBULENT SHEAR FLOWS
V. 'tennt
CTU, FAC. of Mctliaiilcftl Kfig., Dept, of Fluid Mechanics k Tlierfnoilynamlci
TeehnlcM 4, lfiO 07 l'raha 0
Key words! shear down, turbulence, slmllnnty solutions, Jets, pipe (lows
In the dimly of Inmlriar shear (low*, the central position assume classic*! solution* of
basic flow cases; l!at plate boundary layrr (Ill/uius, 1008), submerged Jet solution (Schlicht*
Ing, IO;i3), mixing layer (ClOrtlcr, 1912), WAII Jet (Olaucrt, 1050), etc. They arc based upon
the llliuiiiaiiirnilArilv approach whereby the governing partial dilTccntlAl equation* are con'
verted to a net of ordinary lint-order equation*. Although then* eiuc* usually represent Just
A rough Approximation to Actual flows in engineering problem*, even ait Approximation ii
(if (luiiit'iiftu value it* it li>«>I fur problem mwlysU ns it is possible tu IUKOS the Influence of
varying problem parameters etc. While the above mentioned authors initially did their bent
to obtain the solution in a closed analytic form • «nd succeeded in only a few cases - this
aspect if of little importance nowadays when numerical Integration of the- ordinary equations
in a tiivial task, The important fact la that the Usefulness of throe solutions Is incomparably
higher than that of finitr-dilfercnce (or finite elements or finite volumes) calculations typical
for present day computer fluid dynamics (CI'D) - where a particular result is only valid for
A particular set of boundary conditions geometry. This means that no genm! conclusions
may be drawn from It and to obtain A wider perspective requires performing many repeated
calculations with gradually varied parameters. Of couric, the advantage of CFD Is that
it allows for A larger liberty in delecting the boundary conditions no that they may better
correspond to actual conditions of praitlcal prublems.
Most flows encountered by an engineer in practice are turbulent flows ftr which apt
similarity solutions of bjuie flows are mlwltig. Those which arc available (such M e.g. the
Tollmicn'a I92G solution of Jet and mixing layer) are baited upon the algebraic turbulence
model. This is Inadequate especially in flows thnt involve velocity maxima a* it fails to take
into account the spatial Iramport of turbulence towards the maximum and predicts there a
totally false result of zero eddy viscosity. Recently, this author And his student coworkcrs
were successful in obtaining several similarity solutions for some b&de turbulent flow cases
with velocity maximum: the plane jet using one-equation turbulence model [1], plane Jet
with two-equation model [2], heat transfer across A wall Jet towards the wall | j ] , developed
pipe flow ['., 5) and the Axisymmetric jet case [6]. In contrast to the general belief that
advanced turbulence model* are applicable only in CFD solution*, it was found possible to
use thrrn in these cases In traditional similarity solution approach. An Important problem,
which no doubt has hampered progress in this direction to far, is complexity of turbulence
models near the walls. This is possible tu by-pass using the wall functions - an approach
taken over from CFD. In addition to the advantages mentioned above, the turbulent cases
are very useful in providing information about distributions of parameters of turbulence such
as tnr kinetic energy of flattmtion* « t h e torbtitence dissipation rate. These dhtributionj
u e required td boundary conditions in CPD solution and acquiring tome knowledge about
them from the simple solutions discussed here may be very useful.
305
WORKSHOP DO FLUID MECHANICS
W l«4
This rtMcarxh hat bten conducted at the Department of Fluid Mechanics and Thermo-
dynamic* at part cf tht rtttarth. pnjtcl "PhMiOvi jtvy na tlini obtikant1 tthh
pnudem" and hat bten tvpporied ty grant No. 191/93/ljBl provided by GACR.
306
[Link]'00 I'LUlf) MECHANICS
SUBHARMONICS EVOLUTION
IN TRANSITIONAL DOMAIN
M, F. Sclbllln, J, Lnln*, 1', Snfoflk*
Key words! Lrnrnillon to turbulence, nonlinear dynAmical systems, wall jet, boundary
Inyrr
307
WORKSHOPS FLUID MECHANICS
References!
(1| HO, C. M. -•* HUANO, \i, S-f ftubhnrmtmfc* nni Vortt* Merging in Sfltlnij l,ay*r,
Journal of Fluid Mechanic*, Vol. 119, 1982, pp. 443-473
|2j LIU, J. T. C.! Contribution) to the Understanding of Larye-Htnk Cohtnnt Structure*
in Developing l\te Turbulent Sluar flouit, Advances In Applied Meclinnlu, Voli 20,
1988, pp. 183-309
[3] LAIN, J.i doctoral theiia (to l>c publlolicd)
(4| LAIN, J. - 9AFAfllK, I', - JK2EK, J,! On llytlro,lymmlc hrtatUily of Uoundary
Layen, l'roeml!ng« of 13tli Mccllngoi Depntlineniit of l'lulil MccliAtilcK And Tlirrmo-
clyimrnics of the Czech And Slovak ItcpuLlic (In Czech)
|5J LAIN, J.! Coherent Structure, in Tramitional Wall Jet, WORKSHOP 01, I'ftft A,
Ciccli Technical Unlveritily, Prague, 199J, pp, 175-170
The $upport ofthit rtitarcli from (he Orant Agency of the Czech Technical University
under grant No, 10028250 and from the Omni Agency of the Citch Itrpublic under grant
No. 101/05/0180 are gratefully acknowledged,
308
WOKKSHOPflfi FLUID MECHANICS
Key words! measurement, unsteady (low, hot wire anemometer, wind tunnel
After the miAfluremctit of steady flow parameters has Achieved A sufficient VAIUC, the
development of tlic techniques of measurement In hydro And aerodynamic* li now directed At
the Investigation of the dependence of values measured on the time, I.e. at the unsteady flow
measurement. Ifccausc on the Department of Fluid Mechanics And Thermodynamics of Fac-
tilly of Mechanical Engineering CTU Prague the methods of computer aided measurements
of A steady flow parameters have been governed, the research of unsteady measurement
method* lias been started supported by the CTU grant, Due to a limited amount of money
allocated, the aim of this project had to be restricted to the study of the qualities of the
hardware owned by the department ant its ^installation, rcprogramttiing and completion
concerning the unsteady flow measurement, arid to the development of data acquisition
method*.
One of the principal requirements of the grant competition was the participation of
the students and doctor students on tho research programme of a project grantedi Three
doelcr and two regular students worked on different parti of project. Thank to this it was
possible to investigate a wide spectrum of problems of an unsteady flow measurement with
a minimisation of research costs. The most of problems solved were closely connected to
the students own research project and could be held for a part of their study programme.
The content of the grant project can be divided into following regions:
1) Thank to the co-operation with a firm FCC Folprcchl Ltd. the department has a
possibility to u»# daU acquisition systems ADVANTECH. The conventional DAS card* of
this manufacturer offer the possibility of & data monitoring using a sampling frequency of
max. 30kHz. This is sufficient for some measurement of slower processes (see [1]). Special
for unsteady measurement a new DAS card I'CL 818 his been introduced, allowing the
sampling frequency up to 100kHz. Its use and programming for conventional pressure
and temperature transducer! has been tested, as well aa iU co-operation with a hot wire
anemometer lyitcm.
300
WollKSllOl* 96 1'MIIIJ MKCIIANjCH
2) to 4) I$M thrt department succeeded to buy under very «ii(Flclcrit condition* A liot
wlrr imnmamrter »y»ttm DJSA (OANTEO), 'I'M* »y»t«w bw> Iwvn put Into operation. To
in/wlcf tint tytlcnt, one of dottw student* of tlie department pawed n aliort tiny,?, nt 'l'lio
Institute of TJicrmodyfifliul« of the CVtli Academy of Sclence.i, Hc«< li« could ntudy llie
opoHtlon of A »lrn)lar »y»te/n M well na llio trinliitciiniicc of liot wire prol>cn. Kor the kindly
liclp of the ntftlf of the IT oiif tlmiiks iiliuuld \><> here cxiircsswl.
During their prnctlcal tr/vliiiii(( orgnniflcd In tlin Inborntory of O p t . of Fluid McdinnlcK
And Tlicnriodynnmlca atiulcntit of the fourth yen: of n rrgulnr tilndy developed nnd Imllt
H iimplc [Link] for the n\liljfntirm of nnmll prulien. Thin wind luniiel with A tent flection
diameter of 48rnm In siill/iblc for the hot wire probe* eAllbrAliou it» well. Moreover, due to
its dimensiona it ii trntiaportAljIc. Tlic power unit with n nrimll DC engine ('JOUW) Allow*
An cn»y control 'ind A low operAllon fusts,
&) I'rcpArlng sotnc simple expcrliiU'iil« for testing of hot wire Apparatus mul DAS enrdi
doctor students S'tfllka An<l I/Aifi developed n fmtl of A dntA n«|iiWtio/i notlwnn- nnd n dflta
cVAluAting system using A Fourier trniisfornmtioii.
0) And 7) Studying the poiitdbllity of an (instondy process mensurement in tliucumpreic
sors the method* of unsteady pressure and temperature ineAsiireiiicnt him dcrn developed.
Tlicflc mrtliod* or based un prlnclpnls descrilmd In |2] and |3).
Hcfcrcncca!
|lj NO7ACKA, J. - [Link], M.i Mthnl pMMiu tluku a hmuliwulnllw toku pfiplnfnt nddob
na pftpmvtt plynil, fleport MS 213792, CVUT TrAlm, 1992
[2] WO2ICKA, J.! The Calibration of n Ttmptnlun I'robr. with lirlp of the Similarity
Laws, 0 T CSAV I'rahA, 1992
[3j ADAMF.C, J.i M/ftnl Itaku proudu ttkuliny » nttlncionarilnmi typickjjmipro lopaikavl
Blroje, I'roc. of "MesslnArodnl *cminAf vynok^ch Skol", CVUT I'ralm, 1993
Thin rtMarch has been conducted at ilic Department of Fluid Meehaniet & Thermo-
dynamics as part of the reiearch project '[Link] neitaciondrnlcti veliiin" nnd hat iecn
supported by CTU grant No. 10-088251.
310
WORKSHOP ?)G FLUID MECHANICS
FREQUENCY DEPENDENCE OF
EFFECTIVE TURBULENCE LENGTH
SCALE IN A JET
J. Snrboch, V. Tcinf
Key worrin shear flows, jets, turbulence, mixing length, pulsatile (low
Recent Investigation* [1] linvc shown that Jet (lowfield* aro quite rcllnbly predicted lining
the one-equation model of turbulence together with an Assumption of turbulence length scale
/ m k • b coiHilMtt Mtoni) the Jet CIOI>» »cction Ami pro/wtJojiaJ to the Jocal Jet width, Jl is
shown in (1] that no Improvement in accuracy of plane Jet prediction is obtained by using
more elaborate two-equation model. The present author) [2] extended the similarity solution
predictions to thn axlsyrnrmrtrle Jet cnun,
Despite the fact than many jet flows in nature and in engineering Applications arc
Jufluejioid by pult&tlou, sludle* of pulsatlug Jcta are out much advanced - mainly due to
difficulties arising in collecting experimental data. In the course of investigation* aimed at
development of A jet-type fluldic divcrtcr device |3j to be used in pulsating exhaust gas Hows
prcient authors performed experimental investigations of harmonically pulsed axisymmctric
Jets j'l) generated by flow from a complex nozzle with central body in the nozzle exit. At
large downstream distances the jet is indistinguishable from those obtained with simple
round holt! nozzle shape. The velocity data were obtained for three different pulsator speed
settings as well as for steady Jet.
The general conclusion is that pulsation leads to increased mixing with outer stagnant
fluid - as a result, velocity decreases and Jet width increases faster with the downstream
distance from the nozzle than is the case with a comparable steady Jet. Although the physics
of pulsatile jet flow phenomena is rather complex, a description based upon the steady-state
solution with a modified effective mixing length value was found quite successful. Since
such a description is rather simple, it provides an effective tool for engineering calculations,
Determination of the [Link] length scale was indirect, based on fitting experimental and
calculated velocity profiles. Calculated profiles were obtained by transforming the govern-
ing equations for turbulent flow - including the transport equation for turbulence energy -
into ft set of five first-order ordinary equations (2). The equations couUin a dimcnsionless
parameter fc ... where c, is the turbulence dissipation rate coefficient a and is jet width
growth rate coefficient. Analysis of measured velocity profiles at different downstream po-
sitions A'I made possible evaluation of Jet widths and their growth rate (and hence ») for
all four studied cases (steady flow and the three pulsatory regimes). Using a. constant value
c, m 0.10J, it is thus possible to evaluate the coefficient of turbulence length growth k = IIS.
Turbulence lengths obtained this way are plotted in Fig. 1 u a function of downstream
distance. The range where measurements were actually taken arc marked by thick lines.
The linear dependence upon the distance is a direct consequence of the used Tollmien'i
assumption and the established fact of linear width growth in turbulent jets.
311
WORKSHOP % vww MECHANICS
References!
(1| TESAft, V.: Two-Equation Turbulence Model Solution of the Plane Turbulent Jet
ACTA POLYTECIINICA, Vol. 35, No. 2/1995, Praha
|2] TESAft, V.-$AR!!OCII,J.: Solutionofa Turbulent A xitymmttric Jet Using the One-
Equation Model of Turbulence p, C5, Proc. of Colloq, "Dynnmika Iciwlin '95", IT AV
C'H, Praha, Oct. 1995
[3| TESAft, V.: No-Moving-fart Values for Hot Ga» Flow Control p. 12.1, I'roc. of Int.
Sei. Conf., Sect. 17, Ostrava, Sept. 1995
[4J SAHHOCH, J. - TESAft, V.: PulaujM vzduchovy proud vyUkajkl z metikruhovi trysky
te ttttdovym kultlem ("I'uhalile Air Jtt Itsuing from an Annular Notzlt" - in Czech)
p. 59, Proc. of Coll. "Dynamika tekutin "95", IT AV Cfl, Praha, Oct. 1995
77ii> rtstarclt has bten conducted at the Department of Fluid Mechanic) and Ther-
modynamics as part of the rtuarch project "Numericki hicnt turbulcnlnich ttkutinovych
proudi..." and ha$ bun supported by grant No. IOI/93/04H provided by GACR.
312
WORKSHOP DC IWIU MECHANIC'S
EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION
OF FRICTION AND MINOR LOSSES
IN UNSTEADY FLOW IN PIPES
J, Jciek, J. Adntncc, V, Sobolfk
Tlio Investigation of uiwtniuly fluid flow docs not l>c!ong to sufficiently explored areas
of fluid mechanics, At present time tlin problems require fundamental And Applied invcn-
tlgatlon of particular problems. Pressure mid flow pulsation can occur behind piston and
vane machines, Iti some hydraulic regulatory systems etc. Separate area in unftlcady flow Is
the pulsatile blood flow in the cardiovascular system, In the nrca of large vessels (macroclr-
dilation) is the investigation directed to the positions of difcrent singularities e.g. sudden
change of cross section - enlargement, contraction or flow in cavities,
The aim of the experiments were measurements of the velocity field, the pressure losses,
the shear stresses and flow visualization In straight pipes and in cavities. Two existing
installations for pulsatile flow, which arc in the niomechaniral laboratory of the Institute of
hydromechanics AS CIl and another one in Institute of chemical processes AS CR were used.
Several models were designed and manufactured at the laboratory of the Department of fluid
mechanics and thermodynamics of the Technical university of Prague. Two undergraduate
students took part on this reascrch. fn their diploma theses (1, 2] arc described not only
the experimental rigs but also some of the measured results. We shall now present for
Illustration some results.
Fig. 1 shows the dependence of the mean dimensionlcss loss coefficient for a straight
pipe (C = / • l/d) and for the singularity - cavity - which consists of sudden enlargement
and sudden contraction. The pulsatile flow is a result of a superposition of a steady flow
Q, and periodic oscilations. The pulsatile flow is characterised by flow ratio A = Qpm/Qi
where Qpm is the maximum amplitude of the oscillatory component of the volume flow rate
and by the frequency paramctr ft = (c//2)-(u//j') | / 1 l where d — 50 mm is the tube diameter,
w is the circular frequency of oscillatory component of the flow rate and v is the kinematic
viscosity. The enlarged tube diameter D = 125 mm. In Fig. 1 arc results of measurements
for two Q, = 5 and 7 liter per minute and for two A = 0.45 and 0.9.
Fig. 2 shows the dependence of the mean value of wall shear stress In the enlarged part
of singularity on the distance from entrance for two different Reynolds numbers. For this
measurement circular cleclrodifTusiou probes consisting of three segments have been used.
It is then possible to determine the magnitude and direction of the vector of wall shear rate
or longitudinal r, and transverse ry shear stress components. With respect to distribution
of T, the mein Dow pattern in the cavity is drawn in Fig. 2c, where PSt is the stagnation
point. Also some vidcorccords were made of the visualized flow In the cavity.
313
WORKSHOP Qd FLUID MECHANICS
, -jl t, \ %
1
2.0
* i
r I
1,0 . t i t
* » » « I' • 1 • •
0.5
30
U
Fig. li Dependence of the mean loss coefficient for a straight pipe mid cavity,
:<Ui«'[Link],»irw,v
a) < * r
Fig. 2: Dependence of the mean value of wall incur stress in the cavity.
References:
|1] FIL1PSKV, J.: Puliatilt Flow ..., Diploma Theses (in Czech), CTU, Pralia 1991
|2] PTACEK, M.5 Distribution of tht Velocity ..., Diploma Theses, CTU, Pralia 1995
This research has been conducted at tht Department of Fluid Mechanics and Thermody-
namics as part of the research project "Experimental ond theoretical investigation ofnomia-
tionaryfiow through selected singvlarilits mith applications lo Itchnatogy and biomechanhs"
and has been supported by Grant agency of the Czech Republic grant So. 101/93/0819.
314
W0UK9II01' 1)0 FLUID MEO[[AN1C«
Key words! aerodynamic optimization, compressible (liild How, calculation, axlally sym-
metrical channel
315
WORKSHOP 06 MECHANICS
The ezpffim*ttt*l »*l<tp ftf wltylng lb« »[Link]«!v«i tniih* Iti tlie solved flow tfmtiiiel
M u g •milt In O10 vfMJyflAitilc Ulioralory ot Die Department K'Ji'i of C'i (!'
Fig, Ji CVinfi*(l«m of (tin original dtntind I'Dll an>l Its »e* version (vAr.20)
0,4 PD1
0^
0,2
0,1
0
0.5
0.4
0.3
0^
0,1
0
Fig. 1: C«np*rl»n of «litncnj!o»ilrjs Vflfxily tiisltibtilioti along ifw? boiin<J«fjr ruf*e» til the
otiginal (I't)ll) ififl llx! oplimiml tcmlon of the (taw
It«fer«ti(#«!
|l) '/IMA,I'.: Gtemtlrie Oflimii»!ion o/tht TktMto*tr £*
[]] [Link], J. - [Link],, \f: C*knhlwft sf tht FUm FitU in Iht PDII SO
t i. OllAMIENT. J
.116
W0KK.1II0I' 00 FLUID MECHANICS
The rmulti of experimental iletirnilnatlou of the flow field In (he Inlet »J>!MI time tit
(lie low pressure atAgd tit a, steam turbine carried out In (lit? Department of Mechanics and
Material* Science »re presented In (Ills paper, The plane of symmetry of the spiral ttum with
the spntinl contrnctiori of (lie cnns-scctlon «rra Is ficrpnidiciilur tu (lie lutlilnr axis, The
aplr«l run links to (he fliumUr diict lirnd with « deflection Angle (if 00". ThrZ guide wheel
voneii of tlm fimt atafre of the low prrmufc part are located in Intrrcyllindrical space of the
duct trend. The concrete slmpe o{ the Inlet part of Pig. I Is evident. The experiment WM
performed on h model with air A* the flowing medium, llrcniivi of limitations In workshop
Due to Its sophisticated sh/ipe the model *VM indde from two part* fofrespwndlflg lo
the pUnc ti{ syinntrtry perpendicular lo the n*lt of the turbine. Supporting And rotary
parti from duralumin And thermophutie were
Attached to the liable ifiell with polyester Inrn-
inate or joined by dllferent distance elements,
I kith part* Are screwed together with A flange
connection. The experimenl « u carried out on
the computer controlled Aerodynamic test facil-
ity channel. The stationary volume flowrMe in
the model is sustained with Adequate accuracy
M the compressor ipeed is contiolled with A
pre-nelecllon netting tolerance of 6 turns. The
pla»lk pipeline system with an inside diame-
ter of 80 mm i« equipped with nn orifice meter
with prr»snre «-n«ir» And An A/I) converter for
measuring the mean velocity rate of the flowing
medium. The model 1* faatened to A mWive
stand. A probe carrier Allow* automatic feed
at all (hree coordinates And rotation around
the vertical axis. The computer control makes
It possible tu execute four types of motion, ci-
ther through preselection or manually at the
fcbwlute co-of jinatr* of the itand or at teUtiv«
co-ordinates established from the fixed position
317
WOllKHIIOI'Od I'MJID MECHANICS
wire i>to\>e wltli llic tlieriiioftur/noiiielrlc DANTf'X! CTA incMiirliig synlcin wan ii|i|illed,
The Inlet t>l|>clti»! nwMi velocity iti tlio totifse of nicdsurcmcnt was o, = t(J.3m/s, !.<%,
llie Reyuoldi nuffiiicf He alO', The velocity profiles In tlw outlet ntitiulflr rt(m«nfti(m (if
tlm model were sen led In 10 [Link] fur tliosMi nlifttc <i Add tudrdifirtle ^ Ttic ndditioiml
/i[i{mfrtlil« «ll<rt¥» Itinln/nl foUllon of ttix |)fr>l>i< in llic vrloclty vector plnnr |icrj«!iidl':tiUr to
tlic itxU of ayiiiinetry And drttfniliiotloti of llifr velocity vector dcftrction nn^tn // from tlin
pnrnllrl to the turbine *x\». Aiifjf (I wnn nppriixlnmlfly coti<itAHt At nil Individual tnciuurliig
poliiU on thd rndlnl,
Selected velocity (trolllrii c' * e/f» MU\ IIIH dliiieMloiilein volume fluwrntn deinily q,
tlidf Aclcrlnliig ttio (iniforrnily of outlet flow, I* Irtdirntrd in I'll/,. % i'ti/in vX)ivrU>n'liln\ rraiill*
It follow*, lliftt tlid outlet flow U Inrgcly uuiforiii, ntid tlml mnnllrr di-vlnll(;in n|i|tcnr In the
vicinity of Angle a a 20", The Mine l.i AI.W v»lid fur llw outlet velocity vector direction.
« 1 1
<(«») *
"•"•••—
*
01 —' ' «—
ot
II
0 1
Fi*. 2:
Itefrrrncei
[I] JlltKO, S. - HOItZlK, J. - KOLA, V.: Optimum Shnpt Ottign of the Mil I'art of Iht
LoW'prtttsun Slngr of a Strum Tnrhint j>|i, 1,10-13-1. X. Cnnfrrmc«• on Slram »nd CJAH
T»rl>inr» for I'owrr anil C'ojrnrraliim I'IAHII, lloww (if Tnlitik.i, I'l/rfi 1901.
318
WORKSHOP 00 FLUIIJ MECHANICS
RESEARCH OF A SINGLE-STROKE
COPMPRESSION
M. Jflek, V. Tcsnf, I'. [Link].*,
M. TnkAci*, 1', StSpfinck
319
WOUKJMOI' 00 FLUID MECHANICS
References!
(l| JlLKK, M. - TESAft, V. - STftlDA, I'.: A projret of e/ticHmenl»l <Uttke to Invrslignte
a tingle eomprm»inn proctat, Proceedings, Ijberec June 7-9, 1905 (In Czech)
(2j STftflM, I'.! A dtviet to model internal aerodynamirt a] WK uiting IDA, Theses,
CTU Faculty of Mech, Kng., I'raha 1002 (in CV«h)
(J| KNOOS, S.: Thtorrtkul and Kfftrimtnhil SluJy ofl'ulan Gat-Utating with Laminar
Knirgy Lotst*, AIAA Journal, VolntncO, No. II, November 1971, pp, 2119-2127
Thlf rttttinh ha* brtn ennductid at the Prpartmtnt of fluid Mechanic* and Thirmo-
dynamics at part of the rtttnrch projrcl "Zkaum&nt iiiklndntth proertii pfi knmprtui plj/ni"
and Aa.t bun lupporttd by CTU grant No. IOOS8S(9.
320
WORKSHOP 1)Q FLUID MECHANICS
321
WOH-KSHOI' (W FLUID MECHANICS
anus with e B 0.01 arid on the left IIIUHI side, ctuui with c « 0,0 In M<:C TVD Htlinnc. Moro
detailed Investigation of tfio Influence of the additional nimierlwl vinemHy on solution is
lectng prepared. Some more mnilin enn \>r. /)«<! in |4],
Ta comjnito CAW* with morn realistic shape of tlic port* (still ill 2D) new mesh (I'ig, 3)
la prepared. In ense of thU rnrsli finite voltinio nicthod (I'VM) will \>n lined, In futuio
coinputtng of 3 0 flows ualng itliovc mentioned DS In considered, Fig, 4 show* tlio incnh
cotuidcred for this purpose. Also for 3D cases FVM will be imcil.
illis
Fig. Is Flow field* at I)DC Fig, 2; Flow fields nl 1G0* after Tli^'
Itefcrenccs!
(l| MACEK, J. - KOZEL, K, - KOZEL, J. - HENDL, F.: ltectnt Models oj tttciprocating
Engine Inltrnat AtnAynamict. Motor Sympo, Strtnkc pl«»o 1995
|2) DVOftAK, II. - KOZEL, K.: Maltmalkkt melody v atndynnmiee. Skriptum FS1
CVUT Pniha, Pmtia 1992
(3) Yce, II, C.' Conitruction of Eipticit annd Implicit Symmetric TVD Scheme* and Their
Application!. Journal of Computational I'hysica, Vol. 08, No. 1, Jannuary, pp. 151-179
I'll KOZEL, J. - SOUCEK, L. - MACEK, J. - KOZEL, K.: SO model ntvaiktho pnudini
ve vilei ipalovnclho motoru. XXVI. konfcrcncc katedcr a pracoviif ilovcuskyrh a
leskych vytokych ikol, Ilafkova dolina 1995, pp. 87-91
This ntearch has betn eondutted at the Department o/Internal Combuslion Engine* at
part of the reiearth project* "Computation of Flow Field* in a Cylinder ICE" and "Thermo-
Aerodynamic* of ICE'* - The Date of improved Economy and Envirometl Protection." and
have been npporttj tv CTU grant No. 8259 and by GA Cit grant No. 10I/93/0S91,
322
WOHKSHOl'flg FLUID MECHANICS
The article deals with complex turbulent unitc/uly flow of fluids. A complete description
of tin; phenomena Is up to now |mpo«ill.|e, To triable the mathematical modelling nrnl the
experimental Itivt-wti^ntiori the simplified models WAD created.
Under lh« ^rnfit support, new experimental methods have been Introduced Arid Im-
juovetl. They nihkn possible to Investigate the flow velocity pattern Inside the cylinder of
piston combustion engine under steady (low conditions on aerodynamic tent I'ed, The eval-
uation of the charge movement has been expanded embracing transversal rotation (tumble)
iislnj! purposely developed «i|iiip;iie,nt - resistance tutriMn rnetrr.
The ancmomctric measurements were performed using both the Liner Dopier Ancinom*
etry (LDA) and oriented piicuniuiiietrlc probe. The aca:isorl«» were di;slgjjed for LDA jnptt-
•urcrnents, the software equipment for datn ncquiaition was rebuilt and completed. The
software wait created for evaluation and presentation of the results, The three-hole oriented
probe with special holder was manufactured and calibrated to average velocity survey, The
inen-iiircinent of flow velocity lias been taken into operation including the saturation of the
flow with marking particles, the measuring equipment adjustment and the data acquisition
and evaluation. We have performed numerous measurements concerning integrate values
(swirl and tumble) a* well as axial and tangential velocity components inside the cylinder
including their fluctuations:
- swirl and tumble control on four-valve cylinder heads using mechanically operated
butterfly valve,
- influence of position of the intake ports and combustion chamber shapes on the flow
patterns dcvelopn>ent,
- measurements of axial and tangential velocities inside the cylinder using original
SKODA an.l TATUA cylinder heads,
- [Link] on deliberately designed model with symmetrical valve location.
The last measurement was proposed with regard to specification of border conditions
for mathematical modelling and its solution using CFD methods.
We have designed and manufactured the model with simple geometry and possibility of
air entry into area located around the valve stem cither in radial direction or with significant
portion of tangential velocity.
Several results of the anemometrie measurements with LDA arc presented on Fig. 1 for
radial entry and on Fig. 2 for tangential entry (bore D = 102 mm, valve stroke A = C mm,
average cylinder flow velocity 3ms" 1 ). We have performed the measurements in various
<lV«Uncc from cylinder h«*l ('in«JJ'il»on to tlxne rntntionwl in fig. tVie 1 = 4 , 8 ami 12 w f
included).
J23
WORKSHOP Ofi FLUID MECHANICS
324
WORKSHOP DO FLUID MECHANICS
BOUNDARY CONDITIONS OF
COMPRESSIBLE FLUID FLOWS
IN ENGINE MANIFOLDS USED
FOR FINITE VOLUME METHOD
J. Mncck
Key wordsi reciprocating, engine, manifold, unsteady, fluid, dynamics, boundary, condi-
tions, junction, fluldlcs, divcrter, exhaust
Complicated manifold layout" arc typical for reciprocating internal combustion engines
(ICE) and may Influence the ICE performance atgnlflcnntly. Tho flows Inside them arc
unsteady, wave phenomena bcicig In most canes important because of Strouhat and Math
numbers lypicfil for them. Recently, the llnldic devices Arc jiipposed to be reliable, solution
for name controlled twiritUM concept* (r.g. lor ettUiyH or utmorbcr witching avoiding flick'
ing and corrosion of movcablc parts) - [I]. Number of geometry parainctcrs needing to bn
optimized during n design phiuc calls for n combination of experiments and mathematical
modelling.
At least, time and length coordinates muat be used for flow description. The full
description is possible using the complete set of Navier-Stokes equations - [2j. However,
ID partial differential equations of fluid dynamic* can bo often used. Some approximate
additional terms concerning vi«co»ily effects and IOCAI kinetic energy losses (in the both
cases Itiry substitute 3D phenomena) have to be involved into them. A classic method of
characteristics used as a solver for this hyperbolic set of equations was substituted by more
efficient numeric method* (like Lax-Wendroff) during 70's.
Douudary conditions cause problems, nevertheless. 31) flow fields in pipe junctions,
turbochargcr turbine or engine valves at local Stack numbers reaching 1 and more, signif-
icant transport of momentum in mixing jets and dynamic pressures caused by high flow
velocities etc. have to be described even in ID approximation by rather complicated aigc-
brn'ic equations (see e.g. Saint-Venant - Wantze) equation for a nozzle mass flow in the case
of known static pressure upstream of it). The simplicity of ID equations is so balanced
in comparison with transparent boundary conditions of 3D cases. Lax-Wcndroff method is
often substituted by the characteristics one at the boundary of computational domain. The
boundary velocities and pressures arc calculated using equations of a characteristics curves
(straight lines in a range of a mesh clement) and mass-flow rate ones, solved simultaneously
for a given outer pressure.
This clumsy method is not needed when the effects of inertia forces can be neglected,
taking into account compressibility, i.e. mass changes and those of energy inside a domain
only. Then, the set of ordinary differential equations is to be solved at certain initial condi-
tion*. This fonffpt of "filling-and-emptying" method long-time uw) for engine modelling
can be amended by equations of inertia forces inside a finite volume FV, the clement of a
325
WORKSHOP 06 FLUID MECHANICS
eoinputntiuftil (lortiftln, Tills set lins been deduced for a f|uho geiicrnl cnun of III) (low Insldo
th« domain - |3],
Tlio coricept )IM been Applied already to the description of n pipe liow nrnr lo tin;
cylinder-- (•)) wlicro llienlmpllflcAtlon of .'ID t<i II) t'Awuloes not cause problema, lv|imllon»
nro solved in fnct in staggered grid, pressure* mid leinpnrntures being defined in the centre
of gravity of FV, velocities (MAM fluxes) nl the FV boundaries cumtnuii for two of llictri
Inside the doinnlii.
TIKS only problem la to find equations for mans fluxes at tlic boiiiidnry I''V, connected
to the domain environment or (often in II) CAWS) to tin.1 throttling element - vnlvt'i'tc. -
between l''V. Often, comliiiifltlon of ncrinl or pArnllcl coiincctccl lliroUlifig clmmtd* (nozzles,
dilftlnvm, mixing chnmherii At flow junction or nplitters) rnn lie found tin n nuitiililc model of
a homidnry condition,
Till! geriornl procedure liascd on nn itcrntitm method IIIM been developed for [Link] cnnen
And Applied for Home cntca of complicnled boundary condition.1) * [5, Gj. The banu of it ii nn
analytic solution for /in incoinpreHsiblu llnid (i,e, llernoiilli*1 cqimtioiii describing the; case)
lining correcting "expansion" coeflicientii cnlculnled M a ratio of innfM lluxex of comprex^ibli!
and iiicotnprcnniblc fluid At given prefigures, Tlie correction I* precined during iteriition. The
cnlculationii of fluidlc valve for cur cxlimmt gwt aflertreAtineut or A flow rentrictor At n rnring
truck engine were carried out with Miccesn. The former nyiitein conninled of A nozzle, mixing
chamber with two inlets of nicking control IIOWH, A uplitter, two branche* ei|iilpped wKli
dilfu»er», catalynU or ftbsorbers (combined Inii'liiAr/lurhiili'iil ri*»|»tniii-<>), pipe junction And
the main catnlyst/noiso mulllor, the latter of A Veiituri nozzle in Hubsonic/lrAlisonic regions.
Keccntly, the procedure han been Applied for the description of A flow In n rndial centripetal
turbine.
The procedure has been built in corupiitAtioiml progrnin tyttem, developed At the Au-
thor's department for ICE optimization.
References:
[1| TESAIt, V,: Nn-Moving-I'nrl Vaivr* for Automotive Ejrhnunt Gat Control Ileport CTU
K212, I'raha 1001, 80 p.
|2| MACEK, J, - KOZEL, K, - KOZKL, J. - UKNDL, V.: lircent Models of Iteeiproeating
Engine Internal Aerodynamics. MOTOR SYMI'O '99, fill, by U'uliiitky - MACGIC,
CarpAtia Tour Zilina 1095, ISDN 80-85G55-05-5, pp. 21-30.
[3) MACEK, J. - STEINEIl, T.: Advanced Multisont MultidimcMionnl Modeh of Engine
Tlicrmo-Acrodynamici. CIMAC 1995, Interlaken pap. DIO.
[4] H AUTOS, M.: Model [Link] of Four Stroke, f'ngine Combustion Chamber. Pre-
sented At K221 Dept. I'GDS Students Meeting, 1995, 15 p.
[5| MACEK, J.: Introductory Study to ECU Controlled l-hidic Piverttr for Exhaust Sys-
tems of Lcan/Sloichiometric Mixture Engines. Report CTU K221 Z 91-14, Prague
1991, 21 p.
(C| MACEK, J.! lloundary Conditions Modelling at Unsteady ID Flows. Recent Problems
in I'luid DynAinicn, UT AV CR Prague I99C.
This reieanh has Seen conducted at the Department of Automobiles, ICE &llait Vehicles
as part of the research project "Flows in Engine Manifolds" and has been supported by CTU
grant No. 8258 and GA CR grant No. 101/93/0231,
326
WORKSHOP 00 FLUID MECHANICS
In order to estimate nnd regulate tlio combustion process In Diesel engines, It Is neces-
sary to find out the satisfactory solution of mixture formation in A combustion chamber. A
complete description of this phenomena Is up to now impossible. To enable tlie mathematical
modelling, simplified conditions and experimental dntcs were taken into account,
\)w\r.r thn grant support A MW two-dimensional computing model lias been Introduced
and Improved, On the bnsc of the theory of a frco turbulent flow the fuel Jet propagation
from an Injection nozzlu and the distribution of gaanous and liquid fud phases In the Jet wore
mathematically described. Using the quasi-stationary method a real unsteady injection of
fuel into cither quiescent or swirl combustion chamber can be computed,
Further the application of the computing model for the supercharged six cylinder Diesel
engine 27,5 1)8 of the bore of 275 mm is shown, A relative fuel vaporization In the jet, defined
as A quotient of fuel vapour mass to total fuel mass, is illustrated in Fig. 1.
10 20 » « 60 «0 70 60 90 100
10 M 30 40 60 « 70 CO SO 100
Solid lines in the Fig. 1 are results of computation for the engine at full power run
(132OkW, 750 revi per min,) and dotted lines for the engine at idling ran (225 rev, per
min.). The vertical dashed line represents the combustion chamber wall, it is obvious from
327
WORKS nor on vunn MECHANICS
the figure1, tljftt all fuel In tin; Jet la vaporized, licforn it tenches the combustion chnitibur
wall At the full power run. In the tune of tlic idling run alwul 80% of liquid fuel falls on
tlie wall. A pnrt of the liquid fuel tuny slide along the combustion clmmlicr wnll townnlit
the cylinder wnll mid mny c:\use A cardoni/.atioii of jifnluii rings, h'onii: modifications of the
injection system nro recommended to Improve llio present ntntu,
A quantity of fuel, entering A premlxcd coiiibtintluii, liilluciitca the noise of [Link]
nn(I tho tiOt formation conslderAbly. Vnjiorlzcd fuel with HCCPM to oxygen can enter the
comtiuii'loii only, An n\t excesa coefficient laolinea for fuel vn|>(iurn nml n fuel propnuntiou
In time of 3ina are plotted in Fig. 2 for full power run, It In vnlid for fuel, Injected In ccrlnin
plituie of the Injection (1 ma after the Injection ntnrts in this enw), tJaing thu qiiHsi-»tntlonnry
solution It wna Accounted, Hint 21% of nil Injected fuel cutem the premixed coiiilnnition in
this CMC,
10 20 30 10 CO 70 60 90 100
-29
10 20 30 tO M to 70 SO 80 100
This research hat been conducted at the Department of Aulmobitcs, lC'b'& Hail Vehicles
a.i part of the research project "The calculated model of fuel motion and vaporization in
combustion chamber of Diesel engines" and has been supported by CTU grant No. 10028161
anil GA Cll grant No. W1/93/0S37.
328
WORKSHOP 0(1 FLUID MECHANICS
MIXING OF SUSPENSIONS
HYDRODYNAMICAL ASPECTS
P. niegcr, I. FoH
CTU, Fnc. of Mcchanici! Eng., Ucpt. of Chemical k Food Process Equipment Design
TcclinlckA 4, 100 07 Pralia 0
329
FLUID
lUfereneeit
(If NKKMUT, M, - [Link], V.: Vhnnl [Link] of BU,ptn»ton In intilng equipment,
<t2nd Confrrenc« (,'IHSA, Kouty ml Ik'tuou 1095 (In CVecli)
\'2\ JUKOE1L V, - DJTL, JM Smpwlnn n[ *o\id partltlt*, Chrm, Kng. Sri. ff» (1001)
|3) HtEOER, P, - 81NKVIC, V,i S»i>pen»iun of toliil paflktm. Collet, Cz«h, Chrm,
Cornmun. CO (1995) 906
|J] KUCIlSAKOVA, Z. - Mm&U K: llamogtnhnlhn nnt iu*ptn>ton tfficltncy of
profileit-btnrte agitator. CIICVVM 9/01, 7 (In Czech)
(5) ItlrXIKIt, K.i Mitinj v} *H*ptntion* inrfr>Aloitnmtd ttmtl. Chrrnlcky prftfny»l 41
( m t ) 78 (in C*«h)
(6) KIEGEtt, V. et «l.: Misinf e/tvptmloni in rfwft lollomrrl vrmtl. fwriw MAJ'KINT
3/1995. "I'roces* Knginwring* I'uhlijher. Pr»giw 1905. 37p. (In Czech)
(7) NETUS1L, J. - WEHNKH, f. - [Link], A. - KIKUKK, K.- i / M mt*»*nmtnt
in mltinf tttitU with a draught Me. 42nd Conference CIIIS'A, Kcn/ty n«d Drstiou
199', (in C M )
(8| NOVAK, V. - niKGER, F. - SCHflEIEnoVA, I'.t St«ri-i,p powtr tantumption at
mi/ing in unlafltii tatrb. 42nd Conference CJIISA, Koiity n*<l Dennoti !39!i (in
C«echj
Thtf rtttanh Am irtn tonJuttiJ at the thparlmtnt of Chtmktl tni food I'tetttt
t^nipment Dabjn, facutlp of' Mtthtnittl Enginiifinf CTU and has inn mpportcd by CTU
/rant So. 100SSSS6.
XV)
WOIIKHIIOI'OO [Link]
3-11
wonmtov o o F L U I D MECHANICS
(1) CMchwIovnk SUnrfnrd 6'Jfll "Mixing Kqiilptwiit" (In C/wli) VtiCIIZ, 1969.
(2| 8THGJC, V. • FGftT, I Miiing of Liquids with Ceunkrcumnt Impellers (In Cteth)
Chetn, pfflm-, 1995,15,62-M.
|3j FOftT, I. • VOTKUHA, V. - MfiDKK, J, TWiafca/ H«w /« Muhanltnltji Agitated
Cloned Vt»»tl MIXING XV, Tim 16th Illennlil Noitli Atnrrlcnn Mixing GWcrrnce,
Uaulf (Catifulu) 1095
(4) MEDEK, J. • KYIJAL, J. • IlADL, U. MUing in Svtattd Vmtls (In Citch) The 42nd
National Conference CIIISA, Kouty wu\ Dcunou 1995
(6| MEDEK, J, • GIIEC1OH, J. Some VomibilHUi of Innovation* of Miting Equipment •
It (in Ctteh) Cliein, prftm., 1985,35,3«-34T
This meatch hat betn conducted at the Department t'roeetn Engineering TU Unto and
at the Departmtnt of Chtmleal and Food t'roceu Equipment Design of CTU Prague o» a
part of the rtieatxh project 'Process and Deilgn Cttnrncttritllai of Nonstandttrd Systems
with High ' Speed Impellers" and hns been supported by the Cteeh Grant Agency, grant No.
tot/09/om,
332
W0ICK3I10I' 00 VLVIO MECHANICS
DYNAMIC EFFECT
OF MACRO-INSTABILITIES
IN AGITATED SYSTEMS
O, llrftlm, 1. For*t«, V, Smolkn
Tim objective of this paper Is an cxpcrlinentnl study of dynamic effect* of tlio macro-
Imtabilillcii on the mixing system. This study follow* the previous research which VIM
focuietl on macro-Instabilities occurrence mid ita dependence on the mixing Reynolds num-
ber /rVjty and other (nixing pnt»mHn» |l-4], Tim main result of llin previous Investigation
VIM finding thai under fully developed regime cf flow «nd «t the difnenalonlen Impeller
ott'hoUoin cjearajite ran^Juj; wlthl/i tlie limits Hj/D « 0.2-0.5 [lit - Impeller oir-boltom
clearnnce, I) - vessel diameter), the dimenaicnleM frequency ot inscro-iiuUbilitini occur-
rence does not depend on lieu prActlctlly and lies within the limit* 0.0i-0.0!>. Another
Important finding Is that this phenomenon had a significant effect both on velocity field and
on mechanical parts of mixing system (I). However neither any experimental Information on
dynamic effect* of the macro-instabilities nor Any research center dealing with this problem
of macro-Instability dynamic effect! JIM been known.
The aim of this atudy was to develop it tuitable technique for indication of the force
effect of the macro-instabilities on metliMiieal parts of an agitated system and to determine
the relation between the fluctuation* of these forces and the frequency of macro-instabilities
occurrence. The clement, exhibiting the greatest response of the force effect of agitated liquid
WM considered A radial baffle at the vessel wall. The experimental device for determination
of the total force affecting a baffle was arranged so that one of the baffles wo* fixed on
* frame rotatabtc around vertical axis, having the eccentricity about 0.2 d (d - Impeller
diameter) from the vessel symmetry axis. The (pring hinge, balancing the zero position of
the baffle was adjusted to that the maximal deflection of the baffle position, CAiised by the
agitated liquid, did not exceed 0.01 of vessel perimeter. Then the How around the baffle
could be »uppovd M utandard one. The relation between the baffle deflection and the
furec affecting the battle waft obtained by calibration of the system. For recording the baffle
deflection* during mixing • high sensitive photo-clcclronic tensor with on-line connection
to PC with * wide variability of data acquisition was developed. For Investigation of the
axial distribution of the forces affecting a single baffle the above described instrument WM
modified in following way: A rectangular target (10 mm height, width corresponding to the
baffle width) was fixed to the rotatable arm. The off-bottom clearance of this target was
adjuitable from the vessel bottom to the surface of the mixed liquid. The balancing spring
• u clioteii to that the deflection of the target did not exceed 0.01 of the vessel perimeter.
Beside* that the target stuffed tightly a notch in the b»ffle so that the flow pattern along
333
woumiov g o v w m MKOIIANO
tho bMlle Wiut not Anyhow distorted. A act of Imlllca with vnrioiu position* of the
WM used. The, experiments were CAftlcd out in astnndftrd flat bottomed tyllnilrkal vessel of
ilUmelcr D = 2O'iii\tii, vvitli four radial taffies st the vessel tr«M (lite hnlllr whilh h *> l),W)
«/id with an fix In I high gpccil Imprllrr pumping li(|itid downward*, VVnU-f «t lnni|»!f«lure
23'C wim used ft* MI Agitated liquid and tlio lfti|ip|lef speed w«« sel In tlm fftitgo ff»n»
3,0»"' to 9,i»mt, CnttnptmiWnpt VAIIIM of /;«« rmiRcil froin 3>IO4 to (MO*«« tli/it All tint
rncfuiircrncnli were carried out under die (iirlmlcnt flow return,
It follow* from Oie result* of the experiment* tlmt the force Acting on tlm IJAIIIC comUts
of n nlftlile coitiponcnt And of A flucluntlng onn ivnthinft, up to four time* higher Amplitude
tliAh the IIAIJIO one, In the Hen region linvlug been u»ed At experiinciit, the dimension'
lew frec|i]cncy of fliiclunlliig forces occurrence lies within llinltn [Link]-O.O.M, 'I'hl* tmigo
correspond* fAlry well to thfl t*n&i>. of the WAcro-imtAliility ocenrtence luvenli^Ated In the
previous experiment* [I], Axial diilriliiitloii of the flttctiiAlIng forces exhibit* mnxitriiini In
the verticftt diatnncc from the bottom n\i[iinx, 0.15/7, deaconing townrdi the mirfnrc of thr
liquid with A ilccpcr slope tliAn t(» the bottom of the vessel, This dependence proved to be
urdversAl the for the value* of lk\t greater IIIAII O-lfr1,
UefercnccR!
|1) UllOllA, 0 . - raftT, I. - SMOLKA, I1.: Uw b'enle Un>tta,ty I'litnomtnan In a Mitkg
Vtmtl, 1093,1'roccwl. of Ik* CTU Workshop 93, pp. 60 CO, CTU Prague 19(13,
|2) SMOLKA, J», - IJJlOllA, 0. ~ I'OflT, I,; Murro-ini>lnhiUlv Mtantnmrnt in Agilntnt
Spfltmi, Proceed, of the CTU Sem'mAt Ot, pp. 170-180, t T U Prague, l'/Jl.
|3] I3H0IIA, O. - FOf<T, I. - [Link], I1.: Sincro-tramiUon fhtnoviciwn In (m Aildty
Agitated Systtm. Proceed, of llicCTU Workshop 95, pp, 287-2«8, CTU I'rAguc, 1005.
[4] URCltA, O. - VOtn, I. - SMOLKA, I',! Vhtnomtnon of Turbulent Maero-itulntilitltt
(n Agitated System, Collect. Czech. G'liem. Corninun., I9'J5, CO, 85-91.
Thl* rettanli hat bten conducted at the Department of I'hytle*, t-'ncutly of Mechanical
Engineering and has been tupported by CTU grant No. tQ0!SI66.
331
WOKKHIIOP »fl FLUID MKCIIANICS
CTU, Fitc, of Mechanical Kng., Dcpt, of Chemical k Food Process Equipment Design
[Link] 4, 1GG 07 1'ralm 6
Key wordi! (low of fluids, How Invertor, HTI), residence time distribution, conductivity
measurement, stimulus response method, CFD software - FLUENT
The flow invcrtor la a unit, which Inducts an Inversion of tlio particle* from regions
with slowly moving fluid (near by the wall) Into the regions of f/utcr moving fluid (around
the litbo Axis), The most familiar liivcrtom nre the etnlic mixers, holding tube* with bends,
partllloiicd-plpc mixers, tubes with corrugated wall, etc, Those Inverters improve the res-
idence time distribution (RTD) and increase* heat transfer, decrease axial dispersion and
improve chemical reaction.
Fig. 1: Invcrtor with local bending Fig. 2: Invcrtor with corrugated wall
Knowing fluid velocity in the T'it section (of the length L/2), the residence time
can be computed by
• + [Link] lor +
where p, a rifll,pi a r)/Il,ri is a radius of streamline upatrcam the bend and r} la radius
of the atrcarnlinc downstream the bend.
The time (^,,, to can be neglected for sufficiently large ratio of the straight section*
volume to the volume of invcrtor. Then RTD la uniquely defined by determining pt [pi).
Thcanalysiaof/7) (p\) la based on the analytical solution (Dean [I]) of velocity components
in the bending. Dean'a solution is auitable for rather small values of Dean number
(2)
number and small curvature lie. This solution is limited for fully developed laminar flow
field inside the invcrtor, because it neglects development of velocity profile in curved and
downstream straight section. The commercial CFD software package Fluent ia used for
more precise solution and outside l i e range of Dean solution. Doth solutions are verified by
335
WORKSHOP flfl I-'MJIU MHtJHANICa
experimental mcAauieiiicntg. Appftrntun setup cunslnts of glnaa bend tube, four conductivity
probca with two pnrnllfl ptnlinmti wire*. The KCI tracer wns Injected nt ncvcii point* In
tlm etoss section of tilde. Responses of (fie detectors were (ufiplifled, A(11 converted nnd
evaluated by special programs by lining I'C, An a bnnlc reunite nml thn numt iiii|»prtnnt
cli&tticli-tlslfc of cfliclwicy, Ilia tidic of tlio first «ppc(ir«fico of tin1 tfflter wn» ust-d, Tfic
experiment* xnd both mimcrlcnl mid Dcun noliilloim IndiMtc thnl the efficiency of itivcrtor
dcpnidii ttlfilnly upon the miglc ^ between the utrniglit nectioim of thn tube And it WAR
confirmed, tlmt the opliiiiuin in nl Hc*# = 103, wlierc Approxlirmtely 20% delay of tlm lint
(ippcttrnncc time enn be nchleved.
Reference*)
|t) DEAN, W, It.! Note on the motion vfjhtil in n curved piptt, I'liil, Mug, fier, 7, Vol. 4,
No. 4, (1927), pp. 208
(2] NAUMANi E. H.i On residence time and irnjtetory calculation in motionlrm mixtrs,
Chem. Kng. Journnl, 41, (I'M), pp, MI-H8
|3) ZHANG, 0 . T. - WANNKNMACIIKIl, N, - IIAIDKK, A. - LBVKNSIMKI., 0.! Hum
to narrow the HDT of fluid* in laminar flow in pipe*, Chrin. Kng. Sci,, CO, (1090;,
pp. 4.'M8
[4] STflASAK, I», - ?,ITN^, II, - SIVSTAK, J,t /VourMnf rt <«///->»( /«p/« » lamimtrnlck
invtrtortch, CIIISA95,42, konferenceclicmfckrlio InZcnyratvt, Konty nnd Ocnnmi, IW5
7'At« research has bctn conducted at Iht Dtpartmtnl of Clitmical and Food I'roctls:
Equipment Design, faculty of Mechanical Hntjinlttfaj) CTU (indium ktn supported by CTU
grant No. 10 I0028S57.
33G
woimnovm vwm MECHANICS
MATHEMATICAL MODELLING OF
TRANSPORT-DIFFUSION EQUATION
P. Iligeduld, J. Vodllofi
337
WORKSHOP UO
Information on u, v and A nt cnclt timo HII?|> la provided liy the hytlfidytiamic modulo.
The tnniik component* of heal flux ar« Incident nolnr radiation, reflected Holnr radiation,
incident atmospheric radiation, long-wnv« Wnik rmlmlion, evaporation am! conduction. The
detailed analysis of these terms la avnllnhlu on tliu authors email mldrcmii
'DID system solves tlm Irnsport-diffiiiiion equation lining a two-dimensional form o( the
(liiitc difference aclivinu working on a rcclnngulnr grM, '1'lic (Jt/fO'KKS'l' ttUttma duvt-lof/ud
tiy l,roimrd (1079) Is a third-order Accurate nrlioiiio for mmlondy (idvixHon-diffiifiiwi «|im-
tloii] (|iindratic Interpolation for convcctivc kinematlcti with cntirnntcd tltcMuhift terttm, It
IIM (Mjvcrnl tidvflntngcs over olht'r acliGtiu>a, cupeclnlly tlml It nvoUh the VJggl«' }ri«(nl>iilty
problem wsociatrd with central differencing of tlin luWcclkm Ivnm. Mno it reduce* Die
numcrienl dMti|)ltig which in charnctcrinticof firnt-ordcr ii(»viiidi(ig mcWwU.
The nutncricnl model lino now hcing tested on }>M'IC te«t» of atntic, steady mid aymutric
flow condiliorm, dcveral existing tent CMCJ arc prepared f«r the model calibration mid vcrlfi-
cut ion. A tpccial graphical output win developed in order to visualize nniiicriciil |>ro«;«»ei
that liappcn At ench time step. The rrmtrix of solving t'oinpouiuU U stored in standnrd
bitmap file and enn be animated on DCS or Windows operating nystem. The rtMiiltn of llu;
iMiftlysin of ficnt trnrnfer component*, oourcc (ode written in ANSI ntandnrd of C progrmn-
mlng Iftriguagu tut well M town bmt'ic inforumtioii arc nvnilnlile on [Link].c/. nerver in
/ftp/pub/trann-difT directory. The contact nddreim In [Link].C!!.
nefcrcncca:
|l) AHUOTT, M. H.: Computational Hydraulics, Ekmtnh of lite [Link] of Free Surface
Mow, l'itman l'libliahcru, IAUKIOII 1979,
(2) ABOOTT, M. U. - DASCO, ». Jt-j Computational Fluid Dynamic*, An Introduction
for Engineers. John Willcy U Sons, 198'J.
(31 CUNOE, J, A. - HOLLY, F. M. - VEIIWEY, A,: Practical A*\ncl» of Computational
River llydraulict, Pitman Publishers, 1980, London.
("I] MATOUSEK, V.: Zimnl rciim toku a vadnich cut. Minintcrstvo lesniho a vodnilio
)io«|)odar»tvi a drcvozprazujiciho prumyalu, I'raha, 1989.
[5] STE1DL, II. - NEUZIL, L. - FOIIT, I. - VLCEK, J.: Uvod do proudeni tckulin a tdileni
tepla. ACADEMIA, Pralm, 1975.
y/ii.1 research has been conducted at the Department of Hydraulics and Hydrology as
part of the research project "Afodtlling of that Trantfcr in [livers and Flood Plains" and
has been supported by CTU grant No. 1030.
338
WOltKiJllOI' 0<l FLUID MECHANICS
DRAG-REDUCING SURFACTANTS
IMPLEMENTED IN RECIRCULATING
LOOP WITH WATER-GLYCOL
SOLUTION
M. Unrlrfk, M. OlWitll
Key words: drag-reducing surfactants, licnt recovery uystcrna, liquid rcclrculatlon loops
a) water
b) water + 20 vo!.% of FRITERM
c) water + 20 vol.% of FRITERM + 100ppm of IIAHON G
d) water + 20 vol.% of FRITERM + COO ppm of IIAUON G
It is obvious that surfactant IIAUON eliminates partially the adverse effect of non-
freezing FRITERM which increases the pressure loss. Experimental results shows that
339
WORKSHOP 00 FLUID MECHANICS
IIABON hi the concentration of GOOnptn eliminates llin pressure loss Increase (cntiscd by
FRITERM)by3G%.
Thn Jmnt output of heal exchanger vrtui reduced by nearly 13 % when using water-glycol
solution (111 comparison with "pure" water). Adding UAIlOK to llic working medium in-
creased tlm heat output which was unexpected. Wllh th(> IIAIlON conccntrntion of GOOppm
tlio negative effect of FRITERM on heat transfer was reduced even by 73%.
The results of pressure loss measurements cortc»poml with the data available from oilier
authors (eg, [1]) who present pressure drop reduction between 20 and 40% when using drag'
reducing surfactants in water systems. Thn effect of IIAI1ON 0 in water-glycol solution oti
heat transfer in different from the data ptiblialicd no far (which however, consider only water
systems), Surfactants added In water (used for example in district heating systems) reduce
the heat transfer [1,2], Diverse results obtained from the presented experimental study may
bo caused by dilfercnt factors eg. by changes in viscosity of wntcr-glycol solution. This will
be a subject of Interest in futura work as well as measurements in lower Inlet temperature
range (at about WG).
References:
[1] F A N K I I A N E L , M, ct al,! Application of drag reducing atlditivci in tlintrid heating
tyslcms. I'criiwKrmc International, 19, 1990, pp. 117-1.14
(2| CMSUEVJC, K, - MATTJJYS, E. F.: On tavinp pumping power in hyttronic thermal
distribution nysiani through the me of drag-reducing ailitilivet. Energy ami llulldliign,
BO, 1993, pp. 45-80.
340
WORKSHOP 1)0
341
WORKSHOP 00 mill) MECHANICS
(low in tlio j>lj>cllna vlncomuter, the agroeriiciil between tiieurelic/il valued and oxporiliiciitat
data nro very good.
He([Link]»:
[1] LAZARUS, J. 11. - SLATTEIt, 1». T.i A Method for the Kheoloijhnl Chnrndmznlion
of 'Me Vhcotnctcr Data Journal of Pipeline 7, 1988, pp. ICi-HG
[2] UAVLfK, V. ct nl.: Hydraulic Transport of Iliylily Cnnccnlratrd Suspension* from
Dcfulphurmutotion Processes in Thermal I'owcr Plants 7th llyilrotrannport niul Scili-
mentation of Solids in Pipes, Akmlctnia Holnicztia, Wrurluv 1 !)()2, Inxynicra Srodovinka,
No. 224, pp. 35--I3
[3) CllAllA, Z. ot al,; Hydraulic Transport of Highly Concentrated Suspension from Ther-
mal /'/anf* 2nd International Conference on Iltiniati Activity Impact* on Knvironmcnt,
Prngue 1093, pp. 41-13
|1) fllllA, P.t Statistical Concept of Ilhcotogy of llitjhly Concentrated Anli-gypsum Fluid
Suspensions 8lli International Conference on Transport and Sedimentation of Solid
Particles, A l l , pp. 1-0, Prague 1995
This rrtrarrh haa been conducted nl the Department of Hydraulics & Hydrology an part
of the research project "The Influence of Concentration and Selected Physical Parameters of
Concentrated fine Suspensions on How Regime'1 and has been supported by Grant Agency
of Cteclt Hep. under grant No. 103/03/0391.
312
WORKSHOP 00 l-'LUIIJ MECHANICS
ELECTRORHEOLOGICAL BEHAVIOUR
OF CERAMIC POWDER SUSPENSIONS
V, Pnvlfnok, J. Trllcn, P. S/ilin, O. Qundrnt*
343
WOHKSilOi' 90 M.0ID MtXUAUtCS
paraffin oil »tnprtulafl», In Ilils taM *d (AD not olwfVP Any optimum fi
ft/ ¥iH-Htrrk ttnbpr* rrhh \hffmttft nmoiml •>( trtinnU ptmifrt (ti «ii«(>efnf«jn ami I
*\<r*t tale,
Dl»fii««lon xtitl Conclusion* A iiiifpt''h> HH MIM\IM td MUtiMulon* In tujllfono
paraffin tni fcsulU (tout Iliri/ difrcfptil flciw |ir»|irrtir!t wlirn no vijftnp'- \§ nppiinl, In the ra«<-
of purnffin oil a aitoh^ h'«*i NewltiiiUli (Irdcas** of utitinily with stirnr trie tKClirs |iftttml;ly
u a tofnr<|iirfife(if sifting pattlcln IfitcfAttiotri nti'l fotiimlloft of Hf^tF^nln wliirli nt fiiglicr
•licitf «t(r*< rllsihtr^fale, On ific otlirr Imiul Hf^tr^nlioti tit (UMprnnirin (i.-irlrflr* In «ilic»fi<?
oil in tow nmf •Ntfnily witli »li»-f(f tule tlMitf* <>rtly A litltn. Hute li IJ nctMMiy to item
out Ihflt dirlrrlfk«l (ifoprfltr-t i»f l« ill (nil /ire ."imil/if, It sti^r-sl (tint not only rlirloetflc
l of >iO«{iPfniofl totlljmtirfit lull alw n thntiitiit tlmfdclrf of tnrdimil I
1
inlrtnttlof) tnny pUy »ti liti|H>rtant f>l'1 in Kltf Ifetl In
111
00 frLM) MECHANICS
Injection moulding lias considerable promise as forming mctliod fur ceramic powder
compacts [I), Tills Is due to the possibility of high production capacity, near net shape,
capability, and iliort forming time \1\, In order for the material to be Injection moulded to
achieve pl/ulle behaviour, tlie ceramic powder Is mixed with an organic binder The binder
- powder mixture IIIWC to satisfy various tln-lonlca! ullei W lEiitl allow mixing Mid nioultllug
without defect* (3). Ollirr properties of binder - powder mixture (lubricity, high strength,
stiffness, low thermal expansion coefficient) lidvc to be taken iota consideration to evaluate,
the mixture from tlic view of acceptability for inasi production of ceramic parts [4] Prior
to sintering! it li necessary to remove the organic components. The binder removal proecas
Is the most crucial stage In the Injection moulding cycle (5). This step needs to be safe and
quick In order to get full benefit of the Injection moulding method [0|- So, the binder should
be evaluated also from the viewpoint of debinding possibility |7],
Alumina powder with mean particle size O.M//m m i innl to prepare ceramic mixtures
with dilferent binders. Hinders proposed on the basis of rheulogical behaviour [8] (polyethy-
lene - paraffin wax and clhy!encviny!ac«-tate top>)lymrf - paralfln wax) were [Link] for In-
jection moulding rxperinients. Injection mouMitig experiments were performed on three
dilffrenl nhapM t>f OKHI!<N - trsl bar* (.1,1 mm x 10'ntitn - ,Wirtm, ^[Link] - Mrnirt),
disks (^42mm- 4mm, ^ 4 2 m m - 2mm) and balls (^20mm,^ 15mm, ^ 10mm).
Integrity of motitding.t, Impurilhf, suiface quality and possibility of miM production
were the evaluation criteria for injection moulding experiments. An attempt was made to
correlate theological behaviour of ceramic mixtures and mechanical properties nf Injection
mouldings with binder componillon and injection moulding experiments. Hie influence of
processing aids oti theological properties of ceramic mixtures and mechanical properties of
Injection mouldings and thus on Injection moulding experiments wa« discussed.
Other two binder systems offered by llSchst and FriunfuVf tnslitut fllr Chemische Tech-
nologic were used to prepare ceramic mixtures and compare results of injection moulding
and debinding experiments with binder system mentioned above.
Mouldings prepared with selected binder systems were debinded. Special debinding
fiirn*™? w*» u«mj to iMrtmin* th»? u&* f»l« of temperature Increaw. Th<- jvtg»" erwM«|
to control temperature increane to achieve constant weight loss rate of bintfcr from crarnie
parts. Debinding wan done In Rowing nitrogen at atmospheric pressure. Moulding prepared
with binder *]retrm mpplfrd by IlikKtt WFTV dippol into tolvrnt (w»t<-r, •crtot/r) to diMolw
and rrmove v'uble part of polymeric binder prior to the thermal debinding.
313
a u m MECHANICS
According to InJ'ellofi tnmiMUtfi *ml di-bluding cx|i«rluiciiU the binder system bitswl <>n
elhylcnvliiylacclfitcfopolyfiicr Mid fiAffcfflii w«x WM dflvelopted, which rnnkn possible mans
prml»f(!';f» of JWM!) JnjwlJw rno>»W«l trwnl* putt* frotn *iiljinfvroinelrle (ilimtliin powder,
Tfiln lillldcf forifllftatlotl co/is)at«l of GOtvt,% K)VAX 250 />»>! -)l)wt,% |),irntr)i) w»x. Slrntic
«tId Wfl* tmed flu jif<itr««liig /ildn for p<iwdrf ttfnllili'lil (dry IM)1 mllll/i^), Holld lofldlllg of
the ecffltnle nuapention WM CO vol,%
Itefcrenccat
(I] MUTSUDDY, H, C. - TOHI), H. 0,! Ctrmnie Injnllnn MoMing. Clinpinwi U Hull,
London, 1995,
[2j C1KKMAN, It, M,i / J «Wfr /«)«««»« MMI113, MI'JK, I'rhifcton, 1989,
|3| BDMISINGIIB, M. J, - SIIAVV, 11. M. -TOMKINS, K. Li How llelmviour of Ctramie
Injection Moulding Suipenntnn. C'cratn, Int. 19(1 DM) 193-200,
(4) OEHMAN, It. M. - IIKNS, K- V. - UN, S, P.: h'ty lt*ue> in I'mudtr tnjutian Mohtiwj.
Ornm, Hull, 70(1991) 1291-1302.
|6) KDIRISINClllK, M. J,i I'abriealion 0/ Vnghcttini Ctramlen by Injtrlion SUmlding.
CVr»ri(. Hull. 70 (ID'Jl) S24H28.
(C] CAIlLSfIlOM, B. - SJ08TBDT, M.- NfATTS3ON, II, - IIBKMANSSON, L; Hinder
Utmnval from fajrclhn MiwMtd Ctfnmk 'Dtrbothnr/tr Holon. Science of Ccrainlca
14 (1989) 199-204.
(7j STBDMAN, f). J, - BVAN.S, J. 1L (L - \V001JT1101U»li, J.! A Method for StheUnf
Organk MnltrinU for Injrrtinn Moulding. Ccrnrii, Int, 10(1990) 107-113.
(8) TKUNEC, M. - HOZSA, J,; ThirmopUutie liindm for Injection Moulded Crramie
Su»pention>. Workiliop 03,1'rague, 1995.
Thin reneaith has ban conducted at Iht Drpartmcni of Ctrnmki n» part of the rt-
trarth prvjtct "Thtnnoptattic IHndtrt for Iliijh I'runure Injection Moulding of Ceramic
Siupention* and has bctn tupporttd by TU grnnt No. Ft/ 350004.
316
WQUKSIIOI1j)fl_ = FLUID MKOHANICfl
ECOLOGICAL AERODYNAMICS
J , Adnmec, J . [Link]
First we Assumed tlmt our depArtment will only design the tunnel arid the building
will he realised \>y nti externnl firm, llecnme building costs were not completely covered
by grant means the tunnel was (mild by mcrhaniai and atudenU within framework of their
compulsory prnctke orgAnised by our department.
Scheme of the tunnel is uliown in Fig. 1, The tent jection with a rectangular crooi
section (dimensions 12IK) x •H)0mni)liM lengtliof lOOOmni. There is A titrnlnlile of diameter
COO mm for model fixing on the floor. Air is coming trough a duct of the tame cross section la
the lest section and with length of SiOOimn. Artificial obstacles for stimulation of Ixmndary
layer development are installed on the duct floor. Duct ceiling can be. used for boundary
layer auction or bloing out. The test section is connected by means of a simple spacer with
a auction of centrifugal fan. Speed in test tret ion is 5 m/» 'u optimal for visualisation,
Simple teclm!>|ii<< of visiuilisAlJon Is basnl on glycrol KIIUA* p,fiirf»ted by tin rmislance
wire. Smoke fibres with regular distance* are marking separate streamlines, Now we are
investigating possibility of evaporation of another substances to create amokeof more colours
!iU-<.'-<lii;i<-iiiiioiul (.IUKJ-SM-S.
317
WORKSHOP 00 VLUtl) MECHANICS
SOT- JO.
Turntable
HeferencMs
|1] ADAMKC, J.: BIA Projut material), Uaglidad 1031
|2| NO7JCKA, J.: VixuatixrJnt obUkini ilattb, V^kumnA xprA« FS CVUT, l'r«Ji» 1992
(3J NO2ICKA, J.: Informalivnl atrodynamlcky vyzkvin tanlhleni iklddky v tUklrirnl Ltd'
vict, GRADIENT, Prsha 1992
(1) JE2EK, J,: Modernisation of tht wind tunnel, Workshop 92, CVUT, I'raha 1992
ThU rwarch hot bten conducttd at tht Dcpartmtnt of Fluid methnnici and thtrmody-
nemt'e* and ha» bten supported by CTU grant A'o. 100 08 2(8.
3t8
WOHKHMVVG FLUID MECHANICS
The sliding t,ates are often used as emergency or fust acting gates of hydraulic systems.
The seals tuny be plnccd on the upstream edges of the leaf but the downstream aide Is
preferred. For strength and stress considerations relating both to the leaf and it'a suspension
two types of load arc of hydrodynatnic nature;
The stationary loada may be found l>y model testa (1, 2] and in tome cane* by compu-
tation, The vector summation of forces acting on the nmin surface parts (front and rear
surfaces of the leaf's upper and lower surfaces, seals) is used In our institute.
The relatively independent dala gained from model tests for the Individual surface parts
arc used to find the total load for A given leaf/pit set up.
The grant funding enabled the development ol a numerical mctod for finding the load
acting on the lower leaf surface as a critical value for the design of lifting mechanism. The
method assumes potcntional twodimcnslonat flow in the region. The shape of the leaf's
lower part and the channel floor form the boundary conditions. The computed pressure
disrtibution serves to find the load. The velocity dis'.ribution is utilized for the Asscstncnt of
the leaf's liability to oscillate, The method may be used on leaves with downstream located
seals where the Dow is of the potcntional confuscr type. The results of computation and
experiment matched very well which confirmed the feasibility of the numerical approach for
practical purposes.
Three types of forces act on an clastic body (or & rigid body on an clastic suspension) in
a. noiutfttloiwry flow: the hydrodyfi&mic, th« Inertial and the elaatk force. When external
mechanical excitation Is missing, it is the liydrodynamlc forces that provide the damping or
excitation of oscillations.
The oscillations of leaf gates rarely take form of flutter. Uulfcting evoked by the ensueing
hydraulic jump fluctuations Is A common appearance. Resonance of hydraulic and elastic
frequences leads to intensive oscillations.
The incrtial forces acting on the leaf itself are supplemented by the inertial forces of
dynamically related mass of fluid. These are expressed by the second order derivatives of
hydrodynamic forces with respect to the gate position coordinate. The virtually added moss
of water increases when the leaf is lowered towards the bottom, the forces due to the flow
increase too, but in a different proportion. Critical situations (selfexcited oscillations) occur
319
WOKKSHOI' % I-'I,IJII) j
At low values of relative gate travel mid big preaauic difFiTcHfc related to [Link] oscillating
motion,
An approximate analysis showed tli/it the rnotftm of the leaf wltli np/wr *ral In f/mrit/w
In tlio whole rnngo of trnvrl will lie tilnMe for rclnllvn gnle trnvel vidiien greater tlian
(I)
where W In the cx|it'riiiipntnlly fonml reduced leaf ncclloti iifcn, A// the (ircnmitu difference
mid A' the rlghlity of thn lp«f [Link]/i »y»lc»i.
Tin: tensor of the mldml [Link] »/u, nnil (lniii|iliig !II,I ntv. given hy the equations
i* ihe Aeti'lerntlcili velocity potential, »•„< velocity on mirfnce, ,S' th« Icnf nren mid nt
tlic vector of the [Link] normal to the utirfiue.
The nlgri of the tensor coui|ion<'titi< Im U (he factor that decide* on the damping or
exciting effect of tlm How.
References:
[1| JAItOSi F,i HtptrimenfAM vjjtktim htiilrmlynnrnkktlin pfililtnt lab\itov$r.h uzdvtri
vmlnkh tltklrinn. Hesearch re|)ort, VUT V Urne, l!>80,
(2| 5Ut.C, J. ct at. The linttom Oultrt Twin (Ink hkfun - bioM [Link]. Itewcli
report, OW-VUT v «r;if, 1091,
|.1] I'OCllYLV, I1",: Dynnmick]} tlutnii Irkutinnvych tynUmi, Scininnr Interaction and
pinli-pnll relations/Die Institute of Thermonu'chnnini, Acmieiny of Science,! of the
Czech Uepiihlic, Prague, 1995.
Thin rcttarrh linn bten comlucttil at tht Water Mnnngtmtnl lUtcatvh limtilute of the
Faculty of Civil Hngintering in tnoptmlion with tht Department of Hydraulic Machines and
Ki/uipmtnt of tht Facutty of Mechanical Engineering and hns been supported by TU grant
FU S50030.
WORKSHOP 00 FLUID MECHANICS
The flap gate is otic of thn most frequently lined movable weir lypoa in C/ccli Republic.
We rmi find the (lap gate at small river water power stations or high dams. Many research
workers investigated the behaviour of the flap ftite wild taw upstream water level (1-3], The
question "What in the liydrodynninlc load on the flnp gate at various value!) of water level?"
I* the rt'rtiilt of many (lap failure!) with hlgli upstream water level, The Author wants to
answer the <|uestion in this Article. The article is an abstract of results of the experimental
research, thnt Is n |>nrt of I'lil) tliesis of Author.
Tho first Btng'! of nwnrdi wns mi exprrlmnital invcutlgnllon of the hydrodynnnilc load
acting on C'ibelka type flap gate {II = 2.25//) with high npntronm water levct. The values
of the forces fit, lly and of the inoni'iil IlMi and of tlie dloclinrge tuireclciit were computed
for every run. Two hydraulic models were designed and made for this research. The first
model had n controlled height / / •= 100 mm, the second one // u 400mm. The hydraulic
model with // = 100mm was used for modelling the flow At high upstream water level
values up to /» = 2.&0ll> The incnsuincrciiK'nts were made for flap inclination angles a =
75*,CO', •15s,40',30*, 15* and 0', when the space under flap gate was not vented. The forces
and the moments at the hinge of flap gate were computed from the measured values of
pressure on the (lap gate, The values of reaction were converted according to '.he rules of
model similarity for a flap gate of // = 1.00 m. The results of hydraulic model measurements
of various sizes corresponded with the theory of similarity. The value of the pressure under
the flap gate is negative and it's absolute value increases, when two conditions are met: the
increase of upper water level and n > 15*. The flap gate oscillated for a = 0*. At this
setting the hinge moment was negative.
351
WORKSHOP CIO FLUID MECHANICS
BM,>0
Tlic nun of tfie second stage of research wii to find the Influence of the shape! of llic
structure below tlie flap and venting on the liydrodyiininic loud acting on the Hap gntc Joined
to a segment or to a slide gate. In both cases tlio How was modelled with high upstream
water level, The effect of vctiling was great.
Conclusions:
i, Th« forces Ux, IIJJ and iiiomcnt HMt increase when the upstream water level iiicrefui'i
for a •> 15°.
li. 'flic prrrimirn In tlie iipiwc below llio flftp \* m-gallvis ainl ll» Miitoliilc valun increnscs
with the [Link] of upntre.-vui water level for o > 15'.
iii. It is advisable to exert great care in tlie design of vents,
iv. Dangerous oscillations appear at a a 0° mid vents bid little improvement.
References:
[1] K R C M A R I K ,, J.: Itydraulicky vyskum na lypovom hladinovom ktapkavom utdvere,
Vyzkiimnftzpravn, VOVII Bratislava, 1900.
[2] SUI/C, J, - IIAI/UZA, M.: Stanoven! hytlrodynamicketio utinku prouilu nu Uupkovy
htadinavy uzAvlr. VfitkimuiA zprava, SVVO VUT Hrm . 1990,
[3] PKOCHA, M. - ClflAK, F. - MEDftlCKtf, V.: V&kum tatUeni dull Uapky.
V^zkumnA zpMva, CVUT I'raha, 198G
352
WOltKSHOi'OO Ff,UID MECHANICS
NUMERICAL SIMULATION OF
A NATURAL CONVECTION
II. Corny*, V. Ilnvllk, P. SklcnM
Key word*! natural convection, modelling, laminar and turbulent fluid flow
Thi! onset nnil evolution of convcctivc moliori caused by temperature gradient have
been focus of extensive theoretical and experimental research, Most of the reported work him
been primarily focused on the Inminnr regime with differentially heated isothermal vertical
walls and for low wpect ration up to 10. The Authors showed that the specification of the
Haylcigh number, Ila, I'randll number, I'r, Aspect ratio and angle of inclination fully defines
tlio problem when the Ilousaificsq approximation ia invoked. Kor the case of variable fluid
properties, mom parameters are required to specify tho problem, The author* [I] presented
«|iiat!on» describing the low ReynMn mitnbrr k — t model of tlic free turbulent (low due to
temperature and roneeritrMion buoyancy effects.
There are many test examples for a buoyancy driven flow in a square cavity with
vertical differentially heated side walls, e.g. [2], The purpose of this paper is to describe
some numcrichi examples for axisymetric convection in a vertical cylinder heated from below
using the computer code FIDAP, It is based on a finite clement approach and in cane of a
natural convection it enables to solve the Boiissinesq governing equations which arc coupled
with the continuity And energy equations.
The problem considered in our study refers to the two-dimensional symmetrical flow
in a cylindrical vertical cavity with rigid boundaries and perfectly thermally conductive
sidewalk The closed cavity is a vertical cylinder with diameter D = 5.1 m and an aspect
ratio 11/II •> 1. A constant temperature at «ny horizontal plane at the cylinder wall is
assumed with the linear temperature gradient in vertical direction between '/'• •= 5°C and
7j = 20°C. The material parameters have been [Link] using contaminated water from a
waste disposal site Ko?.na,[3], The measured values arc summarised in Tab. 1.
353
WORKSHOP 00 FLUID MECHANICS
In nil computation* tlio solution wiu searched for problem defined In cylindrical co-
ordinate system under conditions of Ha a 104 nnd aspect ratio IIIII => 1, Simulations were
performed tn 20 X 20 mesh, First tlia computation of transient defined problem on nuiricricAl
stabilization v/m tested wild the tot A! simulating firm? 1-104 nrcowh (one stop cf|iml» onn
second). In order to prove correctness of tho above *olutlon, wliich could be directed by
propngntion of the numerical error during transient simulation, And to estimate nn order of
the difference, the steady simulation was nUo curried out,
From the analysis of the results and from comparisons with the experimental data of
Yatnngucbl ct al. (1084) the following conclusions can be drawn:
• For steady simulation under Ha = 104 and 11/ It a 1 convergent solution wan obtained
using relaxation Approach of in solution of axial, radial and azlimithal components of
the velocity and temperature respectively. Results showed the symmetrical family of
two radial flows in a cylinder with perfectly thermally conductive sidewalk
• For transient simulation no convergent stable mode was obtained, Tim whole sequence
of solutions of the transient simtiintion showed only unstable modes of the family of
two radial flow circles where onu cats up another and flow pattern alternate between
two reverse limit modes. These two modes are characterized by one minimized and
another maximized (low. Nevertheless, the order of the values in velocity fields is the
game both for steady and transient simulation. The flow under given conditions h u
no stable mode,
• There Is a clear need for an Improved low-Reynolds number k - t turbulence model
and/or RNG model. The authors have started with development of their own made)
to Improve numerical stability and to achieve stable solution*.
References:
[1] IIAVLfK, V. - CERNY, It. - IIRSTKA, O. ct al.: Natural convection with a verti-
cal temperature gradient. XXVlth Conference IAIIR HYDRA 2000, September 1995,
London. UK, paper A7, pp. 70-75
[2] dc VAIIL DAVIS, G.: Natural convection in a square cavity - a benchmark lohtion,
International Journal for Numerical Methods in Fluids. 3. 2-I9-2G1, 1983
[3) TOMAN, J. - HAVLlK, V. - IIRSTKA, O. - CERNY, R.i Measuring the material pa-
rameters of radioactivcty contamined water in the Rolni waste disposal site. Workshop
95, CTU Prague, 1995.
[4] YAMAGUCHI, Y. - CHANG, C. J. - BROWN, It. A.: Multiple buoyancy-driven flows
in a vertical cylinder heated from btlow. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. London, A 312, pp, 519-
552, 1984.
[5] FIDAP 7.5 Documentation. 1995.
This research has been conducted al the Department of Hydraulics and Hydrology and
the Department of Physics of the Faculty of Civil Enginnering and has been supported by
the Grant Agency of the Czech Republic, under grant No. 103/33/0395.
354
WORKSHOP 00 I'MJN) MMCJMNKJfJ
INTERFEROMETRIC RESEARCH OF
TEMPERATURE FIELDS IN ROOMS
T. Hubncck
The aim of the grant project ia to obtain information about temperature fields in a
heated room using different ways of room heating (floor heating, ceiling heating, henting by
heating body}, At the same time influences of object arrangement)) in A heated room, on
the vertical temperature profile of the room will be observed (for example furniture),
A Mach-Zelinder Interferometer (Fig. 1) (available In the Department of Thermody-
namics) has a device for digital picture recording which is used in the research. This device
consists of a CCD camera and a computer with an image processing software.
A model of room la placed Into the mcaimreiiieiil ntca of the Macll-'/clmder Interfero-
meter, The model consists of four mutually insulated walls (Fig, 2) which can be heated
or cooled to different [Link] and allows modeling diverse ways of room healing. At
the same there is lime an electrical healing body, which Is used to model room ii'&tlng by
a heated body. The front and the back side of model arc consist of sight glosses.
Although the model of the room was available, for measurement purposes, it was nec-
essary to adapt it. First the thermocouples were positioned in measured places prepared
in advance and their calibration. Then, it was necessary to design the device for heating
or cooling the model walls. Due to the required number of variants, three ultrathcrmoatats
have been removed in a laboratory to ensure different temperatures of model wnlls. Two of
them arc used to heat the liquid, the th'rd one is used to cool the liquid.
L
V r"rJ T"I"-*-IJ
k
r—i
Fig. 1; Chart of the Mach-Zehndcr inter- Fig. 2; Model of the room
fcromcter
355
WORKSHOP 80 FLI/II) MUCIIANIC'H
The llrtd experiments were carried visualising thu lempdnilure field in thu roum using
a Interferomotrlc method were cnrrlcd out to verify the IJHO of the model,
Fig. 3 BIIOWB the condition of the viewing (leld before tlu! rnodet was inserted. Fig, i
lltuotrales how the proflto of intrrfcrcncn fringci) wcro clmngcd after the model was plnced
in tlii! viewing field of the interferometer. Tim temperature of the walla is the same as
the surrounding temperature. Tlic interference fringes originally parallel arc now deformed.
TIIIH enn IK! caused by llic defect or mutual difiplnccnicnt of the night glasses of the model.
Tor the measurement It will be necessary to position tin; sight glasses mid the interferometer
with the model adjusting.
In Fig. 4 we enn oLserve the temperature iremror in the meontiring area. TIK; valito
meARiired by n lliermoconplc enn serve M a reference value to set tlio temperature in the
other places of the interferograiu.
The picture shows that the distribution of illumination of the viewing field is not sym-
metrical. This disadvantage can lie removed by the proper setting of the interferometer or
adaptation of the apace .liter,
The room model was put Into operation and next year there will lie experiments enrried
out to vitalise and cvtiluate the temperature field in room.
Fig. 3: Viewing field without the model Fig. 4: Viewing field with the model
References:
[1] itEZNlCEK, II.: Visualizace proudlni, Academia, Praha, 1977.
|2) McQUISTON, F, C. - I'ARKEK, J. D.: Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning.
John Wiley, New York, 1977.
This research has been conducted at the Department of Thermodynamics as part of the
research project "Inlerfcromctric Research of Temperature Fields in Rooms" and has been
supported by TU grant No. FP 35 95 70.
356
WORKSHOP 00 FLUID MECHANICS
NUMERICAL MODELLING
OF FLUID FLOW, HEAT TRANSFER
AND SECOND PHASE TRANSPORT
WITH MULTIGRID METHOD
M. JnroS, M. Jfclin
Key words: numerical modelling, fluid dynamics, multigrid methods, two-phase flow
Tlio contrit)iition deals with the outcomes achieved in llio wotk on tlie FME TU Drno
grant "Unor-fricnd Program for the Numerical Simulation of the Fluid Flow and Heat Trans-
fer with Multigrid Method" (1994-95). This grant is in a free continuity with the earlier
FMB TU grant "The Mathematical Model for 3-D Turbulent Fluid Flow with Heat Transfer
Using the Multigrid Method" (1990-03).
The aim of the project is to develop the efficient program for the steady 3-D Jainlnar
and turbulent fluid flow And heat transfer computations, with the free and forced convection
treatment.
The groundwork in such problems is the flow field solution which is the most difficult
from the viewpoint of both problem complexity and computational time requirements. The
control volume formulation in Cartesian coordinate system on the rectangular computa-
tional domain for the flow field solution is used To improve the rate of convergence, in our
own works [1] well tested Additive-Correction Multigrid technique (ACM) after Hutchin-
son ct al. [2] in connection with Symmetrical Coupled Gauaa-Scidcl relaxation procedure
(SCGS) following Vanka [3] for the velocity-pressure coupling treatment have been used.
A novel discretization of momentum and continuity equations for the case of non-constant
fluid properties (density, viscosity) was performed. Hybrid icbcmc for the coupling of the
convection and diffusive terms is used. The Luoyancc forces in the momentum equations
arc dealt witli the Doussincsq approximation. The Dirichlct, gradient (outlet), and symmet-
ric boundary conditions arc implemented for the velocities; for the pressure no boundary
conditions arc needed.
The turbulent fluid flow is solved using the common k-e model. The same types of
boundary conditions as for the velocity arc used, with k = e = 0 on the stable boundaries.
In the near-wall domains the low-Reynoids-numbcr k-e model is used [<t|.
The temperature field is solved as a convcctivc-diffusivc one with all common types of
boundary conditions.
For the solving of scalar variables (including turbulent) the linc-TDMA (Tri-Diagonal-
Matrix) method [SJ have been implemented.
Due to the conclusions of [1 ] and regarding the current research requirements, next dc-
vclopcmcnt focuses the modelling of two-phase fluid flow with low concentration of the sec-
ond phase via Partielc-Sourcc-in-Ccll-Tcehmquc (PS1CT) [6]. The connection of La^rangian
approach to discrete phase solution with the multigrid technique flow field solution appears
357
WORKSHOP 00 FLUID MECHANICS
When deigning modern representative building, ihe architect! design Urge gla«»
In the outside Jacket, 'time Ways of facades came litany problems with air conditioning and
heating and arranging comfort tune, environment in the int«rnal areas of the«e objects, it ii
about negative filiation effeel of cool walls and tool convecllve jets, The itfgAtivc feature
tan be suppressed l<y locating the heating areas Just riexl lo lh«! glass mitf»rr« (.{cooling. In
ease of these healing area* it is necessary to lay great emphasis on Meeting it* geometrical
nutometew (Inn Mffl of their width nnd the height and width of the cooled autfaco).
The work Ii Interrated In a «|>cclfle prolitrm of Interaction of a hot eohvctllve Jet (p(o-
d\ \ ) j J |) J i J h ! H
of ronling, The noliitinn of the ([Link] in in Ihff *ln(,if of rMfflrlling and falfulations, U»!ng
a two dimennlofltl'ftKxtrl, The alin of the work Is to verify all the new information on »
ihrrp dirm-tiMunal model, having In mind the final dimennions of eooled itirfatet.
On the \>tui» of a literature warth jwrformfd | l | It U pmMAe lo expect the »peed profile
according to picture Fig. 1 for the flat vertical cooled turface. Meal Ira.,'minion on the
vertical cootal mrface can he described hy A critcrUI rr|iiation: /Vu a 0.52.» • (GV./V)"M.
Functional dependence of air current velocity along the vrrtieal cooled turface can be wen
In the gr»ph in picture Fig. 2.
Heal Kammiislon and flow on a mrface of heating under the vertical cooled surface
can be described in a •imiUr way. The surface of healing forms a hoi convrclive ascending
1W, *hldi I* furiried by a heal Iranstniislun from Ihe surface of heating by convection. The
power (capacity) of the (low depends on a heal transfer coefficient r»» ; lurfaee roughness
and laul and on ln« gi«cmietrlc parameters of the surface of heating.
To ensure the comfort zone In the heated internal area, It Is necessary for the Interaction
of the above stated air JeU to form a new (otivcctkm of sufficient height (tivt * dimension)
of the flow atis. The width of ihe lateral convection next lo Ihe surface of heating must be
near to Ihe value of 0 (the y dimension), as it can be tern in the picture Fig. 3. The above
mentioned conditions are not obwrved in practice, as the geometric and output parameters
of the surfaces of heating are selected ju»l according to the installation of sufficient heat
output, bved on Ihe calculation of the lorn heat of the room. Those are the reaaonn
for selection of narrow surface* of healing on comparison with the width of the m t k a l
Cooled iuif*ce. For now, there I* not any design proposal, respecting the above mentioned
requirement.
At the present time, the wnrk is solved using a mathematical model* the results will be
complied with aOotW m»M (scats: 1:1). All live g»*flt EntaeUl tiv*tn met* *le*)gA*<l t°f
359
WORKSHOP <J() t'MJII) MKCH AN1C8
Y>-V7 W
4l,X
tf. (y>
Fig. 1: The line of the current nn<I the flow fig. 2: Functional ihpem\»ati> of current
of l>oun(!ary level for vertical eootc<l tiwlare velocity for tlic vertical cooiod ttirfnce
>
-V A A
t 1 \ 1\ 1
1 1 II 1
| • { j1
[ilMjiJ J.L nun
Fig. 3: IteprnrnlAtion of the internction uf hot and colil ]eta In vvrtuAl coolnt iiiffacci
Inferences:
II] KUTATELADZE, S. S. - ItOKISANSKU, V. M.: I'firufkt ulilenl tryta. SNTL, t'
I%2.
|2| SAZI^^A. M.: SJiltnl Itpla SNTL, l'r»h» IM3
3G0
WOIIKHIIOI' 1)0 INOKX
INDEX
Aim /imutuir, It,, 720 lkfk«,M,,27l
Adampc, J., 300, 313, 317 Herb, ](„ 293
Adatnce, Lii 165 llcrvi.1, P,, 1143
AdAinek, J., 39, CO!) k
AlitiMdiil, A., 487 1111A, J,, 2)9
Anger, L, 917 DIIA, N., 049
Anlfclut, K.,671 llllck,/>„ 765
AttlovA, J,, 1)79 DIolkovA, VM 857
Aiibrcctit, L , 111 tllttiiAr, /,., 423, 425, 495
Aiilnrdil, V,, 675, 07!) Ilittner, J,, 259
Austin, J., 287 llobAk, It., 1139
Aulr/itn, II., 8.17 Ilucko, J,, 433
Diililn, J,, 107,109
\UH, P., C05 llorgl.S., 1035
IIACII, P., -105 UonUek, V,, 627
HAIrk, It, 751,81.1 llo««k«. I',, 485, (J17,101ft
llnrboflk, J',, W UoZck, V., CIS
lJ«rr5, K,, 899
HartAk, M., 330 c, J,, W)7
Hartcs, F,, 1057
llmrlitl, M., 251
llnrtlirlctny, A., 835
llfAfidcji, J., 299
MArtfk, II., 763
HfiJ, P., 005
ll/>rtfk, L, fiCI
llrmlskA, 8., 151
Dattl, J., C7'J
Droiim, M., 7.W
HwtlovA, M., 155, 075
Ilfol, P., 439
I!»f tfiwk, J., 110.1,1133
Ihucr, K., 470 Drflh*, O., 333
HrythlA,'/., 707
Dryknar, '/,„ 121
Daumruk, P., 321 tlnoboliaty, J., 703, 879
H/iJnnt, 1,,, 7C5 Hfezlrm, J., 523, 515, 597
UeikA, J., 285 Ufczinii, T,, 019
Ifoinnf ik, M., 65, 57 DficliA;, M., C53
Hoj/rk, L , 735, 737
Iliilx-nik, V., 35
IMm, J., 937
Iludintky, R., C.I
Hcnda, V., 69,125
Iluclial, A., 539, 515, 607, 589
tkndl,J.,901
HIIIVM, J., \m
[lend, U., 289
Ourian, 7.., 829
Ucncl, L., 19, 537
Iknd, M.,205
Bend, P., 139,939 Cajlhaml, K., 1037, 1039
l»«ic*, V., 37 CalAbrk, M., COS
ll«rriin, V., 1005, 1121 Ccjp, J., 595
Ilerui.Z., 1139 Ccntk, M.. 149.1077
B n U , L, 551 V, A., 19?
301
WORKSHOPS INDEX
363
WORKSHOP 9<J 1NDI3X
364
WORKSHOP OS INDEX
365
WORKSHOP 90 INDEX
306
WOIIKHIIOI' 9(1 INDEX
367
WORKSHOP 00 1ND15X
3G8
WORKSHOP96 INDEX
369
WORKSHOP 90 INDEX
370
WORKSHOP 80 INDEX
371
INDEX
n,i.,\m
Zummi/r., 737 Zfal^M.,1107
ZernAnek, r J( 255 ZvltAn, I1,, DIf,
,k, A., 100.1 '/fii» t J., I06I
4,».,W7
k< •'.» &J7 7,nl,i?fc(r»i, I., 9,97
. JM UtA, K., 873
Zlmn, t',, 3t?i ?,A^k,M., I27
Zimok U-( 1139 XAMf 4^, Mi, fly
Z/tek, I',# 315 J!<»tillck, A., 17
ZUm»l< I',, 711 ?,ilhy, ft,, 315
'/Ulnik, C,, 37
For the shallow water free surface model to be well-posed, it is necessary that the condition \((u_1 - u_2)^2 \geq g(\rho_1 - \rho_2)(A_1/h_1 + A_2/h_2)\) holds. This condition must be satisfied for the system to be well-posed in certain parameter regions .
No, the existence of one fixed point does not guarantee the existence of the largest fixed point, even in simple categories such as sets and functions. However, when the largest fixed point exists, it can be constructed by the dual of the initial-algebra construction .
The creation of object-oriented simulation models involves defining elements (objects) that are interconnected through communication links. These elements and links define the model's behavior, which can be accelerated by using basic abstractions and more complex submodels at various levels of decomposition .
Analogue computers use physical quantities to represent variables, while transputers use numbers represented as bytes. In transputer systems, the physical connections of wires in analogue computers are replaced by software channels, offering flexibility and scalability in network design through parallel computing .
The well-posedness of a nonlinear operator is related to the condition that its imaginary part is bounded as the wave number \(|k| \rightarrow \infty\). Specifically, the system is well-posed if and only if all roots associated with the polynomial have bounded imaginary parts .
Hybrid simulation models enhance complex system design by combining numerical, symbolic, and connectionistic models. This approach allows for a comprehensive analysis encompassing quantitative, qualitative, and adaptive characteristics, thereby improving the system's effectiveness and flexibility .
Numerical modeling in fluid dynamics is crucial for solving problems related to fluid flow and heat transfer. It aids in efficiently computing complex fluid dynamics problems using advanced techniques, such as multigrid methods, to improve convergence rates .
Transputer networks provide significant computational advantages in dynamic system simulations due to their ability to handle many parallel processes simultaneously. By adding more processors, the system's speed can be increased, making it advantageous for complex and large network computations .
Linear stability theory applied to boundary layers helps understand fluid dynamics by predicting transitions to turbulence and analyzing energy exchanges among different fluid motion modes. This theory assists in explaining negative production phenomena and potentially provides insights into turbulence .
A significant challenge in modeling complex information systems is their inherent complexity, which can be successfully addressed through abstraction and hierarchical decomposition. This approach makes model descriptions more readable and allows for encapsulation and reuse of submodels .